mirror of
https://github.com/esp8266/Arduino.git
synced 2025-06-16 11:21:18 +03:00
Merge branch 'master' of ../wifishield
This commit is contained in:
BIN
hardware/arduino/firmwares/wifishield/binary/wifiHD.elf
Normal file
BIN
hardware/arduino/firmwares/wifishield/binary/wifiHD.elf
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
15921
hardware/arduino/firmwares/wifishield/binary/wifiHD.hex
Normal file
15921
hardware/arduino/firmwares/wifishield/binary/wifiHD.hex
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
BIN
hardware/arduino/firmwares/wifishield/binary/wifiHD_2_1.elf
Normal file
BIN
hardware/arduino/firmwares/wifishield/binary/wifiHD_2_1.elf
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
BIN
hardware/arduino/firmwares/wifishield/binary/wifi_dnld.elf
Normal file
BIN
hardware/arduino/firmwares/wifishield/binary/wifi_dnld.elf
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
10470
hardware/arduino/firmwares/wifishield/binary/wifi_dnld.hex
Normal file
10470
hardware/arduino/firmwares/wifishield/binary/wifi_dnld.hex
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
BIN
hardware/arduino/firmwares/wifishield/binary/wifi_dnld_2_1.elf
Normal file
BIN
hardware/arduino/firmwares/wifishield/binary/wifi_dnld_2_1.elf
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
|
||||
#!/bin/sh
|
||||
|
||||
WIFI_FW_PATH="/hardware/arduino/firmwares/wifi-shield"
|
||||
AVR_TOOLS_PATH="/hardware/tools/avr/bin"
|
||||
|
||||
progname=$0
|
||||
|
||||
usage () {
|
||||
cat <<EOF
|
||||
Usage: $progname [-a Arduino_path] [-f which_firmware] [-h]
|
||||
-a set the path where the Arduino IDE is installed
|
||||
-f the firmware you want to upload, valid parameters are:
|
||||
shield - to upgrade the WiFi shield firmware
|
||||
all - to upgrade both firmwares
|
||||
-h help
|
||||
EOF
|
||||
exit 0
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
upgradeHDmodule () {
|
||||
sleep 1 # Give time to the shield to end the boot
|
||||
echo "****Upgrade HD WiFi module firmware****\n"
|
||||
dfu-programmer at32uc3a1256 erase
|
||||
dfu-programmer at32uc3a1256 flash --suppress-bootloader-mem $WIFI_FW_PATH/wifi_dnld.hex
|
||||
dfu-programmer at32uc3a1256 start
|
||||
echo -n "\nRemove the J3 jumper then press the RESET button on the shield then type [ENTER] to upgrade the firmware of the shield..\n"
|
||||
read readEnter
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
upgradeShield () {
|
||||
sleep 1 # Give time to the shield to end the boot
|
||||
echo "****Upgrade WiFi Shield firmware****\n"
|
||||
dfu-programmer at32uc3a1256 erase
|
||||
dfu-programmer at32uc3a1256 flash --suppress-bootloader-mem $WIFI_FW_PATH/wifiHD.hex
|
||||
dfu-programmer at32uc3a1256 start
|
||||
echo "\nDone. Remove the J3 jumper and press the RESET button on the shield."
|
||||
echo "Thank you!\n"
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
cat <<EOF
|
||||
|
||||
Arduino WiFi Shield upgrade
|
||||
=========================================
|
||||
Disclaimer: to access to the USB devices correctly, the dfu-programmer needs to be used as root. Run this script as root.
|
||||
|
||||
EOF
|
||||
|
||||
if [ $USER = 'root' ] ; then #check if the current user is root
|
||||
while getopts ":a:f:h" opt; do
|
||||
case $opt in
|
||||
a)
|
||||
ARDUINO_PATH=$OPTARG
|
||||
WIFI_FW_PATH=$ARDUINO_PATH$WIFI_FW_PATH
|
||||
AVR_TOOLS_PATH=$ARDUINO_PATH$AVR_TOOLS_PATH
|
||||
cd $AVR_TOOLS_PATH
|
||||
./avr-objcopy --output-target=ihex $WIFI_FW_PATH/wifi_dnld.elf $WIFI_FW_PATH/wifi_dnld.hex
|
||||
./avr-objcopy --output-target=ihex $WIFI_FW_PATH/wifiHD.elf $WIFI_FW_PATH/wifiHD.hex
|
||||
;;
|
||||
f)
|
||||
if [ "$ARDUINO_PATH" != "" ] ; then
|
||||
if [ "$OPTARG" = "all" ] ; then
|
||||
upgradeHDmodule
|
||||
upgradeShield
|
||||
exit 0
|
||||
else
|
||||
if [ "$OPTARG" = "shield" ] ; then
|
||||
upgradeShield
|
||||
exit 0
|
||||
else
|
||||
echo "invalid parameter for the -f [firmware] option, please retry."
|
||||
echo "Type -h for help\n"
|
||||
exit 1
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
else
|
||||
echo "Arduino Path not setted. Retry...\n"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
;;
|
||||
h)
|
||||
usage ;;
|
||||
\?)
|
||||
echo "Invalid option: $OPTARG" >&2
|
||||
usage
|
||||
exit 1
|
||||
;;
|
||||
:)
|
||||
echo "Option -$OPTARG requires an argument." >&2
|
||||
exit 1
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
done
|
||||
else
|
||||
echo "You are not root!\n"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
shift $(($OPTIND - 1))
|
@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
|
||||
#!/bin/sh
|
||||
|
||||
WIFI_FW_PATH="/hardware/arduino/firmwares/wifi-shield"
|
||||
AVR_TOOLS_PATH="/hardware/tools/avr/bin"
|
||||
|
||||
progname=$0
|
||||
|
||||
usage () {
|
||||
cat <<EOF
|
||||
Usage: $progname [-a Arduino_path] [-f which_firmware] [-h]
|
||||
-a set the path where the Arduino IDE is installed
|
||||
-f the firmware you want to upload, valid parameters are:
|
||||
shield - to upgrade the WiFi shield firmware
|
||||
all - to upgrade both firmwares
|
||||
-h help
|
||||
EOF
|
||||
exit 0
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
upgradeHDmodule () {
|
||||
sleep 1 # Give time to the shield to end the boot
|
||||
echo "****Upgrade HD WiFi module firmware****\n"
|
||||
dfu-programmer at32uc3a1256 erase
|
||||
dfu-programmer at32uc3a1256 flash --suppress-bootloader-mem $WIFI_FW_PATH/wifi_dnld.hex
|
||||
dfu-programmer at32uc3a1256 start
|
||||
echo -n "\nRemove the J3 jumper then press the RESET button on the shield then type [ENTER] to upgrade the firmware of the shield..\n"
|
||||
read readEnter
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
upgradeShield () {
|
||||
sleep 1 # Give time to the shield to end the boot
|
||||
echo "****Upgrade WiFi Shield firmware****\n"
|
||||
dfu-programmer at32uc3a1256 erase
|
||||
dfu-programmer at32uc3a1256 flash --suppress-bootloader-mem $WIFI_FW_PATH/wifiHD.hex
|
||||
dfu-programmer at32uc3a1256 start
|
||||
echo "\nDone. Remove the J3 jumper and press the RESET button on the shield."
|
||||
echo "Thank you!\n"
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
cat <<EOF
|
||||
|
||||
Arduino WiFi Shield upgrade
|
||||
=========================================
|
||||
Disclaimer: to access to the USB devices correctly, the dfu-programmer needs to be used as root. Run this script as root.
|
||||
|
||||
EOF
|
||||
|
||||
if [ $USER = 'root' ] ; then #check if the current user is root
|
||||
while getopts ":a:f:h" opt; do
|
||||
case $opt in
|
||||
a)
|
||||
ARDUINO_PATH=$OPTARG
|
||||
WIFI_FW_PATH=$ARDUINO_PATH$WIFI_FW_PATH
|
||||
AVR_TOOLS_PATH=$ARDUINO_PATH$AVR_TOOLS_PATH
|
||||
cd $AVR_TOOLS_PATH
|
||||
./avr-objcopy --output-target=ihex $WIFI_FW_PATH/wifi_dnld.elf $WIFI_FW_PATH/wifi_dnld.hex
|
||||
./avr-objcopy --output-target=ihex $WIFI_FW_PATH/wifiHD.elf $WIFI_FW_PATH/wifiHD.hex
|
||||
;;
|
||||
f)
|
||||
if [ "$ARDUINO_PATH" != "" ] ; then
|
||||
if [ "$OPTARG" = "all" ] ; then
|
||||
upgradeHDmodule
|
||||
upgradeShield
|
||||
exit 0
|
||||
else
|
||||
if [ "$OPTARG" = "shield" ] ; then
|
||||
upgradeShield
|
||||
exit 0
|
||||
else
|
||||
echo "invalid parameter for the -f [firmware] option, please retry."
|
||||
echo "Type -h for help\n"
|
||||
exit 1
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
else
|
||||
echo "Arduino Path not setted. Retry...\n"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
;;
|
||||
h)
|
||||
usage ;;
|
||||
\?)
|
||||
echo "Invalid option: $OPTARG" >&2
|
||||
usage
|
||||
exit 1
|
||||
;;
|
||||
:)
|
||||
echo "Option -$OPTARG requires an argument." >&2
|
||||
exit 1
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
done
|
||||
else
|
||||
echo "You are not root!\n"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
shift $(($OPTIND - 1))
|
4045
hardware/arduino/firmwares/wifishield/wifiHD/.cproject
Normal file
4045
hardware/arduino/firmwares/wifishield/wifiHD/.cproject
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
77
hardware/arduino/firmwares/wifishield/wifiHD/.project
Normal file
77
hardware/arduino/firmwares/wifishield/wifiHD/.project
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
|
||||
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||
<projectDescription>
|
||||
<name>wifiHD</name>
|
||||
<comment></comment>
|
||||
<projects>
|
||||
</projects>
|
||||
<buildSpec>
|
||||
<buildCommand>
|
||||
<name>org.eclipse.cdt.managedbuilder.core.genmakebuilder</name>
|
||||
<triggers>clean,full,incremental,</triggers>
|
||||
<arguments>
|
||||
<dictionary>
|
||||
<key>?name?</key>
|
||||
<value></value>
|
||||
</dictionary>
|
||||
<dictionary>
|
||||
<key>org.eclipse.cdt.make.core.append_environment</key>
|
||||
<value>true</value>
|
||||
</dictionary>
|
||||
<dictionary>
|
||||
<key>org.eclipse.cdt.make.core.buildArguments</key>
|
||||
<value></value>
|
||||
</dictionary>
|
||||
<dictionary>
|
||||
<key>org.eclipse.cdt.make.core.buildCommand</key>
|
||||
<value>make</value>
|
||||
</dictionary>
|
||||
<dictionary>
|
||||
<key>org.eclipse.cdt.make.core.buildLocation</key>
|
||||
<value>${workspace_loc:/wifiHD/Debug}</value>
|
||||
</dictionary>
|
||||
<dictionary>
|
||||
<key>org.eclipse.cdt.make.core.contents</key>
|
||||
<value>org.eclipse.cdt.make.core.activeConfigSettings</value>
|
||||
</dictionary>
|
||||
<dictionary>
|
||||
<key>org.eclipse.cdt.make.core.enableAutoBuild</key>
|
||||
<value>false</value>
|
||||
</dictionary>
|
||||
<dictionary>
|
||||
<key>org.eclipse.cdt.make.core.enableCleanBuild</key>
|
||||
<value>true</value>
|
||||
</dictionary>
|
||||
<dictionary>
|
||||
<key>org.eclipse.cdt.make.core.enableFullBuild</key>
|
||||
<value>true</value>
|
||||
</dictionary>
|
||||
<dictionary>
|
||||
<key>org.eclipse.cdt.make.core.stopOnError</key>
|
||||
<value>true</value>
|
||||
</dictionary>
|
||||
<dictionary>
|
||||
<key>org.eclipse.cdt.make.core.useDefaultBuildCmd</key>
|
||||
<value>true</value>
|
||||
</dictionary>
|
||||
</arguments>
|
||||
</buildCommand>
|
||||
<buildCommand>
|
||||
<name>org.eclipse.cdt.managedbuilder.core.ScannerConfigBuilder</name>
|
||||
<arguments>
|
||||
</arguments>
|
||||
</buildCommand>
|
||||
</buildSpec>
|
||||
<natures>
|
||||
<nature>com.atmel.avr32.core.nature</nature>
|
||||
<nature>org.eclipse.cdt.core.cnature</nature>
|
||||
<nature>org.eclipse.cdt.managedbuilder.core.managedBuildNature</nature>
|
||||
<nature>org.eclipse.cdt.managedbuilder.core.ScannerConfigNature</nature>
|
||||
</natures>
|
||||
<linkedResources>
|
||||
<link>
|
||||
<name>UC3 Software Framework</name>
|
||||
<type>2</type>
|
||||
<locationURI>framework:/com.atmel.avr32.sf.uc3</locationURI>
|
||||
</link>
|
||||
</linkedResources>
|
||||
</projectDescription>
|
BIN
hardware/arduino/firmwares/wifishield/wifiHD/Release/wifiHD.elf
Normal file
BIN
hardware/arduino/firmwares/wifishield/wifiHD/Release/wifiHD.elf
Normal file
Binary file not shown.
@ -0,0 +1,170 @@
|
||||
/* This header file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
|
||||
|
||||
/*This file is prepared for Doxygen automatic documentation generation.*/
|
||||
/*! \file *********************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \brief Memory access control configuration file.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file contains the possible external configuration of the memory access
|
||||
* control.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Compiler: IAR EWAVR32 and GNU GCC for AVR32
|
||||
* - Supported devices: All AVR32 devices can be used.
|
||||
* - AppNote:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \author Atmel Corporation: http://www.atmel.com \n
|
||||
* Support and FAQ: http://support.atmel.no/
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Copyright (c) 2009 Atmel Corporation. All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this
|
||||
* list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3. The name of Atmel may not be used to endorse or promote products derived
|
||||
* from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 4. This software may only be redistributed and used in connection with an Atmel
|
||||
* AVR product.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* EXPRESSLY AND SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR
|
||||
* ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
|
||||
* (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
|
||||
* LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
|
||||
* ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
|
||||
* (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
|
||||
* SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _CONF_ACCESS_H_
|
||||
#define _CONF_ACCESS_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#include "compiler.h"
|
||||
#include "board.h"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \name Activation of Logical Unit Numbers
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//! @{
|
||||
#define LUN_0 DISABLE //!< On-Chip Virtual Memory.
|
||||
#define LUN_1 ENABLE //!< AT45DBX Data Flash.
|
||||
#define LUN_2 DISABLE //!< SD/MMC Card over SPI.
|
||||
#define LUN_3 DISABLE
|
||||
#define LUN_4 DISABLE
|
||||
#define LUN_5 DISABLE
|
||||
#define LUN_6 DISABLE
|
||||
#define LUN_7 DISABLE
|
||||
#define LUN_USB DISABLE //!< Host Mass-Storage Memory.
|
||||
//! @}
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \name LUN 0 Definitions
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//! @{
|
||||
#define VIRTUAL_MEM LUN_0
|
||||
#define LUN_ID_VIRTUAL_MEM LUN_ID_0
|
||||
#define LUN_0_INCLUDE "virtual_mem.h"
|
||||
#define Lun_0_test_unit_ready virtual_test_unit_ready
|
||||
#define Lun_0_read_capacity virtual_read_capacity
|
||||
#define Lun_0_wr_protect virtual_wr_protect
|
||||
#define Lun_0_removal virtual_removal
|
||||
#define Lun_0_usb_read_10 virtual_usb_read_10
|
||||
#define Lun_0_usb_write_10 virtual_usb_write_10
|
||||
#define Lun_0_mem_2_ram virtual_mem_2_ram
|
||||
#define Lun_0_ram_2_mem virtual_ram_2_mem
|
||||
#define LUN_0_NAME "\"On-Chip Virtual Memory\""
|
||||
//! @}
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \name LUN 1 Definitions
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//! @{
|
||||
#define AT45DBX_MEM LUN_1
|
||||
#define LUN_ID_AT45DBX_MEM LUN_ID_1
|
||||
#define LUN_1_INCLUDE "at45dbx_mem.h"
|
||||
#define Lun_1_test_unit_ready at45dbx_test_unit_ready
|
||||
#define Lun_1_read_capacity at45dbx_read_capacity
|
||||
#define Lun_1_wr_protect at45dbx_wr_protect
|
||||
#define Lun_1_removal at45dbx_removal
|
||||
#define Lun_1_usb_read_10 at45dbx_usb_read_10
|
||||
#define Lun_1_usb_write_10 at45dbx_usb_write_10
|
||||
#define Lun_1_mem_2_ram at45dbx_df_2_ram
|
||||
#define Lun_1_ram_2_mem at45dbx_ram_2_df
|
||||
#define LUN_1_NAME "\"AT45DBX Data Flash\""
|
||||
//! @}
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \name LUN 2 Definitions
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//! @{
|
||||
#define SD_MMC_SPI_MEM LUN_2
|
||||
#define LUN_ID_SD_MMC_SPI_MEM LUN_ID_2
|
||||
#define LUN_2_INCLUDE "sd_mmc_spi_mem.h"
|
||||
#define Lun_2_test_unit_ready sd_mmc_spi_test_unit_ready
|
||||
#define Lun_2_read_capacity sd_mmc_spi_read_capacity
|
||||
#define Lun_2_wr_protect sd_mmc_spi_wr_protect
|
||||
#define Lun_2_removal sd_mmc_spi_removal
|
||||
#define Lun_2_usb_read_10 sd_mmc_spi_usb_read_10
|
||||
#define Lun_2_usb_write_10 sd_mmc_spi_usb_write_10
|
||||
#define Lun_2_mem_2_ram sd_mmc_spi_mem_2_ram
|
||||
#define Lun_2_ram_2_mem sd_mmc_spi_ram_2_mem
|
||||
#define LUN_2_NAME "\"SD/MMC Card over SPI\""
|
||||
//! @}
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \name USB LUNs Definitions
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//! @{
|
||||
#define MEM_USB LUN_USB
|
||||
#define LUN_ID_MEM_USB LUN_ID_USB
|
||||
#define LUN_USB_INCLUDE "host_mem.h"
|
||||
#define Lun_usb_test_unit_ready(lun) host_test_unit_ready(lun)
|
||||
#define Lun_usb_read_capacity(lun, nb_sect) host_read_capacity(lun, nb_sect)
|
||||
#define Lun_usb_read_sector_size(lun) host_read_sector_size(lun)
|
||||
#define Lun_usb_wr_protect(lun) host_wr_protect(lun)
|
||||
#define Lun_usb_removal() host_removal()
|
||||
#define Lun_usb_mem_2_ram(addr, ram) host_read_10_ram(addr, ram)
|
||||
#define Lun_usb_ram_2_mem(addr, ram) host_write_10_ram(addr, ram)
|
||||
#define LUN_USB_NAME "\"Host Mass-Storage Memory\""
|
||||
//! @}
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \name Actions Associated with Memory Accesses
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Write here the action to associate with each memory access.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \warning Be careful not to waste time in order not to disturb the functions.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//! @{
|
||||
#define memory_start_read_action(nb_sectors)
|
||||
#define memory_stop_read_action()
|
||||
#define memory_start_write_action(nb_sectors)
|
||||
#define memory_stop_write_action()
|
||||
//! @}
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \name Activation of Interface Features
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//! @{
|
||||
#define ACCESS_USB DISABLED //!< MEM <-> USB interface.
|
||||
#define ACCESS_MEM_TO_RAM ENABLED //!< MEM <-> RAM interface.
|
||||
#define ACCESS_STREAM ENABLED //!< Streaming MEM <-> MEM interface. //mlf
|
||||
#define ACCESS_STREAM_RECORD DISABLED //!< Streaming MEM <-> MEM interface in record mode.
|
||||
#define ACCESS_MEM_TO_MEM DISABLED //!< MEM <-> MEM interface.
|
||||
#define ACCESS_CODEC DISABLED //!< Codec interface.
|
||||
//! @}
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \name Specific Options for Access Control
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//! @{
|
||||
#define GLOBAL_WR_PROTECT DISABLED //!< Management of a global write protection.
|
||||
//! @}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _CONF_ACCESS_H_
|
@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
|
||||
/* This header file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
|
||||
|
||||
/*This file is prepared for Doxygen automatic documentation generation.*/
|
||||
/*! \file *********************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \brief AT45DBX configuration file.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file contains the possible external configuration of the AT45DBX.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Compiler: IAR EWAVR32 and GNU GCC for AVR32
|
||||
* - Supported devices: All AVR32 devices with an SPI module can be used.
|
||||
* - AppNote:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \author Atmel Corporation: http://www.atmel.com \n
|
||||
* Support and FAQ: http://support.atmel.no/
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Copyright (c) 2009 Atmel Corporation. All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this
|
||||
* list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3. The name of Atmel may not be used to endorse or promote products derived
|
||||
* from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 4. This software may only be redistributed and used in connection with an Atmel
|
||||
* AVR product.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* EXPRESSLY AND SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR
|
||||
* ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
|
||||
* (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
|
||||
* LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
|
||||
* ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
|
||||
* (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
|
||||
* SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _CONF_AT45DBX_H_
|
||||
#define _CONF_AT45DBX_H_
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#include "conf_access.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#if AT45DBX_MEM == DISABLE
|
||||
#error conf_at45dbx.h is #included although AT45DBX_MEM is disabled
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#include "at45dbx.h"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//_____ D E F I N I T I O N S ______________________________________________
|
||||
|
||||
//! Size of AT45DBX data flash memories to manage.
|
||||
#define AT45DBX_MEM_SIZE AT45DBX_1MB
|
||||
|
||||
//! Number of AT45DBX components to manage.
|
||||
#define AT45DBX_MEM_CNT 1
|
||||
|
||||
//! First chip select used by AT45DBX components on the SPI module instance.
|
||||
//! AT45DBX_SPI_NPCS0_PIN always corresponds to this first NPCS, whatever it is.
|
||||
#define AT45DBX_SPI_FIRST_NPCS AT45DBX_SPI_NPCS
|
||||
|
||||
//! SPI master speed in Hz.
|
||||
#define AT45DBX_SPI_MASTER_SPEED 12000000
|
||||
|
||||
//! Number of bits in each SPI transfer.
|
||||
#define AT45DBX_SPI_BITS 8
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _CONF_AT45DBX_H_
|
@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
|
||||
/* This header file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
|
||||
|
||||
/*This file is prepared for Doxygen automatic documentation generation.*/
|
||||
/*! \file *********************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \brief CONF_EBI EBI/SMC driver for AVR32 UC3.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note The values defined in this file are device-specific. See the device
|
||||
* datasheet for further information.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Compiler: IAR EWAVR32 and GNU GCC for AVR32
|
||||
* - Supported devices: All AVR32 devices with an SMC module can be used.
|
||||
* - AppNote:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \author Atmel Corporation: http://www.atmel.com \n
|
||||
* Support and FAQ: http://support.atmel.no/
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Copyright (c) 2009 Atmel Corporation. All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this
|
||||
* list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3. The name of Atmel may not be used to endorse or promote products derived
|
||||
* from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 4. This software may only be redistributed and used in connection with an Atmel
|
||||
* AVR product.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* EXPRESSLY AND SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR
|
||||
* ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
|
||||
* (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
|
||||
* LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
|
||||
* ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
|
||||
* (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
|
||||
* SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _CONF_EBI_H_
|
||||
#define _CONF_EBI_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#include "compiler.h"
|
||||
#include "board.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#if (ET024006DHU_SMC_USE_NCS == 0)
|
||||
#define SMC_USE_NCS0
|
||||
#define SMC_COMPONENT_CS0 ET024006DHU_SMC_COMPONENT_CS
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
#if (ET024006DHU_SMC_USE_NCS == 2)
|
||||
#define SMC_USE_NCS2
|
||||
#define SMC_COMPONENT_CS2 ET024006DHU_SMC_COMPONENT_CS
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#error This board is not supported
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#define EBI_DATA_0 ET024006DHU_EBI_DATA_0
|
||||
#define EBI_DATA_1 ET024006DHU_EBI_DATA_1
|
||||
#define EBI_DATA_2 ET024006DHU_EBI_DATA_2
|
||||
#define EBI_DATA_3 ET024006DHU_EBI_DATA_3
|
||||
#define EBI_DATA_4 ET024006DHU_EBI_DATA_4
|
||||
#define EBI_DATA_5 ET024006DHU_EBI_DATA_5
|
||||
#define EBI_DATA_6 ET024006DHU_EBI_DATA_6
|
||||
#define EBI_DATA_7 ET024006DHU_EBI_DATA_7
|
||||
#define EBI_DATA_8 ET024006DHU_EBI_DATA_8
|
||||
#define EBI_DATA_9 ET024006DHU_EBI_DATA_9
|
||||
#define EBI_DATA_10 ET024006DHU_EBI_DATA_10
|
||||
#define EBI_DATA_11 ET024006DHU_EBI_DATA_11
|
||||
#define EBI_DATA_12 ET024006DHU_EBI_DATA_12
|
||||
#define EBI_DATA_13 ET024006DHU_EBI_DATA_13
|
||||
#define EBI_DATA_14 ET024006DHU_EBI_DATA_14
|
||||
#define EBI_DATA_15 ET024006DHU_EBI_DATA_15
|
||||
|
||||
#if BOARD==EVK1105
|
||||
#ifdef EVK1105_REV3
|
||||
#define EBI_ADDR_19 AVR32_EBI_ADDR_19
|
||||
#define EBI_NCS_2 ET024006DHU_EBI_NCS
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define EBI_ADDR_21 ET024006DHU_EBI_ADDR_21
|
||||
#define EBI_NCS_0 ET024006DHU_EBI_NCS
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#elif BOARD == UC3C_EK
|
||||
#define EBI_ADDR_22 AVR32_EBI_ADDR_22
|
||||
#define EBI_NCS_0 ET024006DHU_EBI_NCS
|
||||
#elif BOARD == EVK1104
|
||||
#define EBI_ADDR_21 ET024006DHU_EBI_ADDR_21
|
||||
#define EBI_NCS_0 ET024006DHU_EBI_NCS
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#define EBI_NWE0 ET024006DHU_EBI_NWE
|
||||
#define EBI_NRD ET024006DHU_EBI_NRD
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _CONF_EBI_H_
|
@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
|
||||
/* This header file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
|
||||
|
||||
/*This file is prepared for Doxygen automatic documentation generation.*/
|
||||
/*! \file *********************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \brief SD/MMC configuration file.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file contains the possible external configuration of the SD/MMC.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Compiler: IAR EWAVR32 and GNU GCC for AVR32
|
||||
* - Supported devices: All AVR32 devices with an SPI module can be used.
|
||||
* - AppNote:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \author Atmel Corporation: http://www.atmel.com \n
|
||||
* Support and FAQ: http://support.atmel.no/
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Copyright (c) 2009 Atmel Corporation. All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this
|
||||
* list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3. The name of Atmel may not be used to endorse or promote products derived
|
||||
* from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 4. This software may only be redistributed and used in connection with an Atmel
|
||||
* AVR product.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* EXPRESSLY AND SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR
|
||||
* ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
|
||||
* (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
|
||||
* LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
|
||||
* ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
|
||||
* (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
|
||||
* SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _CONF_SD_MMC_SPI_H_
|
||||
#define _CONF_SD_MMC_SPI_H_
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#include "conf_access.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#if SD_MMC_SPI_MEM == DISABLE
|
||||
#error conf_sd_mmc_spi.h is #included although SD_MMC_SPI_MEM is disabled
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#include "sd_mmc_spi.h"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//_____ D E F I N I T I O N S ______________________________________________
|
||||
|
||||
//! SPI master speed in Hz.
|
||||
#define SD_MMC_SPI_MASTER_SPEED 12000000
|
||||
|
||||
//! Number of bits in each SPI transfer.
|
||||
#define SD_MMC_SPI_BITS 8
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _CONF_SD_MMC_SPI_H_
|
@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
|
||||
/* This file is part of the ATMEL AVR32-SoftwareFramework-AT32UC3A-1.4.0 Release */
|
||||
|
||||
/*This file is prepared for Doxygen automatic documentation generation.*/
|
||||
/*! \file *********************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \brief AVR32 UC3 ISP trampoline.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* In order to be able to program a project with both BatchISP and JTAGICE mkII
|
||||
* without having to take the general-purpose fuses into consideration, add this
|
||||
* file to the project and change the program entry point to _trampoline.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The pre-programmed ISP will be erased if JTAGICE mkII is used.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Compiler: GNU GCC for AVR32
|
||||
* - Supported devices: All AVR32UC devices can be used.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \author Atmel Corporation: http://www.atmel.com \n
|
||||
* Support and FAQ: http://support.atmel.no/
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Copyright (C) 2006-2008, Atmel Corporation All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3. The name of ATMEL may not be used to endorse or promote products derived
|
||||
* from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE EXPRESSLY AND
|
||||
* SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
|
||||
* INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
|
||||
* (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
|
||||
* LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
|
||||
* ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
|
||||
* (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#include "conf_isp.h"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//! @{
|
||||
//! \verbatim
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// This must be linked @ 0x80000000 if it is to be run upon reset.
|
||||
.section .reset, "ax", @progbits
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
.global _trampoline
|
||||
.type _trampoline, @function
|
||||
_trampoline:
|
||||
// Jump to program start.
|
||||
rjmp program_start
|
||||
|
||||
.org PROGRAM_START_OFFSET
|
||||
program_start:
|
||||
// Jump to the C runtime startup routine.
|
||||
lda.w pc, _stext
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//! \endverbatim
|
||||
//! @}
|
@ -0,0 +1,236 @@
|
||||
/* This header file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
|
||||
|
||||
/*This file is prepared for Doxygen automatic documentation generation.*/
|
||||
/*! \file *********************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \brief AT32UC3A EVK1100 board header file.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file contains definitions and services related to the features of the
|
||||
* EVK1100 board rev. B and C.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* To use this board, define BOARD=EVK1100.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Compiler: IAR EWAVR32 and GNU GCC for AVR32
|
||||
* - Supported devices: All AVR32 AT32UC3A devices can be used.
|
||||
* - AppNote:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \author Atmel Corporation: http://www.atmel.com \n
|
||||
* Support and FAQ: http://support.atmel.no/
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Copyright (c) 2009 Atmel Corporation. All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this
|
||||
* list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3. The name of Atmel may not be used to endorse or promote products derived
|
||||
* from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 4. This software may only be redistributed and used in connection with an Atmel
|
||||
* AVR product.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* EXPRESSLY AND SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR
|
||||
* ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
|
||||
* (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
|
||||
* LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
|
||||
* ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
|
||||
* (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
|
||||
* SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _ARDUINO_H_
|
||||
#define _ARDUINO_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#include "compiler.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __AVR32_ABI_COMPILER__ // Automatically defined when compiling for AVR32, not when assembling.
|
||||
# include "led.h"
|
||||
#endif // __AVR32_ABI_COMPILER__
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \name Oscillator Definitions
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//! @{
|
||||
|
||||
// RCOsc has no custom calibration by default. Set the following definition to
|
||||
// the appropriate value if a custom RCOsc calibration has been applied to your
|
||||
// part.
|
||||
//#define FRCOSC AVR32_PM_RCOSC_FREQUENCY //!< RCOsc frequency: Hz.
|
||||
|
||||
#define FOSC32 32768 //!< Osc32 frequency: Hz.
|
||||
#define OSC32_STARTUP AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL32_STARTUP_8192_RCOSC //!< Osc32 startup time: RCOsc periods.
|
||||
|
||||
#define FOSC0 12000000 //!< Osc0 frequency: Hz.
|
||||
#define OSC0_STARTUP AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL0_STARTUP_2048_RCOSC //!< Osc0 startup time: RCOsc periods.
|
||||
|
||||
// Osc1 crystal is not mounted by default. Set the following definitions to the
|
||||
// appropriate values if a custom Osc1 crystal is mounted on your board.
|
||||
//#define FOSC1 12000000 //!< Osc1 frequency: Hz.
|
||||
//#define OSC1_STARTUP AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL1_STARTUP_2048_RCOSC //!< Osc1 startup time: RCOsc periods.
|
||||
|
||||
//! @}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//! Number of LEDs.
|
||||
#define LED_COUNT 0
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \name GPIO Connections of LEDs
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//! @{
|
||||
#define LED0_GPIO AVR32_PIN_PB19
|
||||
#define LED1_GPIO AVR32_PIN_PB20
|
||||
#define LED2_GPIO AVR32_PIN_PB21
|
||||
#define DEB_PIN_GPIO AVR32_PIN_PA20
|
||||
//! @}
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \name PWM Channels of LEDs
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//! @{
|
||||
#define LED0_PWM 0
|
||||
#define LED1_PWM 1
|
||||
#define LED2_PWM 2
|
||||
//! @}
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \name PWM Functions of LEDs
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//! @{
|
||||
#define LED0_PWM_FUNCTION AVR32_PWM_0_FUNCTION
|
||||
#define LED1_PWM_FUNCTION AVR32_PWM_1_FUNCTION
|
||||
#define LED2_PWM_FUNCTION AVR32_PWM_2_FUNCTION
|
||||
//! @}
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \name Color Identifiers of LEDs to Use with LED Functions
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//! @{
|
||||
#define LED_MONO0_GREEN LED0
|
||||
#define LED_MONO1_RED LED1
|
||||
#define LED_MONO2_BLU LED2
|
||||
//! @}
|
||||
|
||||
#if 0
|
||||
/*! \name SPI Connections of the DIP204 LCD
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//! @{
|
||||
#define DIP204_SPI (&AVR32_SPI1)
|
||||
#define DIP204_SPI_NPCS 2
|
||||
#define DIP204_SPI_SCK_PIN AVR32_SPI1_SCK_0_0_PIN
|
||||
#define DIP204_SPI_SCK_FUNCTION AVR32_SPI1_SCK_0_0_FUNCTION
|
||||
#define DIP204_SPI_MISO_PIN AVR32_SPI1_MISO_0_0_PIN
|
||||
#define DIP204_SPI_MISO_FUNCTION AVR32_SPI1_MISO_0_0_FUNCTION
|
||||
#define DIP204_SPI_MOSI_PIN AVR32_SPI1_MOSI_0_0_PIN
|
||||
#define DIP204_SPI_MOSI_FUNCTION AVR32_SPI1_MOSI_0_0_FUNCTION
|
||||
#define DIP204_SPI_NPCS_PIN AVR32_SPI1_NPCS_2_0_PIN
|
||||
#define DIP204_SPI_NPCS_FUNCTION AVR32_SPI1_NPCS_2_0_FUNCTION
|
||||
//! @}
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \name GPIO and PWM Connections of the DIP204 LCD Backlight
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//! @{
|
||||
#define DIP204_BACKLIGHT_PIN AVR32_PIN_PB18
|
||||
#define DIP204_PWM_CHANNEL 6
|
||||
#define DIP204_PWM_PIN AVR32_PWM_6_PIN
|
||||
#define DIP204_PWM_FUNCTION AVR32_PWM_6_FUNCTION
|
||||
//! @}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \name SPI Connections of the AT45DBX Data Flash Memory
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//! @{
|
||||
#define AT45DBX_SPI (&AVR32_SPI1)
|
||||
#define AT45DBX_SPI_NPCS 2
|
||||
#define AT45DBX_SPI_SCK_PIN AVR32_SPI1_SCK_0_0_PIN
|
||||
#define AT45DBX_SPI_SCK_FUNCTION AVR32_SPI1_SCK_0_0_FUNCTION
|
||||
#define AT45DBX_SPI_MISO_PIN AVR32_SPI1_MISO_0_0_PIN
|
||||
#define AT45DBX_SPI_MISO_FUNCTION AVR32_SPI1_MISO_0_0_FUNCTION
|
||||
#define AT45DBX_SPI_MOSI_PIN AVR32_SPI1_MOSI_0_0_PIN
|
||||
#define AT45DBX_SPI_MOSI_FUNCTION AVR32_SPI1_MOSI_0_0_FUNCTION
|
||||
#define AT45DBX_SPI_NPCS2_PIN AVR32_SPI1_NPCS_2_0_PIN
|
||||
#define AT45DBX_SPI_NPCS2_FUNCTION AVR32_SPI1_NPCS_2_0_FUNCTION
|
||||
#define AT45DBX_CHIP_RESET AVR32_PIN_PA02
|
||||
//! @}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \name GPIO and SPI Connections of the SD/MMC Connector
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//! @{
|
||||
//#define SD_MMC_CARD_DETECT_PIN AVR32_PIN_PA02
|
||||
//#define SD_MMC_WRITE_PROTECT_PIN AVR32_PIN_PA07
|
||||
#define SD_MMC_SPI (&AVR32_SPI1)
|
||||
#define SD_MMC_SPI_NPCS 1
|
||||
#define SD_MMC_SPI_SCK_PIN AVR32_SPI1_SCK_0_0_PIN
|
||||
#define SD_MMC_SPI_SCK_FUNCTION AVR32_SPI1_SCK_0_0_FUNCTION
|
||||
#define SD_MMC_SPI_MISO_PIN AVR32_SPI1_MISO_0_0_PIN
|
||||
#define SD_MMC_SPI_MISO_FUNCTION AVR32_SPI1_MISO_0_0_FUNCTION
|
||||
#define SD_MMC_SPI_MOSI_PIN AVR32_SPI1_MOSI_0_0_PIN
|
||||
#define SD_MMC_SPI_MOSI_FUNCTION AVR32_SPI1_MOSI_0_0_FUNCTION
|
||||
#define SD_MMC_SPI_NPCS_PIN AVR32_SPI1_NPCS_1_0_PIN
|
||||
#define SD_MMC_SPI_NPCS_FUNCTION AVR32_SPI1_NPCS_1_0_FUNCTION
|
||||
//! @}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Timer Counter to generate clock for WiFi chip*/
|
||||
# define WIFI_TC (&AVR32_TC)
|
||||
# define WIFI_TC_CHANNEL_ID 0
|
||||
# define WIFI_TC_CHANNEL_PIN AVR32_TC_A0_0_0_PIN
|
||||
# define WIFI_TC_CHANNEL_FUNCTION AVR32_TC_A0_0_0_FUNCTION
|
||||
// Note that TC_A0_0_0 pin is pin 6 (PB23) on AT32UC3A1512 QFP100.
|
||||
|
||||
/* Pin related to WiFi chip communication */
|
||||
#ifndef USE_POLL
|
||||
#define USE_POLL
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#define SPI_CS 0
|
||||
#define AVR32_SPI AVR32_SPI1
|
||||
#define GPIO_IRQ_PIN AVR32_PIN_PA03
|
||||
#define GPIO_IRQ AVR32_GPIO_IRQ_7
|
||||
#define GPIO_W_RESET_PIN AVR32_PIN_PA07
|
||||
#define GPIO_W_SHUTDOWN_PIN AVR32_PIN_PA09
|
||||
|
||||
/* Pin related to shield communication */
|
||||
#define ARDUINO_HANDSHAKE_PIN AVR32_PIN_PA25
|
||||
#define ARDUINO_EXTINT_PIN AVR32_PIN_PA04 //not used
|
||||
|
||||
#define AVR32_PDCA_PID_TX AVR32_PDCA_PID_SPI1_TX
|
||||
#define AVR32_PDCA_PID_RX AVR32_PDCA_PID_SPI1_RX
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#if 0
|
||||
/*! \name TWI Connections of the Spare TWI Connector
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//! @{
|
||||
#define SPARE_TWI (&AVR32_TWI)
|
||||
#define SPARE_TWI_SCL_PIN AVR32_TWI_SCL_0_0_PIN
|
||||
#define SPARE_TWI_SCL_FUNCTION AVR32_TWI_SCL_0_0_FUNCTION
|
||||
#define SPARE_TWI_SDA_PIN AVR32_TWI_SDA_0_0_PIN
|
||||
#define SPARE_TWI_SDA_FUNCTION AVR32_TWI_SDA_0_0_FUNCTION
|
||||
//! @}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \name SPI Connections of the Spare SPI Connector
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//! @{
|
||||
#define SPARE_SPI (&AVR32_SPI0)
|
||||
#define SPARE_SPI_NPCS 0
|
||||
#define SPARE_SPI_SCK_PIN AVR32_SPI0_SCK_0_0_PIN
|
||||
#define SPARE_SPI_SCK_FUNCTION AVR32_SPI0_SCK_0_0_FUNCTION
|
||||
#define SPARE_SPI_MISO_PIN AVR32_SPI0_MISO_0_0_PIN
|
||||
#define SPARE_SPI_MISO_FUNCTION AVR32_SPI0_MISO_0_0_FUNCTION
|
||||
#define SPARE_SPI_MOSI_PIN AVR32_SPI0_MOSI_0_0_PIN
|
||||
#define SPARE_SPI_MOSI_FUNCTION AVR32_SPI0_MOSI_0_0_FUNCTION
|
||||
#define SPARE_SPI_NPCS_PIN AVR32_SPI0_NPCS_0_0_PIN
|
||||
#define SPARE_SPI_NPCS_FUNCTION AVR32_SPI0_NPCS_0_0_FUNCTION
|
||||
//! @}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _ARDUINO_H_
|
@ -0,0 +1,346 @@
|
||||
/* This source file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
|
||||
|
||||
/*This file is prepared for Doxygen automatic documentation generation.*/
|
||||
/*! \file *********************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \brief AT32UC3A EVK1100 board LEDs support package.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file contains definitions and services related to the LED features of
|
||||
* the EVK1100 board.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Compiler: IAR EWAVR32 and GNU GCC for AVR32
|
||||
* - Supported devices: All AVR32 AT32UC3A devices can be used.
|
||||
* - AppNote:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \author Atmel Corporation: http://www.atmel.com \n
|
||||
* Support and FAQ: http://support.atmel.no/
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Copyright (c) 2009 Atmel Corporation. All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this
|
||||
* list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3. The name of Atmel may not be used to endorse or promote products derived
|
||||
* from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 4. This software may only be redistributed and used in connection with an Atmel
|
||||
* AVR product.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* EXPRESSLY AND SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR
|
||||
* ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
|
||||
* (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
|
||||
* LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
|
||||
* ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
|
||||
* (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
|
||||
* SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <avr32/io.h>
|
||||
#include "preprocessor.h"
|
||||
#include "compiler.h"
|
||||
#include "arduino.h"
|
||||
#include "led.h"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//! Structure describing LED hardware connections.
|
||||
typedef const struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
U32 PORT; //!< LED GPIO port.
|
||||
U32 PIN_MASK; //!< Bit-mask of LED pin in GPIO port.
|
||||
} GPIO; //!< LED GPIO descriptor.
|
||||
struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
S32 CHANNEL; //!< LED PWM channel (< 0 if N/A).
|
||||
S32 FUNCTION; //!< LED pin PWM function (< 0 if N/A).
|
||||
} PWM; //!< LED PWM descriptor.
|
||||
} tLED_DESCRIPTOR;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//! Hardware descriptors of all LEDs.
|
||||
static tLED_DESCRIPTOR LED_DESCRIPTOR[LED_COUNT] =
|
||||
{
|
||||
#define INSERT_LED_DESCRIPTOR(LED_NO, unused) \
|
||||
{ \
|
||||
{LED##LED_NO##_GPIO / 32, 1 << (LED##LED_NO##_GPIO % 32)},\
|
||||
{LED##LED_NO##_PWM, LED##LED_NO##_PWM_FUNCTION } \
|
||||
},
|
||||
MREPEAT(LED_COUNT, INSERT_LED_DESCRIPTOR, ~)
|
||||
#undef INSERT_LED_DESCRIPTOR
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//! Saved state of all LEDs.
|
||||
static volatile U32 LED_State = (1 << LED_COUNT) - 1;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
U32 LED_Read_Display(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return LED_State;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void LED_Display(U32 leds)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Use the LED descriptors to get the connections of a given LED to the MCU.
|
||||
tLED_DESCRIPTOR *led_descriptor;
|
||||
volatile avr32_gpio_port_t *led_gpio_port;
|
||||
|
||||
// Make sure only existing LEDs are specified.
|
||||
leds &= (1 << LED_COUNT) - 1;
|
||||
|
||||
// Update the saved state of all LEDs with the requested changes.
|
||||
LED_State = leds;
|
||||
|
||||
// For all LEDs...
|
||||
for (led_descriptor = &LED_DESCRIPTOR[0];
|
||||
led_descriptor < LED_DESCRIPTOR + LED_COUNT;
|
||||
led_descriptor++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Set the LED to the requested state.
|
||||
led_gpio_port = &AVR32_GPIO.port[led_descriptor->GPIO.PORT];
|
||||
if (leds & 1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
led_gpio_port->ovrc = led_descriptor->GPIO.PIN_MASK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
led_gpio_port->ovrs = led_descriptor->GPIO.PIN_MASK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
led_gpio_port->oders = led_descriptor->GPIO.PIN_MASK;
|
||||
led_gpio_port->gpers = led_descriptor->GPIO.PIN_MASK;
|
||||
leds >>= 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
U32 LED_Read_Display_Mask(U32 mask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return Rd_bits(LED_State, mask);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void LED_Display_Mask(U32 mask, U32 leds)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Use the LED descriptors to get the connections of a given LED to the MCU.
|
||||
tLED_DESCRIPTOR *led_descriptor = &LED_DESCRIPTOR[0] - 1;
|
||||
volatile avr32_gpio_port_t *led_gpio_port;
|
||||
U8 led_shift;
|
||||
|
||||
// Make sure only existing LEDs are specified.
|
||||
mask &= (1 << LED_COUNT) - 1;
|
||||
|
||||
// Update the saved state of all LEDs with the requested changes.
|
||||
Wr_bits(LED_State, mask, leds);
|
||||
|
||||
// While there are specified LEDs left to manage...
|
||||
while (mask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Select the next specified LED and set it to the requested state.
|
||||
led_shift = 1 + ctz(mask);
|
||||
led_descriptor += led_shift;
|
||||
led_gpio_port = &AVR32_GPIO.port[led_descriptor->GPIO.PORT];
|
||||
leds >>= led_shift - 1;
|
||||
if (leds & 1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
led_gpio_port->ovrc = led_descriptor->GPIO.PIN_MASK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
led_gpio_port->ovrs = led_descriptor->GPIO.PIN_MASK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
led_gpio_port->oders = led_descriptor->GPIO.PIN_MASK;
|
||||
led_gpio_port->gpers = led_descriptor->GPIO.PIN_MASK;
|
||||
leds >>= 1;
|
||||
mask >>= led_shift;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Bool LED_Test(U32 leds)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return Tst_bits(LED_State, leds);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void LED_Off(U32 leds)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Use the LED descriptors to get the connections of a given LED to the MCU.
|
||||
tLED_DESCRIPTOR *led_descriptor = &LED_DESCRIPTOR[0] - 1;
|
||||
volatile avr32_gpio_port_t *led_gpio_port;
|
||||
U8 led_shift;
|
||||
|
||||
// Make sure only existing LEDs are specified.
|
||||
leds &= (1 << LED_COUNT) - 1;
|
||||
|
||||
// Update the saved state of all LEDs with the requested changes.
|
||||
Clr_bits(LED_State, leds);
|
||||
|
||||
// While there are specified LEDs left to manage...
|
||||
while (leds)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Select the next specified LED and turn it off.
|
||||
led_shift = 1 + ctz(leds);
|
||||
led_descriptor += led_shift;
|
||||
led_gpio_port = &AVR32_GPIO.port[led_descriptor->GPIO.PORT];
|
||||
led_gpio_port->ovrs = led_descriptor->GPIO.PIN_MASK;
|
||||
led_gpio_port->oders = led_descriptor->GPIO.PIN_MASK;
|
||||
led_gpio_port->gpers = led_descriptor->GPIO.PIN_MASK;
|
||||
leds >>= led_shift;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void LED_On(U32 leds)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Use the LED descriptors to get the connections of a given LED to the MCU.
|
||||
tLED_DESCRIPTOR *led_descriptor = &LED_DESCRIPTOR[0] - 1;
|
||||
volatile avr32_gpio_port_t *led_gpio_port;
|
||||
U8 led_shift;
|
||||
|
||||
// Make sure only existing LEDs are specified.
|
||||
leds &= (1 << LED_COUNT) - 1;
|
||||
|
||||
// Update the saved state of all LEDs with the requested changes.
|
||||
Set_bits(LED_State, leds);
|
||||
|
||||
// While there are specified LEDs left to manage...
|
||||
while (leds)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Select the next specified LED and turn it on.
|
||||
led_shift = 1 + ctz(leds);
|
||||
led_descriptor += led_shift;
|
||||
led_gpio_port = &AVR32_GPIO.port[led_descriptor->GPIO.PORT];
|
||||
led_gpio_port->ovrc = led_descriptor->GPIO.PIN_MASK;
|
||||
led_gpio_port->oders = led_descriptor->GPIO.PIN_MASK;
|
||||
led_gpio_port->gpers = led_descriptor->GPIO.PIN_MASK;
|
||||
leds >>= led_shift;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void LED_Toggle(U32 leds)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Use the LED descriptors to get the connections of a given LED to the MCU.
|
||||
tLED_DESCRIPTOR *led_descriptor = &LED_DESCRIPTOR[0] - 1;
|
||||
volatile avr32_gpio_port_t *led_gpio_port;
|
||||
U8 led_shift;
|
||||
|
||||
// Make sure only existing LEDs are specified.
|
||||
leds &= (1 << LED_COUNT) - 1;
|
||||
|
||||
// Update the saved state of all LEDs with the requested changes.
|
||||
Tgl_bits(LED_State, leds);
|
||||
|
||||
// While there are specified LEDs left to manage...
|
||||
while (leds)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Select the next specified LED and toggle it.
|
||||
led_shift = 1 + ctz(leds);
|
||||
led_descriptor += led_shift;
|
||||
led_gpio_port = &AVR32_GPIO.port[led_descriptor->GPIO.PORT];
|
||||
led_gpio_port->ovrt = led_descriptor->GPIO.PIN_MASK;
|
||||
led_gpio_port->oders = led_descriptor->GPIO.PIN_MASK;
|
||||
led_gpio_port->gpers = led_descriptor->GPIO.PIN_MASK;
|
||||
leds >>= led_shift;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
U32 LED_Read_Display_Field(U32 field)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return Rd_bitfield(LED_State, field);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void LED_Display_Field(U32 field, U32 leds)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Move the bit-field to the appropriate position for the bit-mask.
|
||||
LED_Display_Mask(field, leds << ctz(field));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
U8 LED_Get_Intensity(U32 led)
|
||||
{
|
||||
tLED_DESCRIPTOR *led_descriptor;
|
||||
|
||||
// Check that the argument value is valid.
|
||||
led = ctz(led);
|
||||
led_descriptor = &LED_DESCRIPTOR[led];
|
||||
if (led >= LED_COUNT || led_descriptor->PWM.CHANNEL < 0) return 0;
|
||||
|
||||
// Return the duty cycle value if the LED PWM channel is enabled, else 0.
|
||||
return (AVR32_PWM.sr & (1 << led_descriptor->PWM.CHANNEL)) ?
|
||||
AVR32_PWM.channel[led_descriptor->PWM.CHANNEL].cdty : 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void LED_Set_Intensity(U32 leds, U8 intensity)
|
||||
{
|
||||
tLED_DESCRIPTOR *led_descriptor = &LED_DESCRIPTOR[0] - 1;
|
||||
volatile avr32_pwm_channel_t *led_pwm_channel;
|
||||
volatile avr32_gpio_port_t *led_gpio_port;
|
||||
U8 led_shift;
|
||||
|
||||
// For each specified LED...
|
||||
for (leds &= (1 << LED_COUNT) - 1; leds; leds >>= led_shift)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Select the next specified LED and check that it has a PWM channel.
|
||||
led_shift = 1 + ctz(leds);
|
||||
led_descriptor += led_shift;
|
||||
if (led_descriptor->PWM.CHANNEL < 0) continue;
|
||||
|
||||
// Initialize or update the LED PWM channel.
|
||||
led_pwm_channel = &AVR32_PWM.channel[led_descriptor->PWM.CHANNEL];
|
||||
if (!(AVR32_PWM.sr & (1 << led_descriptor->PWM.CHANNEL)))
|
||||
{
|
||||
led_pwm_channel->cmr = (AVR32_PWM_CPRE_MCK << AVR32_PWM_CPRE_OFFSET) &
|
||||
~(AVR32_PWM_CALG_MASK |
|
||||
AVR32_PWM_CPOL_MASK |
|
||||
AVR32_PWM_CPD_MASK);
|
||||
led_pwm_channel->cprd = 0x000000FF;
|
||||
led_pwm_channel->cdty = intensity;
|
||||
AVR32_PWM.ena = 1 << led_descriptor->PWM.CHANNEL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
AVR32_PWM.isr;
|
||||
while (!(AVR32_PWM.isr & (1 << led_descriptor->PWM.CHANNEL)));
|
||||
led_pwm_channel->cupd = intensity;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Switch the LED pin to its PWM function.
|
||||
led_gpio_port = &AVR32_GPIO.port[led_descriptor->GPIO.PORT];
|
||||
if (led_descriptor->PWM.FUNCTION & 0x1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
led_gpio_port->pmr0s = led_descriptor->GPIO.PIN_MASK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
led_gpio_port->pmr0c = led_descriptor->GPIO.PIN_MASK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (led_descriptor->PWM.FUNCTION & 0x2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
led_gpio_port->pmr1s = led_descriptor->GPIO.PIN_MASK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
led_gpio_port->pmr1c = led_descriptor->GPIO.PIN_MASK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
led_gpio_port->gperc = led_descriptor->GPIO.PIN_MASK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
@ -0,0 +1,191 @@
|
||||
/* This header file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
|
||||
|
||||
/*This file is prepared for Doxygen automatic documentation generation.*/
|
||||
/*! \file *********************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \brief AT32UC3A EVK1100 board LEDs support package.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file contains definitions and services related to the LED features of
|
||||
* the EVK1100 board.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Compiler: IAR EWAVR32 and GNU GCC for AVR32
|
||||
* - Supported devices: All AVR32 AT32UC3A devices can be used.
|
||||
* - AppNote:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \author Atmel Corporation: http://www.atmel.com \n
|
||||
* Support and FAQ: http://support.atmel.no/
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Copyright (c) 2009 Atmel Corporation. All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this
|
||||
* list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3. The name of Atmel may not be used to endorse or promote products derived
|
||||
* from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 4. This software may only be redistributed and used in connection with an Atmel
|
||||
* AVR product.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* EXPRESSLY AND SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR
|
||||
* ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
|
||||
* (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
|
||||
* LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
|
||||
* ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
|
||||
* (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
|
||||
* SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _LED_H_
|
||||
#define _LED_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#include "compiler.h"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \name Identifiers of LEDs to Use with LED Functions
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//! @{
|
||||
#define LED0 0x01
|
||||
#define LED1 0x02
|
||||
#define LED2 0x04
|
||||
#define LED3 0x08
|
||||
#define LED4 0x10
|
||||
#define LED5 0x20
|
||||
#define LED6 0x40
|
||||
#define LED7 0x80
|
||||
//! @}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Gets the last state of all LEDs set through the LED API.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return State of all LEDs (1 bit per LED).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note The GPIO pin configuration of all LEDs is left unchanged.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern U32 LED_Read_Display(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Sets the state of all LEDs.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param leds New state of all LEDs (1 bit per LED).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note The pins of all LEDs are set to GPIO output mode.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void LED_Display(U32 leds);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Gets the last state of the specified LEDs set through the LED API.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param mask LEDs of which to get the state (1 bit per LED).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return State of the specified LEDs (1 bit per LED).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note The GPIO pin configuration of all LEDs is left unchanged.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern U32 LED_Read_Display_Mask(U32 mask);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Sets the state of the specified LEDs.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param mask LEDs of which to set the state (1 bit per LED).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param leds New state of the specified LEDs (1 bit per LED).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note The pins of the specified LEDs are set to GPIO output mode.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void LED_Display_Mask(U32 mask, U32 leds);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Tests the last state of the specified LEDs set through the LED API.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param leds LEDs of which to test the state (1 bit per LED).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return \c TRUE if at least one of the specified LEDs has a state on, else
|
||||
* \c FALSE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note The GPIO pin configuration of all LEDs is left unchanged.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern Bool LED_Test(U32 leds);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Turns off the specified LEDs.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param leds LEDs to turn off (1 bit per LED).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note The pins of the specified LEDs are set to GPIO output mode.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void LED_Off(U32 leds);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Turns on the specified LEDs.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param leds LEDs to turn on (1 bit per LED).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note The pins of the specified LEDs are set to GPIO output mode.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void LED_On(U32 leds);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Toggles the specified LEDs.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param leds LEDs to toggle (1 bit per LED).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note The pins of the specified LEDs are set to GPIO output mode.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void LED_Toggle(U32 leds);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Gets as a bit-field the last state of the specified LEDs set through
|
||||
* the LED API.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param field LEDs of which to get the state (1 bit per LED).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return State of the specified LEDs (1 bit per LED, beginning with the first
|
||||
* specified LED).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note The GPIO pin configuration of all LEDs is left unchanged.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern U32 LED_Read_Display_Field(U32 field);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Sets as a bit-field the state of the specified LEDs.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param field LEDs of which to set the state (1 bit per LED).
|
||||
* \param leds New state of the specified LEDs (1 bit per LED, beginning with
|
||||
* the first specified LED).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note The pins of the specified LEDs are set to GPIO output mode.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void LED_Display_Field(U32 field, U32 leds);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Gets the intensity of the specified LED.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param led LED of which to get the intensity (1 bit per LED; only the least
|
||||
* significant set bit is used).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return Intensity of the specified LED (0x00 to 0xFF).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \warning The PWM channel of the specified LED is supposed to be used only by
|
||||
* this module.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note The GPIO pin configuration of all LEDs is left unchanged.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern U8 LED_Get_Intensity(U32 led);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Sets the intensity of the specified LEDs.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param leds LEDs of which to set the intensity (1 bit per LED).
|
||||
* \param intensity New intensity of the specified LEDs (0x00 to 0xFF).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \warning The PWM channels of the specified LEDs are supposed to be used only
|
||||
* by this module.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note The pins of the specified LEDs are set to PWM output mode.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void LED_Set_Intensity(U32 leds, U8 intensity);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _LED_H_
|
@ -0,0 +1,433 @@
|
||||
/* This header file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
|
||||
|
||||
/*This file is prepared for Doxygen automatic documentation generation.*/
|
||||
/*! \file *********************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \brief AT32UC3A EVK1105 board header file.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file contains definitions and services related to the features of the
|
||||
* EVK1105 board rev. B.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* To use this board, define BOARD=EVK1105.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Compiler: IAR EWAVR32 and GNU GCC for AVR32
|
||||
* - Supported devices: All AVR32 AT32UC3A devices can be used.
|
||||
* - AppNote:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \author Atmel Corporation: http://www.atmel.com \n
|
||||
* Support and FAQ: http://support.atmel.no/
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Copyright (c) 2009 Atmel Corporation. All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this
|
||||
* list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3. The name of Atmel may not be used to endorse or promote products derived
|
||||
* from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 4. This software may only be redistributed and used in connection with an Atmel
|
||||
* AVR product.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* EXPRESSLY AND SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR
|
||||
* ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
|
||||
* (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
|
||||
* LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
|
||||
* ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
|
||||
* (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
|
||||
* SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _EVK1105_H_
|
||||
#define _EVK1105_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef EVK1105_REV3
|
||||
# include "evk1105_rev3.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
#include "compiler.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __AVR32_ABI_COMPILER__ // Automatically defined when compiling for AVR32, not when assembling.
|
||||
# include "led.h"
|
||||
#endif // __AVR32_ABI_COMPILER__
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \name Oscillator Definitions
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//! @{
|
||||
|
||||
// RCOsc has no custom calibration by default. Set the following definition to
|
||||
// the appropriate value if a custom RCOsc calibration has been applied to your
|
||||
// part.
|
||||
//#define FRCOSC AVR32_PM_RCOSC_FREQUENCY //!< RCOsc frequency: Hz.
|
||||
|
||||
#define FOSC32 32768 //!< Osc32 frequency: Hz.
|
||||
#define OSC32_STARTUP AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL32_STARTUP_8192_RCOSC //!< Osc32 startup time: RCOsc periods.
|
||||
|
||||
#define FOSC0 12000000 //!< Osc0 frequency: Hz.
|
||||
#define OSC0_STARTUP AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL0_STARTUP_2048_RCOSC //!< Osc0 startup time: RCOsc periods.
|
||||
|
||||
#define FOSC1 11289600 //!< Osc1 frequency: Hz
|
||||
#define OSC1_STARTUP AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL1_STARTUP_2048_RCOSC //!< Osc1 startup time: RCOsc periods.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//! @}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \name SDRAM Definitions
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//! @{
|
||||
|
||||
//! Part header file of used SDRAM(s).
|
||||
#define SDRAM_PART_HDR "MT48LC16M16A2TG7E/mt48lc16m16a2tg7e.h"
|
||||
|
||||
//! Data bus width to use the SDRAM(s) with (16 or 32 bits; always 16 bits on
|
||||
//! UC3).
|
||||
#define SDRAM_DBW 16
|
||||
//! @}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \name USB Definitions
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//! @{
|
||||
//! Multiplexed pin used for USB_ID: AVR32_USBB_USB_ID_x_x.
|
||||
//! To be selected according to the AVR32_USBB_USB_ID_x_x_PIN and
|
||||
//! AVR32_USBB_USB_ID_x_x_FUNCTION definitions from <avr32/uc3axxxx.h>.
|
||||
#define AVR32_USBB_USB_ID_0_2_PIN 21
|
||||
#define AVR32_USBB_USB_ID_0_2_FUNCTION 2
|
||||
#define USB_ID AVR32_USBB_USB_ID_0_2
|
||||
|
||||
//! Multiplexed pin used for USB_VBOF: AVR32_USBB_USB_VBOF_x_x.
|
||||
//! To be selected according to the AVR32_USBB_USB_VBOF_x_x_PIN and
|
||||
//! AVR32_USBB_USB_VBOF_x_x_FUNCTION definitions from <avr32/uc3axxxx.h>.
|
||||
# define USB_VBOF AVR32_USBB_USB_VBOF_0_1
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//! Active level of the USB_VBOF output pin.
|
||||
# define USB_VBOF_ACTIVE_LEVEL LOW
|
||||
|
||||
//! USB overcurrent detection pin.
|
||||
# define USB_OVERCURRENT_DETECT_PIN AVR32_PIN_PX15
|
||||
|
||||
//! @}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//! GPIO connection of the MAC PHY PWR_DOWN/INT signal.
|
||||
# define MACB_INTERRUPT_PIN AVR32_PIN_PA26
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//! Number of LEDs.
|
||||
#define LED_COUNT 4
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \name GPIO Connections of LEDs
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//! @{
|
||||
# define LED0_GPIO AVR32_PIN_PB27
|
||||
# define LED1_GPIO AVR32_PIN_PB28
|
||||
# define LED2_GPIO AVR32_PIN_PA05
|
||||
# define LED3_GPIO AVR32_PIN_PA06
|
||||
//! @}
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \name Color Identifiers of LEDs to Use with LED Functions
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//! @{
|
||||
#define LED_MONO0_GREEN LED0
|
||||
#define LED_MONO1_GREEN LED1
|
||||
#define LED_MONO2_GREEN LED2
|
||||
#define LED_MONO3_GREEN LED3
|
||||
//! @}
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \name PWM Channels of LEDs
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//! @{
|
||||
#define LED0_PWM 4
|
||||
#define LED1_PWM 5
|
||||
#define LED2_PWM (-1)
|
||||
#define LED3_PWM (-1)
|
||||
//! @}
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \name PWM Functions of LEDs
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//! @{
|
||||
/* TODO: Implement PWM functionality */
|
||||
#define LED0_PWM_FUNCTION (-1)//AVR32_PWM_0_FUNCTION
|
||||
#define LED1_PWM_FUNCTION (-1)//AVR32_PWM_1_FUNCTION
|
||||
#define LED2_PWM_FUNCTION (-1)
|
||||
#define LED3_PWM_FUNCTION (-1)
|
||||
//! @}
|
||||
|
||||
//! External interrupt connection of touch sensor.
|
||||
#define QT1081_EIC_EXTINT_PIN AVR32_EIC_EXTINT_1_PIN
|
||||
#define QT1081_EIC_EXTINT_FUNCTION AVR32_EIC_EXTINT_1_FUNCTION
|
||||
#define QT1081_EIC_EXTINT_IRQ AVR32_EIC_IRQ_1
|
||||
#define QT1081_EIC_EXTINT_INT AVR32_EIC_INT1
|
||||
/*! \name Touch sensor low power mode select
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define QT1081_LP_MODE AVR32_PIN_PB29
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \name GPIO Connections of touch buttons
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//! @{
|
||||
#define QT1081_TOUCH_SENSOR_0 AVR32_PIN_PB22
|
||||
#define QT1081_TOUCH_SENSOR_0_PRESSED 1
|
||||
#define QT1081_TOUCH_SENSOR_1 AVR32_PIN_PB23
|
||||
#define QT1081_TOUCH_SENSOR_1_PRESSED 1
|
||||
#define QT1081_TOUCH_SENSOR_2 AVR32_PIN_PB24
|
||||
#define QT1081_TOUCH_SENSOR_2_PRESSED 1
|
||||
#define QT1081_TOUCH_SENSOR_3 AVR32_PIN_PB25
|
||||
#define QT1081_TOUCH_SENSOR_3_PRESSED 1
|
||||
#define QT1081_TOUCH_SENSOR_4 AVR32_PIN_PB26
|
||||
#define QT1081_TOUCH_SENSOR_4_PRESSED 1
|
||||
|
||||
#define QT1081_TOUCH_SENSOR_ENTER QT1081_TOUCH_SENSOR_4
|
||||
#define QT1081_TOUCH_SENSOR_ENTER_PRESSED QT1081_TOUCH_SENSOR_4_PRESSED
|
||||
#define QT1081_TOUCH_SENSOR_LEFT QT1081_TOUCH_SENSOR_3
|
||||
#define QT1081_TOUCH_SENSOR_LEFT_PRESSED QT1081_TOUCH_SENSOR_3_PRESSED
|
||||
#define QT1081_TOUCH_SENSOR_RIGHT QT1081_TOUCH_SENSOR_2
|
||||
#define QT1081_TOUCH_SENSOR_RIGHT_PRESSED QT1081_TOUCH_SENSOR_2_PRESSED
|
||||
#define QT1081_TOUCH_SENSOR_UP QT1081_TOUCH_SENSOR_0
|
||||
#define QT1081_TOUCH_SENSOR_UP_PRESSED QT1081_TOUCH_SENSOR_0_PRESSED
|
||||
#define QT1081_TOUCH_SENSOR_DOWN QT1081_TOUCH_SENSOR_1
|
||||
#define QT1081_TOUCH_SENSOR_DOWN_PRESSED QT1081_TOUCH_SENSOR_1_PRESSED
|
||||
//! @}
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \name SPI Connections of the AT45DBX Data Flash Memory
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//! @{
|
||||
#define AT45DBX_SPI (&AVR32_SPI0)
|
||||
#define AT45DBX_SPI_NPCS 0
|
||||
#define AT45DBX_SPI_SCK_PIN AVR32_SPI0_SCK_0_0_PIN
|
||||
#define AT45DBX_SPI_SCK_FUNCTION AVR32_SPI0_SCK_0_0_FUNCTION
|
||||
#define AT45DBX_SPI_MISO_PIN AVR32_SPI0_MISO_0_0_PIN
|
||||
#define AT45DBX_SPI_MISO_FUNCTION AVR32_SPI0_MISO_0_0_FUNCTION
|
||||
#define AT45DBX_SPI_MOSI_PIN AVR32_SPI0_MOSI_0_0_PIN
|
||||
#define AT45DBX_SPI_MOSI_FUNCTION AVR32_SPI0_MOSI_0_0_FUNCTION
|
||||
#define AT45DBX_SPI_NPCS0_PIN AVR32_SPI0_NPCS_0_0_PIN
|
||||
#define AT45DBX_SPI_NPCS0_FUNCTION AVR32_SPI0_NPCS_0_0_FUNCTION
|
||||
//! @}
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \name GPIO and SPI Connections of the SD/MMC Connector
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//! @{
|
||||
#define SD_MMC_CARD_DETECT_PIN AVR32_PIN_PA02
|
||||
#define SD_MMC_WRITE_PROTECT_PIN AVR32_PIN_PA18
|
||||
#define SD_MMC_SPI (&AVR32_SPI0)
|
||||
#define SD_MMC_SPI_NPCS 1
|
||||
#define SD_MMC_SPI_SCK_PIN AVR32_SPI0_SCK_0_0_PIN
|
||||
#define SD_MMC_SPI_SCK_FUNCTION AVR32_SPI0_SCK_0_0_FUNCTION
|
||||
#define SD_MMC_SPI_MISO_PIN AVR32_SPI0_MISO_0_0_PIN
|
||||
#define SD_MMC_SPI_MISO_FUNCTION AVR32_SPI0_MISO_0_0_FUNCTION
|
||||
#define SD_MMC_SPI_MOSI_PIN AVR32_SPI0_MOSI_0_0_PIN
|
||||
#define SD_MMC_SPI_MOSI_FUNCTION AVR32_SPI0_MOSI_0_0_FUNCTION
|
||||
#define SD_MMC_SPI_NPCS_PIN AVR32_SPI0_NPCS_1_0_PIN
|
||||
#define SD_MMC_SPI_NPCS_FUNCTION AVR32_SPI0_NPCS_1_0_FUNCTION
|
||||
//! @}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \name TWI expansion
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//! @{
|
||||
#define EXPANSION_TWI (&AVR32_TWI)
|
||||
#define EXPANSION_RESET AVR32_PIN_PX16
|
||||
#define EXPANSION_TWI_SCL_PIN AVR32_TWI_SCL_0_0_PIN
|
||||
#define EXPANSION_TWI_SCL_FUNCTION AVR32_TWI_SCL_0_0_FUNCTION
|
||||
#define EXPANSION_TWI_SDA_PIN AVR32_TWI_SDA_0_0_PIN
|
||||
#define EXPANSION_TWI_SDA_FUNCTION AVR32_TWI_SDA_0_0_FUNCTION
|
||||
//! @}
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \name Wireless expansion
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define WEXPANSION_EXTINT_PIN AVR32_EIC_EXTINT_8_PIN
|
||||
#define WEXPANSION_EXTINT_FUNCTION AVR32_EIC_EXTINT_8_FUNCTION
|
||||
#define WEXPANSION_GPIO1 AVR32_PIN_PB30
|
||||
#define WEXPANSION_GPIO2 AVR32_PIN_PB31
|
||||
|
||||
#define WEXPANSION_SPI (&AVR32_SPI0)
|
||||
#define WEXPANSION_SPI_NPCS 2
|
||||
#define WEXPANSION_SPI_SCK_PIN AVR32_SPI0_SCK_0_0_PIN
|
||||
#define WEXPANSION_SPI_SCK_FUNCTION AVR32_SPI0_SCK_0_0_FUNCTION
|
||||
#define WEXPANSION_SPI_MISO_PIN AVR32_SPI0_MISO_0_0_PIN
|
||||
#define WEXPANSION_SPI_MISO_FUNCTION AVR32_SPI0_MISO_0_0_FUNCTION
|
||||
#define WEXPANSION_SPI_MOSI_PIN AVR32_SPI0_MOSI_0_0_PIN
|
||||
#define WEXPANSION_SPI_MOSI_FUNCTION AVR32_SPI0_MOSI_0_0_FUNCTION
|
||||
#define WEXPANSION_SPI_NPCS_PIN AVR32_SPI0_NPCS_2_0_PIN
|
||||
#define WEXPANSION_SPI_NPCS_FUNCTION AVR32_SPI0_NPCS_2_0_FUNCTION
|
||||
|
||||
//! @}
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \name ET024006DHU TFT display
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//! @{
|
||||
|
||||
#define ET024006DHU_TE_PIN AVR32_PIN_PX19
|
||||
#define ET024006DHU_RESET_PIN AVR32_PIN_PX22
|
||||
#define ET024006DHU_BL_PIN AVR32_PWM_6_PIN
|
||||
#define ET024006DHU_BL_FUNCTION AVR32_PWM_6_FUNCTION
|
||||
#define ET024006DHU_DNC_PIN AVR32_EBI_ADDR_21_1_PIN
|
||||
#define ET024006DHU_DNC_FUNCTION AVR32_EBI_ADDR_21_1_FUNCTION
|
||||
#define ET024006DHU_EBI_NCS_PIN AVR32_EBI_NCS_0_1_PIN
|
||||
#define ET024006DHU_EBI_NCS_FUNCTION AVR32_EBI_NCS_0_1_FUNCTION
|
||||
|
||||
//! @}
|
||||
/*! \name Optional SPI connection to the TFT
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//! @{
|
||||
|
||||
#define ET024006DHU_SPI (&AVR32_SPI0)
|
||||
#define ET024006DHU_SPI_NPCS 3
|
||||
#define ET024006DHU_SPI_SCK_PIN AVR32_SPI0_SCK_0_0_PIN
|
||||
#define ET024006DHU_SPI_SCK_FUNCTION AVR32_SPI0_SCK_0_0_FUNCTION
|
||||
#define ET024006DHU_SPI_MISO_PIN AVR32_SPI0_MISO_0_0_PIN
|
||||
#define ET024006DHU_SPI_MISO_FUNCTION AVR32_SPI0_MISO_0_0_FUNCTION
|
||||
#define ET024006DHU_SPI_MOSI_PIN AVR32_SPI0_MOSI_0_0_PIN
|
||||
#define ET024006DHU_SPI_MOSI_FUNCTION AVR32_SPI0_MOSI_0_0_FUNCTION
|
||||
#define ET024006DHU_SPI_NPCS_PIN AVR32_SPI1_NPCS_3_0_PIN
|
||||
#define ET024006DHU_SPI_NPCS_FUNCTION AVR32_SPI1_NPCS_3_0_FUNCTION
|
||||
|
||||
//! @}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \name Audio amplifier connection to the DAC
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//! @{
|
||||
|
||||
#define TPA6130_ABDAC (&AVR32_ABDAC)
|
||||
|
||||
#define TPA6130_DATA0_PIN AVR32_ABDAC_DATA_0_1_PIN
|
||||
#define TPA6130_DATA0_FUNCTION AVR32_ABDAC_DATA_0_1_FUNCTION
|
||||
#define TPA6130_DATAN0_PIN AVR32_ABDAC_DATAN_0_1_PIN
|
||||
#define TPA6130_DATAN0_FUNCTION AVR32_ABDAC_DATAN_0_1_FUNCTION
|
||||
#define TPA6130_DATA1_PIN AVR32_ABDAC_DATA_1_1_PIN
|
||||
#define TPA6130_DATA1_FUNCTION AVR32_ABDAC_DATA_1_1_FUNCTION
|
||||
#define TPA6130_DATAN1_PIN AVR32_ABDAC_DATAN_1_1_PIN
|
||||
#define TPA6130_DATAN1_FUNCTION AVR32_ABDAC_DATAN_1_1_FUNCTION
|
||||
|
||||
#define TPA6130_ABDAC_PDCA_PID AVR32_PDCA_PID_ABDAC_TX
|
||||
#define TPA6130_ABDAC_PDCA_CHANNEL 0
|
||||
#define TPA6130_ABDAC_PDCA_IRQ AVR32_PDCA_IRQ_0
|
||||
#define TPA6130_ABDAC_PDCA_INT_LEVEL AVR32_INTC_INT3
|
||||
|
||||
#define TPA6130_TWI (&AVR32_TWI)
|
||||
#define TPA6130_TWI_SCL_PIN AVR32_TWI_SCL_0_0_PIN
|
||||
#define TPA6130_TWI_SCL_FUNCTION AVR32_TWI_SCL_0_0_FUNCTION
|
||||
#define TPA6130_TWI_SDA_PIN AVR32_TWI_SDA_0_0_PIN
|
||||
#define TPA6130_TWI_SDA_FUNCTION AVR32_TWI_SDA_0_0_FUNCTION
|
||||
|
||||
//! }@
|
||||
/*! \name TI TLV320AIC23B sound chip
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//! @{
|
||||
#define TLV320_SSC (&AVR32_SSC)
|
||||
#define TLV320_SSC_TX_CLOCK_PIN AVR32_SSC_TX_CLOCK_0_PIN
|
||||
#define TLV320_SSC_TX_CLOCK_FUNCTION AVR32_SSC_TX_CLOCK_0_FUNCTION
|
||||
#define TLV320_SSC_TX_DATA_PIN AVR32_SSC_TX_DATA_0_PIN
|
||||
#define TLV320_SSC_TX_DATA_FUNCTION AVR32_SSC_TX_DATA_0_FUNCTION
|
||||
#define TLV320_SSC_TX_FRAME_SYNC_PIN AVR32_SSC_TX_FRAME_SYNC_0_PIN
|
||||
#define TLV320_SSC_TX_FRAME_SYNC_FUNCTION AVR32_SSC_TX_FRAME_SYNC_0_FUNCTION
|
||||
|
||||
#define TLV320_TWI (&AVR32_TWI)
|
||||
#define TLV320_TWI_SCL_PIN AVR32_TWI_SCL_0_0_PIN
|
||||
#define TLV320_TWI_SCL_FUNCTION AVR32_TWI_SCL_0_0_FUNCTION
|
||||
#define TLV320_TWI_SDA_PIN AVR32_TWI_SDA_0_0_PIN
|
||||
#define TLV320_TWI_SDA_FUNCTION AVR32_TWI_SDA_0_0_FUNCTION
|
||||
|
||||
#define TLV320_PM_GCLK_PIN AVR32_PM_GCLK_0_0_PIN
|
||||
#define TLV320_PM_GCLK_FUNCTION AVR32_PM_GCLK_0_0_FUNCTION
|
||||
//! @}
|
||||
|
||||
////! \name SPI: Apple Authentication Chip Hardware Connections
|
||||
////! @{
|
||||
#define IPOD_AUTH_CHIP_SPI (&AVR32_SPI0)
|
||||
#define IPOD_AUTH_CHIP_SPI_IRQ AVR32_SPI0_IRQ
|
||||
#define IPOD_AUTH_CHIP_SPI_NPCS 2
|
||||
#define IPOD_AUTH_CHIP_SPI_SCK_PIN AVR32_SPI0_SCK_0_0_PIN
|
||||
#define IPOD_AUTH_CHIP_SPI_SCK_FUNCTION AVR32_SPI0_SCK_0_0_FUNCTION
|
||||
#define IPOD_AUTH_CHIP_SPI_MISO_PIN AVR32_SPI0_MISO_0_0_PIN
|
||||
#define IPOD_AUTH_CHIP_SPI_MISO_FUNCTION AVR32_SPI0_MISO_0_0_FUNCTION
|
||||
#define IPOD_AUTH_CHIP_SPI_MOSI_PIN AVR32_SPI0_MOSI_0_0_PIN
|
||||
#define IPOD_AUTH_CHIP_SPI_MOSI_FUNCTION AVR32_SPI0_MOSI_0_0_FUNCTION
|
||||
#define IPOD_AUTH_CHIP_SPI_NPCS_PIN AVR32_SPI0_NPCS_2_0_PIN
|
||||
#define IPOD_AUTH_CHIP_SPI_NPCS_FUNCTION AVR32_SPI0_NPCS_2_0_FUNCTION
|
||||
#define IPOD_AUTH_CHIP_SPI_N_RESET_PIN AVR32_PIN_PB30
|
||||
#define IPOD_AUTH_CHIP_SPI_CP_READY_PIN AVR32_PIN_PB31
|
||||
//! }@
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \name Connections of the iPOD Authentication Coprocessor
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//! @{
|
||||
|
||||
#define IPOD_AUTH_CHIP_TWI (&AVR32_TWI)
|
||||
#define IPOD_AUTH_CHIP_TWI_SCL_PIN AVR32_TWI_SCL_0_0_PIN
|
||||
#define IPOD_AUTH_CHIP_TWI_SCL_FUNCTION AVR32_TWI_SCL_0_0_FUNCTION
|
||||
#define IPOD_AUTH_CHIP_TWI_SDA_PIN AVR32_TWI_SDA_0_0_PIN
|
||||
#define IPOD_AUTH_CHIP_TWI_SDA_FUNCTION AVR32_TWI_SDA_0_0_FUNCTION
|
||||
#define IPOD_AUTH_CHIP_TWI_N_RESET_PIN AVR32_PIN_PX16
|
||||
|
||||
//! @}
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \name USART connection to the UC3B board controller
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//! @{
|
||||
|
||||
#define USART0_RXD_PIN AVR32_USART0_RXD_0_0_PIN
|
||||
#define USART0_RXD_FUNCTION AVR32_USART0_RXD_0_0_FUNCTION
|
||||
#define USART0_TXD_PIN AVR32_USART0_TXD_0_0_PIN
|
||||
#define USART0_TXD_FUNCTION AVR32_USART0_TXD_0_0_FUNCTION
|
||||
#define USART0_RTS_PIN AVR32_USART0_RTS_0_0_PIN
|
||||
#define USART0_RTS_FUNCTION AVR32_USART0_RTS_0_0_FUNCTION
|
||||
#define USART0_CTS_PIN AVR32_USART0_CTS_0_0_PIN
|
||||
#define USART0_CTS_FUNCTION AVR32_USART0_CTS_0_0_FUNCTION
|
||||
|
||||
//! @}
|
||||
|
||||
#define ADC_VEXT_PIN AVR32_ADC_AD_7_PIN
|
||||
#define ADC_VEXT_FUNCTION AVR32_ADC_AD_7_FUNCTION
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \name LCD Connections of the ET024006DHU display
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//! @{
|
||||
#define ET024006DHU_SMC_USE_NCS 0
|
||||
#define ET024006DHU_SMC_COMPONENT_CS "smc_et024006dhu.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#define ET024006DHU_EBI_DATA_0 AVR32_EBI_DATA_0
|
||||
#define ET024006DHU_EBI_DATA_1 AVR32_EBI_DATA_1
|
||||
#define ET024006DHU_EBI_DATA_2 AVR32_EBI_DATA_2
|
||||
#define ET024006DHU_EBI_DATA_3 AVR32_EBI_DATA_3
|
||||
#define ET024006DHU_EBI_DATA_4 AVR32_EBI_DATA_4
|
||||
#define ET024006DHU_EBI_DATA_5 AVR32_EBI_DATA_5
|
||||
#define ET024006DHU_EBI_DATA_6 AVR32_EBI_DATA_6
|
||||
#define ET024006DHU_EBI_DATA_7 AVR32_EBI_DATA_7
|
||||
#define ET024006DHU_EBI_DATA_8 AVR32_EBI_DATA_8
|
||||
#define ET024006DHU_EBI_DATA_9 AVR32_EBI_DATA_9
|
||||
#define ET024006DHU_EBI_DATA_10 AVR32_EBI_DATA_10
|
||||
#define ET024006DHU_EBI_DATA_11 AVR32_EBI_DATA_11
|
||||
#define ET024006DHU_EBI_DATA_12 AVR32_EBI_DATA_12
|
||||
#define ET024006DHU_EBI_DATA_13 AVR32_EBI_DATA_13
|
||||
#define ET024006DHU_EBI_DATA_14 AVR32_EBI_DATA_14
|
||||
#define ET024006DHU_EBI_DATA_15 AVR32_EBI_DATA_15
|
||||
|
||||
#define ET024006DHU_EBI_ADDR_21 AVR32_EBI_ADDR_21_1
|
||||
|
||||
#define ET024006DHU_EBI_NWE AVR32_EBI_NWE0_0
|
||||
#define ET024006DHU_EBI_NRD AVR32_EBI_NRD_0
|
||||
#define ET024006DHU_EBI_NCS AVR32_EBI_NCS_0_1
|
||||
//! @}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // !EVK1105_REVA
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _EVK1105_H_
|
@ -0,0 +1,346 @@
|
||||
/* This source file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
|
||||
|
||||
/*This file is prepared for Doxygen automatic documentation generation.*/
|
||||
/*! \file *********************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \brief AT32UC3A EVK1105 board LEDs support package.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file contains definitions and services related to the LED features of
|
||||
* the EVK1105 board.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Compiler: IAR EWAVR32 and GNU GCC for AVR32
|
||||
* - Supported devices: All AVR32 AT32UC3A devices can be used.
|
||||
* - AppNote:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \author Atmel Corporation: http://www.atmel.com \n
|
||||
* Support and FAQ: http://support.atmel.no/
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Copyright (c) 2009 Atmel Corporation. All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this
|
||||
* list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3. The name of Atmel may not be used to endorse or promote products derived
|
||||
* from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 4. This software may only be redistributed and used in connection with an Atmel
|
||||
* AVR product.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* EXPRESSLY AND SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR
|
||||
* ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
|
||||
* (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
|
||||
* LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
|
||||
* ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
|
||||
* (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
|
||||
* SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <avr32/io.h>
|
||||
#include "preprocessor.h"
|
||||
#include "compiler.h"
|
||||
#include "evk1105.h"
|
||||
#include "led.h"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//! Structure describing LED hardware connections.
|
||||
typedef const struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
U32 PORT; //!< LED GPIO port.
|
||||
U32 PIN_MASK; //!< Bit-mask of LED pin in GPIO port.
|
||||
} GPIO; //!< LED GPIO descriptor.
|
||||
struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
S32 CHANNEL; //!< LED PWM channel (< 0 if N/A).
|
||||
S32 FUNCTION; //!< LED pin PWM function (< 0 if N/A).
|
||||
} PWM; //!< LED PWM descriptor.
|
||||
} tLED_DESCRIPTOR;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//! Hardware descriptors of all LEDs.
|
||||
static tLED_DESCRIPTOR LED_DESCRIPTOR[LED_COUNT] =
|
||||
{
|
||||
#define INSERT_LED_DESCRIPTOR(LED_NO, unused) \
|
||||
{ \
|
||||
{LED##LED_NO##_GPIO / 32, 1 << (LED##LED_NO##_GPIO % 32)},\
|
||||
{LED##LED_NO##_PWM, LED##LED_NO##_PWM_FUNCTION } \
|
||||
},
|
||||
MREPEAT(LED_COUNT, INSERT_LED_DESCRIPTOR, ~)
|
||||
#undef INSERT_LED_DESCRIPTOR
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//! Saved state of all LEDs.
|
||||
static volatile U32 LED_State = (1 << LED_COUNT) - 1;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
U32 LED_Read_Display(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return LED_State;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void LED_Display(U32 leds)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Use the LED descriptors to get the connections of a given LED to the MCU.
|
||||
tLED_DESCRIPTOR *led_descriptor;
|
||||
volatile avr32_gpio_port_t *led_gpio_port;
|
||||
|
||||
// Make sure only existing LEDs are specified.
|
||||
leds &= (1 << LED_COUNT) - 1;
|
||||
|
||||
// Update the saved state of all LEDs with the requested changes.
|
||||
LED_State = leds;
|
||||
|
||||
// For all LEDs...
|
||||
for (led_descriptor = &LED_DESCRIPTOR[0];
|
||||
led_descriptor < LED_DESCRIPTOR + LED_COUNT;
|
||||
led_descriptor++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Set the LED to the requested state.
|
||||
led_gpio_port = &AVR32_GPIO.port[led_descriptor->GPIO.PORT];
|
||||
if (leds & 1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
led_gpio_port->ovrc = led_descriptor->GPIO.PIN_MASK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
led_gpio_port->ovrs = led_descriptor->GPIO.PIN_MASK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
led_gpio_port->oders = led_descriptor->GPIO.PIN_MASK;
|
||||
led_gpio_port->gpers = led_descriptor->GPIO.PIN_MASK;
|
||||
leds >>= 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
U32 LED_Read_Display_Mask(U32 mask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return Rd_bits(LED_State, mask);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void LED_Display_Mask(U32 mask, U32 leds)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Use the LED descriptors to get the connections of a given LED to the MCU.
|
||||
tLED_DESCRIPTOR *led_descriptor = &LED_DESCRIPTOR[0] - 1;
|
||||
volatile avr32_gpio_port_t *led_gpio_port;
|
||||
U8 led_shift;
|
||||
|
||||
// Make sure only existing LEDs are specified.
|
||||
mask &= (1 << LED_COUNT) - 1;
|
||||
|
||||
// Update the saved state of all LEDs with the requested changes.
|
||||
Wr_bits(LED_State, mask, leds);
|
||||
|
||||
// While there are specified LEDs left to manage...
|
||||
while (mask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Select the next specified LED and set it to the requested state.
|
||||
led_shift = 1 + ctz(mask);
|
||||
led_descriptor += led_shift;
|
||||
led_gpio_port = &AVR32_GPIO.port[led_descriptor->GPIO.PORT];
|
||||
leds >>= led_shift - 1;
|
||||
if (leds & 1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
led_gpio_port->ovrc = led_descriptor->GPIO.PIN_MASK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
led_gpio_port->ovrs = led_descriptor->GPIO.PIN_MASK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
led_gpio_port->oders = led_descriptor->GPIO.PIN_MASK;
|
||||
led_gpio_port->gpers = led_descriptor->GPIO.PIN_MASK;
|
||||
leds >>= 1;
|
||||
mask >>= led_shift;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Bool LED_Test(U32 leds)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return Tst_bits(LED_State, leds);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void LED_Off(U32 leds)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Use the LED descriptors to get the connections of a given LED to the MCU.
|
||||
tLED_DESCRIPTOR *led_descriptor = &LED_DESCRIPTOR[0] - 1;
|
||||
volatile avr32_gpio_port_t *led_gpio_port;
|
||||
U8 led_shift;
|
||||
|
||||
// Make sure only existing LEDs are specified.
|
||||
leds &= (1 << LED_COUNT) - 1;
|
||||
|
||||
// Update the saved state of all LEDs with the requested changes.
|
||||
Clr_bits(LED_State, leds);
|
||||
|
||||
// While there are specified LEDs left to manage...
|
||||
while (leds)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Select the next specified LED and turn it off.
|
||||
led_shift = 1 + ctz(leds);
|
||||
led_descriptor += led_shift;
|
||||
led_gpio_port = &AVR32_GPIO.port[led_descriptor->GPIO.PORT];
|
||||
led_gpio_port->ovrs = led_descriptor->GPIO.PIN_MASK;
|
||||
led_gpio_port->oders = led_descriptor->GPIO.PIN_MASK;
|
||||
led_gpio_port->gpers = led_descriptor->GPIO.PIN_MASK;
|
||||
leds >>= led_shift;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void LED_On(U32 leds)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Use the LED descriptors to get the connections of a given LED to the MCU.
|
||||
tLED_DESCRIPTOR *led_descriptor = &LED_DESCRIPTOR[0] - 1;
|
||||
volatile avr32_gpio_port_t *led_gpio_port;
|
||||
U8 led_shift;
|
||||
|
||||
// Make sure only existing LEDs are specified.
|
||||
leds &= (1 << LED_COUNT) - 1;
|
||||
|
||||
// Update the saved state of all LEDs with the requested changes.
|
||||
Set_bits(LED_State, leds);
|
||||
|
||||
// While there are specified LEDs left to manage...
|
||||
while (leds)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Select the next specified LED and turn it on.
|
||||
led_shift = 1 + ctz(leds);
|
||||
led_descriptor += led_shift;
|
||||
led_gpio_port = &AVR32_GPIO.port[led_descriptor->GPIO.PORT];
|
||||
led_gpio_port->ovrc = led_descriptor->GPIO.PIN_MASK;
|
||||
led_gpio_port->oders = led_descriptor->GPIO.PIN_MASK;
|
||||
led_gpio_port->gpers = led_descriptor->GPIO.PIN_MASK;
|
||||
leds >>= led_shift;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void LED_Toggle(U32 leds)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Use the LED descriptors to get the connections of a given LED to the MCU.
|
||||
tLED_DESCRIPTOR *led_descriptor = &LED_DESCRIPTOR[0] - 1;
|
||||
volatile avr32_gpio_port_t *led_gpio_port;
|
||||
U8 led_shift;
|
||||
|
||||
// Make sure only existing LEDs are specified.
|
||||
leds &= (1 << LED_COUNT) - 1;
|
||||
|
||||
// Update the saved state of all LEDs with the requested changes.
|
||||
Tgl_bits(LED_State, leds);
|
||||
|
||||
// While there are specified LEDs left to manage...
|
||||
while (leds)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Select the next specified LED and toggle it.
|
||||
led_shift = 1 + ctz(leds);
|
||||
led_descriptor += led_shift;
|
||||
led_gpio_port = &AVR32_GPIO.port[led_descriptor->GPIO.PORT];
|
||||
led_gpio_port->ovrt = led_descriptor->GPIO.PIN_MASK;
|
||||
led_gpio_port->oders = led_descriptor->GPIO.PIN_MASK;
|
||||
led_gpio_port->gpers = led_descriptor->GPIO.PIN_MASK;
|
||||
leds >>= led_shift;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
U32 LED_Read_Display_Field(U32 field)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return Rd_bitfield(LED_State, field);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void LED_Display_Field(U32 field, U32 leds)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Move the bit-field to the appropriate position for the bit-mask.
|
||||
LED_Display_Mask(field, leds << ctz(field));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
U8 LED_Get_Intensity(U32 led)
|
||||
{
|
||||
tLED_DESCRIPTOR *led_descriptor;
|
||||
|
||||
// Check that the argument value is valid.
|
||||
led = ctz(led);
|
||||
led_descriptor = &LED_DESCRIPTOR[led];
|
||||
if (led >= LED_COUNT || led_descriptor->PWM.CHANNEL < 0) return 0;
|
||||
|
||||
// Return the duty cycle value if the LED PWM channel is enabled, else 0.
|
||||
return (AVR32_PWM.sr & (1 << led_descriptor->PWM.CHANNEL)) ?
|
||||
AVR32_PWM.channel[led_descriptor->PWM.CHANNEL].cdty : 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void LED_Set_Intensity(U32 leds, U8 intensity)
|
||||
{
|
||||
tLED_DESCRIPTOR *led_descriptor = &LED_DESCRIPTOR[0] - 1;
|
||||
volatile avr32_pwm_channel_t *led_pwm_channel;
|
||||
volatile avr32_gpio_port_t *led_gpio_port;
|
||||
U8 led_shift;
|
||||
|
||||
// For each specified LED...
|
||||
for (leds &= (1 << LED_COUNT) - 1; leds; leds >>= led_shift)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Select the next specified LED and check that it has a PWM channel.
|
||||
led_shift = 1 + ctz(leds);
|
||||
led_descriptor += led_shift;
|
||||
if (led_descriptor->PWM.CHANNEL < 0) continue;
|
||||
|
||||
// Initialize or update the LED PWM channel.
|
||||
led_pwm_channel = &AVR32_PWM.channel[led_descriptor->PWM.CHANNEL];
|
||||
if (!(AVR32_PWM.sr & (1 << led_descriptor->PWM.CHANNEL)))
|
||||
{
|
||||
led_pwm_channel->cmr = (AVR32_PWM_CPRE_MCK << AVR32_PWM_CPRE_OFFSET) &
|
||||
~(AVR32_PWM_CALG_MASK |
|
||||
AVR32_PWM_CPOL_MASK |
|
||||
AVR32_PWM_CPD_MASK);
|
||||
led_pwm_channel->cprd = 0x000000FF;
|
||||
led_pwm_channel->cdty = intensity;
|
||||
AVR32_PWM.ena = 1 << led_descriptor->PWM.CHANNEL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
AVR32_PWM.isr;
|
||||
while (!(AVR32_PWM.isr & (1 << led_descriptor->PWM.CHANNEL)));
|
||||
led_pwm_channel->cupd = intensity;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Switch the LED pin to its PWM function.
|
||||
led_gpio_port = &AVR32_GPIO.port[led_descriptor->GPIO.PORT];
|
||||
if (led_descriptor->PWM.FUNCTION & 0x1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
led_gpio_port->pmr0s = led_descriptor->GPIO.PIN_MASK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
led_gpio_port->pmr0c = led_descriptor->GPIO.PIN_MASK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (led_descriptor->PWM.FUNCTION & 0x2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
led_gpio_port->pmr1s = led_descriptor->GPIO.PIN_MASK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
led_gpio_port->pmr1c = led_descriptor->GPIO.PIN_MASK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
led_gpio_port->gperc = led_descriptor->GPIO.PIN_MASK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
@ -0,0 +1,187 @@
|
||||
/* This header file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
|
||||
|
||||
/*This file is prepared for Doxygen automatic documentation generation.*/
|
||||
/*! \file *********************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \brief AT32UC3A EVK1105 board LEDs support package.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file contains definitions and services related to the LED features of
|
||||
* the EVK1105 board.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Compiler: IAR EWAVR32 and GNU GCC for AVR32
|
||||
* - Supported devices: All AVR32 AT32UC3A devices can be used.
|
||||
* - AppNote:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \author Atmel Corporation: http://www.atmel.com \n
|
||||
* Support and FAQ: http://support.atmel.no/
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Copyright (c) 2009 Atmel Corporation. All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this
|
||||
* list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3. The name of Atmel may not be used to endorse or promote products derived
|
||||
* from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 4. This software may only be redistributed and used in connection with an Atmel
|
||||
* AVR product.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* EXPRESSLY AND SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR
|
||||
* ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
|
||||
* (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
|
||||
* LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
|
||||
* ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
|
||||
* (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
|
||||
* SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _LED_H_
|
||||
#define _LED_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#include "compiler.h"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \name Identifiers of LEDs to Use with LED Functions
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//! @{
|
||||
#define LED0 0x01
|
||||
#define LED1 0x02
|
||||
#define LED2 0x04
|
||||
#define LED3 0x08
|
||||
//! @}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Gets the last state of all LEDs set through the LED API.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return State of all LEDs (1 bit per LED).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note The GPIO pin configuration of all LEDs is left unchanged.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern U32 LED_Read_Display(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Sets the state of all LEDs.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param leds New state of all LEDs (1 bit per LED).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note The pins of all LEDs are set to GPIO output mode.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void LED_Display(U32 leds);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Gets the last state of the specified LEDs set through the LED API.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param mask LEDs of which to get the state (1 bit per LED).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return State of the specified LEDs (1 bit per LED).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note The GPIO pin configuration of all LEDs is left unchanged.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern U32 LED_Read_Display_Mask(U32 mask);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Sets the state of the specified LEDs.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param mask LEDs of which to set the state (1 bit per LED).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param leds New state of the specified LEDs (1 bit per LED).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note The pins of the specified LEDs are set to GPIO output mode.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void LED_Display_Mask(U32 mask, U32 leds);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Tests the last state of the specified LEDs set through the LED API.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param leds LEDs of which to test the state (1 bit per LED).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return \c TRUE if at least one of the specified LEDs has a state on, else
|
||||
* \c FALSE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note The GPIO pin configuration of all LEDs is left unchanged.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern Bool LED_Test(U32 leds);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Turns off the specified LEDs.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param leds LEDs to turn off (1 bit per LED).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note The pins of the specified LEDs are set to GPIO output mode.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void LED_Off(U32 leds);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Turns on the specified LEDs.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param leds LEDs to turn on (1 bit per LED).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note The pins of the specified LEDs are set to GPIO output mode.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void LED_On(U32 leds);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Toggles the specified LEDs.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param leds LEDs to toggle (1 bit per LED).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note The pins of the specified LEDs are set to GPIO output mode.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void LED_Toggle(U32 leds);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Gets as a bit-field the last state of the specified LEDs set through
|
||||
* the LED API.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param field LEDs of which to get the state (1 bit per LED).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return State of the specified LEDs (1 bit per LED, beginning with the first
|
||||
* specified LED).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note The GPIO pin configuration of all LEDs is left unchanged.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern U32 LED_Read_Display_Field(U32 field);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Sets as a bit-field the state of the specified LEDs.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param field LEDs of which to set the state (1 bit per LED).
|
||||
* \param leds New state of the specified LEDs (1 bit per LED, beginning with
|
||||
* the first specified LED).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note The pins of the specified LEDs are set to GPIO output mode.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void LED_Display_Field(U32 field, U32 leds);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Gets the intensity of the specified LED.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param led LED of which to get the intensity (1 bit per LED; only the least
|
||||
* significant set bit is used).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return Intensity of the specified LED (0x00 to 0xFF).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \warning The PWM channel of the specified LED is supposed to be used only by
|
||||
* this module.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note The GPIO pin configuration of all LEDs is left unchanged.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern U8 LED_Get_Intensity(U32 led);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Sets the intensity of the specified LEDs.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param leds LEDs of which to set the intensity (1 bit per LED).
|
||||
* \param intensity New intensity of the specified LEDs (0x00 to 0xFF).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \warning The PWM channels of the specified LEDs are supposed to be used only
|
||||
* by this module.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note The pins of the specified LEDs are set to PWM output mode.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void LED_Set_Intensity(U32 leds, U8 intensity);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _LED_H_
|
@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
|
||||
/* This header file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
|
||||
|
||||
/*This file is prepared for Doxygen automatic documentation generation.*/
|
||||
/*! \file *********************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \brief Standard board header file.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file includes the appropriate board header file according to the
|
||||
* defined board.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Compiler: IAR EWAVR32 and GNU GCC for AVR32
|
||||
* - Supported devices: All AVR32 devices can be used.
|
||||
* - AppNote:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \author Atmel Corporation: http://www.atmel.com \n
|
||||
* Support and FAQ: http://support.atmel.no/
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Copyright (c) 2009 Atmel Corporation. All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this
|
||||
* list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3. The name of Atmel may not be used to endorse or promote products derived
|
||||
* from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 4. This software may only be redistributed and used in connection with an Atmel
|
||||
* AVR product.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* EXPRESSLY AND SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR
|
||||
* ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
|
||||
* (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
|
||||
* LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
|
||||
* ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
|
||||
* (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
|
||||
* SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _BOARD_H_
|
||||
#define _BOARD_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#include <avr32/io.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \name Base Boards
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//! @{
|
||||
#define EVK1100 1 //!< AT32UC3A EVK1100 board.
|
||||
#define EVK1101 2 //!< AT32UC3B EVK1101 board.
|
||||
#define UC3C_EK 3 //!< AT32UC3C UC3C_EK board.
|
||||
#define EVK1104 4 //!< AT32UC3A3 EVK1104 board.
|
||||
#define EVK1105 5 //!< AT32UC3A EVK1105 board.
|
||||
#define STK1000 6 //!< AT32AP7000 STK1000 board.
|
||||
#define NGW100 7 //!< AT32AP7000 NGW100 board.
|
||||
#define STK600_RCUC3L0 8 //!< STK600 RCUC3L0 board.
|
||||
#define UC3L_EK 9 //!< AT32UC3L-EK board.
|
||||
#define USER_BOARD 99 //!< User-reserved board (if any).
|
||||
//! @}
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \name Extension Boards
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//! @{
|
||||
#define EXT1102 1 //!< AT32UC3B EXT1102 board.
|
||||
#define MC300 2 //!< AT32UC3 MC300 board.
|
||||
#define USER_EXT_BOARD 99 //!< User-reserved extension board (if any).
|
||||
//! @}
|
||||
|
||||
#if BOARD == EVK1100
|
||||
#include "EVK1100/evk1100.h"
|
||||
#elif BOARD == EVK1101
|
||||
#include "EVK1101/evk1101.h"
|
||||
#elif BOARD == UC3C_EK
|
||||
#include "UC3C_EK/uc3c_ek.h"
|
||||
#elif BOARD == EVK1104
|
||||
#include "EVK1104/evk1104.h"
|
||||
#elif BOARD == EVK1105
|
||||
#include "EVK1105/evk1105.h"
|
||||
#elif BOARD == STK1000
|
||||
#include "STK1000/stk1000.h"
|
||||
#elif BOARD == NGW100
|
||||
#include "NGW100/ngw100.h"
|
||||
#elif BOARD == STK600_RCUC3L0
|
||||
#include "STK600/RCUC3L0/stk600_rcuc3l0.h"
|
||||
#elif BOARD == UC3L_EK
|
||||
#include "UC3L_EK/uc3l_ek.h"
|
||||
#elif BOARD == ARDUINO
|
||||
#include "ARDUINO/arduino.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#error No known AVR32 board defined
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if (defined EXT_BOARD)
|
||||
#if EXT_BOARD == EXT1102
|
||||
#include "EXT1102/ext1102.h"
|
||||
#elif EXT_BOARD == MC300
|
||||
#include "MC300/mc300.h"
|
||||
#elif EXT_BOARD == USER_EXT_BOARD
|
||||
// User-reserved area: #include the header file of your extension board here
|
||||
// (if any).
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef FRCOSC
|
||||
#define FRCOSC AVR32_PM_RCOSC_FREQUENCY //!< Default RCOsc frequency.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _BOARD_H_
|
@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
|
||||
/* This header file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
|
||||
|
||||
/*This file is prepared for Doxygen automatic documentation generation.*/
|
||||
/*! \file *********************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \brief Standard board header file.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file includes the appropriate board header file according to the
|
||||
* defined board.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Compiler: IAR EWAVR32 and GNU GCC for AVR32
|
||||
* - Supported devices: All AVR32 devices can be used.
|
||||
* - AppNote:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \author Atmel Corporation: http://www.atmel.com \n
|
||||
* Support and FAQ: http://support.atmel.no/
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Copyright (c) 2009 Atmel Corporation. All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this
|
||||
* list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3. The name of Atmel may not be used to endorse or promote products derived
|
||||
* from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 4. This software may only be redistributed and used in connection with an Atmel
|
||||
* AVR product.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* EXPRESSLY AND SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR
|
||||
* ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
|
||||
* (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
|
||||
* LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
|
||||
* ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
|
||||
* (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
|
||||
* SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _BOARD_H_
|
||||
#define _BOARD_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#include <avr32/io.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \name Base Boards
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//! @{
|
||||
#define EVK1100 1 //!< AT32UC3A EVK1100 board.
|
||||
#define EVK1101 2 //!< AT32UC3B EVK1101 board.
|
||||
#define UC3C_EK 3 //!< AT32UC3C UC3C_EK board.
|
||||
#define EVK1104 4 //!< AT32UC3A3 EVK1104 board.
|
||||
#define EVK1105 5 //!< AT32UC3A EVK1105 board.
|
||||
#define STK1000 6 //!< AT32AP7000 STK1000 board.
|
||||
#define NGW100 7 //!< AT32AP7000 NGW100 board.
|
||||
#define STK600_RCUC3L0 8 //!< STK600 RCUC3L0 board.
|
||||
#define UC3L_EK 9 //!< AT32UC3L-EK board.
|
||||
#define USER_BOARD 99 //!< User-reserved board (if any).
|
||||
//! @}
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \name Extension Boards
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//! @{
|
||||
#define EXT1102 1 //!< AT32UC3B EXT1102 board.
|
||||
#define MC300 2 //!< AT32UC3 MC300 board.
|
||||
#define USER_EXT_BOARD 99 //!< User-reserved extension board (if any).
|
||||
//! @}
|
||||
|
||||
#if BOARD == EVK1100
|
||||
#include "EVK1100/evk1100.h"
|
||||
#elif BOARD == EVK1101
|
||||
#include "EVK1101/evk1101.h"
|
||||
#elif BOARD == UC3C_EK
|
||||
#include "UC3C_EK/uc3c_ek.h"
|
||||
#elif BOARD == EVK1104
|
||||
#include "EVK1104/evk1104.h"
|
||||
#elif BOARD == EVK1105
|
||||
#include "EVK1105/evk1105.h"
|
||||
#elif BOARD == STK1000
|
||||
#include "STK1000/stk1000.h"
|
||||
#elif BOARD == NGW100
|
||||
#include "NGW100/ngw100.h"
|
||||
#elif BOARD == STK600_RCUC3L0
|
||||
#include "STK600/RCUC3L0/stk600_rcuc3l0.h"
|
||||
#elif BOARD == UC3L_EK
|
||||
#include "UC3L_EK/uc3l_ek.h"
|
||||
#elif BOARD == ARDUINO
|
||||
#include "ARDUINO/arduino.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#error No known AVR32 board defined
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if (defined EXT_BOARD)
|
||||
#if EXT_BOARD == EXT1102
|
||||
#include "EXT1102/ext1102.h"
|
||||
#elif EXT_BOARD == MC300
|
||||
#include "MC300/mc300.h"
|
||||
#elif EXT_BOARD == USER_EXT_BOARD
|
||||
// User-reserved area: #include the header file of your extension board here
|
||||
// (if any).
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef FRCOSC
|
||||
#define FRCOSC AVR32_PM_RCOSC_FREQUENCY //!< Default RCOsc frequency.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _BOARD_H_
|
@ -0,0 +1,653 @@
|
||||
/* This source file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
|
||||
|
||||
/*This file is prepared for Doxygen automatic documentation generation.*/
|
||||
/*! \file *********************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \brief Management of the AT45DBX data flash controller through SPI.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file manages the accesses to the AT45DBX data flash components.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Compiler: IAR EWAVR32 and GNU GCC for AVR32
|
||||
* - Supported devices: All AVR32 devices with an SPI module can be used.
|
||||
* - AppNote:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \author Atmel Corporation: http://www.atmel.com \n
|
||||
* Support and FAQ: http://support.atmel.no/
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Copyright (c) 2009 Atmel Corporation. All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this
|
||||
* list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3. The name of Atmel may not be used to endorse or promote products derived
|
||||
* from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 4. This software may only be redistributed and used in connection with an Atmel
|
||||
* AVR product.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* EXPRESSLY AND SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR
|
||||
* ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
|
||||
* (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
|
||||
* LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
|
||||
* ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
|
||||
* (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
|
||||
* SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
//_____ I N C L U D E S ___________________________________________________
|
||||
|
||||
#include "conf_access.h"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#if AT45DBX_MEM == ENABLE
|
||||
|
||||
#include "compiler.h"
|
||||
#include "board.h"
|
||||
#include "gpio.h"
|
||||
#include "spi.h"
|
||||
#include "conf_at45dbx.h"
|
||||
#include "at45dbx.h"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#if AT45DBX_MEM_CNT > 4
|
||||
#error AT45DBX_MEM_CNT must not exceed 4
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//_____ D E F I N I T I O N S ______________________________________________
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \name AT45DBX Group A Commands
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//! @{
|
||||
#define AT45DBX_CMDA_RD_PAGE 0xD2 //!< Main Memory Page Read (Serial/8-bit Mode).
|
||||
#define AT45DBX_CMDA_RD_ARRAY_LEG 0xE8 //!< Continuous Array Read, Legacy Command (Serial/8-bit Mode).
|
||||
#define AT45DBX_CMDA_RD_ARRAY_LF_SM 0x03 //!< Continuous Array Read, Low-Frequency Mode (Serial Mode).
|
||||
#define AT45DBX_CMDA_RD_ARRAY_AF_SM 0x0B //!< Continuous Array Read, Any-Frequency Mode (Serial Mode).
|
||||
#define AT45DBX_CMDA_RD_SECTOR_PROT_REG 0x32 //!< Read Sector Protection Register (Serial/8-bit Mode).
|
||||
#define AT45DBX_CMDA_RD_SECTOR_LKDN_REG 0x35 //!< Read Sector Lockdown Register (Serial/8-bit Mode).
|
||||
#define AT45DBX_CMDA_RD_SECURITY_REG 0x77 //!< Read Security Register (Serial/8-bit Mode).
|
||||
//! @}
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \name AT45DBX Group B Commands
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//! @{
|
||||
#define AT45DBX_CMDB_ER_PAGE 0x81 //!< Page Erase (Serial/8-bit Mode).
|
||||
#define AT45DBX_CMDB_ER_BLOCK 0x50 //!< Block Erase (Serial/8-bit Mode).
|
||||
#define AT45DBX_CMDB_ER_SECTOR 0x7C //!< Sector Erase (Serial/8-bit Mode).
|
||||
#define AT45DBX_CMDB_ER_CHIP 0xC794809A //!< Chip Erase (Serial/8-bit Mode).
|
||||
#define AT45DBX_CMDB_XFR_PAGE_TO_BUF1 0x53 //!< Main Memory Page to Buffer 1 Transfer (Serial/8-bit Mode).
|
||||
#define AT45DBX_CMDB_XFR_PAGE_TO_BUF2 0x55 //!< Main Memory Page to Buffer 2 Transfer (Serial/8-bit Mode).
|
||||
#define AT45DBX_CMDB_CMP_PAGE_TO_BUF1 0x60 //!< Main Memory Page to Buffer 1 Compare (Serial/8-bit Mode).
|
||||
#define AT45DBX_CMDB_CMP_PAGE_TO_BUF2 0x61 //!< Main Memory Page to Buffer 2 Compare (Serial/8-bit Mode).
|
||||
#define AT45DBX_CMDB_PR_BUF1_TO_PAGE_ER 0x83 //!< Buffer 1 to Main Memory Page Program with Built-in Erase (Serial/8-bit Mode).
|
||||
#define AT45DBX_CMDB_PR_BUF2_TO_PAGE_ER 0x86 //!< Buffer 2 to Main Memory Page Program with Built-in Erase (Serial/8-bit Mode).
|
||||
#define AT45DBX_CMDB_PR_BUF1_TO_PAGE 0x88 //!< Buffer 1 to Main Memory Page Program without Built-in Erase (Serial/8-bit Mode).
|
||||
#define AT45DBX_CMDB_PR_BUF2_TO_PAGE 0x89 //!< Buffer 2 to Main Memory Page Program without Built-in Erase (Serial/8-bit Mode).
|
||||
#define AT45DBX_CMDB_PR_PAGE_TH_BUF1 0x82 //!< Main Memory Page Program through Buffer 1 (Serial/8-bit Mode).
|
||||
#define AT45DBX_CMDB_PR_PAGE_TH_BUF2 0x85 //!< Main Memory Page Program through Buffer 2 (Serial/8-bit Mode).
|
||||
#define AT45DBX_CMDB_RWR_PAGE_TH_BUF1 0x58 //!< Auto Page Rewrite through Buffer 1 (Serial/8-bit Mode).
|
||||
#define AT45DBX_CMDB_RWR_PAGE_TH_BUF2 0x59 //!< Auto Page Rewrite through Buffer 2 (Serial/8-bit Mode).
|
||||
//! @}
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \name AT45DBX Group C Commands
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//! @{
|
||||
#define AT45DBX_CMDC_RD_BUF1_LF_SM 0xD1 //!< Buffer 1 Read, Low-Frequency Mode (Serial Mode).
|
||||
#define AT45DBX_CMDC_RD_BUF2_LF_SM 0xD3 //!< Buffer 2 Read, Low-Frequency Mode (Serial Mode).
|
||||
#define AT45DBX_CMDC_RD_BUF1_AF_SM 0xD4 //!< Buffer 1 Read, Any-Frequency Mode (Serial Mode).
|
||||
#define AT45DBX_CMDC_RD_BUF2_AF_SM 0xD6 //!< Buffer 2 Read, Any-Frequency Mode (Serial Mode).
|
||||
#define AT45DBX_CMDC_RD_BUF1_AF_8M 0x54 //!< Buffer 1 Read, Any-Frequency Mode (8-bit Mode).
|
||||
#define AT45DBX_CMDC_RD_BUF2_AF_8M 0x56 //!< Buffer 2 Read, Any-Frequency Mode (8-bit Mode).
|
||||
#define AT45DBX_CMDC_WR_BUF1 0x84 //!< Buffer 1 Write (Serial/8-bit Mode).
|
||||
#define AT45DBX_CMDC_WR_BUF2 0x87 //!< Buffer 2 Write (Serial/8-bit Mode).
|
||||
#define AT45DBX_CMDC_RD_STATUS_REG 0xD7 //!< Status Register Read (Serial/8-bit Mode).
|
||||
#define AT45DBX_CMDC_RD_MNFCT_DEV_ID_SM 0x9F //!< Manufacturer and Device ID Read (Serial Mode).
|
||||
//! @}
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \name AT45DBX Group D Commands
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//! @{
|
||||
#define AT45DBX_CMDD_EN_SECTOR_PROT 0x3D2A7FA9 //!< Enable Sector Protection (Serial/8-bit Mode).
|
||||
#define AT45DBX_CMDD_DIS_SECTOR_PROT 0x3D2A7F9A //!< Disable Sector Protection (Serial/8-bit Mode).
|
||||
#define AT45DBX_CMDD_ER_SECTOR_PROT_REG 0x3D2A7FCF //!< Erase Sector Protection Register (Serial/8-bit Mode).
|
||||
#define AT45DBX_CMDD_PR_SECTOR_PROT_REG 0x3D2A7FFC //!< Program Sector Protection Register (Serial/8-bit Mode).
|
||||
#define AT45DBX_CMDD_LKDN_SECTOR 0x3D2A7F30 //!< Sector Lockdown (Serial/8-bit Mode).
|
||||
#define AT45DBX_CMDD_PR_SECURITY_REG 0x9B000000 //!< Program Security Register (Serial/8-bit Mode).
|
||||
#define AT45DBX_CMDD_PR_CONF_REG 0x3D2A80A6 //!< Program Configuration Register (Serial/8-bit Mode).
|
||||
#define AT45DBX_CMDD_DEEP_PWR_DN 0xB9 //!< Deep Power-down (Serial/8-bit Mode).
|
||||
#define AT45DBX_CMDD_RSM_DEEP_PWR_DN 0xAB //!< Resume from Deep Power-down (Serial/8-bit Mode).
|
||||
//! @}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \name Bit-Masks and Values for the Status Register
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//! @{
|
||||
#define AT45DBX_MSK_BUSY 0x80 //!< Busy status bit-mask.
|
||||
#define AT45DBX_BUSY 0x00 //!< Busy status value (0x00 when busy, 0x80 when ready).
|
||||
#define AT45DBX_MSK_DENSITY 0x3C //!< Device density bit-mask.
|
||||
//! @}
|
||||
#if AT45DBX_MEM_SIZE == AT45DBX_1MB
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \name AT45DB081 Memories
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//! @{
|
||||
#define AT45DBX_DENSITY 0x24 //!< Device density value.
|
||||
#define AT45DBX_BYTE_ADDR_BITS 9 //!< Address bits for byte position within buffer.
|
||||
|
||||
//! @}
|
||||
#elif AT45DBX_MEM_SIZE == AT45DBX_2MB
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \name AT45DB161 Memories
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//! @{
|
||||
#define AT45DBX_DENSITY 0x2C //!< Device density value.
|
||||
#define AT45DBX_BYTE_ADDR_BITS 10 //!< Address bits for byte position within buffer.
|
||||
//! @}
|
||||
|
||||
#elif AT45DBX_MEM_SIZE == AT45DBX_4MB
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \name AT45DB321 Memories
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//! @{
|
||||
#define AT45DBX_DENSITY 0x34 //!< Device density value.
|
||||
#define AT45DBX_BYTE_ADDR_BITS 10 //!< Address bits for byte position within buffer.
|
||||
//! @}
|
||||
|
||||
#elif AT45DBX_MEM_SIZE == AT45DBX_8MB
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \name AT45DB642 Memories
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//! @{
|
||||
#define AT45DBX_DENSITY 0x3C //!< Device density value.
|
||||
#define AT45DBX_BYTE_ADDR_BITS 11 //!< Address bits for byte position within buffer.
|
||||
//! @}
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#error AT45DBX_MEM_SIZE is not defined to a supported value
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//! Address bits for page selection.
|
||||
#define AT45DBX_PAGE_ADDR_BITS (AT45DBX_MEM_SIZE - AT45DBX_PAGE_BITS)
|
||||
|
||||
//! Number of bits for addresses within pages.
|
||||
#define AT45DBX_PAGE_BITS (AT45DBX_BYTE_ADDR_BITS - 1)
|
||||
|
||||
//! Page size in bytes.
|
||||
#define AT45DBX_PAGE_SIZE (1 << AT45DBX_PAGE_BITS)
|
||||
|
||||
//! Bit-mask for byte position within buffer in \ref gl_ptr_mem.
|
||||
#define AT45DBX_MSK_PTR_BYTE ((1 << AT45DBX_PAGE_BITS) - 1)
|
||||
|
||||
//! Bit-mask for page selection in \ref gl_ptr_mem.
|
||||
#define AT45DBX_MSK_PTR_PAGE (((1 << AT45DBX_PAGE_ADDR_BITS) - 1) << AT45DBX_PAGE_BITS)
|
||||
|
||||
//! Bit-mask for byte position within sector in \ref gl_ptr_mem.
|
||||
#define AT45DBX_MSK_PTR_SECTOR ((1 << AT45DBX_SECTOR_BITS) - 1)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Sends a dummy byte through SPI.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define spi_write_dummy() spi_write(AT45DBX_SPI, 0xFF)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//! Boolean indicating whether memory is in busy state.
|
||||
static Bool at45dbx_busy;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Memory data pointer.
|
||||
static U32 gl_ptr_mem;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sector buffer.
|
||||
static U8 sector_buf[AT45DBX_SECTOR_SIZE];
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \name Control Functions
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//! @{
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Bool at45dbx_init(spi_options_t spiOptions, unsigned int pba_hz)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Setup SPI registers according to spiOptions.
|
||||
for (spiOptions.reg = AT45DBX_SPI_FIRST_NPCS;
|
||||
spiOptions.reg < AT45DBX_SPI_FIRST_NPCS + AT45DBX_MEM_CNT;
|
||||
spiOptions.reg++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (spi_setupChipReg(AT45DBX_SPI, &spiOptions, pba_hz) != SPI_OK) return KO;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Memory ready.
|
||||
at45dbx_busy = FALSE;
|
||||
|
||||
return OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Selects or unselects a DF memory.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param memidx Memory ID of DF to select or unselect.
|
||||
* \param bSelect Boolean indicating whether the DF memory has to be selected.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void at45dbx_chipselect_df(U8 memidx, Bool bSelect)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (bSelect)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Select SPI chip.
|
||||
spi_selectChip(AT45DBX_SPI, AT45DBX_SPI_FIRST_NPCS + memidx);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Unselect SPI chip.
|
||||
spi_unselectChip(AT45DBX_SPI, AT45DBX_SPI_FIRST_NPCS + memidx);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Bool at45dbx_mem_check(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
U8 df;
|
||||
U16 status = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
// DF memory check.
|
||||
for (df = 0; df < AT45DBX_MEM_CNT; df++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Select the DF memory to check.
|
||||
at45dbx_chipselect_df(df, TRUE);
|
||||
|
||||
// Send the Status Register Read command.
|
||||
spi_write(AT45DBX_SPI, AT45DBX_CMDC_RD_STATUS_REG);
|
||||
|
||||
// Send a dummy byte to read the status register.
|
||||
spi_write_dummy();
|
||||
spi_read(AT45DBX_SPI, &status);
|
||||
|
||||
// Unselect the checked DF memory.
|
||||
at45dbx_chipselect_df(df, FALSE);
|
||||
|
||||
// Unexpected device density value.
|
||||
if ((status & AT45DBX_MSK_DENSITY) < AT45DBX_DENSITY) return KO;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Waits until the DF is ready.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void at45dbx_wait_ready(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
U16 status;
|
||||
|
||||
// Select the DF memory gl_ptr_mem points to.
|
||||
at45dbx_chipselect_df(gl_ptr_mem >> AT45DBX_MEM_SIZE, TRUE);
|
||||
|
||||
// Send the Status Register Read command.
|
||||
spi_write(AT45DBX_SPI, AT45DBX_CMDC_RD_STATUS_REG);
|
||||
|
||||
// Read the status register until the DF is ready.
|
||||
do
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Send a dummy byte to read the status register.
|
||||
spi_write_dummy();
|
||||
spi_read(AT45DBX_SPI, &status);
|
||||
} while ((status & AT45DBX_MSK_BUSY) == AT45DBX_BUSY);
|
||||
|
||||
// Unselect the DF memory gl_ptr_mem points to.
|
||||
at45dbx_chipselect_df(gl_ptr_mem >> AT45DBX_MEM_SIZE, FALSE);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Bool at45dbx_read_open(U32 sector)
|
||||
{
|
||||
U32 addr;
|
||||
|
||||
// Set the global memory pointer to a byte address.
|
||||
gl_ptr_mem = sector << AT45DBX_SECTOR_BITS; // gl_ptr_mem = sector * AT45DBX_SECTOR_SIZE.
|
||||
|
||||
// If the DF memory is busy, wait until it's ready.
|
||||
if (at45dbx_busy) at45dbx_wait_ready();
|
||||
at45dbx_busy = FALSE;
|
||||
|
||||
// Select the DF memory gl_ptr_mem points to.
|
||||
at45dbx_chipselect_df(gl_ptr_mem >> AT45DBX_MEM_SIZE, TRUE);
|
||||
|
||||
// Initiate a page read at a given sector.
|
||||
|
||||
// Send the Main Memory Page Read command.
|
||||
spi_write(AT45DBX_SPI, AT45DBX_CMDA_RD_PAGE);
|
||||
|
||||
// Send the three address bytes, which comprise:
|
||||
// - (24 - (AT45DBX_PAGE_ADDR_BITS + AT45DBX_BYTE_ADDR_BITS)) reserved bits;
|
||||
// - then AT45DBX_PAGE_ADDR_BITS bits specifying the page in main memory to be read;
|
||||
// - then AT45DBX_BYTE_ADDR_BITS bits specifying the starting byte address within that page.
|
||||
// NOTE: The bits of gl_ptr_mem above the AT45DBX_MEM_SIZE bits are useless for the local
|
||||
// DF addressing. They are used for DF discrimination when there are several DFs.
|
||||
addr = (Rd_bitfield(gl_ptr_mem, AT45DBX_MSK_PTR_PAGE) << AT45DBX_BYTE_ADDR_BITS) |
|
||||
Rd_bitfield(gl_ptr_mem, AT45DBX_MSK_PTR_BYTE);
|
||||
spi_write(AT45DBX_SPI, LSB2W(addr));
|
||||
spi_write(AT45DBX_SPI, LSB1W(addr));
|
||||
spi_write(AT45DBX_SPI, LSB0W(addr));
|
||||
|
||||
// Send 32 don't care clock cycles to initialize the read operation.
|
||||
spi_write_dummy();
|
||||
spi_write_dummy();
|
||||
spi_write_dummy();
|
||||
spi_write_dummy();
|
||||
|
||||
return OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void at45dbx_read_close(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Unselect the DF memory gl_ptr_mem points to.
|
||||
at45dbx_chipselect_df(gl_ptr_mem >> AT45DBX_MEM_SIZE, FALSE);
|
||||
|
||||
// Memory ready.
|
||||
at45dbx_busy = FALSE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Bool at45dbx_write_open(U32 sector)
|
||||
{
|
||||
U32 addr;
|
||||
|
||||
// Set the global memory pointer to a byte address.
|
||||
gl_ptr_mem = sector << AT45DBX_SECTOR_BITS; // gl_ptr_mem = sector * AT45DBX_SECTOR_SIZE.
|
||||
|
||||
// If the DF memory is busy, wait until it's ready.
|
||||
if (at45dbx_busy) at45dbx_wait_ready();
|
||||
at45dbx_busy = FALSE;
|
||||
|
||||
#if AT45DBX_PAGE_SIZE > AT45DBX_SECTOR_SIZE
|
||||
// Select the DF memory gl_ptr_mem points to.
|
||||
at45dbx_chipselect_df(gl_ptr_mem >> AT45DBX_MEM_SIZE, TRUE);
|
||||
|
||||
// Transfer the content of the current page to buffer 1.
|
||||
|
||||
// Send the Main Memory Page to Buffer 1 Transfer command.
|
||||
spi_write(AT45DBX_SPI, AT45DBX_CMDB_XFR_PAGE_TO_BUF1);
|
||||
|
||||
// Send the three address bytes, which comprise:
|
||||
// - (24 - (AT45DBX_PAGE_ADDR_BITS + AT45DBX_BYTE_ADDR_BITS)) reserved bits;
|
||||
// - then AT45DBX_PAGE_ADDR_BITS bits specifying the page in main memory to be read;
|
||||
// - then AT45DBX_BYTE_ADDR_BITS don't care bits.
|
||||
// NOTE: The bits of gl_ptr_mem above the AT45DBX_MEM_SIZE bits are useless for the local
|
||||
// DF addressing. They are used for DF discrimination when there are several DFs.
|
||||
addr = Rd_bitfield(gl_ptr_mem, AT45DBX_MSK_PTR_PAGE) << AT45DBX_BYTE_ADDR_BITS;
|
||||
spi_write(AT45DBX_SPI, LSB2W(addr));
|
||||
spi_write(AT45DBX_SPI, LSB1W(addr));
|
||||
spi_write(AT45DBX_SPI, LSB0W(addr));
|
||||
|
||||
// Unselect the DF memory gl_ptr_mem points to.
|
||||
at45dbx_chipselect_df(gl_ptr_mem >> AT45DBX_MEM_SIZE, FALSE);
|
||||
|
||||
// Wait for end of page transfer.
|
||||
at45dbx_wait_ready();
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Select the DF memory gl_ptr_mem points to.
|
||||
at45dbx_chipselect_df(gl_ptr_mem >> AT45DBX_MEM_SIZE, TRUE);
|
||||
|
||||
// Initiate a page write at a given sector.
|
||||
|
||||
// Send the Main Memory Page Program through Buffer 1 command.
|
||||
spi_write(AT45DBX_SPI, AT45DBX_CMDB_PR_PAGE_TH_BUF1);
|
||||
|
||||
// Send the three address bytes, which comprise:
|
||||
// - (24 - (AT45DBX_PAGE_ADDR_BITS + AT45DBX_BYTE_ADDR_BITS)) reserved bits;
|
||||
// - then AT45DBX_PAGE_ADDR_BITS bits specifying the page in main memory to be written;
|
||||
// - then AT45DBX_BYTE_ADDR_BITS bits specifying the starting byte address within that page.
|
||||
// NOTE: The bits of gl_ptr_mem above the AT45DBX_MEM_SIZE bits are useless for the local
|
||||
// DF addressing. They are used for DF discrimination when there are several DFs.
|
||||
addr = (Rd_bitfield(gl_ptr_mem, AT45DBX_MSK_PTR_PAGE) << AT45DBX_BYTE_ADDR_BITS) |
|
||||
Rd_bitfield(gl_ptr_mem, AT45DBX_MSK_PTR_BYTE);
|
||||
spi_write(AT45DBX_SPI, LSB2W(addr));
|
||||
spi_write(AT45DBX_SPI, LSB1W(addr));
|
||||
spi_write(AT45DBX_SPI, LSB0W(addr));
|
||||
|
||||
return OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void at45dbx_write_close(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// While end of logical sector not reached, zero-fill remaining memory bytes.
|
||||
while (Rd_bitfield(gl_ptr_mem, AT45DBX_MSK_PTR_SECTOR))
|
||||
{
|
||||
spi_write(AT45DBX_SPI, 0x00);
|
||||
gl_ptr_mem++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Unselect the DF memory gl_ptr_mem points to.
|
||||
at45dbx_chipselect_df(gl_ptr_mem >> AT45DBX_MEM_SIZE, FALSE);
|
||||
|
||||
// Memory busy.
|
||||
at45dbx_busy = TRUE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//! @}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \name Single-Byte Access Functions
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//! @{
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
U8 at45dbx_read_byte(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
U16 data;
|
||||
|
||||
// Memory busy.
|
||||
if (at45dbx_busy)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Being here, we know that we previously finished a page read.
|
||||
// => We have to access the next page.
|
||||
|
||||
// Memory ready.
|
||||
at45dbx_busy = FALSE;
|
||||
|
||||
// Eventually select the next DF and open the next page.
|
||||
// NOTE: at45dbx_read_open input parameter is a sector.
|
||||
at45dbx_read_open(gl_ptr_mem >> AT45DBX_SECTOR_BITS); // gl_ptr_mem / AT45DBX_SECTOR_SIZE.
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Send a dummy byte to read the next data byte.
|
||||
spi_write_dummy();
|
||||
spi_read(AT45DBX_SPI, &data);
|
||||
gl_ptr_mem++;
|
||||
|
||||
// If end of page reached,
|
||||
if (!Rd_bitfield(gl_ptr_mem, AT45DBX_MSK_PTR_BYTE))
|
||||
{
|
||||
// unselect the DF memory gl_ptr_mem points to.
|
||||
at45dbx_chipselect_df(gl_ptr_mem >> AT45DBX_MEM_SIZE, FALSE);
|
||||
|
||||
// Memory busy.
|
||||
at45dbx_busy = TRUE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return data;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Bool at45dbx_write_byte(U8 b)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Memory busy.
|
||||
if (at45dbx_busy)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Being here, we know that we previously launched a page programming.
|
||||
// => We have to access the next page.
|
||||
|
||||
// Eventually select the next DF and open the next page.
|
||||
// NOTE: at45dbx_write_open input parameter is a sector.
|
||||
at45dbx_write_open(gl_ptr_mem >> AT45DBX_SECTOR_BITS); // gl_ptr_mem / AT45DBX_SECTOR_SIZE.
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Write the next data byte.
|
||||
spi_write(AT45DBX_SPI, b);
|
||||
gl_ptr_mem++;
|
||||
|
||||
// If end of page reached,
|
||||
if (!Rd_bitfield(gl_ptr_mem, AT45DBX_MSK_PTR_BYTE))
|
||||
{
|
||||
// unselect the DF memory gl_ptr_mem points to in order to program the page.
|
||||
at45dbx_chipselect_df(gl_ptr_mem >> AT45DBX_MEM_SIZE, FALSE);
|
||||
|
||||
// Memory busy.
|
||||
at45dbx_busy = TRUE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//! @}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \name Multiple-Sector Access Functions
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//! @{
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Bool at45dbx_read_multiple_sector(U16 nb_sector)
|
||||
{
|
||||
while (nb_sector--)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Read the next sector.
|
||||
at45dbx_read_sector_2_ram(sector_buf);
|
||||
at45dbx_read_multiple_sector_callback(sector_buf);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Bool at45dbx_write_multiple_sector(U16 nb_sector)
|
||||
{
|
||||
while (nb_sector--)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Write the next sector.
|
||||
at45dbx_write_multiple_sector_callback(sector_buf);
|
||||
at45dbx_write_sector_from_ram(sector_buf);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//! @}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \name Single-Sector Access Functions
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//! @{
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Bool at45dbx_read_sector_2_ram(void *ram)
|
||||
{
|
||||
U8 *_ram = ram;
|
||||
U16 i;
|
||||
U16 data;
|
||||
|
||||
// Memory busy.
|
||||
if (at45dbx_busy)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Being here, we know that we previously finished a page read.
|
||||
// => We have to access the next page.
|
||||
|
||||
// Memory ready.
|
||||
at45dbx_busy = FALSE;
|
||||
|
||||
// Eventually select the next DF and open the next page.
|
||||
// NOTE: at45dbx_read_open input parameter is a sector.
|
||||
at45dbx_read_open(gl_ptr_mem >> AT45DBX_SECTOR_BITS); // gl_ptr_mem / AT45DBX_SECTOR_SIZE.
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Read the next sector.
|
||||
for (i = AT45DBX_SECTOR_SIZE; i; i--)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Send a dummy byte to read the next data byte.
|
||||
spi_write_dummy();
|
||||
spi_read(AT45DBX_SPI, &data);
|
||||
*_ram++ = data;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Update the memory pointer.
|
||||
gl_ptr_mem += AT45DBX_SECTOR_SIZE;
|
||||
|
||||
#if AT45DBX_PAGE_SIZE > AT45DBX_SECTOR_SIZE
|
||||
// If end of page reached,
|
||||
if (!Rd_bitfield(gl_ptr_mem, AT45DBX_MSK_PTR_BYTE))
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
{
|
||||
// unselect the DF memory gl_ptr_mem points to.
|
||||
at45dbx_chipselect_df(gl_ptr_mem >> AT45DBX_MEM_SIZE, FALSE);
|
||||
|
||||
// Memory busy.
|
||||
at45dbx_busy = TRUE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Bool at45dbx_write_sector_from_ram(const void *ram)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const U8 *_ram = ram;
|
||||
U16 i;
|
||||
|
||||
// Memory busy.
|
||||
if (at45dbx_busy)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Being here, we know that we previously launched a page programming.
|
||||
// => We have to access the next page.
|
||||
|
||||
// Eventually select the next DF and open the next page.
|
||||
// NOTE: at45dbx_write_open input parameter is a sector.
|
||||
at45dbx_write_open(gl_ptr_mem >> AT45DBX_SECTOR_BITS); // gl_ptr_mem / AT45DBX_SECTOR_SIZE.
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Write the next sector.
|
||||
for (i = AT45DBX_SECTOR_SIZE; i; i--)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Write the next data byte.
|
||||
spi_write(AT45DBX_SPI, *_ram++);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Update the memory pointer.
|
||||
gl_ptr_mem += AT45DBX_SECTOR_SIZE;
|
||||
|
||||
#if AT45DBX_PAGE_SIZE > AT45DBX_SECTOR_SIZE
|
||||
// If end of page reached,
|
||||
if (!Rd_bitfield(gl_ptr_mem, AT45DBX_MSK_PTR_BYTE))
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
{
|
||||
// unselect the DF memory gl_ptr_mem points to in order to program the page.
|
||||
at45dbx_chipselect_df(gl_ptr_mem >> AT45DBX_MEM_SIZE, FALSE);
|
||||
|
||||
// Memory busy.
|
||||
at45dbx_busy = TRUE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//! @}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // AT45DBX_MEM == ENABLE
|
@ -0,0 +1,270 @@
|
||||
/* This header file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
|
||||
|
||||
/*This file is prepared for Doxygen automatic documentation generation.*/
|
||||
/*! \file *********************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \brief Management of the AT45DBX data flash controller through SPI.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file manages the accesses to the AT45DBX data flash components.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Compiler: IAR EWAVR32 and GNU GCC for AVR32
|
||||
* - Supported devices: All AVR32 devices with an SPI module can be used.
|
||||
* - AppNote:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \author Atmel Corporation: http://www.atmel.com \n
|
||||
* Support and FAQ: http://support.atmel.no/
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Copyright (c) 2009 Atmel Corporation. All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this
|
||||
* list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3. The name of Atmel may not be used to endorse or promote products derived
|
||||
* from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 4. This software may only be redistributed and used in connection with an Atmel
|
||||
* AVR product.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* EXPRESSLY AND SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR
|
||||
* ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
|
||||
* (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
|
||||
* LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
|
||||
* ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
|
||||
* (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
|
||||
* SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _AT45DBX_H_
|
||||
#define _AT45DBX_H_
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#include "conf_access.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#if AT45DBX_MEM == DISABLE
|
||||
#error at45dbx.h is #included although AT45DBX_MEM is disabled
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#include "spi.h"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//_____ D E F I N I T I O N S ______________________________________________
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \name Available AT45DBX Sizes
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Number of address bits of available AT45DBX data flash memories.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note Only memories with page sizes of at least 512 bytes (sector size) are
|
||||
* supported.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//! @{
|
||||
#define AT45DBX_1MB 20
|
||||
#define AT45DBX_2MB 21
|
||||
#define AT45DBX_4MB 22
|
||||
#define AT45DBX_8MB 23
|
||||
//! @}
|
||||
|
||||
// AT45DBX_1MB
|
||||
#define AT45DBX_SECTOR_BITS 8 //! Number of bits for addresses within sectors.
|
||||
// AT45DBX_2MB AT45DBX_4MB AT45DBX_8MB
|
||||
//#define AT45DBX_SECTOR_BITS 9 //! Number of bits for addresses within sectors.
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sector size in bytes.
|
||||
#define AT45DBX_SECTOR_SIZE (1 << AT45DBX_SECTOR_BITS)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//_____ D E C L A R A T I O N S ____________________________________________
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \name Control Functions
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//! @{
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Initializes the data flash controller and the SPI channel by which
|
||||
* the DF is controlled.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param spiOptions Initialization options of the DF SPI channel.
|
||||
* \param pba_hz SPI module input clock frequency (PBA clock, Hz).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \retval OK Success.
|
||||
* \retval KO Failure.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern Bool at45dbx_init(spi_options_t spiOptions, unsigned int pba_hz);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Performs a memory check on all DFs.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \retval OK Success.
|
||||
* \retval KO Failure.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern Bool at45dbx_mem_check(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Opens a DF memory in read mode at a given sector.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param sector Start sector.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \retval OK Success.
|
||||
* \retval KO Failure.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note Sector may be page-unaligned (depending on the DF page size).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern Bool at45dbx_read_open(U32 sector);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Unselects the current DF memory.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void at45dbx_read_close(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief This function opens a DF memory in write mode at a given sector.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param sector Start sector.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \retval OK Success.
|
||||
* \retval KO Failure.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note Sector may be page-unaligned (depending on the DF page size).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note If \ref AT45DBX_PAGE_SIZE > \ref AT45DBX_SECTOR_SIZE, page content is
|
||||
* first loaded in buffer to then be partially updated by write byte or
|
||||
* write sector functions.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern Bool at45dbx_write_open(U32 sector);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Fills the end of the current logical sector and launches page programming.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void at45dbx_write_close(void);
|
||||
|
||||
//! @}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \name Single-Byte Access Functions
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//! @{
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Performs a single byte read from DF memory.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return The read byte.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note First call must be preceded by a call to the \ref at45dbx_read_open
|
||||
* function.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern U8 at45dbx_read_byte(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Performs a single byte write to DF memory.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param b The byte to write.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \retval OK Success.
|
||||
* \retval KO Failure.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note First call must be preceded by a call to the \ref at45dbx_write_open
|
||||
* function.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern Bool at45dbx_write_byte(U8 b);
|
||||
|
||||
//! @}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \name Multiple-Sector Access Functions
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//! @{
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Reads \a nb_sector sectors from DF memory.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Data flow is: DF -> callback.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param nb_sector Number of contiguous sectors to read.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \retval OK Success.
|
||||
* \retval KO Failure.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note First call must be preceded by a call to the \ref at45dbx_read_open
|
||||
* function.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note As \ref AT45DBX_PAGE_SIZE is always a multiple of
|
||||
* \ref AT45DBX_SECTOR_SIZE, there is no need to check page end for each
|
||||
* byte.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern Bool at45dbx_read_multiple_sector(U16 nb_sector);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Callback function invoked after each sector read during
|
||||
* \ref at45dbx_read_multiple_sector.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param psector Pointer to read sector.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void at45dbx_read_multiple_sector_callback(const void *psector);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Writes \a nb_sector sectors to DF memory.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Data flow is: callback -> DF.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param nb_sector Number of contiguous sectors to write.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \retval OK Success.
|
||||
* \retval KO Failure.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note First call must be preceded by a call to the \ref at45dbx_write_open
|
||||
* function.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note As \ref AT45DBX_PAGE_SIZE is always a multiple of
|
||||
* \ref AT45DBX_SECTOR_SIZE, there is no need to check page end for each
|
||||
* byte.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern Bool at45dbx_write_multiple_sector(U16 nb_sector);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Callback function invoked before each sector write during
|
||||
* \ref at45dbx_write_multiple_sector.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param psector Pointer to sector to write.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void at45dbx_write_multiple_sector_callback(void *psector);
|
||||
|
||||
//! @}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \name Single-Sector Access Functions
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//! @{
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Reads 1 DF sector to a RAM buffer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Data flow is: DF -> RAM.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param ram Pointer to RAM buffer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \retval OK Success.
|
||||
* \retval KO Failure.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note First call must be preceded by a call to the \ref at45dbx_read_open
|
||||
* function.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern Bool at45dbx_read_sector_2_ram(void *ram);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Writes 1 DF sector from a RAM buffer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Data flow is: RAM -> DF.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param ram Pointer to RAM buffer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \retval OK Success.
|
||||
* \retval KO Failure.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note First call must be preceded by a call to the \ref at45dbx_write_open
|
||||
* function.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern Bool at45dbx_write_sector_from_ram(const void *ram);
|
||||
|
||||
//! @}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _AT45DBX_H_
|
@ -0,0 +1,234 @@
|
||||
/* This source file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
|
||||
|
||||
/*This file is prepared for Doxygen automatic documentation generation.*/
|
||||
/*! \file *********************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \brief CTRL_ACCESS interface for the AT45DBX data flash controller.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Compiler: IAR EWAVR32 and GNU GCC for AVR32
|
||||
* - Supported devices: All AVR32 devices with an SPI module can be used.
|
||||
* - AppNote:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \author Atmel Corporation: http://www.atmel.com \n
|
||||
* Support and FAQ: http://support.atmel.no/
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Copyright (c) 2009 Atmel Corporation. All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this
|
||||
* list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3. The name of Atmel may not be used to endorse or promote products derived
|
||||
* from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 4. This software may only be redistributed and used in connection with an Atmel
|
||||
* AVR product.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* EXPRESSLY AND SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR
|
||||
* ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
|
||||
* (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
|
||||
* LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
|
||||
* ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
|
||||
* (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
|
||||
* SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
//_____ I N C L U D E S ___________________________________________________
|
||||
|
||||
#include "conf_access.h"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#if AT45DBX_MEM == ENABLE
|
||||
|
||||
#include "conf_at45dbx.h"
|
||||
#include "at45dbx.h"
|
||||
#include "at45dbx_mem.h"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//_____ D E F I N I T I O N S ______________________________________________
|
||||
|
||||
//! Whether to detect write accesses to the memory.
|
||||
#define AT45DBX_MEM_TEST_CHANGE_STATE ENABLED
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#if (ACCESS_USB == ENABLED || ACCESS_MEM_TO_RAM == ENABLED) && AT45DBX_MEM_TEST_CHANGE_STATE == ENABLED
|
||||
|
||||
//! Memory data modified flag.
|
||||
static volatile Bool s_b_data_modify = FALSE;
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \name Control Interface
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//! @{
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Ctrl_status at45dbx_test_unit_ready(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (at45dbx_mem_check() == OK) ? CTRL_GOOD : CTRL_NO_PRESENT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Ctrl_status at45dbx_read_capacity(U32 *u32_nb_sector)
|
||||
{
|
||||
*u32_nb_sector = (AT45DBX_MEM_CNT << (AT45DBX_MEM_SIZE - AT45DBX_SECTOR_BITS)) - 1;
|
||||
|
||||
return CTRL_GOOD;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Bool at45dbx_wr_protect(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Bool at45dbx_removal(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//! @}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#if ACCESS_USB == ENABLED
|
||||
|
||||
#include "usb_drv.h"
|
||||
#include "scsi_decoder.h"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \name MEM <-> USB Interface
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//! @{
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Ctrl_status at45dbx_usb_read_10(U32 addr, U16 nb_sector)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (addr + nb_sector > AT45DBX_MEM_CNT << (AT45DBX_MEM_SIZE - AT45DBX_SECTOR_BITS)) return CTRL_FAIL;
|
||||
|
||||
at45dbx_read_open(addr);
|
||||
at45dbx_read_multiple_sector(nb_sector);
|
||||
at45dbx_read_close();
|
||||
|
||||
return CTRL_GOOD;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void at45dbx_read_multiple_sector_callback(const void *psector)
|
||||
{
|
||||
U16 data_to_transfer = AT45DBX_SECTOR_SIZE;
|
||||
|
||||
// Transfer read sector to the USB interface.
|
||||
while (data_to_transfer)
|
||||
{
|
||||
while (!Is_usb_in_ready(g_scsi_ep_ms_in))
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(!Is_usb_endpoint_enabled(g_scsi_ep_ms_in))
|
||||
return; // USB Reset
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
Usb_reset_endpoint_fifo_access(g_scsi_ep_ms_in);
|
||||
data_to_transfer = usb_write_ep_txpacket(g_scsi_ep_ms_in, psector,
|
||||
data_to_transfer, &psector);
|
||||
Usb_ack_in_ready_send(g_scsi_ep_ms_in);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Ctrl_status at45dbx_usb_write_10(U32 addr, U16 nb_sector)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (addr + nb_sector > AT45DBX_MEM_CNT << (AT45DBX_MEM_SIZE - AT45DBX_SECTOR_BITS)) return CTRL_FAIL;
|
||||
|
||||
#if AT45DBX_MEM_TEST_CHANGE_STATE == ENABLED
|
||||
if (nb_sector) s_b_data_modify = TRUE;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
at45dbx_write_open(addr);
|
||||
at45dbx_write_multiple_sector(nb_sector);
|
||||
at45dbx_write_close();
|
||||
|
||||
return CTRL_GOOD;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void at45dbx_write_multiple_sector_callback(void *psector)
|
||||
{
|
||||
U16 data_to_transfer = AT45DBX_SECTOR_SIZE;
|
||||
|
||||
// Transfer sector to write from the USB interface.
|
||||
while (data_to_transfer)
|
||||
{
|
||||
while (!Is_usb_out_received(g_scsi_ep_ms_out))
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(!Is_usb_endpoint_enabled(g_scsi_ep_ms_out))
|
||||
return; // USB Reset
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
Usb_reset_endpoint_fifo_access(g_scsi_ep_ms_out);
|
||||
data_to_transfer = usb_read_ep_rxpacket(g_scsi_ep_ms_out, psector,
|
||||
data_to_transfer, &psector);
|
||||
Usb_ack_out_received_free(g_scsi_ep_ms_out);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//! @}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // ACCESS_USB == ENABLED
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#if ACCESS_MEM_TO_RAM == ENABLED
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \name MEM <-> RAM Interface
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//! @{
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Ctrl_status at45dbx_df_2_ram(U32 addr, void *ram)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (addr + 1 > AT45DBX_MEM_CNT << (AT45DBX_MEM_SIZE - AT45DBX_SECTOR_BITS)) return CTRL_FAIL;
|
||||
|
||||
at45dbx_read_open(addr);
|
||||
at45dbx_read_sector_2_ram(ram);
|
||||
at45dbx_read_close();
|
||||
|
||||
return CTRL_GOOD;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Ctrl_status at45dbx_ram_2_df(U32 addr, const void *ram)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (addr + 1 > AT45DBX_MEM_CNT << (AT45DBX_MEM_SIZE - AT45DBX_SECTOR_BITS)) return CTRL_FAIL;
|
||||
|
||||
#if AT45DBX_MEM_TEST_CHANGE_STATE == ENABLED
|
||||
s_b_data_modify = TRUE;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
at45dbx_write_open(addr);
|
||||
at45dbx_write_sector_from_ram(ram);
|
||||
at45dbx_write_close();
|
||||
|
||||
return CTRL_GOOD;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//! @}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // ACCESS_MEM_TO_RAM == ENABLED
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // AT45DBX_MEM == ENABLE
|
@ -0,0 +1,164 @@
|
||||
/* This header file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
|
||||
|
||||
/*This file is prepared for Doxygen automatic documentation generation.*/
|
||||
/*! \file *********************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \brief CTRL_ACCESS interface for the AT45DBX data flash controller.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Compiler: IAR EWAVR32 and GNU GCC for AVR32
|
||||
* - Supported devices: All AVR32 devices with an SPI module can be used.
|
||||
* - AppNote:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \author Atmel Corporation: http://www.atmel.com \n
|
||||
* Support and FAQ: http://support.atmel.no/
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Copyright (c) 2009 Atmel Corporation. All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this
|
||||
* list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3. The name of Atmel may not be used to endorse or promote products derived
|
||||
* from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 4. This software may only be redistributed and used in connection with an Atmel
|
||||
* AVR product.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* EXPRESSLY AND SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR
|
||||
* ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
|
||||
* (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
|
||||
* LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
|
||||
* ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
|
||||
* (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
|
||||
* SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _AT45DBX_MEM_H_
|
||||
#define _AT45DBX_MEM_H_
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#include "conf_access.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#if AT45DBX_MEM == DISABLE
|
||||
#error at45dbx_mem.h is #included although AT45DBX_MEM is disabled
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#include "ctrl_access.h"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//_____ D E C L A R A T I O N S ____________________________________________
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \name Control Interface
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//! @{
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Tests the memory state and initializes the memory if required.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The TEST UNIT READY SCSI primary command allows an application client to poll
|
||||
* a LUN until it is ready without having to allocate memory for returned data.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This command may be used to check the media status of LUNs with removable
|
||||
* media.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return Status.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern Ctrl_status at45dbx_test_unit_ready(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Returns the address of the last valid sector in the memory.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param u32_nb_sector Pointer to the address of the last valid sector.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return Status.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern Ctrl_status at45dbx_read_capacity(U32 *u32_nb_sector);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Returns the write-protection state of the memory.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return \c TRUE if the memory is write-protected, else \c FALSE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note Only used by removable memories with hardware-specific write
|
||||
* protection.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern Bool at45dbx_wr_protect(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Tells whether the memory is removable.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return \c TRUE if the memory is removable, else \c FALSE.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern Bool at45dbx_removal(void);
|
||||
|
||||
//! @}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#if ACCESS_USB == ENABLED
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \name MEM <-> USB Interface
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//! @{
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Tranfers data from the memory to USB.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param addr Address of first memory sector to read.
|
||||
* \param nb_sector Number of sectors to transfer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return Status.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern Ctrl_status at45dbx_usb_read_10(U32 addr, U16 nb_sector);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Tranfers data from USB to the memory.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param addr Address of first memory sector to write.
|
||||
* \param nb_sector Number of sectors to transfer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return Status.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern Ctrl_status at45dbx_usb_write_10(U32 addr, U16 nb_sector);
|
||||
|
||||
//! @}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#if ACCESS_MEM_TO_RAM == ENABLED
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \name MEM <-> RAM Interface
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//! @{
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Copies 1 data sector from the memory to RAM.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param addr Address of first memory sector to read.
|
||||
* \param ram Pointer to RAM buffer to write.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return Status.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern Ctrl_status at45dbx_df_2_ram(U32 addr, void *ram);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Copies 1 data sector from RAM to the memory.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param addr Address of first memory sector to write.
|
||||
* \param ram Pointer to RAM buffer to read.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return Status.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern Ctrl_status at45dbx_ram_2_df(U32 addr, const void *ram);
|
||||
|
||||
//! @}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _AT45DBX_MEM_H_
|
Binary file not shown.
Binary file not shown.
Binary file not shown.
Binary file not shown.
Binary file not shown.
Binary file not shown.
@ -0,0 +1 @@
|
||||
Revision: 2491
|
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
|
||||
#ifndef WL_OS_H
|
||||
#define WL_OS_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdarg.h>
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
|
||||
void *owl_os_alloc(size_t size);
|
||||
void *owl_os_realloc(void *ptr, size_t size);
|
||||
void owl_os_free(void *p);
|
||||
void *owl_os_memcpy(void *dst, const void *src, size_t n);
|
||||
void *owl_os_memset(void *s, int c, size_t n);
|
||||
void *owl_os_memmove(void *dst, const void *src, size_t n);
|
||||
size_t owl_os_strlen(char *s);
|
||||
char *owl_os_strncpy(char *dst, const char *src, size_t n);
|
||||
int owl_os_strncmp(const char *s1, const char *s2, size_t n);
|
||||
int owl_os_strcmp(const char *s1, const char *s2);
|
||||
char *owl_os_strcpy(char *dst, const char *src);
|
||||
char *owl_os_strdup(const char *s);
|
||||
char *owl_os_strndup(const char *s, size_t n);
|
||||
int owl_os_memcmp(const void *s1, const void *s2, size_t n);
|
||||
long int owl_os_strtol(const char *nptr, char **endptr, int base);
|
||||
char *owl_os_strchr(const char *s, int c);
|
||||
char *owl_os_strrchr(const char *s, int c);
|
||||
int owl_os_strcasecmp(const char *s1, const char *s2);
|
||||
char *owl_os_strstr(const char *haystack, const char *needle);
|
||||
|
||||
int owl_os_snprintf(char *str, size_t size, const char *format, ...)
|
||||
__attribute__((format(printf, 3, 4)));
|
||||
|
||||
int owl_os_vprintf(const char *format, va_list arg); /* debug only */
|
||||
int owl_os_printf(const char *format, ...) /* debug only */
|
||||
__attribute__((format(printf, 1, 2)));
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* WL_OS_H */
|
||||
|
@ -0,0 +1,172 @@
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
* \file wl_sdio.h
|
||||
* \brief SDIO interface for wl_api.
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2010 HD Wireless AB
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the license along with this library.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef WL_SDIO_H
|
||||
#define WL_SDIO_H
|
||||
|
||||
/** \defgroup wl_sdio SDIO Interface
|
||||
*
|
||||
* These functions implement the interface that the wl_api library
|
||||
* needs to work with a SDIO transport layer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The functions prototyped here must be implemented when porting the
|
||||
* wl_api library to a new platform with a different SDIO configuration
|
||||
*
|
||||
* On platforms supported by H&D Wireless these functions are
|
||||
* implemented in the file avr32_sdio.c
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Maximum transfer size. This will set an upper limit on the len parameter
|
||||
* passed to owl_sdio_tx() and owl_sdio_rx().
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define MAX_BLOCK_LEN 512
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This flag might be set when owl_sdio_cmd() is called in case the cmd will
|
||||
* be followed by a data transfer. If the flag is set, the transfer direction is
|
||||
* from the device to the host (read). Otherwise, the transfer direction is
|
||||
* from the host to the device (write).
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define CMD_FLAG_TO_HOST (1 << 0)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Indicates that the sdio driver needs to be polled in order to make
|
||||
* forward progress, i.e. it does not support interrupts
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The actual polling will result in owl_sdio_cmd() being called to
|
||||
* request status information from the device.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* To activate polling, this flag should be set in owl_sdio_init().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define SDIO_FLAG_POLL (1 << 0)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Indicates that the sdio driver only supports 1-bit mode.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* To set 1-bit mode, this flag should be set in owl_sdio_init().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define SDIO_FLAG_1BIT_MODE (1 << 1)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This function will be invoked when wlan initialization should be performed,
|
||||
* this happens when the wl_fw_download() function in the transport group of
|
||||
* wl_api is invoked.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The wifi device supports sdio high speed mode and clock frequencies up to
|
||||
* 50 MHz.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The function is responsible for doing any necessary sdio initialization such
|
||||
* as allocating gpio's, setting up the mci master, one time allocations of
|
||||
* dma buffers etc.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param flags is an out parameter that should hold any sdio flags upon return.
|
||||
* The avaible flags are prefixed with SDIO_FLAG_
|
||||
*
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void owl_sdio_init(uint8_t *flags);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This function will be invoked when an sdio cmd should be sent to the
|
||||
* device.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param idx is the sdio command number
|
||||
* @param arg is the sdio command argument
|
||||
* @param flags specifies other options, such as any transfer direction.
|
||||
* @param rsp should hold the command response upon return. If null, the
|
||||
* response can be ignored.
|
||||
* @param data holds a pointer to any data that might follow the command. This
|
||||
* allows the sdio driver to setup dma transfers while waiting for the
|
||||
* command response. NULL if no data transfer will follow. Note that
|
||||
* the same data pointer will be passed to owl_sdio_tx(), which should
|
||||
* start the actual transfer.
|
||||
* @param len is the length of the data buffer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void owl_sdio_cmd(uint8_t idx, uint32_t arg, uint8_t flags, uint32_t *rsp,
|
||||
const uint8_t *data, uint16_t len);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This function will be invoked when data should be transmitted to the device.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If wl_fw_downlad() was called with the size_align parameter set to non-zero,
|
||||
* the pad parameter should be used. If the pad parameter is not 0, additional
|
||||
* data must be transmitted after the data buffer has be sent. Depending on
|
||||
* how the data buffer was first allocated (probably by an TCP/IP stack), it
|
||||
* might be safe or unsafe to continue reading beyond the data buffer to
|
||||
* transmit the additional padding bytes.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param data holds a pointer to the data to transmit, the pointer is the
|
||||
* same as the one passed to wl_tx().
|
||||
* @param len is the number of bytes that should be transmitted, including
|
||||
* padding.
|
||||
* @param pad is the number of padding bytes to send.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void owl_sdio_tx(const uint8_t *data, uint16_t len, uint8_t pad);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This function will be invoked when data should be received from the device.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param data should hold the read data upon return.
|
||||
* @param len is the number of bytes to read.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void owl_sdio_rx(uint8_t *data, uint16_t len);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Invoked when sdio rx interrupts from the device should be enabled or
|
||||
* disabled.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If SDIO_FLAG_POLL was set in wl_spi_init(), then this function can be
|
||||
* left empty.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param enable specifies if interrupts should be enabled or disabled.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void owl_sdio_irq(uint8_t enable);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Delay executiom for the specified number of ms. This function will be called
|
||||
* with delays in the 10-20 ms range during fw download and startup of the
|
||||
* Wi-Fi device. This function can be implemented with a simple for-loop if
|
||||
* desired (beware of optimization). The timing does not have to be accurate as
|
||||
* long as the actual delay becomes at least the specified number of ms.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ms is the minimal amount of time to wait [ms].
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void owl_sdio_mdelay(uint32_t ms);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This function should be called whenever an interrupt is detected. It can
|
||||
* be called from an interrupt context.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If SDIO_FLAG_POLL was set in owl_sdio_init(), then wl_sdio_irq()
|
||||
* should never be called.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void wl_sdio_irq(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! @} */
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
@ -0,0 +1,185 @@
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
* \file wl_spi.h
|
||||
* \brief SPI interface for wl_api.
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2010 HD Wireless AB
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the license along with this library.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef WL_SPI_H
|
||||
#define WL_SPI_H
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef WITHOUT_STDINT
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** \defgroup wl_spi SPI Interface
|
||||
*
|
||||
* These functions implement the interface that the wl_api library
|
||||
* needs to work with a SPI transport layer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The functions prototyped here must be implemented when porting the
|
||||
* wl_api library to a new platform with a different SPI configuration
|
||||
*
|
||||
* On platforms supported by H&D Wireless these functions are
|
||||
* implemented in the file avr32_spi.c
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Maximum transfer size. This will set an upper limit on the len parameter
|
||||
* passed to owl_spi_txrx().
|
||||
*
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define MAX_BLOCK_LEN 512
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Indicates that the spi driver needs to be polled in order to make
|
||||
* forward progress, i.e. it does not support interrupts through SD pin 8.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The actual polling will result in owl_spi_txrx() being call to
|
||||
* request status information from the device.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* To activate polling, this flag should be set in owl_spi_init().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See wl_poll() and wl_register_rx_isr() for more information regarding
|
||||
* polled and interrupt modes.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define SPI_FLAG_POLL (1 << 0)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This function will be invoked when wlan device initialization should be
|
||||
* performed, this happens when the wl_fw_download() function in the transport
|
||||
* group of wl_api is invoked.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The wifi device requires spi mode 3, i.e. clock polarity high and sample
|
||||
* on second phase. This corresponds to CPOL=1, CPHA=1. Maximum frequency on
|
||||
* spi clock is 30 MHz.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The function is also responsible for doing any necessary spi initialization
|
||||
* such as allocating gpio's, setting up the SPI master, one time allocations of
|
||||
* dma buffers etc.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If the SPB105 device is used, two signals; POWER (pin 10 on SPB105) and
|
||||
* SHUTDOWN (pin 4 on SPB105) might be connected to gpio's on the host.
|
||||
* The GPIO_POWER_PIN is the main power supply to the device. The
|
||||
* GPIO_SHUTDOWN_PIN (active low) should be defined as an input.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* After GPIO_POWER_PIN is pulled high by the host, the device will pull the
|
||||
* GPIO_SHUTDOWN_PIN high once the device is properly powered.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* However, if pin 4 (GPIO_SHUTDOWN_PIN) is not connected to the host, a delay
|
||||
* of up to 250 ms must be added after GPIO_POWER_PIN is pulled high to ensure
|
||||
* that startup is completed. The actual time is usually much shorter, therefore
|
||||
* one might try to reduce the delay for a particualar hardware design.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* On SPB104, the GPIO_POWER_PIN will be connected to VCC and GPIO_SHUTDOWN_PIN
|
||||
* will be unconnected; hence we have to make sure that we have enough delay
|
||||
* after powering on the host. Since the device power-on usually happens at the
|
||||
* same time as the host power-on, the startup time of the host can be
|
||||
* subtracted from any delay put into owl_spi_init().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param flags is an out parameter that should hold any spi flags upon return.
|
||||
* The avaible flags are prefixed with SPI_FLAG_
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return 0 on success
|
||||
* -1 if any error occurs
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int owl_spi_init(uint8_t *flags);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Invoked when a spi transfer should be performed.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* All buffers that are allocated by the wl library will have a size that is
|
||||
* aligned to 4. If size-unaligned data is passed to this function, it is
|
||||
* always allocated by the ip stack. If 4-byte size alignment (e.g. for DMA)
|
||||
* is required, 1-3 extra padding bytes can be transmitted after the in buffer.
|
||||
* These bytes must be 0xff.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Since size-unaligned data always comes from the ip stack, the out ptr is
|
||||
* always NULL for such data.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param in points a buffer which holds the data to be transmitted. If NULL,
|
||||
* then \a len bytes with the value 0xff should be transmitted on the
|
||||
* bus.
|
||||
* @param out points a buffer should hold the data received from the device. If
|
||||
* NULL, any received data can be discarded.
|
||||
* @param len is the length of the in and out buffers.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void owl_spi_txrx(const uint8_t *in, uint8_t* out, uint16_t len);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Invoked when spi rx interrupts from the device should be enabled or disabled.
|
||||
* Note that the spi interrupts are obtained from pin 8 on SPB104 or pin 3 from
|
||||
* SPB105. This pin can be be connected to a gpio on the host. The irq line
|
||||
* will signal an interrupt on both edges.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* In general, the wifi device will not issue a new interrupt unless the
|
||||
* last interrupt has been handled. Also, during normal operation (i.e after
|
||||
* the complete callback registered in wl_init() has been invoked),
|
||||
* owl_spi_irq() will never be invoked so interrupts will be enabled all
|
||||
* the time. For the SPI-mode, the purpose of owl_spi_irq() is basically to
|
||||
* make sure that the first interrupt (coming after the reset performed in
|
||||
* owl_spi_init()) is ignored.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If SPI_FLAG_POLL was set in owl_spi_init(), then this function can be
|
||||
* left empty and the wifi device will be used in polled mode. In polled mode,
|
||||
* the interrupt line is not used. Regardless of polled or interrupt-mode,
|
||||
* wl_poll() must be called to ensure progress of the driver.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param enable specifies if interrupts should be enabled or disabled.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void owl_spi_irq(uint8_t enable);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Invoked when the spi cs for the wifi device should be enabled. Note that
|
||||
* multiple calls to owl_spi_txrx() might be done during a 'single' chip
|
||||
* select.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param enable specifies whether chip select should be asserted or deasserted,
|
||||
* The chip select signal is active low, so if enable is '1' then the
|
||||
* chip select connected to the wifi device should be set to '0'.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void owl_spi_cs(uint8_t enable);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Delay executiom for the specified number of ms. This function will be called
|
||||
* with delays in the 10-20 ms range during fw download and startup of the
|
||||
* Wi-Fi device. This function can be implemented with a simple for-loop if
|
||||
* desired (beware of optimization). The timing does not have to be accurate as
|
||||
* long as the actual delay becomes at least the specified number of ms.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ms is the minimal amount of time to wait [ms].
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void owl_spi_mdelay(uint32_t ms);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This function should be called whenever an interrupt is detected. It can
|
||||
* be called from an interrupt context.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If SPI_FLAG_POLL was set in owl_spi_init(), then wl_spi_irq()
|
||||
* should never be called.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void wl_spi_irq(void);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*! @} */
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
@ -0,0 +1,154 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Programming interface for wlap_api.
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2011 HD Wireless AB
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the license along with this library.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \file wlap_api.h *************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \brief WiFi AP API
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file provides the wlap_api interface.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Compiler: GNU GCC for AVR32
|
||||
* - Supported devices:
|
||||
* \li SPB104 + EVK1100
|
||||
* \li SPB104 + EVK1101
|
||||
* \li SPB104 + EVK1104
|
||||
* \li SPB104 + EVK1105 (SPI)
|
||||
* \li SPB104 + EVK1105 (SPI + irq)
|
||||
* \li SPB105 + EVK1105 (SPI)
|
||||
* - AppNote:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \author H&D Wireless AB: \n
|
||||
*
|
||||
*****************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \section intro Introduction
|
||||
* This is the documentation for the WiFi AP Driver API \a wlap_api.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \section files Main Files
|
||||
* - wlap_api.h : WiFi driver interface.
|
||||
* - libwlap_api_*.*.a - Driver library.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef WLAP_API_H
|
||||
#define WLAP_API_H
|
||||
|
||||
#define WLAP_API_RELEASE_NAME "unknown"
|
||||
|
||||
#include <wl_api.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/** \defgroup wl_softap Access Point Mode
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \brief Support the WiFi Access Point mode.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Station representation
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct wl_sta_t
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct wl_mac_addr_t bssid; /**< The BSSID of the network. */
|
||||
uint8_t queued_pkt_cnt; /**< Number of queueud packets for
|
||||
this STA. */
|
||||
uint8_t in_ps; /**< Is the STA in power save mode. */
|
||||
uint8_t aid; /**< STA AID */
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* Station list representation. Array of pointers to wl_sta_t entries. */
|
||||
struct wl_sta_list_t
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct wl_sta_t **sta; /**< The list of pointers to stations */
|
||||
size_t cnt; /**< Number of stations */
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Get the list of currently associated stations (SoftAP).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Retrieves the list of current stations from
|
||||
* the driver.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This function is not thread safe. It must be called in the
|
||||
* same execution context as wl_poll().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param network_list Output buffer. The API call returns
|
||||
* a pointer to allocated memory containing the network list.
|
||||
* @return
|
||||
* - WL_SUCCESS
|
||||
* - WL_FAILURE.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
wl_err_t wlap_get_sta_list(struct wl_sta_list_t **network_list);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*! Callback used to read data from a TX packet.
|
||||
* This function is supplied by the user of the API.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param dst Destination buffer. The data should be copied
|
||||
* to this buffer.
|
||||
* @param src_handle Handle to the source packet from where
|
||||
* the data should be copied. This handle is the same one that
|
||||
* is passed in parameter \a pkt_handle to \a wl_process_tx().
|
||||
* @param read_len Number of bytes to copy from \a src_handle
|
||||
* to \a dst.
|
||||
* @param offset The offset in bytes, counting from the
|
||||
* beginning of the Ethernet header, from where to copy data.
|
||||
* @return
|
||||
* - The number of bytes copied. This number may be smaller
|
||||
* than the length requested in \a read_len but it may not
|
||||
* be shorter than the length of the packet counting from
|
||||
* \a offset. In other words, if the caller of this function
|
||||
* receives a return count that is shorter than \a read_len
|
||||
* he will assume that all packet data has been read.
|
||||
* - < 0 on error.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef ssize_t (*wl_pkt_read_cb_t)(char *dst,
|
||||
void *src_handle,
|
||||
size_t read_len,
|
||||
int offset);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Register a data access function for TX packets (SoftAP).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* When a TX data packet has a different representation than a single
|
||||
* contiguous buffer in memory then a packet read function must be
|
||||
* implemented and registered with this call. Whenever the library
|
||||
* needs to read packet data it will call this function to do it.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This function can be ignored if the TX packet representation is
|
||||
* a single contiguous buffer. This function is only needed in SoftAP
|
||||
* mode.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param pkt_read_cb Read callback.
|
||||
* @param ctx Context
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void wl_register_pkt_read_cb(wl_pkt_read_cb_t pkt_read_cb);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Start a network using the SoftAP mode.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This call will cause the WiFi chip to start sending beacons
|
||||
* and accept associations from WiFi stations.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
wl_err_t wlap_start_ap(const char *ssid,
|
||||
const size_t ssid_len,
|
||||
const uint8_t channel,
|
||||
const enum wl_auth_mode auth_mode,
|
||||
const enum wl_enc_type enc_type);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Disconnect a STA (SoftAP)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param bssid The BSSID of the station to disconnect.
|
||||
* @return
|
||||
* - WL_SUCCESS
|
||||
* - WL_FAILURE.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
wl_err_t wlap_disconnect_sta(const struct wl_mac_addr_t bssid);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*! @} */ /* End wl_softap group */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
@ -0,0 +1,309 @@
|
||||
/* This header file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
|
||||
|
||||
/*This file has been prepared for Doxygen automatic documentation generation.*/
|
||||
/*! \file *********************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \brief Cycle counter driver.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Compiler: IAR EWAVR32 and GNU GCC for AVR32
|
||||
* - Supported devices: All AVR32UC devices.
|
||||
* - AppNote:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \author Atmel Corporation: http://www.atmel.com \n
|
||||
* Support and FAQ: http://support.atmel.no/
|
||||
*
|
||||
*****************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Copyright (c) 2009 Atmel Corporation. All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this
|
||||
* list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3. The name of Atmel may not be used to endorse or promote products derived
|
||||
* from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 4. This software may only be redistributed and used in connection with an Atmel
|
||||
* AVR product.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* EXPRESSLY AND SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR
|
||||
* ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
|
||||
* (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
|
||||
* LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
|
||||
* ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
|
||||
* (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
|
||||
* SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _CYCLE_COUNTER_H_
|
||||
#define _CYCLE_COUNTER_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#include "compiler.h"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//! Structure holding private information, automatically initialized by the
|
||||
//! cpu_set_timeout() function.
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
//! The cycle count at the begining of the timeout.
|
||||
unsigned long delay_start_cycle;
|
||||
|
||||
//! The cycle count at the end of the timeout.
|
||||
unsigned long delay_end_cycle;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Enable/disable the timout detection
|
||||
unsigned char timer_state;
|
||||
#define CPU_TIMER_STATE_STARTED 0
|
||||
#define CPU_TIMER_STATE_REACHED 1
|
||||
#define CPU_TIMER_STATE_STOPPED 2
|
||||
} t_cpu_time;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
* \brief Convert milli-seconds into CPU cycles.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param ms: Number of millisecond.
|
||||
* \param fcpu_hz: CPU frequency in Hz.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return the converted number of CPU cycles.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if (defined __GNUC__)
|
||||
__attribute__((__always_inline__))
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
extern __inline__ U32 cpu_ms_2_cy(unsigned long ms, unsigned long fcpu_hz)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return ((unsigned long long)ms * fcpu_hz + 999) / 1000;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
* \brief Convert micro-seconds into CPU cycles.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param us: Number of microsecond.
|
||||
* \param fcpu_hz: CPU frequency in Hz.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return the converted number of CPU cycles.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if (defined __GNUC__)
|
||||
__attribute__((__always_inline__))
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
extern __inline__ U32 cpu_us_2_cy(unsigned long us, unsigned long fcpu_hz)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return ((unsigned long long)us * fcpu_hz + 999999) / 1000000;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
* \brief Convert CPU cycles into milli-seconds.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param cy: Number of CPU cycles.
|
||||
* \param fcpu_hz: CPU frequency in Hz.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return the converted number of milli-second.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if (defined __GNUC__)
|
||||
__attribute__((__always_inline__))
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
extern __inline__ U32 cpu_cy_2_ms(unsigned long cy, unsigned long fcpu_hz)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return ((unsigned long long)cy * 1000 + fcpu_hz-1) / fcpu_hz;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
* \brief Convert CPU cycles into micro-seconds.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param cy: Number of CPU cycles.
|
||||
* \param fcpu_hz: CPU frequency in Hz.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return the converted number of micro-second.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if (defined __GNUC__)
|
||||
__attribute__((__always_inline__))
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
extern __inline__ U32 cpu_cy_2_us(unsigned long cy, unsigned long fcpu_hz)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return ((unsigned long long)cy * 1000000 + fcpu_hz-1) / fcpu_hz;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
* \brief Set a timer variable.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Ex: t_cpu_time timer;
|
||||
* cpu_set_timeout( cpu_ms_2_cy(10, FOSC0), &timer ); // timeout in 10 ms
|
||||
* if( cpu_is_timeout(&timer) )
|
||||
* cpu_stop_timeout(&timer);
|
||||
* ../..
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param delay: (input) delay in CPU cycles before timeout.
|
||||
* \param cpu_time: (output) internal information used by the timer API.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if (defined __GNUC__)
|
||||
__attribute__((__always_inline__))
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
extern __inline__ void cpu_set_timeout(unsigned long delay, t_cpu_time *cpu_time)
|
||||
{
|
||||
cpu_time->delay_start_cycle = Get_system_register(AVR32_COUNT);
|
||||
cpu_time->delay_end_cycle = cpu_time->delay_start_cycle + delay;
|
||||
cpu_time->timer_state = CPU_TIMER_STATE_STARTED;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
* \brief Test if a timer variable reached its timeout.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Once the timeout is reached, the function will always return TRUE,
|
||||
* until the cpu_stop_timeout() function is called.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Ex: t_cpu_time timer;
|
||||
* cpu_set_timeout( 10, FOSC0, &timer ); // timeout in 10 ms
|
||||
* if( cpu_is_timeout(&timer) )
|
||||
* cpu_stop_timeout(&timer);
|
||||
* ../..
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param cpu_time: (input) internal information used by the timer API.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return TRUE if timeout occured, otherwise FALSE.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if (defined __GNUC__)
|
||||
__attribute__((__always_inline__))
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
extern __inline__ unsigned long cpu_is_timeout(t_cpu_time *cpu_time)
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned long current_cycle_count = Get_system_register(AVR32_COUNT);
|
||||
|
||||
if( cpu_time->timer_state==CPU_TIMER_STATE_STOPPED )
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
|
||||
// Test if the timeout as already occured.
|
||||
else if (cpu_time->timer_state == CPU_TIMER_STATE_REACHED)
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
|
||||
// If the ending cycle count of this timeout is wrapped, ...
|
||||
else if (cpu_time->delay_start_cycle > cpu_time->delay_end_cycle)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (current_cycle_count < cpu_time->delay_start_cycle && current_cycle_count > cpu_time->delay_end_cycle)
|
||||
{
|
||||
cpu_time->timer_state = CPU_TIMER_STATE_REACHED;
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (current_cycle_count < cpu_time->delay_start_cycle || current_cycle_count > cpu_time->delay_end_cycle)
|
||||
{
|
||||
cpu_time->timer_state = CPU_TIMER_STATE_REACHED;
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
* \brief Stop a timeout detection.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Ex: t_cpu_time timer;
|
||||
* cpu_set_timeout( 10, FOSC0, &timer ); // timeout in 10 ms
|
||||
* if( cpu_is_timeout(&timer) )
|
||||
* cpu_stop_timeout(&timer);
|
||||
* ../..
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param cpu_time: (input) internal information used by the timer API.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if (defined __GNUC__)
|
||||
__attribute__((__always_inline__))
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
extern __inline__ void cpu_stop_timeout(t_cpu_time *cpu_time)
|
||||
{
|
||||
cpu_time->timer_state = CPU_TIMER_STATE_STOPPED;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
* \brief Test if a timer is stopped.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param cpu_time: (input) internal information used by the timer API.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return TRUE if timer is stopped, otherwise FALSE.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if (defined __GNUC__)
|
||||
__attribute__((__always_inline__))
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
extern __inline__ unsigned long cpu_is_timer_stopped(t_cpu_time *cpu_time)
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
if( cpu_time->timer_state==CPU_TIMER_STATE_STOPPED )
|
||||
return TRUE;
|
||||
else
|
||||
return FALSE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
* \brief Waits during at least the specified delay (in millisecond) before returning.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param delay: Number of millisecond to wait.
|
||||
* \param fcpu_hz: CPU frequency in Hz.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if (defined __GNUC__)
|
||||
__attribute__((__always_inline__))
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
extern __inline__ void cpu_delay_ms(unsigned long delay, unsigned long fcpu_hz)
|
||||
{
|
||||
t_cpu_time timer;
|
||||
cpu_set_timeout( cpu_ms_2_cy(delay, fcpu_hz), &timer);
|
||||
while( !cpu_is_timeout(&timer) );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
* \brief Waits during at least the specified delay (in microsecond) before returning.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param delay: Number of microsecond to wait.
|
||||
* \param fcpu_hz: CPU frequency in Hz.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if (defined __GNUC__)
|
||||
__attribute__((__always_inline__))
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
extern __inline__ void cpu_delay_us(unsigned long delay, unsigned long fcpu_hz)
|
||||
{
|
||||
t_cpu_time timer;
|
||||
cpu_set_timeout( cpu_us_2_cy(delay, fcpu_hz), &timer);
|
||||
while( !cpu_is_timeout(&timer) );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
* \brief Waits during at least the specified delay (in CPU cycles) before returning.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param delay: Number of CPU cycles to wait.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if (defined __GNUC__)
|
||||
__attribute__((__always_inline__))
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
extern __inline__ void cpu_delay_cy(unsigned long delay)
|
||||
{
|
||||
t_cpu_time timer;
|
||||
cpu_set_timeout( delay, &timer);
|
||||
while( !cpu_is_timeout(&timer) );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#define Get_sys_count() ( Get_system_register(AVR32_COUNT) )
|
||||
#define Set_sys_count(x) ( Set_system_register(AVR32_COUNT, (x)) )
|
||||
#define Get_sys_compare() ( Get_system_register(AVR32_COMPARE) )
|
||||
#define Set_sys_compare(x) ( Set_system_register(AVR32_COMPARE, (x)) )
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _CYCLE_COUNTER_H_
|
@ -0,0 +1,995 @@
|
||||
/* This source file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
|
||||
|
||||
/*This file is prepared for Doxygen automatic documentation generation.*/
|
||||
/*! \file *********************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \brief SMC on EBI driver for AVR32 UC3.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Compiler: IAR EWAVR32 and GNU GCC for AVR32
|
||||
* - Supported devices: All AVR32 devices with a SMC module can be used.
|
||||
* - AppNote:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \author Atmel Corporation: http://www.atmel.com \n
|
||||
* Support and FAQ: http://support.atmel.no/
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Copyright (c) 2009 Atmel Corporation. All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this
|
||||
* list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3. The name of Atmel may not be used to endorse or promote products derived
|
||||
* from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 4. This software may only be redistributed and used in connection with an Atmel
|
||||
* AVR product.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* EXPRESSLY AND SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR
|
||||
* ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
|
||||
* (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
|
||||
* LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
|
||||
* ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
|
||||
* (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
|
||||
* SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "compiler.h"
|
||||
#include "preprocessor.h"
|
||||
#include "gpio.h"
|
||||
#include "smc.h"
|
||||
|
||||
// Configure the SM Controller with SM setup and timing information for all chip select
|
||||
#define SMC_CS_SETUP(ncs) { \
|
||||
U32 nwe_setup = ((NWE_SETUP * hsb_mhz_up + 999) / 1000); \
|
||||
U32 ncs_wr_setup = ((NCS_WR_SETUP * hsb_mhz_up + 999) / 1000); \
|
||||
U32 nrd_setup = ((NRD_SETUP * hsb_mhz_up + 999) / 1000); \
|
||||
U32 ncs_rd_setup = ((NCS_RD_SETUP * hsb_mhz_up + 999) / 1000); \
|
||||
U32 nwe_pulse = ((NWE_PULSE * hsb_mhz_up + 999) / 1000); \
|
||||
U32 ncs_wr_pulse = ((NCS_WR_PULSE * hsb_mhz_up + 999) / 1000); \
|
||||
U32 nrd_pulse = ((NRD_PULSE * hsb_mhz_up + 999) / 1000); \
|
||||
U32 ncs_rd_pulse = ((NCS_RD_PULSE * hsb_mhz_up + 999) / 1000); \
|
||||
U32 nwe_cycle = ((NWE_CYCLE * hsb_mhz_up + 999) / 1000); \
|
||||
U32 nrd_cycle = ((NRD_CYCLE * hsb_mhz_up + 999) / 1000); \
|
||||
\
|
||||
/* Some coherence checks... */ \
|
||||
/* Ensures CS is active during Rd or Wr */ \
|
||||
if( ncs_rd_setup + ncs_rd_pulse < nrd_setup + nrd_pulse ) \
|
||||
ncs_rd_pulse = nrd_setup + nrd_pulse - ncs_rd_setup; \
|
||||
if( ncs_wr_setup + ncs_wr_pulse < nwe_setup + nwe_pulse ) \
|
||||
ncs_wr_pulse = nwe_setup + nwe_pulse - ncs_wr_setup; \
|
||||
\
|
||||
/* ncs_hold = n_cycle - ncs_setup - ncs_pulse */ \
|
||||
/* n_hold = n_cycle - n_setup - n_pulse */ \
|
||||
/* */ \
|
||||
/* All holds parameters must be positive or null, so: */ \
|
||||
/* nwe_cycle shall be >= ncs_wr_setup + ncs_wr_pulse */ \
|
||||
if( nwe_cycle < ncs_wr_setup + ncs_wr_pulse ) \
|
||||
nwe_cycle = ncs_wr_setup + ncs_wr_pulse; \
|
||||
\
|
||||
/* nwe_cycle shall be >= nwe_setup + nwe_pulse */ \
|
||||
if( nwe_cycle < nwe_setup + nwe_pulse ) \
|
||||
nwe_cycle = nwe_setup + nwe_pulse; \
|
||||
\
|
||||
/* nrd_cycle shall be >= ncs_rd_setup + ncs_rd_pulse */ \
|
||||
if( nrd_cycle < ncs_rd_setup + ncs_rd_pulse ) \
|
||||
nrd_cycle = ncs_rd_setup + ncs_rd_pulse; \
|
||||
\
|
||||
/* nrd_cycle shall be >= nrd_setup + nrd_pulse */ \
|
||||
if( nrd_cycle < nrd_setup + nrd_pulse ) \
|
||||
nrd_cycle = nrd_setup + nrd_pulse; \
|
||||
\
|
||||
AVR32_SMC.cs[ncs].setup = (nwe_setup << AVR32_SMC_SETUP0_NWE_SETUP_OFFSET) | \
|
||||
(ncs_wr_setup << AVR32_SMC_SETUP0_NCS_WR_SETUP_OFFSET) | \
|
||||
(nrd_setup << AVR32_SMC_SETUP0_NRD_SETUP_OFFSET) | \
|
||||
(ncs_rd_setup << AVR32_SMC_SETUP0_NCS_RD_SETUP_OFFSET); \
|
||||
AVR32_SMC.cs[ncs].pulse = (nwe_pulse << AVR32_SMC_PULSE0_NWE_PULSE_OFFSET) | \
|
||||
(ncs_wr_pulse << AVR32_SMC_PULSE0_NCS_WR_PULSE_OFFSET) | \
|
||||
(nrd_pulse << AVR32_SMC_PULSE0_NRD_PULSE_OFFSET) | \
|
||||
(ncs_rd_pulse << AVR32_SMC_PULSE0_NCS_RD_PULSE_OFFSET); \
|
||||
AVR32_SMC.cs[ncs].cycle = (nwe_cycle << AVR32_SMC_CYCLE0_NWE_CYCLE_OFFSET) | \
|
||||
(nrd_cycle << AVR32_SMC_CYCLE0_NRD_CYCLE_OFFSET); \
|
||||
AVR32_SMC.cs[ncs].mode = (((NCS_CONTROLLED_READ) ? AVR32_SMC_MODE0_READ_MODE_NCS_CONTROLLED : \
|
||||
AVR32_SMC_MODE0_READ_MODE_NRD_CONTROLLED) << AVR32_SMC_MODE0_READ_MODE_OFFSET) | \
|
||||
+ (((NCS_CONTROLLED_WRITE) ? AVR32_SMC_MODE0_WRITE_MODE_NCS_CONTROLLED : \
|
||||
AVR32_SMC_MODE0_WRITE_MODE_NWE_CONTROLLED) << AVR32_SMC_MODE0_WRITE_MODE_OFFSET) | \
|
||||
(NWAIT_MODE << AVR32_SMC_MODE0_EXNW_MODE_OFFSET) | \
|
||||
(((SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS) ? AVR32_SMC_MODE0_BAT_BYTE_WRITE : \
|
||||
AVR32_SMC_MODE0_BAT_BYTE_SELECT) << AVR32_SMC_MODE0_BAT_OFFSET) | \
|
||||
(((SMC_DBW <= 8 ) ? AVR32_SMC_MODE0_DBW_8_BITS : \
|
||||
(SMC_DBW <= 16) ? AVR32_SMC_MODE0_DBW_16_BITS : \
|
||||
AVR32_SMC_MODE0_DBW_32_BITS) << AVR32_SMC_MODE0_DBW_OFFSET) | \
|
||||
(TDF_CYCLES << AVR32_SMC_MODE0_TDF_CYCLES_OFFSET) | \
|
||||
(TDF_OPTIM << AVR32_SMC_MODE0_TDF_MODE_OFFSET) | \
|
||||
(PAGE_MODE << AVR32_SMC_MODE0_PMEN_OFFSET) | \
|
||||
(PAGE_SIZE << AVR32_SMC_MODE0_PS_OFFSET); \
|
||||
smc_tab_cs_size[ncs] = (U8)EXT_SM_SIZE; \
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static U8 smc_tab_cs_size[6];
|
||||
|
||||
static void smc_enable_muxed_pins(void);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void smc_init(unsigned long hsb_hz)
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned long hsb_mhz_up = (hsb_hz + 999999) / 1000000;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Whether to use the NCS0 pin
|
||||
#ifdef SMC_USE_NCS0
|
||||
#include SMC_COMPONENT_CS0
|
||||
|
||||
// Setup SMC for NCS0
|
||||
SMC_CS_SETUP(0)
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef SMC_DBW_GLOBAL
|
||||
#if (SMC_DBW_GLOBAL < SMC_DBW)
|
||||
#undef SMC_DBW_GLOBAL
|
||||
#if (SMC_DBW == 8)
|
||||
#define SMC_DBW_GLOBAL 8
|
||||
#elif (SMC_DBW == 16)
|
||||
#define SMC_DBW_GLOBAL 16
|
||||
#elif (SMC_DBW == 32)
|
||||
#define SMC_DBW_GLOBAL 32
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#error error in SMC_DBW size
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#if (SMC_DBW == 8)
|
||||
#define SMC_DBW_GLOBAL 8
|
||||
#elif (SMC_DBW == 16)
|
||||
#define SMC_DBW_GLOBAL 16
|
||||
#elif (SMC_DBW == 32)
|
||||
#define SMC_DBW_GLOBAL 32
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#error error in SMC_DBW size
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS_GLOBAL
|
||||
#if (SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS_GLOBAL < SMC_8_BIT)
|
||||
#undef SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS_GLOBAL
|
||||
#if (SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS == TRUE)
|
||||
#define SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS_GLOBAL TRUE
|
||||
#elif (SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS == FALSE)
|
||||
#define SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS_GLOBAL FALSE
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#error error in SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS size
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#if (SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS == TRUE)
|
||||
#define SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS_GLOBAL TRUE
|
||||
#elif (SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS == FALSE)
|
||||
#define SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS_GLOBAL FALSE
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#error error in SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS size
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef NWAIT_MODE_GLOBAL
|
||||
#if (NWAIT_MODE_GLOBAL < NWAIT_MODE)
|
||||
#undef NWAIT_MODE_GLOBAL
|
||||
#if (NWAIT_MODE == AVR32_SMC_EXNW_MODE_DISABLED)
|
||||
#define NWAIT_MODE_GLOBAL AVR32_SMC_EXNW_MODE_DISABLED
|
||||
#elif (NWAIT_MODE == AVR32_SMC_EXNW_MODE_FROZEN)
|
||||
#define NWAIT_MODE_GLOBAL AVR32_SMC_EXNW_MODE_FROZEN
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#error error in NWAIT_MODE size
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#if (NWAIT_MODE == AVR32_SMC_EXNW_MODE_DISABLED)
|
||||
#define NWAIT_MODE_GLOBAL AVR32_SMC_EXNW_MODE_DISABLED
|
||||
#elif (NWAIT_MODE == AVR32_SMC_EXNW_MODE_FROZEN)
|
||||
#define NWAIT_MODE_GLOBAL AVR32_SMC_EXNW_MODE_FROZEN
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#error error in NWAIT_MODE size
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#undef EXT_SM_SIZE
|
||||
#undef SMC_DBW
|
||||
#undef SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS
|
||||
#undef NWE_SETUP
|
||||
#undef NCS_WR_SETUP
|
||||
#undef NRD_SETUP
|
||||
#undef NCS_RD_SETUP
|
||||
#undef NCS_WR_PULSE
|
||||
#undef NWE_PULSE
|
||||
#undef NCS_RD_PULSE
|
||||
#undef NRD_PULSE
|
||||
#undef NCS_WR_HOLD
|
||||
#undef NWE_HOLD
|
||||
#undef NWE_CYCLE
|
||||
#undef NCS_RD_HOLD
|
||||
#undef NRD_CYCLE
|
||||
#undef TDF_CYCLES
|
||||
#undef TDF_OPTIM
|
||||
#undef PAGE_MODE
|
||||
#undef PAGE_SIZE
|
||||
#undef NCS_CONTROLLED_READ
|
||||
#undef NCS_CONTROLLED_WRITE
|
||||
#undef NWAIT_MODE
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//! Whether to use the NCS1 pin
|
||||
#ifdef SMC_USE_NCS1
|
||||
#include SMC_COMPONENT_CS1
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable SM mode for CS1 if necessary.
|
||||
AVR32_HMATRIX.sfr[AVR32_EBI_HMATRIX_NR] &= ~(1 << AVR32_EBI_SDRAM_CS);
|
||||
AVR32_HMATRIX.sfr[AVR32_EBI_HMATRIX_NR];
|
||||
|
||||
// Setup SMC for NCS1
|
||||
SMC_CS_SETUP(1)
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef SMC_DBW_GLOBAL
|
||||
#if (SMC_DBW_GLOBAL < SMC_DBW)
|
||||
#undef SMC_DBW_GLOBAL
|
||||
#if (SMC_DBW == 8)
|
||||
#define SMC_DBW_GLOBAL 8
|
||||
#elif (SMC_DBW == 16)
|
||||
#define SMC_DBW_GLOBAL 16
|
||||
#elif (SMC_DBW == 32)
|
||||
#define SMC_DBW_GLOBAL 32
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#error error in SMC_DBW size
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#if (SMC_DBW == 8)
|
||||
#define SMC_DBW_GLOBAL 8
|
||||
#elif (SMC_DBW == 16)
|
||||
#define SMC_DBW_GLOBAL 16
|
||||
#elif (SMC_DBW == 32)
|
||||
#define SMC_DBW_GLOBAL 32
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#error error in SMC_DBW size
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS_GLOBAL
|
||||
#if (SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS_GLOBAL < SMC_8_BIT)
|
||||
#undef SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS_GLOBAL
|
||||
#if (SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS == TRUE)
|
||||
#define SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS_GLOBAL TRUE
|
||||
#elif (SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS == FALSE)
|
||||
#define SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS_GLOBAL FALSE
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#error error in SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS size
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#if (SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS == TRUE)
|
||||
#define SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS_GLOBAL TRUE
|
||||
#elif (SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS == FALSE)
|
||||
#define SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS_GLOBAL FALSE
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#error error in SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS size
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef NWAIT_MODE_GLOBAL
|
||||
#if (NWAIT_MODE_GLOBAL < NWAIT_MODE)
|
||||
#undef NWAIT_MODE_GLOBAL
|
||||
#if (NWAIT_MODE == AVR32_SMC_EXNW_MODE_DISABLED)
|
||||
#define NWAIT_MODE_GLOBAL AVR32_SMC_EXNW_MODE_DISABLED
|
||||
#elif (NWAIT_MODE == AVR32_SMC_EXNW_MODE_FROZEN)
|
||||
#define NWAIT_MODE_GLOBAL AVR32_SMC_EXNW_MODE_FROZEN
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#error error in NWAIT_MODE size
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#if (NWAIT_MODE == AVR32_SMC_EXNW_MODE_DISABLED)
|
||||
#define NWAIT_MODE_GLOBAL AVR32_SMC_EXNW_MODE_DISABLED
|
||||
#elif (NWAIT_MODE == AVR32_SMC_EXNW_MODE_FROZEN)
|
||||
#define NWAIT_MODE_GLOBAL AVR32_SMC_EXNW_MODE_FROZEN
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#error error in NWAIT_MODE size
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#undef EXT_SM_SIZE
|
||||
#undef SMC_DBW
|
||||
#undef SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS
|
||||
#undef NWE_SETUP
|
||||
#undef NCS_WR_SETUP
|
||||
#undef NRD_SETUP
|
||||
#undef NCS_RD_SETUP
|
||||
#undef NCS_WR_PULSE
|
||||
#undef NWE_PULSE
|
||||
#undef NCS_RD_PULSE
|
||||
#undef NRD_PULSE
|
||||
#undef NCS_WR_HOLD
|
||||
#undef NWE_HOLD
|
||||
#undef NWE_CYCLE
|
||||
#undef NCS_RD_HOLD
|
||||
#undef NRD_CYCLE
|
||||
#undef TDF_CYCLES
|
||||
#undef TDF_OPTIM
|
||||
#undef PAGE_MODE
|
||||
#undef PAGE_SIZE
|
||||
#undef NCS_CONTROLLED_READ
|
||||
#undef NCS_CONTROLLED_WRITE
|
||||
#undef NWAIT_MODE
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//! Whether to use the NCS2 pin
|
||||
#ifdef SMC_USE_NCS2
|
||||
#include SMC_COMPONENT_CS2
|
||||
|
||||
// Setup SMC for NCS2
|
||||
SMC_CS_SETUP(2)
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef SMC_DBW_GLOBAL
|
||||
#if (SMC_DBW_GLOBAL < SMC_DBW)
|
||||
#undef SMC_DBW_GLOBAL
|
||||
#if (SMC_DBW == 8)
|
||||
#define SMC_DBW_GLOBAL 8
|
||||
#elif (SMC_DBW == 16)
|
||||
#define SMC_DBW_GLOBAL 16
|
||||
#elif (SMC_DBW == 32)
|
||||
#define SMC_DBW_GLOBAL 32
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#error error in SMC_DBW size
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#if (SMC_DBW == 8)
|
||||
#define SMC_DBW_GLOBAL 8
|
||||
#elif (SMC_DBW == 16)
|
||||
#define SMC_DBW_GLOBAL 16
|
||||
#elif (SMC_DBW == 32)
|
||||
#define SMC_DBW_GLOBAL 32
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#error error in SMC_DBW size
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS_GLOBAL
|
||||
#if (SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS_GLOBAL < SMC_8_BIT)
|
||||
#undef SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS_GLOBAL
|
||||
#if (SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS == TRUE)
|
||||
#define SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS_GLOBAL TRUE
|
||||
#elif (SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS == FALSE)
|
||||
#define SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS_GLOBAL FALSE
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#error error in SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS size
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#if (SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS == TRUE)
|
||||
#define SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS_GLOBAL TRUE
|
||||
#elif (SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS == FALSE)
|
||||
#define SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS_GLOBAL FALSE
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#error error in SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS size
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef NWAIT_MODE_GLOBAL
|
||||
#if (NWAIT_MODE_GLOBAL < NWAIT_MODE)
|
||||
#undef NWAIT_MODE_GLOBAL
|
||||
#if (NWAIT_MODE == AVR32_SMC_EXNW_MODE_DISABLED)
|
||||
#define NWAIT_MODE_GLOBAL AVR32_SMC_EXNW_MODE_DISABLED
|
||||
#elif (NWAIT_MODE == AVR32_SMC_EXNW_MODE_FROZEN)
|
||||
#define NWAIT_MODE_GLOBAL AVR32_SMC_EXNW_MODE_FROZEN
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#error error in NWAIT_MODE size
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#if (NWAIT_MODE == AVR32_SMC_EXNW_MODE_DISABLED)
|
||||
#define NWAIT_MODE_GLOBAL AVR32_SMC_EXNW_MODE_DISABLED
|
||||
#elif (NWAIT_MODE == AVR32_SMC_EXNW_MODE_FROZEN)
|
||||
#define NWAIT_MODE_GLOBAL AVR32_SMC_EXNW_MODE_FROZEN
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#error error in NWAIT_MODE size
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#undef EXT_SM_SIZE
|
||||
#undef SMC_DBW
|
||||
#undef SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS
|
||||
#undef NWE_SETUP
|
||||
#undef NCS_WR_SETUP
|
||||
#undef NRD_SETUP
|
||||
#undef NCS_RD_SETUP
|
||||
#undef NCS_WR_PULSE
|
||||
#undef NWE_PULSE
|
||||
#undef NCS_RD_PULSE
|
||||
#undef NRD_PULSE
|
||||
#undef NCS_WR_HOLD
|
||||
#undef NWE_HOLD
|
||||
#undef NWE_CYCLE
|
||||
#undef NCS_RD_HOLD
|
||||
#undef NRD_CYCLE
|
||||
#undef TDF_CYCLES
|
||||
#undef TDF_OPTIM
|
||||
#undef PAGE_MODE
|
||||
#undef PAGE_SIZE
|
||||
#undef NCS_CONTROLLED_READ
|
||||
#undef NCS_CONTROLLED_WRITE
|
||||
#undef NWAIT_MODE
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//! Whether to use the NCS3 pin
|
||||
#ifdef SMC_USE_NCS3
|
||||
#include SMC_COMPONENT_CS3
|
||||
|
||||
// Setup SMC for NCS3
|
||||
SMC_CS_SETUP(3)
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef SMC_DBW_GLOBAL
|
||||
#if (SMC_DBW_GLOBAL < SMC_DBW)
|
||||
#undef SMC_DBW_GLOBAL
|
||||
#if (SMC_DBW == 8)
|
||||
#define SMC_DBW_GLOBAL 8
|
||||
#elif (SMC_DBW == 16)
|
||||
#define SMC_DBW_GLOBAL 16
|
||||
#elif (SMC_DBW == 32)
|
||||
#define SMC_DBW_GLOBAL 32
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#error error in SMC_DBW size
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#if (SMC_DBW == 8)
|
||||
#define SMC_DBW_GLOBAL 8
|
||||
#elif (SMC_DBW == 16)
|
||||
#define SMC_DBW_GLOBAL 16
|
||||
#elif (SMC_DBW == 32)
|
||||
#define SMC_DBW_GLOBAL 32
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#error error in SMC_DBW size
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS_GLOBAL
|
||||
#if (SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS_GLOBAL < SMC_8_BIT)
|
||||
#undef SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS_GLOBAL
|
||||
#if (SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS == TRUE)
|
||||
#define SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS_GLOBAL TRUE
|
||||
#elif (SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS == FALSE)
|
||||
#define SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS_GLOBAL FALSE
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#error error in SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS size
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#if (SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS == TRUE)
|
||||
#define SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS_GLOBAL TRUE
|
||||
#elif (SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS == FALSE)
|
||||
#define SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS_GLOBAL FALSE
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#error error in SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS size
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef NWAIT_MODE_GLOBAL
|
||||
#if (NWAIT_MODE_GLOBAL < NWAIT_MODE)
|
||||
#undef NWAIT_MODE_GLOBAL
|
||||
#if (NWAIT_MODE == AVR32_SMC_EXNW_MODE_DISABLED)
|
||||
#define NWAIT_MODE_GLOBAL AVR32_SMC_EXNW_MODE_DISABLED
|
||||
#elif (NWAIT_MODE == AVR32_SMC_EXNW_MODE_FROZEN)
|
||||
#define NWAIT_MODE_GLOBAL AVR32_SMC_EXNW_MODE_FROZEN
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#error error in NWAIT_MODE size
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#if (NWAIT_MODE == AVR32_SMC_EXNW_MODE_DISABLED)
|
||||
#define NWAIT_MODE_GLOBAL AVR32_SMC_EXNW_MODE_DISABLED
|
||||
#elif (NWAIT_MODE == AVR32_SMC_EXNW_MODE_FROZEN)
|
||||
#define NWAIT_MODE_GLOBAL AVR32_SMC_EXNW_MODE_FROZEN
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#error error in NWAIT_MODE size
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#undef EXT_SM_SIZE
|
||||
#undef SMC_DBW
|
||||
#undef SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS
|
||||
#undef NWE_SETUP
|
||||
#undef NCS_WR_SETUP
|
||||
#undef NRD_SETUP
|
||||
#undef NCS_RD_SETUP
|
||||
#undef NCS_WR_PULSE
|
||||
#undef NWE_PULSE
|
||||
#undef NCS_RD_PULSE
|
||||
#undef NRD_PULSE
|
||||
#undef NCS_WR_HOLD
|
||||
#undef NWE_HOLD
|
||||
#undef NWE_CYCLE
|
||||
#undef NCS_RD_HOLD
|
||||
#undef NRD_CYCLE
|
||||
#undef TDF_CYCLES
|
||||
#undef TDF_OPTIM
|
||||
#undef PAGE_MODE
|
||||
#undef PAGE_SIZE
|
||||
#undef NCS_CONTROLLED_READ
|
||||
#undef NCS_CONTROLLED_WRITE
|
||||
#undef NWAIT_MODE
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//! Whether to use the NCS4 pin
|
||||
#ifdef SMC_USE_NCS4
|
||||
#include SMC_COMPONENT_CS4
|
||||
|
||||
// Setup SMC for NCS4
|
||||
SMC_CS_SETUP(4)
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef SMC_DBW_GLOBAL
|
||||
#if (SMC_DBW_GLOBAL < SMC_DBW)
|
||||
#undef SMC_DBW_GLOBAL
|
||||
#if (SMC_DBW == 8)
|
||||
#define SMC_DBW_GLOBAL 8
|
||||
#elif (SMC_DBW == 16)
|
||||
#define SMC_DBW_GLOBAL 16
|
||||
#elif (SMC_DBW == 32)
|
||||
#define SMC_DBW_GLOBAL 32
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#error error in SMC_DBW size
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#if (SMC_DBW == 8)
|
||||
#define SMC_DBW_GLOBAL 8
|
||||
#elif (SMC_DBW == 16)
|
||||
#define SMC_DBW_GLOBAL 16
|
||||
#elif (SMC_DBW == 32)
|
||||
#define SMC_DBW_GLOBAL 32
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#error error in SMC_DBW size
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS_GLOBAL
|
||||
#if (SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS_GLOBAL < SMC_8_BIT)
|
||||
#undef SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS_GLOBAL
|
||||
#if (SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS == TRUE)
|
||||
#define SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS_GLOBAL TRUE
|
||||
#elif (SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS == FALSE)
|
||||
#define SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS_GLOBAL FALSE
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#error error in SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS size
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#if (SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS == TRUE)
|
||||
#define SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS_GLOBAL TRUE
|
||||
#elif (SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS == FALSE)
|
||||
#define SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS_GLOBAL FALSE
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#error error in SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS size
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef NWAIT_MODE_GLOBAL
|
||||
#if (NWAIT_MODE_GLOBAL < NWAIT_MODE)
|
||||
#undef NWAIT_MODE_GLOBAL
|
||||
#if (NWAIT_MODE == AVR32_SMC_EXNW_MODE_DISABLED)
|
||||
#define NWAIT_MODE_GLOBAL AVR32_SMC_EXNW_MODE_DISABLED
|
||||
#elif (NWAIT_MODE == AVR32_SMC_EXNW_MODE_FROZEN)
|
||||
#define NWAIT_MODE_GLOBAL AVR32_SMC_EXNW_MODE_FROZEN
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#error error in NWAIT_MODE size
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#if (NWAIT_MODE == AVR32_SMC_EXNW_MODE_DISABLED)
|
||||
#define NWAIT_MODE_GLOBAL AVR32_SMC_EXNW_MODE_DISABLED
|
||||
#elif (NWAIT_MODE == AVR32_SMC_EXNW_MODE_FROZEN)
|
||||
#define NWAIT_MODE_GLOBAL AVR32_SMC_EXNW_MODE_FROZEN
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#error error in NWAIT_MODE size
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#undef EXT_SM_SIZE
|
||||
#undef SMC_DBW
|
||||
#undef SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS
|
||||
#undef NWE_SETUP
|
||||
#undef NCS_WR_SETUP
|
||||
#undef NRD_SETUP
|
||||
#undef NCS_RD_SETUP
|
||||
#undef NCS_WR_PULSE
|
||||
#undef NWE_PULSE
|
||||
#undef NCS_RD_PULSE
|
||||
#undef NRD_PULSE
|
||||
#undef NCS_WR_HOLD
|
||||
#undef NWE_HOLD
|
||||
#undef NWE_CYCLE
|
||||
#undef NCS_RD_HOLD
|
||||
#undef NRD_CYCLE
|
||||
#undef TDF_CYCLES
|
||||
#undef TDF_OPTIM
|
||||
#undef PAGE_MODE
|
||||
#undef PAGE_SIZE
|
||||
#undef NCS_CONTROLLED_READ
|
||||
#undef NCS_CONTROLLED_WRITE
|
||||
#undef NWAIT_MODE
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//! Whether to use the NCS5 pin
|
||||
#ifdef SMC_USE_NCS5
|
||||
#include SMC_COMPONENT_CS5
|
||||
|
||||
// Setup SMC for NCS5
|
||||
SMC_CS_SETUP(5)
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef SMC_DBW_GLOBAL
|
||||
#if (SMC_DBW_GLOBAL < SMC_DBW)
|
||||
#undef SMC_DBW_GLOBAL
|
||||
#if (SMC_DBW == 8)
|
||||
#define SMC_DBW_GLOBAL 8
|
||||
#elif (SMC_DBW == 16)
|
||||
#define SMC_DBW_GLOBAL 16
|
||||
#elif (SMC_DBW == 32)
|
||||
#define SMC_DBW_GLOBAL 32
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#error error in SMC_DBW size
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#if (SMC_DBW == 8)
|
||||
#define SMC_DBW_GLOBAL 8
|
||||
#elif (SMC_DBW == 16)
|
||||
#define SMC_DBW_GLOBAL 16
|
||||
#elif (SMC_DBW == 32)
|
||||
#define SMC_DBW_GLOBAL 32
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#error error in SMC_DBW size
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS_GLOBAL
|
||||
#if (SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS_GLOBAL < SMC_8_BIT)
|
||||
#undef SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS_GLOBAL
|
||||
#if (SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS == TRUE)
|
||||
#define SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS_GLOBAL TRUE
|
||||
#elif (SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS == FALSE)
|
||||
#define SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS_GLOBAL FALSE
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#error error in SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS size
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#if (SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS == TRUE)
|
||||
#define SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS_GLOBAL TRUE
|
||||
#elif (SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS == FALSE)
|
||||
#define SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS_GLOBAL FALSE
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#error error in SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS size
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef NWAIT_MODE_GLOBAL
|
||||
#if (NWAIT_MODE_GLOBAL < NWAIT_MODE)
|
||||
#undef NWAIT_MODE_GLOBAL
|
||||
#if (NWAIT_MODE == AVR32_SMC_EXNW_MODE_DISABLED)
|
||||
#define NWAIT_MODE_GLOBAL AVR32_SMC_EXNW_MODE_DISABLED
|
||||
#elif (NWAIT_MODE == AVR32_SMC_EXNW_MODE_FROZEN)
|
||||
#define NWAIT_MODE_GLOBAL AVR32_SMC_EXNW_MODE_FROZEN
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#error error in NWAIT_MODE size
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#if (NWAIT_MODE == AVR32_SMC_EXNW_MODE_DISABLED)
|
||||
#define NWAIT_MODE_GLOBAL AVR32_SMC_EXNW_MODE_DISABLED
|
||||
#elif (NWAIT_MODE == AVR32_SMC_EXNW_MODE_FROZEN)
|
||||
#define NWAIT_MODE_GLOBAL AVR32_SMC_EXNW_MODE_FROZEN
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#error error in NWAIT_MODE size
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#undef EXT_SM_SIZE
|
||||
#undef SMC_DBW
|
||||
#undef SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS
|
||||
#undef NWE_SETUP
|
||||
#undef NCS_WR_SETUP
|
||||
#undef NRD_SETUP
|
||||
#undef NCS_RD_SETUP
|
||||
#undef NCS_WR_PULSE
|
||||
#undef NWE_PULSE
|
||||
#undef NCS_RD_PULSE
|
||||
#undef NRD_PULSE
|
||||
#undef NCS_WR_HOLD
|
||||
#undef NWE_HOLD
|
||||
#undef NWE_CYCLE
|
||||
#undef NCS_RD_HOLD
|
||||
#undef NRD_CYCLE
|
||||
#undef TDF_CYCLES
|
||||
#undef TDF_OPTIM
|
||||
#undef PAGE_MODE
|
||||
#undef PAGE_SIZE
|
||||
#undef NCS_CONTROLLED_READ
|
||||
#undef NCS_CONTROLLED_WRITE
|
||||
#undef NWAIT_MODE
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// Put the multiplexed MCU pins used for the SM under control of the SMC.
|
||||
smc_enable_muxed_pins();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Puts the multiplexed MCU pins used for the SMC
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void smc_enable_muxed_pins(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
static const gpio_map_t SMC_EBI_GPIO_MAP =
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Enable data pins.
|
||||
#ifdef EBI_DATA_0
|
||||
{ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_0,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_0,_FUNCTION)},
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef EBI_DATA_1
|
||||
{ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_1,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_1,_FUNCTION)},
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef EBI_DATA_2
|
||||
{ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_2,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_2,_FUNCTION)},
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef EBI_DATA_3
|
||||
{ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_3,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_3,_FUNCTION)},
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef EBI_DATA_4
|
||||
{ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_4,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_4,_FUNCTION)},
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef EBI_DATA_5
|
||||
{ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_5,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_5,_FUNCTION)},
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef EBI_DATA_6
|
||||
{ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_6,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_6,_FUNCTION)},
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef EBI_DATA_7
|
||||
{ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_7,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_7,_FUNCTION)},
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef EBI_DATA_8
|
||||
{ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_8,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_8,_FUNCTION)},
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef EBI_DATA_9
|
||||
{ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_9,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_9,_FUNCTION)},
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef EBI_DATA_10
|
||||
{ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_10,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_10,_FUNCTION)},
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef EBI_DATA_11
|
||||
{ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_11,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_11,_FUNCTION)},
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef EBI_DATA_12
|
||||
{ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_12,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_12,_FUNCTION)},
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef EBI_DATA_13
|
||||
{ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_13,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_13,_FUNCTION)},
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef EBI_DATA_14
|
||||
{ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_14,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_14,_FUNCTION)},
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef EBI_DATA_15
|
||||
{ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_15,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_15,_FUNCTION)},
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef EBI_DATA_16
|
||||
{ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_16,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_16,_FUNCTION)},
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef EBI_DATA_17
|
||||
{ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_17,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_17,_FUNCTION)},
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef EBI_DATA_18
|
||||
{ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_18,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_18,_FUNCTION)},
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef EBI_DATA_19
|
||||
{ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_19,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_19,_FUNCTION)},
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef EBI_DATA_20
|
||||
{ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_20,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_20,_FUNCTION)},
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef EBI_DATA_21
|
||||
{ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_21,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_21,_FUNCTION)},
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef EBI_DATA_22
|
||||
{ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_22,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_22,_FUNCTION)},
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef EBI_DATA_23
|
||||
{ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_23,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_23,_FUNCTION)},
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef EBI_DATA_24
|
||||
{ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_24,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_24,_FUNCTION)},
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef EBI_DATA_25
|
||||
{ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_25,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_25,_FUNCTION)},
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef EBI_DATA_26
|
||||
{ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_26,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_26,_FUNCTION)},
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef EBI_DATA_27
|
||||
{ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_27,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_27,_FUNCTION)},
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef EBI_DATA_28
|
||||
{ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_28,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_28,_FUNCTION)},
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef EBI_DATA_29
|
||||
{ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_29,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_29,_FUNCTION)},
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef EBI_DATA_30
|
||||
{ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_30,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_30,_FUNCTION)},
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef EBI_DATA_31
|
||||
{ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_31,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_31,_FUNCTION)},
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable address pins.
|
||||
#if SMC_DBW_GLOBAL <= 8
|
||||
#ifdef EBI_ADDR_0
|
||||
{ATPASTE2(EBI_ADDR_0,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_ADDR_0,_FUNCTION)},
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if SMC_DBW_GLOBAL <= 16
|
||||
#ifdef EBI_ADDR_1
|
||||
{ATPASTE2(EBI_ADDR_1,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_ADDR_1,_FUNCTION)},
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef EBI_ADDR_2
|
||||
{ATPASTE2(EBI_ADDR_2,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_ADDR_2,_FUNCTION)},
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef EBI_ADDR_3
|
||||
{ATPASTE2(EBI_ADDR_3,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_ADDR_3,_FUNCTION)},
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef EBI_ADDR_4
|
||||
{ATPASTE2(EBI_ADDR_4,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_ADDR_4,_FUNCTION)},
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef EBI_ADDR_5
|
||||
{ATPASTE2(EBI_ADDR_5,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_ADDR_5,_FUNCTION)},
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef EBI_ADDR_6
|
||||
{ATPASTE2(EBI_ADDR_6,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_ADDR_6,_FUNCTION)},
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef EBI_ADDR_7
|
||||
{ATPASTE2(EBI_ADDR_7,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_ADDR_7,_FUNCTION)},
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef EBI_ADDR_8
|
||||
{ATPASTE2(EBI_ADDR_8,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_ADDR_8,_FUNCTION)},
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef EBI_ADDR_9
|
||||
{ATPASTE2(EBI_ADDR_9,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_ADDR_9,_FUNCTION)},
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef EBI_ADDR_10
|
||||
{ATPASTE2(EBI_ADDR_10,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_ADDR_10,_FUNCTION)},
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef EBI_ADDR_11
|
||||
{ATPASTE2(EBI_ADDR_11,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_ADDR_11,_FUNCTION)},
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef EBI_ADDR_12
|
||||
{ATPASTE2(EBI_ADDR_12,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_ADDR_12,_FUNCTION)},
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef EBI_ADDR_13
|
||||
{ATPASTE2(EBI_ADDR_13,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_ADDR_13,_FUNCTION)},
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef EBI_ADDR_14
|
||||
{ATPASTE2(EBI_ADDR_14,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_ADDR_14,_FUNCTION)},
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef EBI_ADDR_15
|
||||
{ATPASTE2(EBI_ADDR_15,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_ADDR_15,_FUNCTION)},
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef EBI_ADDR_16
|
||||
{ATPASTE2(EBI_ADDR_16,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_ADDR_16,_FUNCTION)},
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef EBI_ADDR_17
|
||||
{ATPASTE2(EBI_ADDR_17,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_ADDR_17,_FUNCTION)},
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef EBI_ADDR_18
|
||||
{ATPASTE2(EBI_ADDR_18,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_ADDR_18,_FUNCTION)},
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef EBI_ADDR_19
|
||||
{ATPASTE2(EBI_ADDR_19,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_ADDR_19,_FUNCTION)},
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef EBI_ADDR_20
|
||||
{ATPASTE2(EBI_ADDR_20,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_ADDR_20,_FUNCTION)},
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef EBI_ADDR_21
|
||||
{ATPASTE2(EBI_ADDR_21,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_ADDR_21,_FUNCTION)},
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef EBI_ADDR_22
|
||||
{ATPASTE2(EBI_ADDR_22,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_ADDR_22,_FUNCTION)},
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef EBI_ADDR_23
|
||||
{ATPASTE2(EBI_ADDR_23,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_ADDR_23,_FUNCTION)},
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if SMC_DBW_GLOBAL <= 8
|
||||
#undef SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS
|
||||
#define SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS TRUE
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable data mask pins.
|
||||
#if !SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS_GLOBAL
|
||||
#ifdef EBI_ADDR_0
|
||||
{ATPASTE2(EBI_ADDR_0,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_ADDR_0,_FUNCTION)},
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef EBI_NWE0
|
||||
{ATPASTE2(EBI_NWE0,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_NWE0,_FUNCTION)},
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if SMC_DBW_GLOBAL >= 16
|
||||
#ifdef EBI_NWE1
|
||||
{ATPASTE2(EBI_NWE1,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_NWE1,_FUNCTION)},
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if SMC_DBW_GLOBAL >= 32
|
||||
#ifdef EBI_ADDR_1
|
||||
{ATPASTE2(EBI_ADDR_1,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_ADDR_1,_FUNCTION)},
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef EBI_NWE3
|
||||
{ATPASTE2(EBI_NWE3,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_NWE3,_FUNCTION)},
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef EBI_NRD
|
||||
{ATPASTE2(EBI_NRD,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_NRD,_FUNCTION)},
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable control pins.
|
||||
#if NWAIT_MODE_GLOBAL != AVR32_SMC_EXNW_MODE_DISABLED
|
||||
#ifdef EBI_NWAIT
|
||||
{ATPASTE2(EBI_NWAIT,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_NWAIT,_FUNCTION)},
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef SMC_USE_NCS0
|
||||
#ifdef EBI_NCS_0
|
||||
{ATPASTE2(EBI_NCS_0,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_NCS_0,_FUNCTION)},
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef SMC_USE_NCS1
|
||||
#ifdef EBI_NCS_1
|
||||
{ATPASTE2(EBI_NCS_1,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_NCS_1,_FUNCTION)},
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef SMC_USE_NCS2
|
||||
#ifdef EBI_NCS_2
|
||||
{ATPASTE2(EBI_NCS_2,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_NCS_2,_FUNCTION)},
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef SMC_USE_NCS3
|
||||
#ifdef EBI_NCS_3
|
||||
{ATPASTE2(EBI_NCS_3,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_NCS_3,_FUNCTION)},
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef SMC_USE_NCS4
|
||||
#ifdef EBI_NCS_4
|
||||
{ATPASTE2(EBI_NCS_4,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_NCS_4,_FUNCTION)},
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef SMC_USE_NCS5
|
||||
#ifdef EBI_NCS_5
|
||||
{ATPASTE2(EBI_NCS_5,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_NCS_5,_FUNCTION)},
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
gpio_enable_module(SMC_EBI_GPIO_MAP, sizeof(SMC_EBI_GPIO_MAP) / sizeof(SMC_EBI_GPIO_MAP[0]));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
unsigned char smc_get_cs_size(unsigned char cs)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return smc_tab_cs_size[cs];
|
||||
}
|
@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
|
||||
/* This header file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
|
||||
|
||||
/*This file is prepared for Doxygen automatic documentation generation.*/
|
||||
/*! \file *********************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \brief SMC on EBI driver for AVR32 UC3.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Compiler: IAR EWAVR32 and GNU GCC for AVR32
|
||||
* - Supported devices: All AVR32 devices with a SMC module can be used.
|
||||
* - AppNote:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \author Atmel Corporation: http://www.atmel.com \n
|
||||
* Support and FAQ: http://support.atmel.no/
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Copyright (c) 2009 Atmel Corporation. All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this
|
||||
* list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3. The name of Atmel may not be used to endorse or promote products derived
|
||||
* from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 4. This software may only be redistributed and used in connection with an Atmel
|
||||
* AVR product.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* EXPRESSLY AND SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR
|
||||
* ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
|
||||
* (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
|
||||
* LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
|
||||
* ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
|
||||
* (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
|
||||
* SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _SMC_H_
|
||||
#define _SMC_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#include <avr32/io.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "compiler.h"
|
||||
#include "conf_ebi.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Initializes the AVR32 SMC module and the connected SRAM(s).
|
||||
* \param hsb_hz HSB frequency in Hz (the HSB frequency is applied to the SMC).
|
||||
* \note Each access to the SMC address space validates the mode of the SMC
|
||||
* and generates an operation corresponding to this mode.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void smc_init(unsigned long hsb_hz);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Return the size of the peripheral connected .
|
||||
* \param cs The chip select value
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern unsigned char smc_get_cs_size(unsigned char cs);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _SMC_H_
|
@ -0,0 +1,183 @@
|
||||
/* This source file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
|
||||
|
||||
/*This file is prepared for Doxygen automatic documentation generation.*/
|
||||
/*! \file *********************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \brief EIC driver for AVR32 UC3.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* AVR32 External Interrupt Controller driver module.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Compiler: IAR EWAVR32 and GNU GCC for AVR32
|
||||
* - Supported devices: All AVR32 devices with an EIC module can be used.
|
||||
* - AppNote:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \author Atmel Corporation: http://www.atmel.com \n
|
||||
* Support and FAQ: http://support.atmel.no/
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Copyright (c) 2009 Atmel Corporation. All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this
|
||||
* list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3. The name of Atmel may not be used to endorse or promote products derived
|
||||
* from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 4. This software may only be redistributed and used in connection with an Atmel
|
||||
* AVR product.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* EXPRESSLY AND SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR
|
||||
* ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
|
||||
* (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
|
||||
* LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
|
||||
* ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
|
||||
* (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
|
||||
* SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <avr32/io.h>
|
||||
#include "compiler.h"
|
||||
#include "preprocessor.h"
|
||||
#include "eic.h"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void eic_init(volatile avr32_eic_t *eic, const eic_options_t *opt, unsigned int nb_lines)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int i;
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < nb_lines; i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Set up mode level
|
||||
eic->mode = (opt[i].eic_mode == 1) ? (eic->mode | (1 << opt[i].eic_line)) : (eic->mode & ~(1 << opt[i].eic_line));
|
||||
// Set up edge type
|
||||
eic->edge = (opt[i].eic_edge == 1) ? (eic->edge | (1 << opt[i].eic_line)) : (eic->edge & ~(1 << opt[i].eic_line));
|
||||
// Set up level
|
||||
eic->level = (opt[i].eic_level == 1) ? (eic->level | (1 << opt[i].eic_line)) : (eic->level & ~(1 << opt[i].eic_line));
|
||||
// Set up if filter is used
|
||||
eic->filter = (opt[i].eic_filter == 1) ? (eic->filter | (1 << opt[i].eic_line)) : (eic->filter & ~(1 << opt[i].eic_line));
|
||||
// Set up which mode is used : asynchronous mode/ synchronous mode
|
||||
eic->async = (opt[i].eic_async == 1) ? (eic->async | (1 << opt[i].eic_line)) : (eic->async & ~(1 << opt[i].eic_line));
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void eic_enable_lines(volatile avr32_eic_t *eic, unsigned int mask_lines)
|
||||
{
|
||||
eic->en = mask_lines;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void eic_enable_line(volatile avr32_eic_t *eic, unsigned int line_number)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Enable line line_number
|
||||
eic->en = 1 << line_number;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void eic_disable_lines(volatile avr32_eic_t *eic, unsigned int mask_lines)
|
||||
{
|
||||
eic->dis = mask_lines;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void eic_disable_line(volatile avr32_eic_t *eic, unsigned int line_number)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Disable line line_number
|
||||
eic->dis = 1 << line_number;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
Bool eic_is_line_enabled(volatile avr32_eic_t *eic, unsigned int line_number)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (eic->ctrl & (1 << line_number)) != 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void eic_enable_interrupt_lines(volatile avr32_eic_t *eic, unsigned int mask_lines)
|
||||
{
|
||||
eic->ier = mask_lines;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void eic_enable_interrupt_line(volatile avr32_eic_t *eic, unsigned int line_number)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Enable line line_number
|
||||
eic->ier = 1 << line_number;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void eic_disable_interrupt_lines(volatile avr32_eic_t *eic, unsigned int mask_lines)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Bool global_interrupt_enabled = Is_global_interrupt_enabled();
|
||||
|
||||
if (global_interrupt_enabled) Disable_global_interrupt();
|
||||
eic->idr = mask_lines;
|
||||
eic->imr;
|
||||
if (global_interrupt_enabled) Enable_global_interrupt();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void eic_disable_interrupt_line(volatile avr32_eic_t *eic, unsigned int line_number)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Bool global_interrupt_enabled = Is_global_interrupt_enabled();
|
||||
|
||||
// Disable line line_number
|
||||
if (global_interrupt_enabled) Disable_global_interrupt();
|
||||
eic->idr = 1 << line_number;
|
||||
eic->imr;
|
||||
if (global_interrupt_enabled) Enable_global_interrupt();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
Bool eic_is_interrupt_line_enabled(volatile avr32_eic_t *eic, unsigned int line_number)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (eic->imr & (1 << line_number)) != 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void eic_clear_interrupt_lines(volatile avr32_eic_t *eic, unsigned int mask_lines)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Bool global_interrupt_enabled = Is_global_interrupt_enabled();
|
||||
|
||||
if (global_interrupt_enabled) Disable_global_interrupt();
|
||||
eic->icr = mask_lines;
|
||||
eic->isr;
|
||||
if (global_interrupt_enabled) Enable_global_interrupt();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void eic_clear_interrupt_line(volatile avr32_eic_t *eic, unsigned int line_number)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Bool global_interrupt_enabled = Is_global_interrupt_enabled();
|
||||
|
||||
// Clear line line_number
|
||||
if (global_interrupt_enabled) Disable_global_interrupt();
|
||||
eic->icr = 1 << line_number;
|
||||
eic->isr;
|
||||
if (global_interrupt_enabled) Enable_global_interrupt();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
Bool eic_is_interrupt_line_pending(volatile avr32_eic_t *eic, unsigned int line_number)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (eic->isr & (1 << line_number)) != 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#if !defined(AVR32_EIC_301_H_INCLUDED)
|
||||
void eic_enable_interrupt_scan(volatile avr32_eic_t *eic,unsigned int presc)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Enable SCAN function with PRESC value
|
||||
eic->scan |= (presc << AVR32_EIC_SCAN_PRESC_OFFSET) | (1 << AVR32_EIC_SCAN_EN_OFFSET);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void eic_disable_interrupt_scan(volatile avr32_eic_t *eic)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Disable SCAN function
|
||||
eic->scan = 0 << AVR32_EIC_SCAN_EN_OFFSET;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
unsigned long eic_get_interrupt_pad_scan(volatile avr32_eic_t *eic)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Return pad number that causes interrupt
|
||||
return(eic->scan>>AVR32_EIC_SCAN_PIN_OFFSET);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
@ -0,0 +1,275 @@
|
||||
/* This header file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
|
||||
|
||||
/*This file is prepared for Doxygen automatic documentation generation.*/
|
||||
/*! \file *********************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \brief EIC driver for AVR32 UC3.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* AVR32 External Interrupt Controller driver module.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Compiler: IAR EWAVR32 and GNU GCC for AVR32
|
||||
* - Supported devices: All AVR32 devices with an EIC module can be used.
|
||||
* - AppNote:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \author Atmel Corporation: http://www.atmel.com \n
|
||||
* Support and FAQ: http://support.atmel.no/
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Copyright (c) 2009 Atmel Corporation. All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this
|
||||
* list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3. The name of Atmel may not be used to endorse or promote products derived
|
||||
* from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 4. This software may only be redistributed and used in connection with an Atmel
|
||||
* AVR product.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* EXPRESSLY AND SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR
|
||||
* ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
|
||||
* (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
|
||||
* LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
|
||||
* ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
|
||||
* (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
|
||||
* SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _EIC_H_
|
||||
#define _EIC_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#include "compiler.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \name External Interrupt lines
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//! @{
|
||||
#if (UC3A || UC3B)
|
||||
#define EXT_INT0 AVR32_EIC_INT0 //!< Line 0
|
||||
#define EXT_INT1 AVR32_EIC_INT1 //!< Line 1
|
||||
#define EXT_INT2 AVR32_EIC_INT2 //!< Line 2
|
||||
#define EXT_INT3 AVR32_EIC_INT3 //!< Line 3
|
||||
#define EXT_INT4 AVR32_EIC_INT4 //!< Line 4
|
||||
#define EXT_INT5 AVR32_EIC_INT5 //!< Line 5
|
||||
#define EXT_INT6 AVR32_EIC_INT6 //!< Line 6
|
||||
#define EXT_INT7 AVR32_EIC_INT7 //!< Line 7
|
||||
#define EXT_NMI AVR32_EIC_NMI //!< Line 8
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define EXT_INT0 AVR32_EIC_INT1 //!< Line 0
|
||||
#define EXT_INT1 AVR32_EIC_INT2 //!< Line 1
|
||||
#define EXT_INT2 AVR32_EIC_INT3 //!< Line 2
|
||||
#define EXT_INT3 AVR32_EIC_INT4 //!< Line 3
|
||||
#define EXT_INT4 AVR32_EIC_INT5 //!< Line 4
|
||||
#define EXT_INT5 AVR32_EIC_INT6 //!< Line 5
|
||||
#define EXT_INT6 AVR32_EIC_INT7 //!< Line 6
|
||||
#define EXT_INT7 AVR32_EIC_INT8 //!< Line 7
|
||||
#define EXT_NMI AVR32_EIC_NMI //!< Line 8
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//! @}
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \name Mode Trigger Options
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//! @{
|
||||
#define EIC_MODE_EDGE_TRIGGERED AVR32_EIC_EDGE_IRQ //!<
|
||||
#define EIC_MODE_LEVEL_TRIGGERED AVR32_EIC_LEVEL_IRQ //!<
|
||||
//! @}
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \name Edge level Options
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//! @{
|
||||
#define EIC_EDGE_FALLING_EDGE AVR32_EIC_FALLING_EDGE //!<
|
||||
#define EIC_EDGE_RISING_EDGE AVR32_EIC_RISING_EDGE //!<
|
||||
//! @}
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \name Level Options
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//! @{
|
||||
#define EIC_LEVEL_LOW_LEVEL AVR32_EIC_LOW_LEVEL //!<
|
||||
#define EIC_LEVEL_HIGH_LEVEL AVR32_EIC_HIGH_LEVEL //!<
|
||||
//! @}
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \name Filter Options
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//! @{
|
||||
#define EIC_FILTER_ENABLED AVR32_EIC_FILTER_ON //!<
|
||||
#define EIC_FILTER_DISABLED AVR32_EIC_FILTER_OFF //!<
|
||||
//! @}
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \name Synch Mode Options
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//! @{
|
||||
#define EIC_SYNCH_MODE AVR32_EIC_SYNC //!<
|
||||
#define EIC_ASYNCH_MODE AVR32_EIC_USE_ASYNC //!<
|
||||
//! @}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Configuration parameters of the EIC module.
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
//!Line
|
||||
unsigned char eic_line;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Mode : EDGE_LEVEL or TRIGGER_LEVEL
|
||||
unsigned char eic_mode;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Edge : FALLING_EDGE or RISING_EDGE
|
||||
unsigned char eic_edge;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Level : LOW_LEVEL or HIGH_LEVEL
|
||||
unsigned char eic_level;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Filter: NOT_FILTERED or FILTERED
|
||||
unsigned char eic_filter;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Async: SYNC mode or ASYNC
|
||||
unsigned char eic_async;
|
||||
|
||||
} eic_options_t;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Init the EIC driver.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param eic Base address of the EIC module
|
||||
* \param opt Configuration parameters of the EIC module (see \ref eic_options_t)
|
||||
* \param nb_lines Number of lines to consider, equal to size of opt buffer
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void eic_init(volatile avr32_eic_t *eic, const eic_options_t *opt, unsigned int nb_lines);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Enable the EIC driver.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param eic Base address of the EIC module
|
||||
* \param mask_lines Mask for current selected lines
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void eic_enable_lines(volatile avr32_eic_t *eic, unsigned int mask_lines);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Enable the EIC driver.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param eic Base address of the EIC module
|
||||
* \param line_number Line number to enable
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void eic_enable_line(volatile avr32_eic_t *eic, unsigned int line_number);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Disable the EIC driver.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param eic Base address of the EIC module
|
||||
* \param mask_lines Mask for current selected lines
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void eic_disable_lines(volatile avr32_eic_t *eic, unsigned int mask_lines);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Disable the EIC driver.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param eic Base address of the EIC module
|
||||
* \param line_number Line number to disable
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void eic_disable_line(volatile avr32_eic_t *eic, unsigned int line_number);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Tells whether an EIC line is enabled.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param eic Base address of the EIC module
|
||||
* \param line_number Line number to test
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return Whether an EIC line is enabled.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern Bool eic_is_line_enabled(volatile avr32_eic_t *eic, unsigned int line_number);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \name Interrupt Control Functions
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//! @{
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Enable the interrupt feature of the EIC.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param eic Base address of the EIC (i.e. &AVR32_EIC).
|
||||
* \param mask_lines Mask for current selected lines
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void eic_enable_interrupt_lines(volatile avr32_eic_t *eic, unsigned int mask_lines);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Enable the interrupt feature of the EIC.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param eic Base address of the EIC (i.e. &AVR32_EIC).
|
||||
* \param line_number Line number to enable
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void eic_enable_interrupt_line(volatile avr32_eic_t *eic, unsigned int line_number);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Disable the interrupt feature of the EIC.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param eic Base address of the EIC (i.e. &AVR32_EIC).
|
||||
* \param mask_lines Mask for current selected lines
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void eic_disable_interrupt_lines(volatile avr32_eic_t *eic, unsigned int mask_lines);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Disable the interrupt feature of the EIC.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param eic Base address of the EIC (i.e. &AVR32_EIC).
|
||||
* \param line_number Line number to disable
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void eic_disable_interrupt_line(volatile avr32_eic_t *eic, unsigned int line_number);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Tells whether an EIC interrupt line is enabled.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param eic Base address of the EIC module
|
||||
* \param line_number Line number to test
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return Whether an EIC interrupt line is enabled.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern Bool eic_is_interrupt_line_enabled(volatile avr32_eic_t *eic, unsigned int line_number);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Clear the interrupt flag.
|
||||
* Call this function once you've handled the interrupt.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param eic Base address of the EIC (i.e. &AVR32_EIC).
|
||||
* \param mask_lines Mask for current selected lines
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void eic_clear_interrupt_lines(volatile avr32_eic_t *eic, unsigned int mask_lines);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Clear the interrupt flag.
|
||||
* Call this function once you've handled the interrupt.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param eic Base address of the EIC (i.e. &AVR32_EIC).
|
||||
* \param line_number Line number to clear
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void eic_clear_interrupt_line(volatile avr32_eic_t *eic, unsigned int line_number);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Tells whether an EIC interrupt line is pending.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param eic Base address of the EIC module
|
||||
* \param line_number Line number to test
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return Whether an EIC interrupt line is pending.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern Bool eic_is_interrupt_line_pending(volatile avr32_eic_t *eic, unsigned int line_number);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Enable the interrupt scan feature of the EIC.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param eic Base address of the EIC (i.e. &AVR32_EIC).
|
||||
* \param presc Prescale select for the keypad scan rate in the range [0,31].
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void eic_enable_interrupt_scan(volatile avr32_eic_t *eic, unsigned int presc);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Disable the interrupt scan feature of the EIC.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param eic Base address of the EIC (i.e. &AVR32_EIC).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void eic_disable_interrupt_scan(volatile avr32_eic_t *eic);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Return scan pad number that causes interrupt.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param eic Base address of the EIC (i.e. &AVR32_EIC).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern unsigned long eic_get_interrupt_pad_scan(volatile avr32_eic_t *eic);
|
||||
|
||||
//! @}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _EIC_H_
|
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@ -0,0 +1,458 @@
|
||||
/* This source file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
|
||||
|
||||
/*This file has been prepared for Doxygen automatic documentation generation.*/
|
||||
/*! \file *********************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \brief GPIO driver for AVR32 UC3.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file defines a useful set of functions for the GPIO.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Compiler: IAR EWAVR32 and GNU GCC for AVR32
|
||||
* - Supported devices: All AVR32 devices with a GPIO module can be used.
|
||||
* - AppNote:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \author Atmel Corporation: http://www.atmel.com \n
|
||||
* Support and FAQ: http://support.atmel.no/
|
||||
*
|
||||
*****************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Copyright (c) 2009 Atmel Corporation. All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this
|
||||
* list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3. The name of Atmel may not be used to endorse or promote products derived
|
||||
* from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 4. This software may only be redistributed and used in connection with an Atmel
|
||||
* AVR product.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* EXPRESSLY AND SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR
|
||||
* ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
|
||||
* (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
|
||||
* LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
|
||||
* ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
|
||||
* (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
|
||||
* SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "gpio.h"
|
||||
|
||||
//! GPIO module instance.
|
||||
#define GPIO AVR32_GPIO
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \name Peripheral Bus Interface
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//! @{
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
int gpio_enable_module(const gpio_map_t gpiomap, unsigned int size)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int status = GPIO_SUCCESS;
|
||||
unsigned int i;
|
||||
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < size; i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
status |= gpio_enable_module_pin(gpiomap->pin, gpiomap->function);
|
||||
gpiomap++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return status;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
int gpio_enable_module_pin(unsigned int pin, unsigned int function)
|
||||
{
|
||||
volatile avr32_gpio_port_t *gpio_port = &GPIO.port[pin >> 5];
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable the correct function.
|
||||
switch (function)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case 0: // A function.
|
||||
gpio_port->pmr0c = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
|
||||
gpio_port->pmr1c = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
|
||||
#if defined(AVR32_GPIO_210_H_INCLUDED) || defined(AVR32_GPIO_211_H_INCLUDED)
|
||||
gpio_port->pmr2c = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case 1: // B function.
|
||||
gpio_port->pmr0s = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
|
||||
gpio_port->pmr1c = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
|
||||
#if defined(AVR32_GPIO_210_H_INCLUDED) || defined(AVR32_GPIO_211_H_INCLUDED)
|
||||
gpio_port->pmr2c = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case 2: // C function.
|
||||
gpio_port->pmr0c = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
|
||||
gpio_port->pmr1s = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
|
||||
#if defined(AVR32_GPIO_210_H_INCLUDED) || defined(AVR32_GPIO_211_H_INCLUDED)
|
||||
gpio_port->pmr2c = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case 3: // D function.
|
||||
gpio_port->pmr0s = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
|
||||
gpio_port->pmr1s = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
|
||||
#if defined(AVR32_GPIO_210_H_INCLUDED) || defined(AVR32_GPIO_211_H_INCLUDED)
|
||||
gpio_port->pmr2c = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(AVR32_GPIO_210_H_INCLUDED) || defined(AVR32_GPIO_211_H_INCLUDED)
|
||||
case 4: // E function.
|
||||
gpio_port->pmr0c = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
|
||||
gpio_port->pmr1c = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
|
||||
gpio_port->pmr2s = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case 5: // F function.
|
||||
gpio_port->pmr0s = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
|
||||
gpio_port->pmr1c = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
|
||||
gpio_port->pmr2s = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case 6: // G function.
|
||||
gpio_port->pmr0c = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
|
||||
gpio_port->pmr1s = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
|
||||
gpio_port->pmr2s = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case 7: // H function.
|
||||
gpio_port->pmr0s = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
|
||||
gpio_port->pmr1s = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
|
||||
gpio_port->pmr2s = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
default:
|
||||
return GPIO_INVALID_ARGUMENT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Disable GPIO control.
|
||||
gpio_port->gperc = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
|
||||
|
||||
return GPIO_SUCCESS;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void gpio_enable_gpio(const gpio_map_t gpiomap, unsigned int size)
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned int i;
|
||||
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < size; i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
gpio_enable_gpio_pin(gpiomap->pin);
|
||||
gpiomap++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void gpio_enable_gpio_pin(unsigned int pin)
|
||||
{
|
||||
volatile avr32_gpio_port_t *gpio_port = &GPIO.port[pin >> 5];
|
||||
gpio_port->oderc = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
|
||||
gpio_port->gpers = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// The open-drain mode is not synthesized on the current AVR32 products.
|
||||
// If one day some AVR32 products have this feature, the corresponding part
|
||||
// numbers should be listed in the #if below.
|
||||
// Note that other functions are available in this driver to use pins with open
|
||||
// drain in GPIO mode. The advantage of the open-drain mode functions over these
|
||||
// other functions is that they can be used not only in GPIO mode but also in
|
||||
// module mode.
|
||||
#if 0
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void gpio_enable_pin_open_drain(unsigned int pin)
|
||||
{
|
||||
volatile avr32_gpio_port_t *gpio_port = &GPIO.port[pin >> 5];
|
||||
gpio_port->odmers = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void gpio_disable_pin_open_drain(unsigned int pin)
|
||||
{
|
||||
volatile avr32_gpio_port_t *gpio_port = &GPIO.port[pin >> 5];
|
||||
gpio_port->odmerc = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void gpio_enable_pin_pull_up(unsigned int pin)
|
||||
{
|
||||
volatile avr32_gpio_port_t *gpio_port = &GPIO.port[pin >> 5];
|
||||
gpio_port->puers = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
|
||||
#if defined(AVR32_GPIO_200_H_INCLUDED) || defined(AVR32_GPIO_210_H_INCLUDED) || defined(AVR32_GPIO_211_H_INCLUDED)
|
||||
gpio_port->pderc = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void gpio_disable_pin_pull_up(unsigned int pin)
|
||||
{
|
||||
volatile avr32_gpio_port_t *gpio_port = &GPIO.port[pin >> 5];
|
||||
gpio_port->puerc = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(AVR32_GPIO_200_H_INCLUDED) || defined(AVR32_GPIO_210_H_INCLUDED) || defined(AVR32_GPIO_211_H_INCLUDED)
|
||||
// Added support of Pull-up Resistor, Pull-down Resistor and Buskeeper Control.
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Enables the pull-down resistor of a pin.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param pin The pin number.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void gpio_enable_pin_pull_down(unsigned int pin)
|
||||
{
|
||||
volatile avr32_gpio_port_t *gpio_port = &GPIO.port[pin >> 5];
|
||||
gpio_port->puerc = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
|
||||
gpio_port->pders = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Disables the pull-down resistor of a pin.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param pin The pin number.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void gpio_disable_pin_pull_down(unsigned int pin)
|
||||
{
|
||||
volatile avr32_gpio_port_t *gpio_port = &GPIO.port[pin >> 5];
|
||||
gpio_port->pderc = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Enables the buskeeper functionality on a pin.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param pin The pin number.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void gpio_enable_pin_buskeeper(unsigned int pin)
|
||||
{
|
||||
volatile avr32_gpio_port_t *gpio_port = &GPIO.port[pin >> 5];
|
||||
gpio_port->puers = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
|
||||
gpio_port->pders = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Disables the buskeeper functionality on a pin.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param pin The pin number.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void gpio_disable_pin_buskeeper(unsigned int pin)
|
||||
{
|
||||
volatile avr32_gpio_port_t *gpio_port = &GPIO.port[pin >> 5];
|
||||
gpio_port->puerc = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
|
||||
gpio_port->pderc = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
int gpio_get_pin_value(unsigned int pin)
|
||||
{
|
||||
volatile avr32_gpio_port_t *gpio_port = &GPIO.port[pin >> 5];
|
||||
return (gpio_port->pvr >> (pin & 0x1F)) & 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
int gpio_get_gpio_pin_output_value(unsigned int pin)
|
||||
{
|
||||
volatile avr32_gpio_port_t *gpio_port = &GPIO.port[pin >> 5];
|
||||
return (gpio_port->ovr >> (pin & 0x1F)) & 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
int gpio_get_gpio_open_drain_pin_output_value(unsigned int pin)
|
||||
{
|
||||
volatile avr32_gpio_port_t *gpio_port = &GPIO.port[pin >> 5];
|
||||
return ((gpio_port->oder >> (pin & 0x1F)) & 1) ^ 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void gpio_set_gpio_pin(unsigned int pin)
|
||||
{
|
||||
volatile avr32_gpio_port_t *gpio_port = &GPIO.port[pin >> 5];
|
||||
|
||||
gpio_port->ovrs = 1 << (pin & 0x1F); // Value to be driven on the I/O line: 1.
|
||||
gpio_port->oders = 1 << (pin & 0x1F); // The GPIO output driver is enabled for that pin.
|
||||
gpio_port->gpers = 1 << (pin & 0x1F); // The GPIO module controls that pin.
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void gpio_clr_gpio_pin(unsigned int pin)
|
||||
{
|
||||
volatile avr32_gpio_port_t *gpio_port = &GPIO.port[pin >> 5];
|
||||
|
||||
gpio_port->ovrc = 1 << (pin & 0x1F); // Value to be driven on the I/O line: 0.
|
||||
gpio_port->oders = 1 << (pin & 0x1F); // The GPIO output driver is enabled for that pin.
|
||||
gpio_port->gpers = 1 << (pin & 0x1F); // The GPIO module controls that pin.
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void gpio_tgl_gpio_pin(unsigned int pin)
|
||||
{
|
||||
volatile avr32_gpio_port_t *gpio_port = &GPIO.port[pin >> 5];
|
||||
|
||||
gpio_port->ovrt = 1 << (pin & 0x1F); // Toggle the I/O line.
|
||||
gpio_port->oders = 1 << (pin & 0x1F); // The GPIO output driver is enabled for that pin.
|
||||
gpio_port->gpers = 1 << (pin & 0x1F); // The GPIO module controls that pin.
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void gpio_set_gpio_open_drain_pin(unsigned int pin)
|
||||
{
|
||||
volatile avr32_gpio_port_t *gpio_port = &GPIO.port[pin >> 5];
|
||||
|
||||
gpio_port->oderc = 1 << (pin & 0x1F); // The GPIO output driver is disabled for that pin.
|
||||
gpio_port->gpers = 1 << (pin & 0x1F); // The GPIO module controls that pin.
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void gpio_clr_gpio_open_drain_pin(unsigned int pin)
|
||||
{
|
||||
volatile avr32_gpio_port_t *gpio_port = &GPIO.port[pin >> 5];
|
||||
|
||||
gpio_port->ovrc = 1 << (pin & 0x1F); // Value to be driven on the I/O line: 0.
|
||||
gpio_port->oders = 1 << (pin & 0x1F); // The GPIO output driver is enabled for that pin.
|
||||
gpio_port->gpers = 1 << (pin & 0x1F); // The GPIO module controls that pin.
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void gpio_tgl_gpio_open_drain_pin(unsigned int pin)
|
||||
{
|
||||
volatile avr32_gpio_port_t *gpio_port = &GPIO.port[pin >> 5];
|
||||
|
||||
gpio_port->ovrc = 1 << (pin & 0x1F); // Value to be driven on the I/O line if the GPIO output driver is enabled: 0.
|
||||
gpio_port->odert = 1 << (pin & 0x1F); // The GPIO output driver is toggled for that pin.
|
||||
gpio_port->gpers = 1 << (pin & 0x1F); // The GPIO module controls that pin.
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void gpio_enable_pin_glitch_filter(unsigned int pin)
|
||||
{
|
||||
volatile avr32_gpio_port_t *gpio_port = &GPIO.port[pin >> 5];
|
||||
gpio_port->gfers = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void gpio_disable_pin_glitch_filter(unsigned int pin)
|
||||
{
|
||||
volatile avr32_gpio_port_t *gpio_port = &GPIO.port[pin >> 5];
|
||||
gpio_port->gferc = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Configure the edge detector of an input pin
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param pin The pin number.
|
||||
* \param mode The edge detection mode (\ref GPIO_PIN_CHANGE, \ref GPIO_RISING_EDGE
|
||||
* or \ref GPIO_FALLING_EDGE).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return \ref GPIO_SUCCESS or \ref GPIO_INVALID_ARGUMENT.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static int gpio_configure_edge_detector(unsigned int pin, unsigned int mode)
|
||||
{
|
||||
volatile avr32_gpio_port_t *gpio_port = &GPIO.port[pin >> 5];
|
||||
|
||||
// Configure the edge detector.
|
||||
switch (mode)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case GPIO_PIN_CHANGE:
|
||||
gpio_port->imr0c = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
|
||||
gpio_port->imr1c = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case GPIO_RISING_EDGE:
|
||||
gpio_port->imr0s = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
|
||||
gpio_port->imr1c = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case GPIO_FALLING_EDGE:
|
||||
gpio_port->imr0c = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
|
||||
gpio_port->imr1s = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
default:
|
||||
return GPIO_INVALID_ARGUMENT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return GPIO_SUCCESS;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
int gpio_enable_pin_interrupt(unsigned int pin, unsigned int mode)
|
||||
{
|
||||
volatile avr32_gpio_port_t *gpio_port = &GPIO.port[pin >> 5];
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable the glitch filter.
|
||||
gpio_port->gfers = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
|
||||
|
||||
// Configure the edge detector.
|
||||
if(GPIO_INVALID_ARGUMENT == gpio_configure_edge_detector(pin, mode))
|
||||
return(GPIO_INVALID_ARGUMENT);
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable interrupt.
|
||||
gpio_port->iers = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
|
||||
|
||||
return GPIO_SUCCESS;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void gpio_disable_pin_interrupt(unsigned int pin)
|
||||
{
|
||||
volatile avr32_gpio_port_t *gpio_port = &GPIO.port[pin >> 5];
|
||||
gpio_port->ierc = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
int gpio_get_pin_interrupt_flag(unsigned int pin)
|
||||
{
|
||||
volatile avr32_gpio_port_t *gpio_port = &GPIO.port[pin >> 5];
|
||||
return (gpio_port->ifr >> (pin & 0x1F)) & 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void gpio_clear_pin_interrupt_flag(unsigned int pin)
|
||||
{
|
||||
volatile avr32_gpio_port_t *gpio_port = &GPIO.port[pin >> 5];
|
||||
gpio_port->ifrc = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//#
|
||||
//# Peripheral Event System Support.
|
||||
//#
|
||||
#if UC3L
|
||||
int gpio_configure_pin_periph_event_mode(unsigned int pin, unsigned int mode, unsigned int use_igf)
|
||||
{
|
||||
volatile avr32_gpio_port_t *gpio_port = &GPIO.port[pin >> 5];
|
||||
|
||||
if(TRUE == use_igf)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Enable the glitch filter.
|
||||
gpio_port->gfers = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Disable the glitch filter.
|
||||
gpio_port->gferc = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Configure the edge detector.
|
||||
return(gpio_configure_edge_detector(pin, mode));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//! @}
|
@ -0,0 +1,583 @@
|
||||
/* This header file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
|
||||
|
||||
/*This file has been prepared for Doxygen automatic documentation generation.*/
|
||||
/*! \file *********************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \brief GPIO header for AVR32 UC3.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file contains basic GPIO driver functions.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Compiler: IAR EWAVR32 and GNU GCC for AVR32
|
||||
* - Supported devices: All AVR32 devices with a GPIO module can be used.
|
||||
* - AppNote:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \author Atmel Corporation: http://www.atmel.com \n
|
||||
* Support and FAQ: http://support.atmel.no/
|
||||
*
|
||||
*****************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Copyright (c) 2009 Atmel Corporation. All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this
|
||||
* list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3. The name of Atmel may not be used to endorse or promote products derived
|
||||
* from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 4. This software may only be redistributed and used in connection with an Atmel
|
||||
* AVR product.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* EXPRESSLY AND SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR
|
||||
* ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
|
||||
* (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
|
||||
* LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
|
||||
* ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
|
||||
* (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
|
||||
* SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _GPIO_H_
|
||||
#define _GPIO_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#include <avr32/io.h>
|
||||
#include "compiler.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \name Return Values of the GPIO API
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//! @{
|
||||
#define GPIO_SUCCESS 0 //!< Function successfully completed.
|
||||
#define GPIO_INVALID_ARGUMENT 1 //!< Input parameters are out of range.
|
||||
//! @}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \name Interrupt Trigger Modes
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//! @{
|
||||
#define GPIO_PIN_CHANGE 0 //!< Interrupt triggered upon pin change.
|
||||
#define GPIO_RISING_EDGE 1 //!< Interrupt triggered upon rising edge.
|
||||
#define GPIO_FALLING_EDGE 2 //!< Interrupt triggered upon falling edge.
|
||||
//! @}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//! A type definition of pins and modules connectivity.
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned char pin; //!< Module pin.
|
||||
unsigned char function; //!< Module function.
|
||||
} gpio_map_t[];
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \name Peripheral Bus Interface
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Low-speed interface with a non-deterministic number of clock cycles per
|
||||
* access.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This interface operates with lower clock frequencies (fPB <= fCPU), and its
|
||||
* timing is not deterministic since it needs to access a shared bus which may
|
||||
* be heavily loaded.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note This interface is immediately available without initialization.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//! @{
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Enables specific module modes for a set of pins.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param gpiomap The pin map.
|
||||
* \param size The number of pins in \a gpiomap.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return \ref GPIO_SUCCESS or \ref GPIO_INVALID_ARGUMENT.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern int gpio_enable_module(const gpio_map_t gpiomap, unsigned int size);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Enables a specific module mode for a pin.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param pin The pin number.\n
|
||||
* Refer to the product header file `uc3x.h' (where x is the part
|
||||
* number; e.g. x = a0512) for module pins. E.g., to enable a PWM
|
||||
* channel output, the pin number can be AVR32_PWM_3_PIN for PWM
|
||||
* channel 3.
|
||||
* \param function The pin function.\n
|
||||
* Refer to the product header file `uc3x.h' (where x is the
|
||||
* part number; e.g. x = a0512) for module pin functions. E.g.,
|
||||
* to enable a PWM channel output, the pin function can be
|
||||
* AVR32_PWM_3_FUNCTION for PWM channel 3.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return \ref GPIO_SUCCESS or \ref GPIO_INVALID_ARGUMENT.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern int gpio_enable_module_pin(unsigned int pin, unsigned int function);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Enables the GPIO mode of a set of pins.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param gpiomap The pin map.
|
||||
* \param size The number of pins in \a gpiomap.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void gpio_enable_gpio(const gpio_map_t gpiomap, unsigned int size);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Enables the GPIO mode of a pin.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param pin The pin number.\n
|
||||
* Refer to the product header file `uc3x.h' (where x is the part
|
||||
* number; e.g. x = a0512) for pin definitions. E.g., to enable the
|
||||
* GPIO mode of PX21, AVR32_PIN_PX21 can be used. Module pins such as
|
||||
* AVR32_PWM_3_PIN for PWM channel 3 can also be used to release
|
||||
* module pins for GPIO.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void gpio_enable_gpio_pin(unsigned int pin);
|
||||
|
||||
// The open-drain mode is not synthesized on the current AVR32 products.
|
||||
// If one day some AVR32 products have this feature, the corresponding part
|
||||
// numbers should be listed in the #if below.
|
||||
// Note that other functions are available in this driver to use pins with open
|
||||
// drain in GPIO mode. The advantage of the open-drain mode functions over these
|
||||
// other functions is that they can be used not only in GPIO mode but also in
|
||||
// module mode.
|
||||
#if 0
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Enables the open-drain mode of a pin.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param pin The pin number.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void gpio_enable_pin_open_drain(unsigned int pin);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Disables the open-drain mode of a pin.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param pin The pin number.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void gpio_disable_pin_open_drain(unsigned int pin);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Enables the pull-up resistor of a pin.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param pin The pin number.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void gpio_enable_pin_pull_up(unsigned int pin);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Disables the pull-up resistor of a pin.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param pin The pin number.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void gpio_disable_pin_pull_up(unsigned int pin);
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(AVR32_GPIO_200_H_INCLUDED) || defined(AVR32_GPIO_210_H_INCLUDED) || defined(AVR32_GPIO_211_H_INCLUDED)
|
||||
// Added support of Pull-up Resistor, Pull-down Resistor and Buskeeper Control.
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Enables the pull-down resistor of a pin.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param pin The pin number.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void gpio_enable_pin_pull_down(unsigned int pin);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Disables the pull-down resistor of a pin.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param pin The pin number.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void gpio_disable_pin_pull_down(unsigned int pin);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Enables the buskeeper functionality on a pin.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param pin The pin number.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void gpio_enable_pin_buskeeper(unsigned int pin);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Disables the buskeeper functionality on a pin.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param pin The pin number.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void gpio_disable_pin_buskeeper(unsigned int pin);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Returns the value of a pin.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param pin The pin number.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return The pin value.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern int gpio_get_pin_value(unsigned int pin);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Returns the output value set for a GPIO pin.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param pin The pin number.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return The pin output value.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note This function must be used in conjunction with \ref gpio_set_gpio_pin,
|
||||
* \ref gpio_clr_gpio_pin and \ref gpio_tgl_gpio_pin.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern int gpio_get_gpio_pin_output_value(unsigned int pin);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Returns the output value set for a GPIO pin using open drain.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param pin The pin number.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return The pin output value.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note This function must be used in conjunction with
|
||||
* \ref gpio_set_gpio_open_drain_pin, \ref gpio_clr_gpio_open_drain_pin
|
||||
* and \ref gpio_tgl_gpio_open_drain_pin.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern int gpio_get_gpio_open_drain_pin_output_value(unsigned int pin);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Drives a GPIO pin to 1.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param pin The pin number.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void gpio_set_gpio_pin(unsigned int pin);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Drives a GPIO pin to 0.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param pin The pin number.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void gpio_clr_gpio_pin(unsigned int pin);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Toggles a GPIO pin.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param pin The pin number.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void gpio_tgl_gpio_pin(unsigned int pin);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Drives a GPIO pin to 1 using open drain.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param pin The pin number.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void gpio_set_gpio_open_drain_pin(unsigned int pin);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Drives a GPIO pin to 0 using open drain.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param pin The pin number.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void gpio_clr_gpio_open_drain_pin(unsigned int pin);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Toggles a GPIO pin using open drain.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param pin The pin number.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void gpio_tgl_gpio_open_drain_pin(unsigned int pin);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Enables the glitch filter of a pin.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* When the glitch filter is enabled, a glitch with duration of less than 1
|
||||
* clock cycle is automatically rejected, while a pulse with duration of 2 clock
|
||||
* cycles or more is accepted. For pulse durations between 1 clock cycle and 2
|
||||
* clock cycles, the pulse may or may not be taken into account, depending on
|
||||
* the precise timing of its occurrence. Thus for a pulse to be guaranteed
|
||||
* visible it must exceed 2 clock cycles, whereas for a glitch to be reliably
|
||||
* filtered out, its duration must not exceed 1 clock cycle. The filter
|
||||
* introduces 2 clock cycles latency.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param pin The pin number.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void gpio_enable_pin_glitch_filter(unsigned int pin);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Disables the glitch filter of a pin.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param pin The pin number.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void gpio_disable_pin_glitch_filter(unsigned int pin);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Enables the interrupt of a pin with the specified settings.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param pin The pin number.
|
||||
* \param mode The trigger mode (\ref GPIO_PIN_CHANGE, \ref GPIO_RISING_EDGE or
|
||||
* \ref GPIO_FALLING_EDGE).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return \ref GPIO_SUCCESS or \ref GPIO_INVALID_ARGUMENT.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern int gpio_enable_pin_interrupt(unsigned int pin, unsigned int mode);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Disables the interrupt of a pin.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param pin The pin number.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void gpio_disable_pin_interrupt(unsigned int pin);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Gets the interrupt flag of a pin.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param pin The pin number.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return The pin interrupt flag.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern int gpio_get_pin_interrupt_flag(unsigned int pin);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Clears the interrupt flag of a pin.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param pin The pin number.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void gpio_clear_pin_interrupt_flag(unsigned int pin);
|
||||
|
||||
//! @}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#if (defined AVR32_GPIO_LOCAL_ADDRESS)
|
||||
/*! \name Local Bus Interface
|
||||
*
|
||||
* High-speed interface with only one clock cycle per access.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This interface operates with high clock frequency (fCPU), and its timing is
|
||||
* deterministic since it does not need to access a shared bus which may be
|
||||
* heavily loaded.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \warning To use this interface, the clock frequency of the peripheral bus on
|
||||
* which the GPIO peripheral is connected must be set to the CPU clock
|
||||
* frequency (fPB = fCPU).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note This interface has to be initialized in order to be available.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//! @{
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Enables the local bus interface for GPIO.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note This function must have been called at least once before using other
|
||||
* functions in this interface.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if (defined __GNUC__)
|
||||
__attribute__((__always_inline__))
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
extern __inline__ void gpio_local_init(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Set_system_register(AVR32_CPUCR,
|
||||
Get_system_register(AVR32_CPUCR) | AVR32_CPUCR_LOCEN_MASK);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Enables the output driver of a pin.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param pin The pin number.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note \ref gpio_local_init must have been called beforehand.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note This function does not enable the GPIO mode of the pin.
|
||||
* \ref gpio_enable_gpio_pin can be called for this purpose.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if (defined __GNUC__)
|
||||
__attribute__((__always_inline__))
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
extern __inline__ void gpio_local_enable_pin_output_driver(unsigned int pin)
|
||||
{
|
||||
AVR32_GPIO_LOCAL.port[pin >> 5].oders = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Disables the output driver of a pin.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param pin The pin number.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note \ref gpio_local_init must have been called beforehand.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if (defined __GNUC__)
|
||||
__attribute__((__always_inline__))
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
extern __inline__ void gpio_local_disable_pin_output_driver(unsigned int pin)
|
||||
{
|
||||
AVR32_GPIO_LOCAL.port[pin >> 5].oderc = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Returns the value of a pin.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param pin The pin number.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return The pin value.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note \ref gpio_local_init must have been called beforehand.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if (defined __GNUC__)
|
||||
__attribute__((__always_inline__))
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
extern __inline__ int gpio_local_get_pin_value(unsigned int pin)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (AVR32_GPIO_LOCAL.port[pin >> 5].pvr >> (pin & 0x1F)) & 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Drives a GPIO pin to 1.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param pin The pin number.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note \ref gpio_local_init must have been called beforehand.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note This function does not enable the GPIO mode of the pin nor its output
|
||||
* driver. \ref gpio_enable_gpio_pin and
|
||||
* \ref gpio_local_enable_pin_output_driver can be called for this
|
||||
* purpose.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if (defined __GNUC__)
|
||||
__attribute__((__always_inline__))
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
extern __inline__ void gpio_local_set_gpio_pin(unsigned int pin)
|
||||
{
|
||||
AVR32_GPIO_LOCAL.port[pin >> 5].ovrs = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Drives a GPIO pin to 0.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param pin The pin number.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note \ref gpio_local_init must have been called beforehand.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note This function does not enable the GPIO mode of the pin nor its output
|
||||
* driver. \ref gpio_enable_gpio_pin and
|
||||
* \ref gpio_local_enable_pin_output_driver can be called for this
|
||||
* purpose.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if (defined __GNUC__)
|
||||
__attribute__((__always_inline__))
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
extern __inline__ void gpio_local_clr_gpio_pin(unsigned int pin)
|
||||
{
|
||||
AVR32_GPIO_LOCAL.port[pin >> 5].ovrc = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Toggles a GPIO pin.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param pin The pin number.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note \ref gpio_local_init must have been called beforehand.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note This function does not enable the GPIO mode of the pin nor its output
|
||||
* driver. \ref gpio_enable_gpio_pin and
|
||||
* \ref gpio_local_enable_pin_output_driver can be called for this
|
||||
* purpose.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if (defined __GNUC__)
|
||||
__attribute__((__always_inline__))
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
extern __inline__ void gpio_local_tgl_gpio_pin(unsigned int pin)
|
||||
{
|
||||
AVR32_GPIO_LOCAL.port[pin >> 5].ovrt = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Initializes the configuration of a GPIO pin so that it can be used
|
||||
* with GPIO open-drain functions.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note This function must have been called at least once before using
|
||||
* \ref gpio_local_set_gpio_open_drain_pin,
|
||||
* \ref gpio_local_clr_gpio_open_drain_pin or
|
||||
* \ref gpio_local_tgl_gpio_open_drain_pin.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if (defined __GNUC__)
|
||||
__attribute__((__always_inline__))
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
extern __inline__ void gpio_local_init_gpio_open_drain_pin(unsigned int pin)
|
||||
{
|
||||
AVR32_GPIO_LOCAL.port[pin >> 5].ovrc = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Drives a GPIO pin to 1 using open drain.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param pin The pin number.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note \ref gpio_local_init and \ref gpio_local_init_gpio_open_drain_pin must
|
||||
* have been called beforehand.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note This function does not enable the GPIO mode of the pin.
|
||||
* \ref gpio_enable_gpio_pin can be called for this purpose.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if (defined __GNUC__)
|
||||
__attribute__((__always_inline__))
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
extern __inline__ void gpio_local_set_gpio_open_drain_pin(unsigned int pin)
|
||||
{
|
||||
AVR32_GPIO_LOCAL.port[pin >> 5].oderc = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Drives a GPIO pin to 0 using open drain.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param pin The pin number.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note \ref gpio_local_init and \ref gpio_local_init_gpio_open_drain_pin must
|
||||
* have been called beforehand.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note This function does not enable the GPIO mode of the pin.
|
||||
* \ref gpio_enable_gpio_pin can be called for this purpose.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if (defined __GNUC__)
|
||||
__attribute__((__always_inline__))
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
extern __inline__ void gpio_local_clr_gpio_open_drain_pin(unsigned int pin)
|
||||
{
|
||||
AVR32_GPIO_LOCAL.port[pin >> 5].oders = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Toggles a GPIO pin using open drain.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param pin The pin number.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note \ref gpio_local_init and \ref gpio_local_init_gpio_open_drain_pin must
|
||||
* have been called beforehand.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note This function does not enable the GPIO mode of the pin.
|
||||
* \ref gpio_enable_gpio_pin can be called for this purpose.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if (defined __GNUC__)
|
||||
__attribute__((__always_inline__))
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
extern __inline__ void gpio_local_tgl_gpio_open_drain_pin(unsigned int pin)
|
||||
{
|
||||
AVR32_GPIO_LOCAL.port[pin >> 5].odert = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! @}
|
||||
#endif // AVR32_GPIO_LOCAL_ADDRESS
|
||||
|
||||
#if UC3L
|
||||
//! @{
|
||||
/*! \name Peripheral Event System support
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The GPIO can be programmed to output peripheral events whenever an interrupt
|
||||
* condition is detected, such as pin value change, or only when a rising or
|
||||
* falling edge is detected.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Enables the peripheral event generation of a pin.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param pin The pin number.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if (defined __GNUC__)
|
||||
__attribute__((__always_inline__))
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
extern __inline__ void gpio_enable_pin_periph_event(unsigned int pin)
|
||||
{
|
||||
AVR32_GPIO.port[pin >> 5].oderc = 1 << (pin & 0x1F); // The GPIO output driver is disabled for that pin.
|
||||
AVR32_GPIO.port[pin >> 5].evers = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Disables the peripheral event generation of a pin.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param pin The pin number.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if (defined __GNUC__)
|
||||
__attribute__((__always_inline__))
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
extern __inline__ void gpio_disable_pin_periph_event(unsigned int pin)
|
||||
{
|
||||
AVR32_GPIO.port[pin >> 5].everc = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Configure the peripheral event trigger mode of a pin
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param pin The pin number.
|
||||
* \param mode The trigger mode (\ref GPIO_PIN_CHANGE, \ref GPIO_RISING_EDGE or
|
||||
* \ref GPIO_FALLING_EDGE).
|
||||
* \param use_igf use the Input Glitch Filter (TRUE) or not (FALSE).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return \ref GPIO_SUCCESS or \ref GPIO_INVALID_ARGUMENT.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern int gpio_configure_pin_periph_event_mode(unsigned int pin, unsigned int mode, unsigned int use_igf);
|
||||
|
||||
//! @}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _GPIO_H_
|
@ -0,0 +1,239 @@
|
||||
/* This file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
|
||||
|
||||
/*This file is prepared for Doxygen automatic documentation generation.*/
|
||||
/*! \file *********************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \brief Exception and interrupt vectors.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file maps all events supported by an AVR32.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Compiler: GNU GCC for AVR32
|
||||
* - Supported devices: All AVR32 devices with an INTC module can be used.
|
||||
* - AppNote:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \author Atmel Corporation: http://www.atmel.com \n
|
||||
* Support and FAQ: http://support.atmel.no/
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Copyright (c) 2009 Atmel Corporation. All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this
|
||||
* list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3. The name of Atmel may not be used to endorse or promote products derived
|
||||
* from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 4. This software may only be redistributed and used in connection with an Atmel
|
||||
* AVR product.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* EXPRESSLY AND SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR
|
||||
* ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
|
||||
* (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
|
||||
* LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
|
||||
* ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
|
||||
* (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
|
||||
* SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#if !__AVR32_UC__ && !__AVR32_AP__
|
||||
#error Implementation of the AVR32 architecture not supported by the INTC driver.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#include <avr32/io.h>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//! @{
|
||||
//! \verbatim
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
.section .exception, "ax", @progbits
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Start of Exception Vector Table.
|
||||
|
||||
// EVBA must be aligned with a power of two strictly greater than the EVBA-
|
||||
// relative offset of the last vector.
|
||||
.balign 0x200
|
||||
|
||||
// Export symbol.
|
||||
.global _evba
|
||||
.type _evba, @function
|
||||
_evba:
|
||||
|
||||
.org 0x000
|
||||
// Unrecoverable Exception.
|
||||
_handle_Unrecoverable_Exception:
|
||||
rjmp $
|
||||
|
||||
.org 0x004
|
||||
// TLB Multiple Hit.
|
||||
_handle_TLB_Multiple_Hit:
|
||||
rjmp $
|
||||
|
||||
.org 0x008
|
||||
// Bus Error Data Fetch.
|
||||
_handle_Bus_Error_Data_Fetch:
|
||||
rjmp $
|
||||
|
||||
.org 0x00C
|
||||
// Bus Error Instruction Fetch.
|
||||
_handle_Bus_Error_Instruction_Fetch:
|
||||
rjmp $
|
||||
|
||||
.org 0x010
|
||||
// NMI.
|
||||
_handle_NMI:
|
||||
rjmp $
|
||||
|
||||
.org 0x014
|
||||
// Instruction Address.
|
||||
_handle_Instruction_Address:
|
||||
rjmp $
|
||||
|
||||
.org 0x018
|
||||
// ITLB Protection.
|
||||
_handle_ITLB_Protection:
|
||||
rjmp $
|
||||
|
||||
.org 0x01C
|
||||
// Breakpoint.
|
||||
_handle_Breakpoint:
|
||||
rjmp $
|
||||
|
||||
.org 0x020
|
||||
// Illegal Opcode.
|
||||
_handle_Illegal_Opcode:
|
||||
rjmp $
|
||||
|
||||
.org 0x024
|
||||
// Unimplemented Instruction.
|
||||
_handle_Unimplemented_Instruction:
|
||||
rjmp $
|
||||
|
||||
.org 0x028
|
||||
// Privilege Violation.
|
||||
_handle_Privilege_Violation:
|
||||
rjmp $
|
||||
|
||||
.org 0x02C
|
||||
// Floating-Point: UNUSED IN AVR32UC and AVR32AP.
|
||||
_handle_Floating_Point:
|
||||
rjmp $
|
||||
|
||||
.org 0x030
|
||||
// Coprocessor Absent: UNUSED IN AVR32UC.
|
||||
_handle_Coprocessor_Absent:
|
||||
rjmp $
|
||||
|
||||
.org 0x034
|
||||
// Data Address (Read).
|
||||
_handle_Data_Address_Read:
|
||||
rjmp $
|
||||
|
||||
.org 0x038
|
||||
// Data Address (Write).
|
||||
_handle_Data_Address_Write:
|
||||
rjmp $
|
||||
|
||||
.org 0x03C
|
||||
// DTLB Protection (Read).
|
||||
_handle_DTLB_Protection_Read:
|
||||
rjmp $
|
||||
|
||||
.org 0x040
|
||||
// DTLB Protection (Write).
|
||||
_handle_DTLB_Protection_Write:
|
||||
rjmp $
|
||||
|
||||
.org 0x044
|
||||
// DTLB Modified: UNUSED IN AVR32UC.
|
||||
_handle_DTLB_Modified:
|
||||
rjmp $
|
||||
|
||||
.org 0x050
|
||||
// ITLB Miss.
|
||||
_handle_ITLB_Miss:
|
||||
rjmp $
|
||||
|
||||
.org 0x060
|
||||
// DTLB Miss (Read).
|
||||
_handle_DTLB_Miss_Read:
|
||||
rjmp $
|
||||
|
||||
.org 0x070
|
||||
// DTLB Miss (Write).
|
||||
_handle_DTLB_Miss_Write:
|
||||
rjmp $
|
||||
|
||||
.org 0x100
|
||||
// Supervisor Call.
|
||||
_handle_Supervisor_Call:
|
||||
rjmp $
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Interrupt support.
|
||||
// The interrupt controller must provide the offset address relative to EVBA.
|
||||
// Important note:
|
||||
// All interrupts call a C function named _get_interrupt_handler.
|
||||
// This function will read group and interrupt line number to then return in
|
||||
// R12 a pointer to a user-provided interrupt handler.
|
||||
|
||||
.balign 4
|
||||
|
||||
.irp priority, 0, 1, 2, 3
|
||||
_int\priority:
|
||||
#if __AVR32_UC__
|
||||
// R8-R12, LR, PC and SR are automatically pushed onto the system stack by the
|
||||
// CPU upon interrupt entry. No other register is saved by hardware.
|
||||
#elif __AVR32_AP__
|
||||
// PC and SR are automatically saved in respectively RAR_INTx and RSR_INTx by
|
||||
// the CPU upon interrupt entry. No other register is saved by hardware.
|
||||
pushm r8-r12, lr
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
mov r12, \priority // Pass the int_level parameter to the _get_interrupt_handler function.
|
||||
call _get_interrupt_handler
|
||||
cp.w r12, 0 // Get the pointer to the interrupt handler returned by the function.
|
||||
#if __AVR32_UC__
|
||||
movne pc, r12 // If this was not a spurious interrupt (R12 != NULL), jump to the handler.
|
||||
#elif __AVR32_AP__
|
||||
breq spint\priority // If this was a spurious interrupt (R12 == NULL), branch.
|
||||
st.w --sp, r12 // Push the pointer to the interrupt handler onto the system stack since no register may be altered.
|
||||
popm r8-r12, lr, pc // Restore registers and jump to the handler.
|
||||
spint\priority:
|
||||
popm r8-r12, lr
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
rete // If this was a spurious interrupt (R12 == NULL), return from event handler.
|
||||
.endr
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Constant data area.
|
||||
|
||||
.balign 4
|
||||
|
||||
// Values to store in the interrupt priority registers for the various interrupt priority levels.
|
||||
// The interrupt priority registers contain the interrupt priority level and
|
||||
// the EVBA-relative interrupt vector offset.
|
||||
.global ipr_val
|
||||
.type ipr_val, @object
|
||||
ipr_val:
|
||||
.word (AVR32_INTC_INT0 << AVR32_INTC_IPR_INTLEVEL_OFFSET) | (_int0 - _evba),\
|
||||
(AVR32_INTC_INT1 << AVR32_INTC_IPR_INTLEVEL_OFFSET) | (_int1 - _evba),\
|
||||
(AVR32_INTC_INT2 << AVR32_INTC_IPR_INTLEVEL_OFFSET) | (_int2 - _evba),\
|
||||
(AVR32_INTC_INT3 << AVR32_INTC_IPR_INTLEVEL_OFFSET) | (_int3 - _evba)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//! \endverbatim
|
||||
//! @}
|
@ -0,0 +1,214 @@
|
||||
/* This source file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
|
||||
|
||||
/*This file is prepared for Doxygen automatic documentation generation.*/
|
||||
/*! \file *********************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \brief INTC driver for AVR32 UC3.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* AVR32 Interrupt Controller driver module.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Compiler: IAR EWAVR32 and GNU GCC for AVR32
|
||||
* - Supported devices: All AVR32 devices with an INTC module can be used.
|
||||
* - AppNote:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \author Atmel Corporation: http://www.atmel.com \n
|
||||
* Support and FAQ: http://support.atmel.no/
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Copyright (c) 2009 Atmel Corporation. All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this
|
||||
* list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3. The name of Atmel may not be used to endorse or promote products derived
|
||||
* from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 4. This software may only be redistributed and used in connection with an Atmel
|
||||
* AVR product.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* EXPRESSLY AND SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR
|
||||
* ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
|
||||
* (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
|
||||
* LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
|
||||
* ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
|
||||
* (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
|
||||
* SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <avr32/io.h>
|
||||
#include "compiler.h"
|
||||
#include "preprocessor.h"
|
||||
#include "intc.h"
|
||||
|
||||
// define _evba from exception.S
|
||||
extern void _evba;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Values to store in the interrupt priority registers for the various interrupt priority levels.
|
||||
extern const unsigned int ipr_val[AVR32_INTC_NUM_INT_LEVELS];
|
||||
|
||||
//! Creates a table of interrupt line handlers per interrupt group in order to optimize RAM space.
|
||||
//! Each line handler table contains a set of pointers to interrupt handlers.
|
||||
#if (defined __GNUC__)
|
||||
#define DECL_INT_LINE_HANDLER_TABLE(GRP, unused) \
|
||||
static volatile __int_handler _int_line_handler_table_##GRP[Max(AVR32_INTC_NUM_IRQS_PER_GRP##GRP, 1)];
|
||||
#elif (defined __ICCAVR32__)
|
||||
#define DECL_INT_LINE_HANDLER_TABLE(GRP, unused) \
|
||||
static volatile __no_init __int_handler _int_line_handler_table_##GRP[Max(AVR32_INTC_NUM_IRQS_PER_GRP##GRP, 1)];
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
MREPEAT(AVR32_INTC_NUM_INT_GRPS, DECL_INT_LINE_HANDLER_TABLE, ~);
|
||||
#undef DECL_INT_LINE_HANDLER_TABLE
|
||||
|
||||
//! Table containing for each interrupt group the number of interrupt request
|
||||
//! lines and a pointer to the table of interrupt line handlers.
|
||||
static const struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned int num_irqs;
|
||||
volatile __int_handler *_int_line_handler_table;
|
||||
} _int_handler_table[AVR32_INTC_NUM_INT_GRPS] =
|
||||
{
|
||||
#define INSERT_INT_LINE_HANDLER_TABLE(GRP, unused) \
|
||||
{AVR32_INTC_NUM_IRQS_PER_GRP##GRP, _int_line_handler_table_##GRP},
|
||||
MREPEAT(AVR32_INTC_NUM_INT_GRPS, INSERT_INT_LINE_HANDLER_TABLE, ~)
|
||||
#undef INSERT_INT_LINE_HANDLER_TABLE
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Default interrupt handler.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note Taken and adapted from Newlib.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if (defined __GNUC__)
|
||||
__attribute__((__interrupt__))
|
||||
#elif (defined __ICCAVR32__)
|
||||
__interrupt
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
static void _unhandled_interrupt(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Catch unregistered interrupts.
|
||||
while (TRUE);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Gets the interrupt handler of the current event at the \a int_level
|
||||
* interrupt priority level (called from exception.S).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param int_level Interrupt priority level to handle.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return Interrupt handler to execute.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note Taken and adapted from Newlib.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__int_handler _get_interrupt_handler(unsigned int int_level)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// ICR3 is mapped first, ICR0 last.
|
||||
// Code in exception.S puts int_level in R12 which is used by AVR32-GCC to
|
||||
// pass a single argument to a function.
|
||||
unsigned int int_grp = AVR32_INTC.icr[AVR32_INTC_INT3 - int_level];
|
||||
unsigned int int_req = AVR32_INTC.irr[int_grp];
|
||||
|
||||
// As an interrupt may disappear while it is being fetched by the CPU
|
||||
// (spurious interrupt caused by a delayed response from an MCU peripheral to
|
||||
// an interrupt flag clear or interrupt disable instruction), check if there
|
||||
// are remaining interrupt lines to process.
|
||||
// If a spurious interrupt occurs, the status register (SR) contains an
|
||||
// execution mode and interrupt level masks corresponding to a level 0
|
||||
// interrupt, whatever the interrupt priority level causing the spurious
|
||||
// event. This behavior has been chosen because a spurious interrupt has not
|
||||
// to be a priority one and because it may not cause any trouble to other
|
||||
// interrupts.
|
||||
// However, these spurious interrupts place the hardware in an unstable state
|
||||
// and could give problems in other/future versions of the CPU, so the
|
||||
// software has to be written so that they never occur. The only safe way of
|
||||
// achieving this is to always clear or disable peripheral interrupts with the
|
||||
// following sequence:
|
||||
// 1: Mask the interrupt in the CPU by setting GM (or IxM) in SR.
|
||||
// 2: Perform the bus access to the peripheral register that clears or
|
||||
// disables the interrupt.
|
||||
// 3: Wait until the interrupt has actually been cleared or disabled by the
|
||||
// peripheral. This is usually performed by reading from a register in the
|
||||
// same peripheral (it DOES NOT have to be the same register that was
|
||||
// accessed in step 2, but it MUST be in the same peripheral), what takes
|
||||
// bus system latencies into account, but peripheral internal latencies
|
||||
// (generally 0 cycle) also have to be considered.
|
||||
// 4: Unmask the interrupt in the CPU by clearing GM (or IxM) in SR.
|
||||
// Note that steps 1 and 4 are useless inside interrupt handlers as the
|
||||
// corresponding interrupt level is automatically masked by IxM (unless IxM is
|
||||
// explicitly cleared by the software).
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Get the right IRQ handler.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// If several interrupt lines are active in the group, the interrupt line with
|
||||
// the highest number is selected. This is to be coherent with the
|
||||
// prioritization of interrupt groups performed by the hardware interrupt
|
||||
// controller.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// If no handler has been registered for the pending interrupt,
|
||||
// _unhandled_interrupt will be selected thanks to the initialization of
|
||||
// _int_line_handler_table_x by INTC_init_interrupts.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// exception.S will provide the interrupt handler with a clean interrupt stack
|
||||
// frame, with nothing more pushed onto the stack. The interrupt handler must
|
||||
// manage the `rete' instruction, what can be done thanks to pure assembly,
|
||||
// inline assembly or the `__attribute__((__interrupt__))' C function
|
||||
// attribute.
|
||||
return (int_req) ? _int_handler_table[int_grp]._int_line_handler_table[32 - clz(int_req) - 1] : NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Init EVBA address. This sequence might also be done in the UTILS/STARTUP/GCC/crt0.S
|
||||
static __inline__ void INTC_init_evba(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Set_system_register(AVR32_EVBA, (int)&_evba );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void INTC_init_interrupts(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned int int_grp, int_req;
|
||||
|
||||
INTC_init_evba();
|
||||
|
||||
// For all interrupt groups,
|
||||
for (int_grp = 0; int_grp < AVR32_INTC_NUM_INT_GRPS; int_grp++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// For all interrupt request lines of each group,
|
||||
for (int_req = 0; int_req < _int_handler_table[int_grp].num_irqs; int_req++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Assign _unhandled_interrupt as default interrupt handler.
|
||||
_int_handler_table[int_grp]._int_line_handler_table[int_req] = &_unhandled_interrupt;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Set the interrupt group priority register to its default value.
|
||||
// By default, all interrupt groups are linked to the interrupt priority
|
||||
// level 0 and to the interrupt vector _int0.
|
||||
AVR32_INTC.ipr[int_grp] = ipr_val[AVR32_INTC_INT0];
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void INTC_register_interrupt(__int_handler handler, unsigned int irq, unsigned int int_level)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Determine the group of the IRQ.
|
||||
unsigned int int_grp = irq / AVR32_INTC_MAX_NUM_IRQS_PER_GRP;
|
||||
|
||||
// Store in _int_line_handler_table_x the pointer to the interrupt handler, so
|
||||
// that _get_interrupt_handler can retrieve it when the interrupt is vectored.
|
||||
_int_handler_table[int_grp]._int_line_handler_table[irq % AVR32_INTC_MAX_NUM_IRQS_PER_GRP] = handler;
|
||||
|
||||
// Program the corresponding IPRX register to set the interrupt priority level
|
||||
// and the interrupt vector offset that will be fetched by the core interrupt
|
||||
// system.
|
||||
// NOTE: The _intx functions are intermediate assembly functions between the
|
||||
// core interrupt system and the user interrupt handler.
|
||||
AVR32_INTC.ipr[int_grp] = ipr_val[int_level & (AVR32_INTC_IPR_INTLEVEL_MASK >> AVR32_INTC_IPR_INTLEVEL_OFFSET)];
|
||||
}
|
@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
|
||||
/* This header file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
|
||||
|
||||
/*This file is prepared for Doxygen automatic documentation generation.*/
|
||||
/*! \file *********************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \brief INTC driver for AVR32 UC3.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* AVR32 Interrupt Controller driver module.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Compiler: IAR EWAVR32 and GNU GCC for AVR32
|
||||
* - Supported devices: All AVR32 devices with an INTC module can be used.
|
||||
* - AppNote:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \author Atmel Corporation: http://www.atmel.com \n
|
||||
* Support and FAQ: http://support.atmel.no/
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Copyright (c) 2009 Atmel Corporation. All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this
|
||||
* list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3. The name of Atmel may not be used to endorse or promote products derived
|
||||
* from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 4. This software may only be redistributed and used in connection with an Atmel
|
||||
* AVR product.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* EXPRESSLY AND SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR
|
||||
* ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
|
||||
* (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
|
||||
* LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
|
||||
* ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
|
||||
* (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
|
||||
* SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _INTC_H_
|
||||
#define _INTC_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#include "compiler.h"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//! Maximal number of interrupt request lines per group.
|
||||
#define AVR32_INTC_MAX_NUM_IRQS_PER_GRP 32
|
||||
|
||||
//! Number of interrupt priority levels.
|
||||
#define AVR32_INTC_NUM_INT_LEVELS (1 << AVR32_INTC_IPR_INTLEVEL_SIZE)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __AVR32_ABI_COMPILER__ // Automatically defined when compiling for AVR32, not when assembling.
|
||||
|
||||
//! Pointer to interrupt handler.
|
||||
#if (defined __GNUC__)
|
||||
typedef void (*__int_handler)(void);
|
||||
#elif (defined __ICCAVR32__)
|
||||
typedef void (__interrupt *__int_handler)(void);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Initializes the hardware interrupt controller driver.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note Taken and adapted from Newlib.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void INTC_init_interrupts(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Registers an interrupt handler.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param handler Interrupt handler to register.
|
||||
* \param irq IRQ of the interrupt handler to register.
|
||||
* \param int_level Interrupt priority level to assign to the group of this IRQ.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \warning The interrupt handler must manage the `rete' instruction, what can
|
||||
* be done thanks to pure assembly, inline assembly or the
|
||||
* `__attribute__((__interrupt__))' C function attribute.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \warning If several interrupt handlers of a same group are registered with
|
||||
* different priority levels, only the latest priority level set will
|
||||
* be effective.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note Taken and adapted from Newlib.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void INTC_register_interrupt(__int_handler handler, unsigned int irq, unsigned int int_level);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // __AVR32_ABI_COMPILER__
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _INTC_H_
|
@ -0,0 +1,296 @@
|
||||
/* This source file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
|
||||
|
||||
/*This file is prepared for Doxygen automatic documentation generation.*/
|
||||
/*! \file *********************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \brief PDCA driver for AVR32 UC3.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file defines a useful set of functions for the PDCA interface on AVR32
|
||||
* devices.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Compiler: IAR EWAVR32 and GNU GCC for AVR32
|
||||
* - Supported devices: All AVR32 devices with a PDCA module.
|
||||
* - AppNote:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \author Atmel Corporation: http://www.atmel.com \n
|
||||
* Support and FAQ: http://support.atmel.no/
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Copyright (c) 2009 Atmel Corporation. All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this
|
||||
* list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3. The name of Atmel may not be used to endorse or promote products derived
|
||||
* from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 4. This software may only be redistributed and used in connection with an Atmel
|
||||
* AVR product.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* EXPRESSLY AND SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR
|
||||
* ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
|
||||
* (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
|
||||
* LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
|
||||
* ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
|
||||
* (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
|
||||
* SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "compiler.h"
|
||||
#include "pdca.h"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
volatile avr32_pdca_channel_t *pdca_get_handler(unsigned int pdca_ch_number)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// get the correct channel pointer
|
||||
volatile avr32_pdca_channel_t *pdca_channel = &AVR32_PDCA.channel[pdca_ch_number];
|
||||
|
||||
if (pdca_ch_number >= AVR32_PDCA_CHANNEL_LENGTH)
|
||||
return (volatile avr32_pdca_channel_t *)PDCA_INVALID_ARGUMENT;
|
||||
|
||||
return pdca_channel;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
int pdca_init_channel(unsigned int pdca_ch_number, const pdca_channel_options_t *opt)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// get the correct channel pointer
|
||||
volatile avr32_pdca_channel_t *pdca_channel = pdca_get_handler(pdca_ch_number);
|
||||
|
||||
pdca_disable_interrupt_transfer_complete(pdca_ch_number); // disable channel interrupt
|
||||
pdca_disable_interrupt_reload_counter_zero(pdca_ch_number); // disable channel interrupt
|
||||
|
||||
Bool global_interrupt_enabled = Is_global_interrupt_enabled();
|
||||
|
||||
if (global_interrupt_enabled) Disable_global_interrupt();
|
||||
pdca_channel->mar = (unsigned long)opt->addr;
|
||||
pdca_channel->tcr = opt->size;
|
||||
pdca_channel->psr = opt->pid;
|
||||
pdca_channel->marr = (unsigned long)opt->r_addr;
|
||||
pdca_channel->tcrr = opt->r_size;
|
||||
pdca_channel->mr =
|
||||
#if (defined AVR32_PDCA_120_H_INCLUDED ) || (defined AVR32_PDCA_121_H_INCLUDED ) || (defined AVR32_PDCA_122_H_INCLUDED )
|
||||
opt->etrig << AVR32_PDCA_ETRIG_OFFSET |
|
||||
#endif // #ifdef AVR32_PDCA_120_H_INCLUDED
|
||||
opt->transfer_size << AVR32_PDCA_SIZE_OFFSET;
|
||||
pdca_channel->cr = AVR32_PDCA_ECLR_MASK;
|
||||
pdca_channel->isr;
|
||||
if (global_interrupt_enabled) Enable_global_interrupt();
|
||||
|
||||
return PDCA_SUCCESS;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
unsigned int pdca_get_channel_status(unsigned int pdca_ch_number)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// get the correct channel pointer
|
||||
volatile avr32_pdca_channel_t *pdca_channel = pdca_get_handler(pdca_ch_number);
|
||||
|
||||
return (pdca_channel->sr & AVR32_PDCA_TEN_MASK) != 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void pdca_disable(unsigned int pdca_ch_number)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// get the correct channel pointer
|
||||
volatile avr32_pdca_channel_t *pdca_channel = pdca_get_handler(pdca_ch_number);
|
||||
|
||||
// Disable transfer
|
||||
pdca_channel->cr = AVR32_PDCA_TDIS_MASK;
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void pdca_enable(unsigned int pdca_ch_number)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// get the correct channel pointer
|
||||
volatile avr32_pdca_channel_t *pdca_channel = pdca_get_handler(pdca_ch_number);
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable transfer
|
||||
pdca_channel->cr = AVR32_PDCA_TEN_MASK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
unsigned int pdca_get_load_size(unsigned int pdca_ch_number)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// get the correct channel pointer
|
||||
volatile avr32_pdca_channel_t *pdca_channel = pdca_get_handler(pdca_ch_number);
|
||||
|
||||
return pdca_channel->tcr;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void pdca_load_channel(unsigned int pdca_ch_number, volatile void *addr, unsigned int size)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// get the correct channel pointer
|
||||
volatile avr32_pdca_channel_t *pdca_channel = pdca_get_handler(pdca_ch_number);
|
||||
|
||||
Bool global_interrupt_enabled = Is_global_interrupt_enabled();
|
||||
|
||||
if (global_interrupt_enabled) Disable_global_interrupt();
|
||||
pdca_channel->mar = (unsigned long)addr;
|
||||
pdca_channel->tcr = size;
|
||||
pdca_channel->cr = AVR32_PDCA_ECLR_MASK;
|
||||
pdca_channel->isr;
|
||||
if (global_interrupt_enabled) Enable_global_interrupt();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
unsigned int pdca_get_reload_size(unsigned int pdca_ch_number)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// get the correct channel pointer
|
||||
volatile avr32_pdca_channel_t *pdca_channel = pdca_get_handler(pdca_ch_number);
|
||||
|
||||
return pdca_channel->tcrr;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void pdca_reload_channel(unsigned int pdca_ch_number, volatile void *addr, unsigned int size)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// get the correct channel pointer
|
||||
volatile avr32_pdca_channel_t *pdca_channel = pdca_get_handler(pdca_ch_number);
|
||||
|
||||
Bool global_interrupt_enabled = Is_global_interrupt_enabled();
|
||||
|
||||
if (global_interrupt_enabled) Disable_global_interrupt();
|
||||
// set up next memory address
|
||||
pdca_channel->marr = (unsigned long)addr;
|
||||
// set up next memory size
|
||||
pdca_channel->tcrr = size;
|
||||
pdca_channel->cr = AVR32_PDCA_ECLR_MASK;
|
||||
pdca_channel->isr;
|
||||
if (global_interrupt_enabled) Enable_global_interrupt();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void pdca_set_peripheral_select(unsigned int pdca_ch_number, unsigned int pid)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// get the correct channel pointer
|
||||
volatile avr32_pdca_channel_t *pdca_channel = pdca_get_handler(pdca_ch_number);
|
||||
|
||||
pdca_channel->psr = pid;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void pdca_set_transfer_size(unsigned int pdca_ch_number, unsigned int transfer_size)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// get the correct channel pointer
|
||||
volatile avr32_pdca_channel_t *pdca_channel = pdca_get_handler(pdca_ch_number);
|
||||
|
||||
pdca_channel->mr = (pdca_channel->mr & ~AVR32_PDCA_SIZE_MASK) |
|
||||
transfer_size << AVR32_PDCA_SIZE_OFFSET;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#if (defined AVR32_PDCA_120_H_INCLUDED ) || (defined AVR32_PDCA_121_H_INCLUDED ) || (defined AVR32_PDCA_122_H_INCLUDED )
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void pdca_disable_event_trigger(unsigned int pdca_ch_number)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// get the correct channel pointer
|
||||
volatile avr32_pdca_channel_t *pdca_channel = pdca_get_handler(pdca_ch_number);
|
||||
|
||||
pdca_channel->mr &= ~AVR32_PDCA_ETRIG_MASK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void pdca_enable_event_trigger(unsigned int pdca_ch_number)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// get the correct channel pointer
|
||||
volatile avr32_pdca_channel_t *pdca_channel = pdca_get_handler(pdca_ch_number);
|
||||
|
||||
pdca_channel->mr |= AVR32_PDCA_ETRIG_MASK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // #ifdef AVR32_PDCA_120_H_INCLUDED
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void pdca_disable_interrupt_transfer_error(unsigned int pdca_ch_number)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// get the correct channel pointer
|
||||
volatile avr32_pdca_channel_t *pdca_channel = pdca_get_handler(pdca_ch_number);
|
||||
|
||||
Bool global_interrupt_enabled = Is_global_interrupt_enabled();
|
||||
|
||||
if (global_interrupt_enabled) Disable_global_interrupt();
|
||||
pdca_channel->idr = AVR32_PDCA_TERR_MASK;
|
||||
pdca_channel->isr;
|
||||
if (global_interrupt_enabled) Enable_global_interrupt();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void pdca_enable_interrupt_transfer_error(unsigned int pdca_ch_number)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// get the correct channel pointer
|
||||
volatile avr32_pdca_channel_t *pdca_channel = pdca_get_handler(pdca_ch_number);
|
||||
|
||||
pdca_channel->ier = AVR32_PDCA_TERR_MASK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void pdca_disable_interrupt_transfer_complete(unsigned int pdca_ch_number)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// get the correct channel pointer
|
||||
volatile avr32_pdca_channel_t *pdca_channel = pdca_get_handler(pdca_ch_number);
|
||||
|
||||
Bool global_interrupt_enabled = Is_global_interrupt_enabled();
|
||||
|
||||
if (global_interrupt_enabled) Disable_global_interrupt();
|
||||
pdca_channel->idr = AVR32_PDCA_TRC_MASK;
|
||||
pdca_channel->isr;
|
||||
if (global_interrupt_enabled) Enable_global_interrupt();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void pdca_enable_interrupt_transfer_complete(unsigned int pdca_ch_number)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// get the correct channel pointer
|
||||
volatile avr32_pdca_channel_t *pdca_channel = pdca_get_handler(pdca_ch_number);
|
||||
|
||||
pdca_channel->ier = AVR32_PDCA_TRC_MASK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void pdca_disable_interrupt_reload_counter_zero(unsigned int pdca_ch_number)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// get the correct channel pointer
|
||||
volatile avr32_pdca_channel_t *pdca_channel = pdca_get_handler(pdca_ch_number);
|
||||
|
||||
Bool global_interrupt_enabled = Is_global_interrupt_enabled();
|
||||
|
||||
if (global_interrupt_enabled) Disable_global_interrupt();
|
||||
pdca_channel->idr = AVR32_PDCA_RCZ_MASK;
|
||||
pdca_channel->isr;
|
||||
if (global_interrupt_enabled) Enable_global_interrupt();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void pdca_enable_interrupt_reload_counter_zero(unsigned int pdca_ch_number)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// get the correct channel pointer
|
||||
volatile avr32_pdca_channel_t *pdca_channel = pdca_get_handler(pdca_ch_number);
|
||||
|
||||
pdca_channel->ier = AVR32_PDCA_RCZ_MASK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
unsigned long pdca_get_transfer_status(unsigned int pdca_ch_number)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// get the correct channel pointer
|
||||
volatile avr32_pdca_channel_t *pdca_channel = pdca_get_handler(pdca_ch_number);
|
||||
|
||||
return pdca_channel->isr;
|
||||
}
|
@ -0,0 +1,251 @@
|
||||
/* This header file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
|
||||
|
||||
/*This file is prepared for Doxygen automatic documentation generation.*/
|
||||
/*! \file *********************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \brief PDCA driver for AVR32 UC3.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file defines a useful set of functions for the PDCA interface on AVR32
|
||||
* devices.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Compiler: IAR EWAVR32 and GNU GCC for AVR32
|
||||
* - Supported devices: All AVR32 devices with a PDCA module.
|
||||
* - AppNote:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \author Atmel Corporation: http://www.atmel.com \n
|
||||
* Support and FAQ: http://support.atmel.no/
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Copyright (c) 2009 Atmel Corporation. All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this
|
||||
* list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3. The name of Atmel may not be used to endorse or promote products derived
|
||||
* from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 4. This software may only be redistributed and used in connection with an Atmel
|
||||
* AVR product.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* EXPRESSLY AND SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR
|
||||
* ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
|
||||
* (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
|
||||
* LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
|
||||
* ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
|
||||
* (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
|
||||
* SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _PDCA_H_
|
||||
#define _PDCA_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#include <avr32/io.h>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//! Size of PDCA transfer: byte.
|
||||
#define PDCA_TRANSFER_SIZE_BYTE AVR32_PDCA_BYTE
|
||||
|
||||
//! Size of PDCA transfer: half-word.
|
||||
#define PDCA_TRANSFER_SIZE_HALF_WORD AVR32_PDCA_HALF_WORD
|
||||
|
||||
//! Size of PDCA transfer: word.
|
||||
#define PDCA_TRANSFER_SIZE_WORD AVR32_PDCA_WORD
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \name PDCA Driver Status Codes
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//! @{
|
||||
#define PDCA_SUCCESS 0
|
||||
#define PDCA_INVALID_ARGUMENT -1
|
||||
//! @}
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \name PDCA Transfer Status Codes
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//! @{
|
||||
#define PDCA_TRANSFER_ERROR AVR32_PDCA_TERR_MASK
|
||||
#define PDCA_TRANSFER_COMPLETE AVR32_PDCA_TRC_MASK
|
||||
#define PDCA_TRANSFER_COUNTER_RELOAD_IS_ZERO AVR32_PDCA_RCZ_MASK
|
||||
//! @}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//! PDCA channel options.
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
//! Memory address.
|
||||
volatile void *addr ;
|
||||
//! Transfer counter.
|
||||
unsigned int size ;
|
||||
//! Next memory address.
|
||||
volatile void *r_addr ;
|
||||
//! Next transfer counter.
|
||||
unsigned int r_size ;
|
||||
//! Select peripheral ID.
|
||||
unsigned int pid ;
|
||||
//! Select the size of the transfer (byte, half-word or word).
|
||||
unsigned int transfer_size ;
|
||||
#if (defined AVR32_PDCA_120_H_INCLUDED ) || (defined AVR32_PDCA_121_H_INCLUDED ) || (defined AVR32_PDCA_122_H_INCLUDED )
|
||||
// Note: the options in this preprocessor section are only available from the PDCA IP version 1.2.0 on.
|
||||
//! Enable (\c 1) or disable (\c 0) the transfer upon event trigger.
|
||||
unsigned char etrig ;
|
||||
#endif // #ifdef AVR32_PDCA_120_H_INCLUDED
|
||||
} pdca_channel_options_t;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Get PDCA channel handler
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param pdca_ch_number PDCA channel
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return channel handled or PDCA_INVALID_ARGUMENT
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern volatile avr32_pdca_channel_t *pdca_get_handler(unsigned int pdca_ch_number);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Set the channel configuration
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param pdca_ch_number PDCA channel
|
||||
* \param opt channel option
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern int pdca_init_channel(unsigned int pdca_ch_number, const pdca_channel_options_t *opt);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Get the PDCA channel transfer enable status
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param pdca_ch_number PDCA channel
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return \c 1 if channel transfer is enabled, else \c 0
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern unsigned int pdca_get_channel_status(unsigned int pdca_ch_number);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Disable the PDCA for the given channel
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param pdca_ch_number PDCA channel
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void pdca_disable(unsigned int pdca_ch_number);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Enable the PDCA for the given channel
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param pdca_ch_number PDCA channel
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void pdca_enable(unsigned int pdca_ch_number);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Get PDCA channel load size (or remaining size if transfer started)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param pdca_ch_number PDCA channel
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return size current size to transfer
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern unsigned int pdca_get_load_size(unsigned int pdca_ch_number);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Set PDCA channel load values
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param pdca_ch_number PDCA channel
|
||||
* \param addr address where data to load are stored
|
||||
* \param size size of the data block to load
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void pdca_load_channel(unsigned int pdca_ch_number, volatile void *addr, unsigned int size);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Get PDCA channel reload size
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param pdca_ch_number PDCA channel
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return size current reload size
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern unsigned int pdca_get_reload_size(unsigned int pdca_ch_number);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Set PDCA channel reload values
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param pdca_ch_number PDCA channel
|
||||
* \param addr address where data to load are stored
|
||||
* \param size size of the data block to load
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void pdca_reload_channel(unsigned int pdca_ch_number, volatile void *addr, unsigned int size);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Set the peripheral function to use with the PDCA channel
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param pdca_ch_number PDCA channel
|
||||
* \param pid the peripheral ID
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void pdca_set_peripheral_select(unsigned int pdca_ch_number, unsigned int pid);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Set the size of the transfer
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param pdca_ch_number PDCA channel
|
||||
* \param transfer_size size of the transfer (byte, half-word or word)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void pdca_set_transfer_size(unsigned int pdca_ch_number, unsigned int transfer_size);
|
||||
|
||||
#if (defined AVR32_PDCA_120_H_INCLUDED ) || (defined AVR32_PDCA_121_H_INCLUDED ) || (defined AVR32_PDCA_122_H_INCLUDED )
|
||||
// Note: the functions in this preprocessor section are only available from the PDCA IP version 1.2.0 on.
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Disable the event-triggered transfer feature
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param pdca_ch_number PDCA channel
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void pdca_disable_event_trigger(unsigned int pdca_ch_number);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Enable the event-triggered transfer feature
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param pdca_ch_number PDCA channel
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void pdca_enable_event_trigger(unsigned int pdca_ch_number);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // #ifdef AVR32_PDCA_120_H_INCLUDED
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Disable PDCA transfer error interrupt
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param pdca_ch_number PDCA channel
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void pdca_disable_interrupt_transfer_error(unsigned int pdca_ch_number);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Enable PDCA transfer error interrupt
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param pdca_ch_number PDCA channel
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void pdca_enable_interrupt_transfer_error(unsigned int pdca_ch_number);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Disable PDCA transfer interrupt when completed (ie TCR and TCRR are both zero)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param pdca_ch_number PDCA channel
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void pdca_disable_interrupt_transfer_complete(unsigned int pdca_ch_number);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Enable PDCA transfer interrupt when completed (ie TCR and TCRR are both zero)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param pdca_ch_number PDCA channel
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void pdca_enable_interrupt_transfer_complete(unsigned int pdca_ch_number);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Disable PDCA transfer interrupt when TCRR reaches zero
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param pdca_ch_number PDCA channel
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void pdca_disable_interrupt_reload_counter_zero(unsigned int pdca_ch_number);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Enable PDCA transfer interrupt when TCRR reaches zero
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param pdca_ch_number PDCA channel
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void pdca_enable_interrupt_reload_counter_zero(unsigned int pdca_ch_number);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Get PDCA channel transfer status
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param pdca_ch_number PDCA channel
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return PDCA transfer status with the following bit-masks:\n
|
||||
* - \c PDCA_TRANSFER_ERROR;\n
|
||||
* - \c PDCA_TRANSFER_COMPLETE;\n
|
||||
* - \c PDCA_TRANSFER_COUNTER_RELOAD_IS_ZERO.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern unsigned long pdca_get_transfer_status(unsigned int pdca_ch_number);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _PDCA_H_
|
@ -0,0 +1,546 @@
|
||||
/* This source file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
|
||||
|
||||
/*This file has been prepared for Doxygen automatic documentation generation.*/
|
||||
/*! \file *********************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \brief Power Manager driver.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Compiler: IAR EWAVR32 and GNU GCC for AVR32
|
||||
* - Supported devices: All AVR32 devices.
|
||||
* - AppNote:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \author Atmel Corporation: http://www.atmel.com \n
|
||||
* Support and FAQ: http://support.atmel.no/
|
||||
*
|
||||
*****************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Copyright (c) 2009 Atmel Corporation. All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this
|
||||
* list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3. The name of Atmel may not be used to endorse or promote products derived
|
||||
* from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 4. This software may only be redistributed and used in connection with an Atmel
|
||||
* AVR product.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* EXPRESSLY AND SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR
|
||||
* ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
|
||||
* (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
|
||||
* LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
|
||||
* ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
|
||||
* (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
|
||||
* SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "compiler.h"
|
||||
#include "pm.h"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \name PM Writable Bit-Field Registers
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//! @{
|
||||
|
||||
typedef union
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned long mcctrl;
|
||||
avr32_pm_mcctrl_t MCCTRL;
|
||||
} u_avr32_pm_mcctrl_t;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef union
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned long cksel;
|
||||
avr32_pm_cksel_t CKSEL;
|
||||
} u_avr32_pm_cksel_t;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef union
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned long pll;
|
||||
avr32_pm_pll_t PLL;
|
||||
} u_avr32_pm_pll_t;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef union
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned long oscctrl0;
|
||||
avr32_pm_oscctrl0_t OSCCTRL0;
|
||||
} u_avr32_pm_oscctrl0_t;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef union
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned long oscctrl1;
|
||||
avr32_pm_oscctrl1_t OSCCTRL1;
|
||||
} u_avr32_pm_oscctrl1_t;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef union
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned long oscctrl32;
|
||||
avr32_pm_oscctrl32_t OSCCTRL32;
|
||||
} u_avr32_pm_oscctrl32_t;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef union
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned long ier;
|
||||
avr32_pm_ier_t IER;
|
||||
} u_avr32_pm_ier_t;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef union
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned long idr;
|
||||
avr32_pm_idr_t IDR;
|
||||
} u_avr32_pm_idr_t;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef union
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned long icr;
|
||||
avr32_pm_icr_t ICR;
|
||||
} u_avr32_pm_icr_t;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef union
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned long gcctrl;
|
||||
avr32_pm_gcctrl_t GCCTRL;
|
||||
} u_avr32_pm_gcctrl_t;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef union
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned long rccr;
|
||||
avr32_pm_rccr_t RCCR;
|
||||
} u_avr32_pm_rccr_t;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef union
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned long bgcr;
|
||||
avr32_pm_bgcr_t BGCR;
|
||||
} u_avr32_pm_bgcr_t;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef union
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned long vregcr;
|
||||
avr32_pm_vregcr_t VREGCR;
|
||||
} u_avr32_pm_vregcr_t;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef union
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned long bod;
|
||||
avr32_pm_bod_t BOD;
|
||||
} u_avr32_pm_bod_t;
|
||||
|
||||
//! @}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Sets the mode of the oscillator 0.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param pm Base address of the Power Manager (i.e. &AVR32_PM).
|
||||
* \param mode Oscillator 0 mode (i.e. AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL0_MODE_x).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void pm_set_osc0_mode(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm, unsigned int mode)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Read
|
||||
u_avr32_pm_oscctrl0_t u_avr32_pm_oscctrl0 = {pm->oscctrl0};
|
||||
// Modify
|
||||
u_avr32_pm_oscctrl0.OSCCTRL0.mode = mode;
|
||||
// Write
|
||||
pm->oscctrl0 = u_avr32_pm_oscctrl0.oscctrl0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void pm_enable_osc0_ext_clock(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm)
|
||||
{
|
||||
pm_set_osc0_mode(pm, AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL0_MODE_EXT_CLOCK);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void pm_enable_osc0_crystal(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm, unsigned int fosc0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
pm_set_osc0_mode(pm, (fosc0 < 900000) ? AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL0_MODE_CRYSTAL_G0 :
|
||||
(fosc0 < 3000000) ? AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL0_MODE_CRYSTAL_G1 :
|
||||
(fosc0 < 8000000) ? AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL0_MODE_CRYSTAL_G2 :
|
||||
AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL0_MODE_CRYSTAL_G3);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void pm_enable_clk0(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm, unsigned int startup)
|
||||
{
|
||||
pm_enable_clk0_no_wait(pm, startup);
|
||||
pm_wait_for_clk0_ready(pm);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void pm_disable_clk0(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm)
|
||||
{
|
||||
pm->mcctrl &= ~AVR32_PM_MCCTRL_OSC0EN_MASK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void pm_enable_clk0_no_wait(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm, unsigned int startup)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Read register
|
||||
u_avr32_pm_oscctrl0_t u_avr32_pm_oscctrl0 = {pm->oscctrl0};
|
||||
// Modify
|
||||
u_avr32_pm_oscctrl0.OSCCTRL0.startup = startup;
|
||||
// Write back
|
||||
pm->oscctrl0 = u_avr32_pm_oscctrl0.oscctrl0;
|
||||
|
||||
pm->mcctrl |= AVR32_PM_MCCTRL_OSC0EN_MASK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void pm_wait_for_clk0_ready(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm)
|
||||
{
|
||||
while (!(pm->poscsr & AVR32_PM_POSCSR_OSC0RDY_MASK));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Sets the mode of the oscillator 1.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param pm Base address of the Power Manager (i.e. &AVR32_PM).
|
||||
* \param mode Oscillator 1 mode (i.e. AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL1_MODE_x).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void pm_set_osc1_mode(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm, unsigned int mode)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Read
|
||||
u_avr32_pm_oscctrl1_t u_avr32_pm_oscctrl1 = {pm->oscctrl1};
|
||||
// Modify
|
||||
u_avr32_pm_oscctrl1.OSCCTRL1.mode = mode;
|
||||
// Write
|
||||
pm->oscctrl1 = u_avr32_pm_oscctrl1.oscctrl1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void pm_enable_osc1_ext_clock(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm)
|
||||
{
|
||||
pm_set_osc1_mode(pm, AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL1_MODE_EXT_CLOCK);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void pm_enable_osc1_crystal(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm, unsigned int fosc1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
pm_set_osc1_mode(pm, (fosc1 < 900000) ? AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL1_MODE_CRYSTAL_G0 :
|
||||
(fosc1 < 3000000) ? AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL1_MODE_CRYSTAL_G1 :
|
||||
(fosc1 < 8000000) ? AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL1_MODE_CRYSTAL_G2 :
|
||||
AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL1_MODE_CRYSTAL_G3);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void pm_enable_clk1(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm, unsigned int startup)
|
||||
{
|
||||
pm_enable_clk1_no_wait(pm, startup);
|
||||
pm_wait_for_clk1_ready(pm);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void pm_disable_clk1(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm)
|
||||
{
|
||||
pm->mcctrl &= ~AVR32_PM_MCCTRL_OSC1EN_MASK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void pm_enable_clk1_no_wait(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm, unsigned int startup)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Read register
|
||||
u_avr32_pm_oscctrl1_t u_avr32_pm_oscctrl1 = {pm->oscctrl1};
|
||||
// Modify
|
||||
u_avr32_pm_oscctrl1.OSCCTRL1.startup = startup;
|
||||
// Write back
|
||||
pm->oscctrl1 = u_avr32_pm_oscctrl1.oscctrl1;
|
||||
|
||||
pm->mcctrl |= AVR32_PM_MCCTRL_OSC1EN_MASK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void pm_wait_for_clk1_ready(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm)
|
||||
{
|
||||
while (!(pm->poscsr & AVR32_PM_POSCSR_OSC1RDY_MASK));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Sets the mode of the 32-kHz oscillator.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param pm Base address of the Power Manager (i.e. &AVR32_PM).
|
||||
* \param mode 32-kHz oscillator mode (i.e. AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL32_MODE_x).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void pm_set_osc32_mode(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm, unsigned int mode)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Read
|
||||
u_avr32_pm_oscctrl32_t u_avr32_pm_oscctrl32 = {pm->oscctrl32};
|
||||
// Modify
|
||||
u_avr32_pm_oscctrl32.OSCCTRL32.mode = mode;
|
||||
// Write
|
||||
pm->oscctrl32 = u_avr32_pm_oscctrl32.oscctrl32;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void pm_enable_osc32_ext_clock(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm)
|
||||
{
|
||||
pm_set_osc32_mode(pm, AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL32_MODE_EXT_CLOCK);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void pm_enable_osc32_crystal(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm)
|
||||
{
|
||||
pm_set_osc32_mode(pm, AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL32_MODE_CRYSTAL);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void pm_enable_clk32(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm, unsigned int startup)
|
||||
{
|
||||
pm_enable_clk32_no_wait(pm, startup);
|
||||
pm_wait_for_clk32_ready(pm);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void pm_disable_clk32(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm)
|
||||
{
|
||||
pm->oscctrl32 &= ~AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL32_OSC32EN_MASK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void pm_enable_clk32_no_wait(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm, unsigned int startup)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Read register
|
||||
u_avr32_pm_oscctrl32_t u_avr32_pm_oscctrl32 = {pm->oscctrl32};
|
||||
// Modify
|
||||
u_avr32_pm_oscctrl32.OSCCTRL32.osc32en = 1;
|
||||
u_avr32_pm_oscctrl32.OSCCTRL32.startup = startup;
|
||||
// Write back
|
||||
pm->oscctrl32 = u_avr32_pm_oscctrl32.oscctrl32;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void pm_wait_for_clk32_ready(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm)
|
||||
{
|
||||
while (!(pm->poscsr & AVR32_PM_POSCSR_OSC32RDY_MASK));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void pm_cksel(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm,
|
||||
unsigned int pbadiv,
|
||||
unsigned int pbasel,
|
||||
unsigned int pbbdiv,
|
||||
unsigned int pbbsel,
|
||||
unsigned int hsbdiv,
|
||||
unsigned int hsbsel)
|
||||
{
|
||||
u_avr32_pm_cksel_t u_avr32_pm_cksel = {0};
|
||||
|
||||
u_avr32_pm_cksel.CKSEL.cpusel = hsbsel;
|
||||
u_avr32_pm_cksel.CKSEL.cpudiv = hsbdiv;
|
||||
u_avr32_pm_cksel.CKSEL.hsbsel = hsbsel;
|
||||
u_avr32_pm_cksel.CKSEL.hsbdiv = hsbdiv;
|
||||
u_avr32_pm_cksel.CKSEL.pbasel = pbasel;
|
||||
u_avr32_pm_cksel.CKSEL.pbadiv = pbadiv;
|
||||
u_avr32_pm_cksel.CKSEL.pbbsel = pbbsel;
|
||||
u_avr32_pm_cksel.CKSEL.pbbdiv = pbbdiv;
|
||||
|
||||
pm->cksel = u_avr32_pm_cksel.cksel;
|
||||
|
||||
// Wait for ckrdy bit and then clear it
|
||||
while (!(pm->poscsr & AVR32_PM_POSCSR_CKRDY_MASK));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void pm_gc_setup(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm,
|
||||
unsigned int gc,
|
||||
unsigned int osc_or_pll, // Use Osc (=0) or PLL (=1)
|
||||
unsigned int pll_osc, // Sel Osc0/PLL0 or Osc1/PLL1
|
||||
unsigned int diven,
|
||||
unsigned int div)
|
||||
{
|
||||
u_avr32_pm_gcctrl_t u_avr32_pm_gcctrl = {0};
|
||||
|
||||
u_avr32_pm_gcctrl.GCCTRL.oscsel = pll_osc;
|
||||
u_avr32_pm_gcctrl.GCCTRL.pllsel = osc_or_pll;
|
||||
u_avr32_pm_gcctrl.GCCTRL.diven = diven;
|
||||
u_avr32_pm_gcctrl.GCCTRL.div = div;
|
||||
|
||||
pm->gcctrl[gc] = u_avr32_pm_gcctrl.gcctrl;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void pm_gc_enable(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm,
|
||||
unsigned int gc)
|
||||
{
|
||||
pm->gcctrl[gc] |= AVR32_PM_GCCTRL_CEN_MASK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void pm_gc_disable(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm,
|
||||
unsigned int gc)
|
||||
{
|
||||
pm->gcctrl[gc] &= ~AVR32_PM_GCCTRL_CEN_MASK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void pm_pll_setup(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm,
|
||||
unsigned int pll,
|
||||
unsigned int mul,
|
||||
unsigned int div,
|
||||
unsigned int osc,
|
||||
unsigned int lockcount)
|
||||
{
|
||||
u_avr32_pm_pll_t u_avr32_pm_pll = {0};
|
||||
|
||||
u_avr32_pm_pll.PLL.pllosc = osc;
|
||||
u_avr32_pm_pll.PLL.plldiv = div;
|
||||
u_avr32_pm_pll.PLL.pllmul = mul;
|
||||
u_avr32_pm_pll.PLL.pllcount = lockcount;
|
||||
|
||||
pm->pll[pll] = u_avr32_pm_pll.pll;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void pm_pll_set_option(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm,
|
||||
unsigned int pll,
|
||||
unsigned int pll_freq,
|
||||
unsigned int pll_div2,
|
||||
unsigned int pll_wbwdisable)
|
||||
{
|
||||
u_avr32_pm_pll_t u_avr32_pm_pll = {pm->pll[pll]};
|
||||
u_avr32_pm_pll.PLL.pllopt = pll_freq | (pll_div2 << 1) | (pll_wbwdisable << 2);
|
||||
pm->pll[pll] = u_avr32_pm_pll.pll;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
unsigned int pm_pll_get_option(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm,
|
||||
unsigned int pll)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (pm->pll[pll] & AVR32_PM_PLLOPT_MASK) >> AVR32_PM_PLLOPT_OFFSET;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void pm_pll_enable(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm,
|
||||
unsigned int pll)
|
||||
{
|
||||
pm->pll[pll] |= AVR32_PM_PLLEN_MASK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void pm_pll_disable(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm,
|
||||
unsigned int pll)
|
||||
{
|
||||
pm->pll[pll] &= ~AVR32_PM_PLLEN_MASK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void pm_wait_for_pll0_locked(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm)
|
||||
{
|
||||
while (!(pm->poscsr & AVR32_PM_POSCSR_LOCK0_MASK));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void pm_wait_for_pll1_locked(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm)
|
||||
{
|
||||
while (!(pm->poscsr & AVR32_PM_POSCSR_LOCK1_MASK));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void pm_switch_to_clock(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm, unsigned long clock)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Read
|
||||
u_avr32_pm_mcctrl_t u_avr32_pm_mcctrl = {pm->mcctrl};
|
||||
// Modify
|
||||
u_avr32_pm_mcctrl.MCCTRL.mcsel = clock;
|
||||
// Write back
|
||||
pm->mcctrl = u_avr32_pm_mcctrl.mcctrl;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void pm_switch_to_osc0(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm, unsigned int fosc0, unsigned int startup)
|
||||
{
|
||||
pm_enable_osc0_crystal(pm, fosc0); // Enable the Osc0 in crystal mode
|
||||
pm_enable_clk0(pm, startup); // Crystal startup time - This parameter is critical and depends on the characteristics of the crystal
|
||||
pm_switch_to_clock(pm, AVR32_PM_MCSEL_OSC0); // Then switch main clock to Osc0
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void pm_bod_enable_irq(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm)
|
||||
{
|
||||
pm->ier = AVR32_PM_IER_BODDET_MASK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void pm_bod_disable_irq(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Bool global_interrupt_enabled = Is_global_interrupt_enabled();
|
||||
|
||||
if (global_interrupt_enabled) Disable_global_interrupt();
|
||||
pm->idr = AVR32_PM_IDR_BODDET_MASK;
|
||||
pm->isr;
|
||||
if (global_interrupt_enabled) Enable_global_interrupt();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void pm_bod_clear_irq(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm)
|
||||
{
|
||||
pm->icr = AVR32_PM_ICR_BODDET_MASK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
unsigned long pm_bod_get_irq_status(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return ((pm->isr & AVR32_PM_ISR_BODDET_MASK) != 0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
unsigned long pm_bod_get_irq_enable_bit(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return ((pm->imr & AVR32_PM_IMR_BODDET_MASK) != 0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
unsigned long pm_bod_get_level(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (pm->bod & AVR32_PM_BOD_LEVEL_MASK) >> AVR32_PM_BOD_LEVEL_OFFSET;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
unsigned long pm_read_gplp(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm, unsigned long gplp)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return pm->gplp[gplp];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void pm_write_gplp(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm, unsigned long gplp, unsigned long value)
|
||||
{
|
||||
pm->gplp[gplp] = value;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
long pm_enable_module(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm, unsigned long module)
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned long domain = module>>5;
|
||||
unsigned long *regptr = (unsigned long*)(&(pm->cpumask) + domain);
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation-specific shortcut: the ckMASK registers are contiguous and
|
||||
// memory-mapped in that order: CPUMASK, HSBMASK, PBAMASK, PBBMASK.
|
||||
|
||||
*regptr |= (1<<(module%32));
|
||||
|
||||
return PASS;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
long pm_disable_module(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm, unsigned long module)
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned long domain = module>>5;
|
||||
unsigned long *regptr = (unsigned long*)(&(pm->cpumask) + domain);
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation-specific shortcut: the ckMASK registers are contiguous and
|
||||
// memory-mapped in that order: CPUMASK, HSBMASK, PBAMASK, PBBMASK.
|
||||
|
||||
*regptr &= ~(1<<(module%32));
|
||||
|
||||
return PASS;
|
||||
}
|
@ -0,0 +1,493 @@
|
||||
/* This header file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
|
||||
|
||||
/*This file has been prepared for Doxygen automatic documentation generation.*/
|
||||
/*! \file *********************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \brief Power Manager driver.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Compiler: IAR EWAVR32 and GNU GCC for AVR32
|
||||
* - Supported devices: All AVR32 devices.
|
||||
* - AppNote:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \author Atmel Corporation: http://www.atmel.com \n
|
||||
* Support and FAQ: http://support.atmel.no/
|
||||
*
|
||||
*****************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Copyright (c) 2009 Atmel Corporation. All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this
|
||||
* list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3. The name of Atmel may not be used to endorse or promote products derived
|
||||
* from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 4. This software may only be redistributed and used in connection with an Atmel
|
||||
* AVR product.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* EXPRESSLY AND SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR
|
||||
* ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
|
||||
* (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
|
||||
* LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
|
||||
* ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
|
||||
* (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
|
||||
* SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _PM_H_
|
||||
#define _PM_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#include <avr32/io.h>
|
||||
#include "compiler.h"
|
||||
#include "preprocessor.h"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Sets the MCU in the specified sleep mode.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param mode Sleep mode:
|
||||
* \arg \c AVR32_PM_SMODE_IDLE: Idle;
|
||||
* \arg \c AVR32_PM_SMODE_FROZEN: Frozen;
|
||||
* \arg \c AVR32_PM_SMODE_STANDBY: Standby;
|
||||
* \arg \c AVR32_PM_SMODE_STOP: Stop;
|
||||
* \arg \c AVR32_PM_SMODE_DEEP_STOP: DeepStop;
|
||||
* \arg \c AVR32_PM_SMODE_STATIC: Static.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define SLEEP(mode) {__asm__ __volatile__ ("sleep "STRINGZ(mode));}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//! Input and output parameters when initializing PM clocks using pm_configure_clocks().
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
//! CPU frequency (input/output argument).
|
||||
unsigned long cpu_f;
|
||||
|
||||
//! PBA frequency (input/output argument).
|
||||
unsigned long pba_f;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Oscillator 0's external crystal(or external clock) frequency (board dependant) (input argument).
|
||||
unsigned long osc0_f;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Oscillator 0's external crystal(or external clock) startup time: AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL0_STARTUP_x_RCOSC (input argument).
|
||||
unsigned long osc0_startup;
|
||||
} pm_freq_param_t;
|
||||
|
||||
#define PM_FREQ_STATUS_FAIL (-1)
|
||||
#define PM_FREQ_STATUS_OK (0)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Gets the MCU reset cause.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param pm Base address of the Power Manager instance (i.e. &AVR32_PM).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return The MCU reset cause which can be masked with the
|
||||
* \c AVR32_PM_RCAUSE_x_MASK bit-masks to isolate specific causes.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if (defined __GNUC__)
|
||||
__attribute__((__always_inline__))
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
extern __inline__ unsigned int pm_get_reset_cause(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return pm->rcause;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
* \brief This function will enable the external clock mode of the oscillator 0.
|
||||
* \param pm Base address of the Power Manager (i.e. &AVR32_PM)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void pm_enable_osc0_ext_clock(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
* \brief This function will enable the crystal mode of the oscillator 0.
|
||||
* \param pm Base address of the Power Manager (i.e. &AVR32_PM)
|
||||
* \param fosc0 Oscillator 0 crystal frequency (Hz)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void pm_enable_osc0_crystal(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm, unsigned int fosc0);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
* \brief This function will enable the oscillator 0 to be used with a startup time.
|
||||
* \param pm Base address of the Power Manager (i.e. &AVR32_PM)
|
||||
* \param startup Clock 0 startup time. AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL0_STARTUP_x_RCOSC.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void pm_enable_clk0(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm, unsigned int startup);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
* \brief This function will disable the oscillator 0.
|
||||
* \param pm Base address of the Power Manager (i.e. &AVR32_PM)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void pm_disable_clk0(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
* \brief This function will enable the oscillator 0 to be used with no startup time.
|
||||
* \param pm Base address of the Power Manager (i.e. &AVR32_PM)
|
||||
* \param startup Clock 0 startup time, for which the function does not wait. AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL0_STARTUP_x_RCOSC.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void pm_enable_clk0_no_wait(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm, unsigned int startup);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
* \brief This function will wait until the Osc0 clock is ready.
|
||||
* \param pm Base address of the Power Manager (i.e. &AVR32_PM)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void pm_wait_for_clk0_ready(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
* \brief This function will enable the external clock mode of the oscillator 1.
|
||||
* \param pm Base address of the Power Manager (i.e. &AVR32_PM)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void pm_enable_osc1_ext_clock(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
* \brief This function will enable the crystal mode of the oscillator 1.
|
||||
* \param pm Base address of the Power Manager (i.e. &AVR32_PM)
|
||||
* \param fosc1 Oscillator 1 crystal frequency (Hz)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void pm_enable_osc1_crystal(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm, unsigned int fosc1);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
* \brief This function will enable the oscillator 1 to be used with a startup time.
|
||||
* \param pm Base address of the Power Manager (i.e. &AVR32_PM)
|
||||
* \param startup Clock 1 startup time. AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL1_STARTUP_x_RCOSC.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void pm_enable_clk1(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm, unsigned int startup);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
* \brief This function will disable the oscillator 1.
|
||||
* \param pm Base address of the Power Manager (i.e. &AVR32_PM)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void pm_disable_clk1(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
* \brief This function will enable the oscillator 1 to be used with no startup time.
|
||||
* \param pm Base address of the Power Manager (i.e. &AVR32_PM)
|
||||
* \param startup Clock 1 startup time, for which the function does not wait. AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL1_STARTUP_x_RCOSC.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void pm_enable_clk1_no_wait(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm, unsigned int startup);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
* \brief This function will wait until the Osc1 clock is ready.
|
||||
* \param pm Base address of the Power Manager (i.e. &AVR32_PM)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void pm_wait_for_clk1_ready(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
* \brief This function will enable the external clock mode of the 32-kHz oscillator.
|
||||
* \param pm Base address of the Power Manager (i.e. &AVR32_PM)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void pm_enable_osc32_ext_clock(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
* \brief This function will enable the crystal mode of the 32-kHz oscillator.
|
||||
* \param pm Base address of the Power Manager (i.e. &AVR32_PM)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void pm_enable_osc32_crystal(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
* \brief This function will enable the oscillator 32 to be used with a startup time.
|
||||
* \param pm Base address of the Power Manager (i.e. &AVR32_PM)
|
||||
* \param startup Clock 32 kHz startup time. AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL32_STARTUP_x_RCOSC.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void pm_enable_clk32(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm, unsigned int startup);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
* \brief This function will disable the oscillator 32.
|
||||
* \param pm Base address of the Power Manager (i.e. &AVR32_PM)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void pm_disable_clk32(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
* \brief This function will enable the oscillator 32 to be used with no startup time.
|
||||
* \param pm Base address of the Power Manager (i.e. &AVR32_PM)
|
||||
* \param startup Clock 32 kHz startup time, for which the function does not wait. AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL32_STARTUP_x_RCOSC.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void pm_enable_clk32_no_wait(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm, unsigned int startup);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
* \brief This function will wait until the osc32 clock is ready.
|
||||
* \param pm Base address of the Power Manager (i.e. &AVR32_PM)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void pm_wait_for_clk32_ready(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
* \brief This function will select all the power manager clocks.
|
||||
* \param pm Base address of the Power Manager (i.e. &AVR32_PM)
|
||||
* \param pbadiv Peripheral Bus A clock divisor enable
|
||||
* \param pbasel Peripheral Bus A select
|
||||
* \param pbbdiv Peripheral Bus B clock divisor enable
|
||||
* \param pbbsel Peripheral Bus B select
|
||||
* \param hsbdiv High Speed Bus clock divisor enable (CPU clock = HSB clock)
|
||||
* \param hsbsel High Speed Bus select (CPU clock = HSB clock )
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void pm_cksel(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm, unsigned int pbadiv, unsigned int pbasel, unsigned int pbbdiv, unsigned int pbbsel, unsigned int hsbdiv, unsigned int hsbsel);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
* \brief This function will setup a generic clock.
|
||||
* \param pm Base address of the Power Manager (i.e. &AVR32_PM)
|
||||
* \param gc generic clock number (0 for gc0...)
|
||||
* \param osc_or_pll Use OSC (=0) or PLL (=1)
|
||||
* \param pll_osc Select Osc0/PLL0 or Osc1/PLL1
|
||||
* \param diven Generic clock divisor enable
|
||||
* \param div Generic clock divisor
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void pm_gc_setup(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm, unsigned int gc, unsigned int osc_or_pll, unsigned int pll_osc, unsigned int diven, unsigned int div);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
* \brief This function will enable a generic clock.
|
||||
* \param pm Base address of the Power Manager (i.e. &AVR32_PM)
|
||||
* \param gc generic clock number (0 for gc0...)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void pm_gc_enable(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm, unsigned int gc);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
* \brief This function will disable a generic clock.
|
||||
* \param pm Base address of the Power Manager (i.e. &AVR32_PM)
|
||||
* \param gc generic clock number (0 for gc0...)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void pm_gc_disable(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm, unsigned int gc);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
* \brief This function will setup a PLL.
|
||||
* \param pm Base address of the Power Manager (i.e. &AVR32_PM)
|
||||
* \param pll PLL number(0 for PLL0, 1 for PLL1)
|
||||
* \param mul PLL MUL in the PLL formula
|
||||
* \param div PLL DIV in the PLL formula
|
||||
* \param osc OSC number (0 for osc0, 1 for osc1)
|
||||
* \param lockcount PLL lockount
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void pm_pll_setup(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm, unsigned int pll, unsigned int mul, unsigned int div, unsigned int osc, unsigned int lockcount);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
* \brief This function will set a PLL option.
|
||||
* \param pm Base address of the Power Manager (i.e. &AVR32_PM)
|
||||
* \param pll PLL number(0 for PLL0, 1 for PLL1)
|
||||
* \param pll_freq Set to 1 for VCO frequency range 80-180MHz, set to 0 for VCO frequency range 160-240Mhz.
|
||||
* \param pll_div2 Divide the PLL output frequency by 2 (this settings does not change the FVCO value)
|
||||
* \param pll_wbwdisable 1 Disable the Wide-Bandith Mode (Wide-Bandwith mode allow a faster startup time and out-of-lock time). 0 to enable the Wide-Bandith Mode.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void pm_pll_set_option(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm, unsigned int pll, unsigned int pll_freq, unsigned int pll_div2, unsigned int pll_wbwdisable);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
* \brief This function will get a PLL option.
|
||||
* \param pm Base address of the Power Manager (i.e. &AVR32_PM)
|
||||
* \param pll PLL number(0 for PLL0, 1 for PLL1)
|
||||
* \return Option
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern unsigned int pm_pll_get_option(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm, unsigned int pll);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
* \brief This function will enable a PLL.
|
||||
* \param pm Base address of the Power Manager (i.e. &AVR32_PM)
|
||||
* \param pll PLL number(0 for PLL0, 1 for PLL1)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void pm_pll_enable(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm, unsigned int pll);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
* \brief This function will disable a PLL.
|
||||
* \param pm Base address of the Power Manager (i.e. &AVR32_PM)
|
||||
* \param pll PLL number(0 for PLL0, 1 for PLL1)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void pm_pll_disable(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm, unsigned int pll);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
* \brief This function will wait for PLL0 locked
|
||||
* \param pm Base address of the Power Manager (i.e. &AVR32_PM)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void pm_wait_for_pll0_locked(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
* \brief This function will wait for PLL1 locked
|
||||
* \param pm Base address of the Power Manager (i.e. &AVR32_PM)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void pm_wait_for_pll1_locked(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
* \brief This function will switch the power manager main clock.
|
||||
* \param pm Base address of the Power Manager (i.e. &AVR32_PM)
|
||||
* \param clock Clock to be switched on. AVR32_PM_MCSEL_SLOW for RCOsc, AVR32_PM_MCSEL_OSC0 for Osc0, AVR32_PM_MCSEL_PLL0 for PLL0.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void pm_switch_to_clock(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm, unsigned long clock);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
* \brief Switch main clock to clock Osc0 (crystal mode)
|
||||
* \param pm Base address of the Power Manager (i.e. &AVR32_PM)
|
||||
* \param fosc0 Oscillator 0 crystal frequency (Hz)
|
||||
* \param startup Crystal 0 startup time. AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL0_STARTUP_x_RCOSC.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void pm_switch_to_osc0(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm, unsigned int fosc0, unsigned int startup);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Enables the Brown-Out Detector interrupt.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param pm Base address of the Power Manager (i.e. &AVR32_PM).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void pm_bod_enable_irq(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Disables the Brown-Out Detector interrupt.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param pm Base address of the Power Manager (i.e. &AVR32_PM).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void pm_bod_disable_irq(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Clears the Brown-Out Detector interrupt flag.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param pm Base address of the Power Manager (i.e. &AVR32_PM).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void pm_bod_clear_irq(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Gets the Brown-Out Detector interrupt flag.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param pm Base address of the Power Manager (i.e. &AVR32_PM).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \retval 0 No BOD interrupt.
|
||||
* \retval 1 BOD interrupt pending.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern unsigned long pm_bod_get_irq_status(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Gets the Brown-Out Detector interrupt enable status.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param pm Base address of the Power Manager (i.e. &AVR32_PM).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \retval 0 BOD interrupt disabled.
|
||||
* \retval 1 BOD interrupt enabled.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern unsigned long pm_bod_get_irq_enable_bit(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Gets the triggering threshold of the Brown-Out Detector.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param pm Base address of the Power Manager (i.e. &AVR32_PM).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return Triggering threshold of the BOD. See the electrical characteristics
|
||||
* in the part datasheet for actual voltage levels.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern unsigned long pm_bod_get_level(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
* \brief Read the content of the PM GPLP registers
|
||||
* \param pm Base address of the Power Manager (i.e. &AVR32_PM)
|
||||
* \param gplp GPLP register index (0,1,... depending on the number of GPLP registers for a given part)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return The content of the chosen GPLP register.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern unsigned long pm_read_gplp(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm, unsigned long gplp);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
* \brief Write into the PM GPLP registers
|
||||
* \param pm Base address of the Power Manager (i.e. &AVR32_PM)
|
||||
* \param gplp GPLP register index (0,1,... depending on the number of GPLP registers for a given part)
|
||||
* \param value Value to write
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void pm_write_gplp(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm, unsigned long gplp, unsigned long value);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Enable the clock of a module.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param pm Base address of the Power Manager (i.e. &AVR32_PM)
|
||||
* \param module The module to clock (use one of the defines in the part-specific
|
||||
* header file under "toolchain folder"/avr32/inc(lude)/avr32/; depending on the
|
||||
* clock domain, look for the sections "CPU clocks", "HSB clocks", "PBx clocks")
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return Status.
|
||||
* \retval 0 Success.
|
||||
* \retval <0 An error occured.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern long pm_enable_module(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm, unsigned long module);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Disable the clock of a module.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param pm Base address of the Power Manager (i.e. &AVR32_PM)
|
||||
* \param module The module to shut down (use one of the defines in the part-specific
|
||||
* header file under "toolchain folder"/avr32/inc(lude)/avr32/; depending on the
|
||||
* clock domain, look for the sections "CPU clocks", "HSB clocks", "PBx clocks")
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return Status.
|
||||
* \retval 0 Success.
|
||||
* \retval <0 An error occured.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern long pm_disable_module(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm, unsigned long module);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Automatically configure the CPU, PBA, PBB, and HSB clocks
|
||||
* according to the user wishes.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This function needs some parameters stored in a pm_freq_param_t structure:
|
||||
* - cpu_f and pba_f are the wanted frequencies,
|
||||
* - osc0_f is the oscillator 0 on-board frequency (e.g. FOSC0),
|
||||
* - osc0_startup is the oscillator 0 startup time (e.g. OSC0_STARTUP).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The function will then configure the clocks using the following rules:
|
||||
* - It first try to find a valid PLL frequency (the highest possible value to avoid jitter) in order
|
||||
* to satisfy the CPU frequency,
|
||||
* - It optimizes the configuration depending the various divide stages,
|
||||
* - Then, the PBA frequency is configured from the CPU freq.
|
||||
* - Note that HSB and PBB are configured with the same frequency as CPU.
|
||||
* - Note also that the number of wait states of the flash read accesses is automatically set-up depending
|
||||
* the CPU frequency. As a consequence, the application needs the FLASHC driver to compile.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The CPU, HSB and PBA frequencies programmed after configuration are stored back into cpu_f and pba_f.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param param pointer on the configuration structure.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \retval PM_FREQ_STATUS_OK Mode successfully initialized.
|
||||
* \retval PM_FREQ_STATUS_FAIL The configuration can not be done.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern int pm_configure_clocks(pm_freq_param_t *param);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Automatically configure the USB clock.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* USB clock is configured to 48MHz, using the PLL1 from the Oscillator0, assuming
|
||||
* a 12 MHz crystal is connected to it.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void pm_configure_usb_clock(void);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _PM_H_
|
@ -0,0 +1,268 @@
|
||||
/* This source file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
|
||||
|
||||
/*This file has been prepared for Doxygen automatic documentation generation.*/
|
||||
/*! \file *********************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \brief Power Manager clocks configuration helper.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Compiler: IAR EWAVR32 and GNU GCC for AVR32
|
||||
* - Supported devices: All AVR32 devices.
|
||||
* - AppNote:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \author Atmel Corporation: http://www.atmel.com \n
|
||||
* Support and FAQ: http://support.atmel.no/
|
||||
*
|
||||
*****************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Copyright (c) 2009 Atmel Corporation. All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this
|
||||
* list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3. The name of Atmel may not be used to endorse or promote products derived
|
||||
* from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 4. This software may only be redistributed and used in connection with an Atmel
|
||||
* AVR product.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* EXPRESSLY AND SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR
|
||||
* ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
|
||||
* (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
|
||||
* LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
|
||||
* ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
|
||||
* (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
|
||||
* SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
#include "compiler.h"
|
||||
#include "pm.h"
|
||||
|
||||
extern void flashc_set_wait_state(unsigned int wait_state);
|
||||
#if (defined AVR32_FLASHC_210_H_INCLUDED)
|
||||
extern void flashc_issue_command(unsigned int command, int page_number);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#define PM_MAX_MUL ((1 << AVR32_PM_PLL0_PLLMUL_SIZE) - 1)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
int pm_configure_clocks(pm_freq_param_t *param)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Supported frequencies:
|
||||
// Fosc0 mul div PLL div2_en cpu_f pba_f Comment
|
||||
// 12 15 1 192 1 12 12
|
||||
// 12 9 3 40 1 20 20 PLL out of spec
|
||||
// 12 15 1 192 1 24 12
|
||||
// 12 9 1 120 1 30 15
|
||||
// 12 9 3 40 0 40 20 PLL out of spec
|
||||
// 12 15 1 192 1 48 12
|
||||
// 12 15 1 192 1 48 24
|
||||
// 12 8 1 108 1 54 27
|
||||
// 12 9 1 120 1 60 15
|
||||
// 12 9 1 120 1 60 30
|
||||
// 12 10 1 132 1 66 16.5
|
||||
//
|
||||
unsigned long in_cpu_f = param->cpu_f;
|
||||
unsigned long in_osc0_f = param->osc0_f;
|
||||
unsigned long mul, div, div2_en = 0, div2_cpu = 0, div2_pba = 0;
|
||||
unsigned long pll_freq, rest;
|
||||
Bool b_div2_pba, b_div2_cpu;
|
||||
|
||||
// Switch to external Oscillator 0
|
||||
pm_switch_to_osc0(&AVR32_PM, in_osc0_f, param->osc0_startup);
|
||||
|
||||
// Start with CPU freq config
|
||||
if (in_cpu_f == in_osc0_f)
|
||||
{
|
||||
param->cpu_f = in_osc0_f;
|
||||
param->pba_f = in_osc0_f;
|
||||
return PM_FREQ_STATUS_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (in_cpu_f < in_osc0_f)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// TBD
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
rest = in_cpu_f % in_osc0_f;
|
||||
|
||||
for (div = 1; div < 32; div++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ((div * rest) % in_osc0_f == 0)
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (div == 32)
|
||||
return PM_FREQ_STATUS_FAIL;
|
||||
|
||||
mul = (in_cpu_f * div) / in_osc0_f;
|
||||
|
||||
if (mul > PM_MAX_MUL)
|
||||
return PM_FREQ_STATUS_FAIL;
|
||||
|
||||
// export 2power from PLL div to div2_cpu
|
||||
while (!(div % 2))
|
||||
{
|
||||
div /= 2;
|
||||
div2_cpu++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Here we know the mul and div parameter of the PLL config.
|
||||
// . Check out if the PLL has a valid in_cpu_f.
|
||||
// . Try to have for the PLL frequency (VCO output) the highest possible value
|
||||
// to reduce jitter.
|
||||
while (in_osc0_f * 2 * mul / div < AVR32_PM_PLL_VCO_RANGE0_MAX_FREQ)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (2 * mul > PM_MAX_MUL)
|
||||
break;
|
||||
mul *= 2;
|
||||
div2_cpu++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (div2_cpu != 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
div2_cpu--;
|
||||
div2_en = 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
pll_freq = in_osc0_f * mul / (div * (1 << div2_en));
|
||||
|
||||
// Update real CPU Frequency
|
||||
param->cpu_f = pll_freq / (1 << div2_cpu);
|
||||
mul--;
|
||||
|
||||
pm_pll_setup(&AVR32_PM
|
||||
, 0 // pll
|
||||
, mul // mul
|
||||
, div // div
|
||||
, 0 // osc
|
||||
, 16 // lockcount
|
||||
);
|
||||
|
||||
pm_pll_set_option(&AVR32_PM
|
||||
, 0 // pll
|
||||
// PLL clock is lower than 160MHz: need to set pllopt.
|
||||
, (pll_freq < AVR32_PM_PLL_VCO_RANGE0_MIN_FREQ) ? 1 : 0 // pll_freq
|
||||
, div2_en // pll_div2
|
||||
, 0 // pll_wbwdisable
|
||||
);
|
||||
|
||||
rest = pll_freq;
|
||||
while (rest > AVR32_PM_PBA_MAX_FREQ ||
|
||||
rest != param->pba_f)
|
||||
{
|
||||
div2_pba++;
|
||||
rest = pll_freq / (1 << div2_pba);
|
||||
if (rest < param->pba_f)
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Update real PBA Frequency
|
||||
param->pba_f = pll_freq / (1 << div2_pba);
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable PLL0
|
||||
pm_pll_enable(&AVR32_PM, 0);
|
||||
|
||||
// Wait for PLL0 locked
|
||||
pm_wait_for_pll0_locked(&AVR32_PM);
|
||||
|
||||
if (div2_cpu)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b_div2_cpu = TRUE;
|
||||
div2_cpu--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
b_div2_cpu = FALSE;
|
||||
|
||||
if (div2_pba)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b_div2_pba = TRUE;
|
||||
div2_pba--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
b_div2_pba = FALSE;
|
||||
|
||||
pm_cksel(&AVR32_PM
|
||||
, b_div2_pba, div2_pba // PBA
|
||||
, b_div2_cpu, div2_cpu // PBB
|
||||
, b_div2_cpu, div2_cpu // HSB
|
||||
);
|
||||
|
||||
if (param->cpu_f > AVR32_FLASHC_FWS_0_MAX_FREQ)
|
||||
{
|
||||
flashc_set_wait_state(1);
|
||||
#if (defined AVR32_FLASHC_210_H_INCLUDED)
|
||||
if (param->cpu_f > AVR32_FLASHC_HSEN_FWS_1_MAX_FREQ)
|
||||
flashc_issue_command(AVR32_FLASHC_FCMD_CMD_HSEN, -1);
|
||||
else
|
||||
flashc_issue_command(AVR32_FLASHC_FCMD_CMD_HSDIS, -1);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
flashc_set_wait_state(0);
|
||||
#if (defined AVR32_FLASHC_210_H_INCLUDED)
|
||||
if (param->cpu_f > AVR32_FLASHC_HSEN_FWS_0_MAX_FREQ)
|
||||
flashc_issue_command(AVR32_FLASHC_FCMD_CMD_HSEN, -1);
|
||||
else
|
||||
flashc_issue_command(AVR32_FLASHC_FCMD_CMD_HSDIS, -1);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
pm_switch_to_clock(&AVR32_PM, AVR32_PM_MCCTRL_MCSEL_PLL0);
|
||||
|
||||
return PM_FREQ_STATUS_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void pm_configure_usb_clock(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if UC3A3
|
||||
|
||||
// Setup USB GCLK.
|
||||
pm_gc_setup(&AVR32_PM, AVR32_PM_GCLK_USBB, // gc
|
||||
0, // osc_or_pll: use Osc (if 0) or PLL (if 1)
|
||||
0, // pll_osc: select Osc0/PLL0 or Osc1/PLL1
|
||||
0, // diven
|
||||
0); // div
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable USB GCLK.
|
||||
pm_gc_enable(&AVR32_PM, AVR32_PM_GCLK_USBB);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
// Use 12MHz from OSC0 and generate 96 MHz
|
||||
pm_pll_setup(&AVR32_PM, 1, // pll.
|
||||
7, // mul.
|
||||
1, // div.
|
||||
0, // osc.
|
||||
16); // lockcount.
|
||||
|
||||
pm_pll_set_option(&AVR32_PM, 1, // pll.
|
||||
1, // pll_freq: choose the range 80-180MHz.
|
||||
1, // pll_div2.
|
||||
0); // pll_wbwdisable.
|
||||
|
||||
// start PLL1 and wait forl lock
|
||||
pm_pll_enable(&AVR32_PM, 1);
|
||||
|
||||
// Wait for PLL1 locked.
|
||||
pm_wait_for_pll1_locked(&AVR32_PM);
|
||||
|
||||
pm_gc_setup(&AVR32_PM, AVR32_PM_GCLK_USBB, // gc.
|
||||
1, // osc_or_pll: use Osc (if 0) or PLL (if 1).
|
||||
1, // pll_osc: select Osc0/PLL0 or Osc1/PLL1.
|
||||
0, // diven.
|
||||
0); // div.
|
||||
pm_gc_enable(&AVR32_PM, AVR32_PM_GCLK_USBB);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
@ -0,0 +1,566 @@
|
||||
/* This source file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
|
||||
|
||||
/*This file has been prepared for Doxygen automatic documentation generation.*/
|
||||
/*! \file *********************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \brief High-level library abstracting features such as oscillators/pll/dfll
|
||||
* configuration, clock configuration, System-sensible parameters
|
||||
* configuration, buses clocks configuration, sleep mode, reset.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Compiler: IAR EWAVR32 and GNU GCC for AVR32
|
||||
* - Supported devices: All AVR32 devices.
|
||||
* - AppNote:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \author Atmel Corporation: http://www.atmel.com \n
|
||||
* Support and FAQ: http://support.atmel.no/
|
||||
*
|
||||
*****************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Copyright (c) 2009 Atmel Corporation. All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this
|
||||
* list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3. The name of Atmel may not be used to endorse or promote products derived
|
||||
* from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 4. This software may only be redistributed and used in connection with an Atmel
|
||||
* AVR product.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* EXPRESSLY AND SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR
|
||||
* ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
|
||||
* (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
|
||||
* LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
|
||||
* ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
|
||||
* (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
|
||||
* SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#include "power_clocks_lib.h"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//! Device-specific data
|
||||
#if UC3L
|
||||
static long int pcl_configure_clocks_uc3l(pcl_freq_param_t *param); // FORWARD declaration
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if UC3C
|
||||
static long int pcl_configure_clocks_uc3c(pcl_freq_param_t *param); // FORWARD declaration
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
long int pcl_configure_clocks(pcl_freq_param_t *param)
|
||||
{
|
||||
#ifndef AVR32_PM_VERSION_RESETVALUE
|
||||
// Implementation for UC3A, UC3A3, UC3B parts.
|
||||
return(pm_configure_clocks(param));
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#ifdef AVR32_PM_410_H_INCLUDED
|
||||
// Implementation for UC3C parts.
|
||||
return(pcl_configure_clocks_uc3c(param));
|
||||
#else
|
||||
// Implementation for UC3L parts.
|
||||
return(pcl_configure_clocks_uc3l(param));
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//! Device-specific implementation
|
||||
#if UC3L
|
||||
// FORWARD declaration
|
||||
static long int pcl_configure_synchronous_clocks( pm_clk_src_t main_clk_src,
|
||||
unsigned long main_clock_freq_hz,
|
||||
pcl_freq_param_t *param);
|
||||
|
||||
long int pcl_configure_clocks_rcsys(pcl_freq_param_t *param)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Supported main clock sources: PCL_MC_RCSYS
|
||||
|
||||
// Supported synchronous clocks frequencies if RCSYS is the main clock source:
|
||||
// 115200Hz, 57600Hz, 28800Hz, 14400Hz, 7200Hz, 3600Hz, 1800Hz, 900Hz, 450Hz.
|
||||
|
||||
// NOTE: by default, this implementation doesn't perform thorough checks on the
|
||||
// input parameters. To enable the checks, define AVR32SFW_INPUT_CHECK.
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef AVR32SFW_INPUT_CHECK
|
||||
// Verify that fCPU >= fPBx
|
||||
if((param->cpu_f < param->pba_f) || (param->cpu_f < param->pbb_f))
|
||||
return(-1);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef AVR32SFW_INPUT_CHECK
|
||||
// Verify that the target frequencies are reachable.
|
||||
if((param->cpu_f > SCIF_SLOWCLOCK_FREQ_HZ) || (param->pba_f > SCIF_SLOWCLOCK_FREQ_HZ)
|
||||
|| (param->pbb_f > SCIF_SLOWCLOCK_FREQ_HZ))
|
||||
return(-1);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
return(pcl_configure_synchronous_clocks(PM_CLK_SRC_SLOW, SCIF_SLOWCLOCK_FREQ_HZ, param));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
long int pcl_configure_clocks_rc120m(pcl_freq_param_t *param)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Supported main clock sources: PCL_MC_RC120M
|
||||
|
||||
// Supported synchronous clocks frequencies if RC120M is the main clock source:
|
||||
// 30MHz, 15MHz, 7.5MHz, 3.75MHz, 1.875MHz, 937.5kHz, 468.75kHz.
|
||||
|
||||
// NOTE: by default, this implementation doesn't perform thorough checks on the
|
||||
// input parameters. To enable the checks, define AVR32SFW_INPUT_CHECK.
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef AVR32SFW_INPUT_CHECK
|
||||
// Verify that fCPU >= fPBx
|
||||
if((param->cpu_f < param->pba_f) || (param->cpu_f < param->pbb_f))
|
||||
return(-1);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef AVR32SFW_INPUT_CHECK
|
||||
// Verify that the target frequencies are reachable.
|
||||
if((param->cpu_f > SCIF_RC120M_FREQ_HZ) || (param->pba_f > SCIF_RC120M_FREQ_HZ)
|
||||
|| (param->pbb_f > SCIF_RC120M_FREQ_HZ))
|
||||
return(-1);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Start the 120MHz internal RCosc (RC120M) clock
|
||||
scif_start_rc120M();
|
||||
|
||||
return(pcl_configure_synchronous_clocks(PM_CLK_SRC_RC120M, SCIF_RC120M_FREQ_HZ, param));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
long int pcl_configure_clocks_osc0(pcl_freq_param_t *param)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Supported main clock sources: PCL_MC_OSC0
|
||||
|
||||
// Supported synchronous clocks frequencies if OSC0 is the main clock source:
|
||||
// (these obviously depend on the OSC0 frequency; we'll take 16MHz as an example)
|
||||
// 16MHz, 8MHz, 4MHz, 2MHz, 1MHz, 500kHz, 250kHz, 125kHz, 62.5kHz.
|
||||
|
||||
// NOTE: by default, this implementation doesn't perform thorough checks on the
|
||||
// input parameters. To enable the checks, define AVR32SFW_INPUT_CHECK.
|
||||
|
||||
unsigned long main_clock_freq;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef AVR32SFW_INPUT_CHECK
|
||||
// Verify that fCPU >= fPBx
|
||||
if((param->cpu_f < param->pba_f) || (param->cpu_f < param->pbb_f))
|
||||
return(-1);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
main_clock_freq = param->osc0_f;
|
||||
#ifdef AVR32SFW_INPUT_CHECK
|
||||
// Verify that the target frequencies are reachable.
|
||||
if((param->cpu_f > main_clock_freq) || (param->pba_f > main_clock_freq)
|
||||
|| (param->pbb_f > main_clock_freq))
|
||||
return(-1);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// Configure OSC0 in crystal mode, external crystal with a fcrystal Hz frequency.
|
||||
scif_configure_osc_crystalmode(SCIF_OSC0, main_clock_freq);
|
||||
// Enable the OSC0
|
||||
scif_enable_osc(SCIF_OSC0, param->osc0_startup, true);
|
||||
|
||||
return(pcl_configure_synchronous_clocks(PM_CLK_SRC_OSC0, main_clock_freq, param));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
long int pcl_configure_clocks_dfll0(pcl_freq_param_t *param)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Supported main clock sources: PCL_MC_DFLL
|
||||
|
||||
// Supported synchronous clocks frequencies if DFLL is the main clock source:
|
||||
// (these obviously depend on the DFLL target frequency; we'll take 100MHz as an example)
|
||||
// 50MHz, 25MHz, 12.5MHz, 6.25MHz, 3.125MHz, 1562.5kHz, 781.25kHz, 390.625kHz.
|
||||
|
||||
// NOTE: by default, this implementation doesn't perform thorough checks on the
|
||||
// input parameters. To enable the checks, define AVR32SFW_INPUT_CHECK.
|
||||
|
||||
unsigned long main_clock_freq;
|
||||
scif_gclk_opt_t *pgc_dfllif_ref_opt;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef AVR32SFW_INPUT_CHECK
|
||||
// Verify that fCPU >= fPBx
|
||||
if((param->cpu_f < param->pba_f) || (param->cpu_f < param->pbb_f))
|
||||
return(-1);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
main_clock_freq = param->dfll_f;
|
||||
#ifdef AVR32SFW_INPUT_CHECK
|
||||
// Verify that the target DFLL output frequency is in the correct range.
|
||||
if((main_clock_freq > SCIF_DFLL_MAXFREQ_HZ) || (main_clock_freq < SCIF_DFLL_MINFREQ_HZ))
|
||||
return(-1);
|
||||
// Verify that the target frequencies are reachable.
|
||||
if((param->cpu_f > main_clock_freq) || (param->pba_f > main_clock_freq)
|
||||
|| (param->pbb_f > main_clock_freq))
|
||||
return(-1);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
pgc_dfllif_ref_opt = (scif_gclk_opt_t *)param->pextra_params;
|
||||
// Implementation note: this implementation configures the DFLL in closed-loop
|
||||
// mode (because it gives the best accuracy) which enables the generic clock CLK_DFLLIF_REF
|
||||
// as a reference (RCSYS being used as the generic clock source, undivided).
|
||||
scif_dfll0_closedloop_configure_and_start(pgc_dfllif_ref_opt, main_clock_freq, TRUE);
|
||||
|
||||
return(pcl_configure_synchronous_clocks(PM_CLK_SRC_DFLL0, main_clock_freq, param));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
static long int pcl_configure_clocks_uc3l(pcl_freq_param_t *param)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Supported main clock sources: PCL_MC_RCSYS, PCL_MC_OSC0, PCL_MC_DFLL0, PCL_MC_RC120M
|
||||
|
||||
// Supported synchronous clocks frequencies if RCSYS is the main clock source:
|
||||
// 115200Hz, 57600Hz, 28800Hz, 14400Hz, 7200Hz, 3600Hz, 1800Hz, 900Hz, 450Hz.
|
||||
|
||||
// Supported synchronous clocks frequencies if RC120M is the main clock source:
|
||||
// 30MHz, 15MHz, 7.5MHz, 3.75MHz, 1.875MHz, 937.5kHz, 468.75kHz.
|
||||
|
||||
// Supported synchronous clocks frequencies if OSC0 is the main clock source:
|
||||
// (these obviously depend on the OSC0 frequency; we'll take 16MHz as an example)
|
||||
// 16MHz, 8MHz, 4MHz, 2MHz, 1MHz, 500kHz, 250kHz, 125kHz, 62.5kHz.
|
||||
|
||||
// Supported synchronous clocks frequencies if DFLL is the main clock source:
|
||||
// (these obviously depend on the DFLL target frequency; we'll take 100MHz as an example)
|
||||
// 50MHz, 25MHz, 12.5MHz, 6.25MHz, 3.125MHz, 1562.5kHz, 781.25kHz, 390.625kHz.
|
||||
|
||||
// NOTE: by default, this implementation doesn't perform thorough checks on the
|
||||
// input parameters. To enable the checks, define AVR32SFW_INPUT_CHECK.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef AVR32SFW_INPUT_CHECK
|
||||
// Verify that fCPU >= fPBx
|
||||
if((param->cpu_f < param->pba_f) || (param->cpu_f < param->pbb_f))
|
||||
return(-1);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
if(PCL_MC_RCSYS == param->main_clk_src)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return(pcl_configure_clocks_rcsys(param));
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if(PCL_MC_RC120M == param->main_clk_src)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return(pcl_configure_clocks_rc120m(param));
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if(PCL_MC_OSC0 == param->main_clk_src)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return(pcl_configure_clocks_osc0(param));
|
||||
}
|
||||
else // PCL_MC_DFLL0 == param->main_clk_src
|
||||
{
|
||||
return(pcl_configure_clocks_dfll0(param));
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static long int pcl_configure_synchronous_clocks(pm_clk_src_t main_clk_src, unsigned long main_clock_freq_hz, pcl_freq_param_t *param)
|
||||
{
|
||||
//#
|
||||
//# Set the Synchronous clock division ratio for each clock domain
|
||||
//#
|
||||
pm_set_all_cksel(main_clock_freq_hz, param->cpu_f, param->pba_f, param->pbb_f);
|
||||
|
||||
//#
|
||||
//# Set the Flash wait state and the speed read mode (depending on the target CPU frequency).
|
||||
//#
|
||||
#if UC3L
|
||||
flashcdw_set_flash_waitstate_and_readmode(param->cpu_f);
|
||||
#elif UC3C
|
||||
flashc_set_flash_waitstate_and_readmode(param->cpu_f);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//#
|
||||
//# Switch the main clock source to the selected clock.
|
||||
//#
|
||||
pm_set_mclk_source(main_clk_src);
|
||||
|
||||
return PASS;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // UC3L device-specific implementation
|
||||
|
||||
//! UC3C Device-specific implementation
|
||||
#if UC3C
|
||||
static long int pcl_configure_clocks_uc3c(pcl_freq_param_t *param)
|
||||
{
|
||||
#define PM_MAX_MUL ((1 << AVR32_SCIF_PLLMUL_SIZE) - 1)
|
||||
#define AVR32_PM_PBA_MAX_FREQ 66000000
|
||||
#define AVR32_PM_PLL_VCO_RANGE0_MAX_FREQ 240000000
|
||||
#define AVR32_PM_PLL_VCO_RANGE0_MIN_FREQ 160000000
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation for UC3C parts.
|
||||
// Supported frequencies:
|
||||
// Fosc0 mul div PLL div2_en cpu_f pba_f Comment
|
||||
// 12 15 1 192 1 12 12
|
||||
// 12 9 3 40 1 20 20 PLL out of spec
|
||||
// 12 15 1 192 1 24 12
|
||||
// 12 9 1 120 1 30 15
|
||||
// 12 9 3 40 0 40 20 PLL out of spec
|
||||
// 12 15 1 192 1 48 12
|
||||
// 12 15 1 192 1 48 24
|
||||
// 12 8 1 108 1 54 27
|
||||
// 12 9 1 120 1 60 15
|
||||
// 12 9 1 120 1 60 30
|
||||
// 12 10 1 132 1 66 16.5
|
||||
//
|
||||
unsigned long in_cpu_f = param->cpu_f;
|
||||
unsigned long in_osc0_f = param->osc0_f;
|
||||
unsigned long mul, div, div2_en = 0, div2_cpu = 0, div2_pba = 0;
|
||||
unsigned long pll_freq, rest;
|
||||
Bool b_div2_pba, b_div2_cpu;
|
||||
|
||||
// Configure OSC0 in crystal mode, external crystal with a FOSC0 Hz frequency.
|
||||
scif_configure_osc_crystalmode(SCIF_OSC0, in_osc0_f);
|
||||
// Enable the OSC0
|
||||
scif_enable_osc(SCIF_OSC0, param->osc0_startup, true);
|
||||
// Set the main clock source as being OSC0.
|
||||
pm_set_mclk_source(PM_CLK_SRC_OSC0);
|
||||
|
||||
// Start with CPU freq config
|
||||
if (in_cpu_f == in_osc0_f)
|
||||
{
|
||||
param->cpu_f = in_osc0_f;
|
||||
param->pba_f = in_osc0_f;
|
||||
return PASS;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (in_cpu_f < in_osc0_f)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// TBD
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
rest = in_cpu_f % in_osc0_f;
|
||||
|
||||
for (div = 1; div < 32; div++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ((div * rest) % in_osc0_f == 0)
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (div == 32)
|
||||
return FAIL;
|
||||
|
||||
mul = (in_cpu_f * div) / in_osc0_f;
|
||||
|
||||
if (mul > PM_MAX_MUL)
|
||||
return FAIL;
|
||||
|
||||
// export 2power from PLL div to div2_cpu
|
||||
while (!(div % 2))
|
||||
{
|
||||
div /= 2;
|
||||
div2_cpu++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Here we know the mul and div parameter of the PLL config.
|
||||
// . Check out if the PLL has a valid in_cpu_f.
|
||||
// . Try to have for the PLL frequency (VCO output) the highest possible value
|
||||
// to reduce jitter.
|
||||
while (in_osc0_f * 2 * mul / div < AVR32_PM_PLL_VCO_RANGE0_MAX_FREQ)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (2 * mul > PM_MAX_MUL)
|
||||
break;
|
||||
mul *= 2;
|
||||
div2_cpu++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (div2_cpu != 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
div2_cpu--;
|
||||
div2_en = 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
pll_freq = in_osc0_f * mul / (div * (1 << div2_en));
|
||||
|
||||
// Update real CPU Frequency
|
||||
param->cpu_f = pll_freq / (1 << div2_cpu);
|
||||
mul--;
|
||||
|
||||
scif_pll_opt_t opt;
|
||||
|
||||
opt.osc = SCIF_OSC0, // Sel Osc0 or Osc1
|
||||
opt.lockcount = 16, // lockcount in main clock for the PLL wait lock
|
||||
opt.div = div, // DIV=1 in the formula
|
||||
opt.mul = mul, // MUL=7 in the formula
|
||||
opt.pll_div2 = div2_en, // pll_div2 Divide the PLL output frequency by 2 (this settings does not change the FVCO value)
|
||||
opt.pll_wbwdisable = 0, //pll_wbwdisable 1 Disable the Wide-Bandith Mode (Wide-Bandwith mode allow a faster startup time and out-of-lock time). 0 to enable the Wide-Bandith Mode.
|
||||
opt.pll_freq = (pll_freq < AVR32_PM_PLL_VCO_RANGE0_MIN_FREQ) ? 1 : 0, // Set to 1 for VCO frequency range 80-180MHz, set to 0 for VCO frequency range 160-240Mhz.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
scif_pll_setup(SCIF_PLL0, opt); // lockcount in main clock for the PLL wait lock
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable PLL0 */
|
||||
scif_pll_enable(SCIF_PLL0);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wait for PLL0 locked */
|
||||
scif_wait_for_pll_locked(SCIF_PLL0) ;
|
||||
|
||||
rest = pll_freq;
|
||||
while (rest > AVR32_PM_PBA_MAX_FREQ ||
|
||||
rest != param->pba_f)
|
||||
{
|
||||
div2_pba++;
|
||||
rest = pll_freq / (1 << div2_pba);
|
||||
if (rest < param->pba_f)
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Update real PBA Frequency
|
||||
param->pba_f = pll_freq / (1 << div2_pba);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
if (div2_cpu)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b_div2_cpu = TRUE;
|
||||
div2_cpu--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
b_div2_cpu = FALSE;
|
||||
|
||||
if (div2_pba)
|
||||
{
|
||||
b_div2_pba = TRUE;
|
||||
div2_pba--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
b_div2_pba = FALSE;
|
||||
|
||||
if (b_div2_cpu == TRUE )
|
||||
{
|
||||
pm_set_clk_domain_div(PM_CLK_DOMAIN_0, (pm_divratio_t) div2_cpu); // CPU
|
||||
pm_set_clk_domain_div(PM_CLK_DOMAIN_1, (pm_divratio_t) div2_cpu); // HSB
|
||||
pm_set_clk_domain_div(PM_CLK_DOMAIN_3, (pm_divratio_t) div2_cpu); // PBB
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (b_div2_pba == TRUE )
|
||||
{
|
||||
pm_set_clk_domain_div(PM_CLK_DOMAIN_2, (pm_divratio_t) div2_pba); // PBA
|
||||
pm_set_clk_domain_div(PM_CLK_DOMAIN_4, (pm_divratio_t) div2_pba); // PBC
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Set Flashc Wait State
|
||||
flashc_set_flash_waitstate_and_readmode(param->cpu_f);
|
||||
|
||||
// Set the main clock source as being PLL0.
|
||||
pm_set_mclk_source(PM_CLK_SRC_PLL0);
|
||||
|
||||
return PASS;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif // UC3C device-specific implementation
|
||||
|
||||
long int pcl_switch_to_osc(pcl_osc_t osc, unsigned int fcrystal, unsigned int startup)
|
||||
{
|
||||
#ifndef AVR32_PM_VERSION_RESETVALUE
|
||||
// Implementation for UC3A, UC3A3, UC3B parts.
|
||||
if(PCL_OSC0 == osc)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Configure OSC0 in crystal mode, external crystal with a FOSC0 Hz frequency,
|
||||
// enable the OSC0, set the main clock source as being OSC0.
|
||||
pm_switch_to_osc0(&AVR32_PM, fcrystal, startup);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
return PCL_NOT_SUPPORTED;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#else
|
||||
// Implementation for UC3C, UC3L parts.
|
||||
#if AVR32_PM_VERSION_RESETVALUE < 0x400
|
||||
return PCL_NOT_SUPPORTED;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
if(PCL_OSC0 == osc)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Configure OSC0 in crystal mode, external crystal with a fcrystal Hz frequency.
|
||||
scif_configure_osc_crystalmode(SCIF_OSC0, fcrystal);
|
||||
// Enable the OSC0
|
||||
scif_enable_osc(SCIF_OSC0, startup, true);
|
||||
// Set the Flash wait state and the speed read mode (depending on the target CPU frequency).
|
||||
#if UC3L
|
||||
flashcdw_set_flash_waitstate_and_readmode(fcrystal);
|
||||
#elif UC3C
|
||||
flashc_set_flash_waitstate_and_readmode(fcrystal);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
// Set the main clock source as being OSC0.
|
||||
pm_set_mclk_source(PM_CLK_SRC_OSC0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
return PCL_NOT_SUPPORTED;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
return PASS;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
long int pcl_configure_usb_clock(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
#ifndef AVR32_PM_VERSION_RESETVALUE
|
||||
// Implementation for UC3A, UC3A3, UC3B parts.
|
||||
pm_configure_usb_clock();
|
||||
return PASS;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#ifdef AVR32_PM_410_H_INCLUDED
|
||||
const scif_pll_opt_t opt = {
|
||||
.osc = SCIF_OSC0, // Sel Osc0 or Osc1
|
||||
.lockcount = 16, // lockcount in main clock for the PLL wait lock
|
||||
.div = 1, // DIV=1 in the formula
|
||||
.mul = 5, // MUL=7 in the formula
|
||||
.pll_div2 = 1, // pll_div2 Divide the PLL output frequency by 2 (this settings does not change the FVCO value)
|
||||
.pll_wbwdisable = 0, //pll_wbwdisable 1 Disable the Wide-Bandith Mode (Wide-Bandwith mode allow a faster startup time and out-of-lock time). 0 to enable the Wide-Bandith Mode.
|
||||
.pll_freq = 1, // Set to 1 for VCO frequency range 80-180MHz, set to 0 for VCO frequency range 160-240Mhz.
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* Setup PLL1 on Osc0, mul=7 ,no divisor, lockcount=16, ie. 16Mhzx6 = 96MHz output */
|
||||
scif_pll_setup(SCIF_PLL1, opt); // lockcount in main clock for the PLL wait lock
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable PLL1 */
|
||||
scif_pll_enable(SCIF_PLL1);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wait for PLL1 locked */
|
||||
scif_wait_for_pll_locked(SCIF_PLL1) ;
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementation for UC3C parts.
|
||||
// Setup the generic clock for USB
|
||||
scif_gc_setup(AVR32_SCIF_GCLK_USB,
|
||||
SCIF_GCCTRL_PLL1,
|
||||
AVR32_SCIF_GC_NO_DIV_CLOCK,
|
||||
0);
|
||||
// Now enable the generic clock
|
||||
scif_gc_enable(AVR32_SCIF_GCLK_USB);
|
||||
return PASS;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
return PCL_NOT_SUPPORTED;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#if UC3L
|
||||
#else
|
||||
void pcl_write_gplp(unsigned long gplp, unsigned long value)
|
||||
{
|
||||
#ifndef AVR32_PM_VERSION_RESETVALUE
|
||||
// Implementation for UC3A, UC3A3, UC3B parts.
|
||||
pm_write_gplp(&AVR32_PM,gplp,value);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
scif_write_gplp(gplp,value);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
unsigned long pcl_read_gplp(unsigned long gplp)
|
||||
{
|
||||
#ifndef AVR32_PM_VERSION_RESETVALUE
|
||||
// Implementation for UC3A, UC3A3, UC3B parts.
|
||||
return pm_read_gplp(&AVR32_PM,gplp);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
return scif_read_gplp(gplp);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
@ -0,0 +1,379 @@
|
||||
/* This header file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
|
||||
|
||||
/*This file has been prepared for Doxygen automatic documentation generation.*/
|
||||
/*! \file *********************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \brief High-level library abstracting features such as oscillators/pll/dfll
|
||||
* configuration, clock configuration, System-sensible parameters
|
||||
* configuration, buses clocks configuration, sleep mode, reset.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Compiler: IAR EWAVR32 and GNU GCC for AVR32
|
||||
* - Supported devices: All AVR32 devices.
|
||||
* - AppNote:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \author Atmel Corporation: http://www.atmel.com \n
|
||||
* Support and FAQ: http://support.atmel.no/
|
||||
*
|
||||
*****************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Copyright (c) 2009 Atmel Corporation. All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this
|
||||
* list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3. The name of Atmel may not be used to endorse or promote products derived
|
||||
* from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 4. This software may only be redistributed and used in connection with an Atmel
|
||||
* AVR product.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* EXPRESSLY AND SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR
|
||||
* ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
|
||||
* (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
|
||||
* LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
|
||||
* ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
|
||||
* (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
|
||||
* SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _POWER_CLOCKS_LIB_H_
|
||||
#define _POWER_CLOCKS_LIB_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <avr32/io.h>
|
||||
#include "compiler.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVR32_PM_VERSION_RESETVALUE
|
||||
// Support for UC3A, UC3A3, UC3B parts.
|
||||
#include "pm.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
//! Device-specific data
|
||||
#if UC3L
|
||||
#include "pm_uc3l.h"
|
||||
#include "scif_uc3l.h"
|
||||
#include "flashcdw.h"
|
||||
#elif UC3C
|
||||
#include "pm_uc3c.h"
|
||||
#include "scif_uc3c.h"
|
||||
#include "flashc.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \name Clocks Management
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//! @{
|
||||
|
||||
//! The different oscillators
|
||||
typedef enum
|
||||
{
|
||||
PCL_OSC0 = 0,
|
||||
PCL_OSC1 = 1
|
||||
} pcl_osc_t;
|
||||
|
||||
//! The different DFLLs
|
||||
typedef enum
|
||||
{
|
||||
PCL_DFLL0 = 0,
|
||||
PCL_DFLL1 = 1
|
||||
} pcl_dfll_t;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Possible Main Clock Sources
|
||||
typedef enum
|
||||
{
|
||||
PCL_MC_RCSYS, // Default main clock source, supported by all (aka Slow Clock)
|
||||
PCL_MC_OSC0, // Supported by all
|
||||
PCL_MC_OSC1, // Supported by UC3C only
|
||||
PCL_MC_OSC0_PLL0, // Supported by UC3A, UC3B, UC3A3, UC3C (the main clock source is PLL0 with OSC0 as reference)
|
||||
PCL_MC_OSC1_PLL0, // Supported by UC3A, UC3B, UC3A3, UC3C (the main clock source is PLL0 with OSC1 as reference)
|
||||
PCL_MC_OSC0_PLL1, // Supported by UC3C (the main clock source is PLL1 with OSC0 as reference)
|
||||
PCL_MC_OSC1_PLL1, // Supported by UC3C (the main clock source is PLL1 with OSC1 as reference)
|
||||
PCL_MC_DFLL0, // Supported by UC3L
|
||||
PCL_MC_DFLL1, // Not supported yet
|
||||
PCL_MC_RC120M, // Supported by UC3L, UC3C
|
||||
PCL_MC_RC8M, // Supported by UC3C
|
||||
PCL_MC_CRIPOSC // Supported by UC3C
|
||||
} pcl_mainclk_t;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Input and output parameters to configure clocks with pcl_configure_clocks().
|
||||
// NOTE: regarding the frequency settings, always abide by the datasheet rules and min & max supported frequencies.
|
||||
#ifndef AVR32_PM_VERSION_RESETVALUE
|
||||
// Support for UC3A, UC3A3, UC3B parts.
|
||||
#define pcl_freq_param_t pm_freq_param_t // See pm.h
|
||||
#else
|
||||
// Support for UC3C, UC3L parts.
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
//! Main clock source selection (input argument).
|
||||
pcl_mainclk_t main_clk_src;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Target CPU frequency (input/output argument).
|
||||
unsigned long cpu_f;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Target PBA frequency (input/output argument).
|
||||
unsigned long pba_f;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Target PBB frequency (input/output argument).
|
||||
unsigned long pbb_f;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Target PBC frequency (input/output argument).
|
||||
unsigned long pbc_f;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Oscillator 0's external crystal(or external clock) frequency (board dependant) (input argument).
|
||||
unsigned long osc0_f;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Oscillator 0's external crystal(or external clock) startup time: AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL0_STARTUP_x_RCOSC (input argument).
|
||||
unsigned long osc0_startup;
|
||||
|
||||
//! DFLL target frequency (input/output argument) (NOTE: the bigger, the most stable the frequency)
|
||||
unsigned long dfll_f;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Other parameters that might be necessary depending on the device (implementation-dependent).
|
||||
// For the UC3L DFLL setup, this parameter should be pointing to a structure of
|
||||
// type (scif_gclk_opt_t *).
|
||||
void *pextra_params;
|
||||
} pcl_freq_param_t;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//! Define "not supported" for the lib.
|
||||
#define PCL_NOT_SUPPORTED (-10000)
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Automatically configure the CPU, PBA, PBB, and HSB clocks
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This function needs some parameters stored in a pcl_freq_param_t structure:
|
||||
* - main_clk_src is the id of the main clock source to use,
|
||||
* - cpu_f and pba_f and pbb_f are the wanted frequencies,
|
||||
* - osc0_f is the oscillator 0's external crystal (or external clock) on-board frequency (e.g. FOSC0),
|
||||
* - osc0_startup is the oscillator 0's external crystal (or external clock) startup time (e.g. OSC0_STARTUP).
|
||||
* - dfll_f is the target DFLL frequency to set-up if main_clk_src is the dfll.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The CPU, HSB and PBA frequencies programmed after configuration are stored back into cpu_f and pba_f.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note: since it is dynamically computing the appropriate field values of the
|
||||
* configuration registers from the parameters structure, this function is not
|
||||
* optimal in terms of code size. For a code size optimal solution, it is better
|
||||
* to create a new function from pcl_configure_clocks() and modify it to use
|
||||
* preprocessor computation from pre-defined target frequencies.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param param pointer on the configuration structure.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \retval 0 Success.
|
||||
* \retval <0 The configuration cannot be performed.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern long int pcl_configure_clocks(pcl_freq_param_t *param);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Automatically configure the CPU, PBA, PBB, and HSB clocks using the RCSYS osc as main source clock.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This function needs some parameters stored in a pcl_freq_param_t structure:
|
||||
* - cpu_f and pba_f and pbb_f are the wanted frequencies
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Supported main clock sources: PCL_MC_RCSYS
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Supported synchronous clocks frequencies:
|
||||
* 115200Hz, 57600Hz, 28800Hz, 14400Hz, 7200Hz, 3600Hz, 1800Hz, 900Hz, 450Hz.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note: by default, this implementation doesn't perform thorough checks on the
|
||||
* input parameters. To enable the checks, define AVR32SFW_INPUT_CHECK.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note: since it is dynamically computing the appropriate field values of the
|
||||
* configuration registers from the parameters structure, this function is not
|
||||
* optimal in terms of code size. For a code size optimal solution, it is better
|
||||
* to create a new function from pcl_configure_clocks_rcsys() and modify it to use
|
||||
* preprocessor computation from pre-defined target frequencies.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param param pointer on the configuration structure.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \retval 0 Success.
|
||||
* \retval <0 The configuration cannot be performed.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern long int pcl_configure_clocks_rcsys(pcl_freq_param_t *param);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Automatically configure the CPU, PBA, PBB, and HSB clocks using the RC120M osc as main source clock.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This function needs some parameters stored in a pcl_freq_param_t structure:
|
||||
* - cpu_f and pba_f and pbb_f are the wanted frequencies
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Supported main clock sources: PCL_MC_RC120M
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Supported synchronous clocks frequencies:
|
||||
* 30MHz, 15MHz, 7.5MHz, 3.75MHz, 1.875MHz, 937.5kHz, 468.75kHz.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note: by default, this implementation doesn't perform thorough checks on the
|
||||
* input parameters. To enable the checks, define AVR32SFW_INPUT_CHECK.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note: since it is dynamically computing the appropriate field values of the
|
||||
* configuration registers from the parameters structure, this function is not
|
||||
* optimal in terms of code size. For a code size optimal solution, it is better
|
||||
* to create a new function from pcl_configure_clocks_rc120m() and modify it to
|
||||
* use preprocessor computation from pre-defined target frequencies.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param param pointer on the configuration structure.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \retval 0 Success.
|
||||
* \retval <0 The configuration cannot be performed.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern long int pcl_configure_clocks_rc120m(pcl_freq_param_t *param);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Automatically configure the CPU, PBA, PBB, and HSB clocks using the OSC0 osc as main source clock
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This function needs some parameters stored in a pcl_freq_param_t structure:
|
||||
* - cpu_f and pba_f and pbb_f are the wanted frequencies,
|
||||
* - osc0_f is the oscillator 0's external crystal (or external clock) on-board frequency (e.g. FOSC0),
|
||||
* - osc0_startup is the oscillator 0's external crystal (or external clock) startup time (e.g. OSC0_STARTUP).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Supported main clock sources: PCL_MC_OSC0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Supported synchronous clocks frequencies:
|
||||
* (these obviously depend on the OSC0 frequency; we'll take 16MHz as an example)
|
||||
* 16MHz, 8MHz, 4MHz, 2MHz, 1MHz, 500kHz, 250kHz, 125kHz, 62.5kHz.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note: by default, this implementation doesn't perform thorough checks on the
|
||||
* input parameters. To enable the checks, define AVR32SFW_INPUT_CHECK.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note: since it is dynamically computing the appropriate field values of the
|
||||
* configuration registers from the parameters structure, this function is not
|
||||
* optimal in terms of code size. For a code size optimal solution, it is better
|
||||
* to create a new function from pcl_configure_clocks_osc0() and modify it to use
|
||||
* preprocessor computation from pre-defined target frequencies.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param param pointer on the configuration structure.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \retval 0 Success.
|
||||
* \retval <0 The configuration cannot be performed.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern long int pcl_configure_clocks_osc0(pcl_freq_param_t *param);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Automatically configure the CPU, PBA, PBB, and HSB clocks using the DFLL0 as main source clock
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This function needs some parameters stored in a pcl_freq_param_t structure:
|
||||
* - cpu_f and pba_f and pbb_f are the wanted frequencies,
|
||||
* - dfll_f is the target DFLL frequency to set-up
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note: when the DFLL0 is to be used as main source clock for the synchronous clocks,
|
||||
* the target frequency of the DFLL should be chosen to be as high as possible
|
||||
* within the specification range (for stability reasons); the target cpu and pbx
|
||||
* frequencies will then be reached by appropriate division ratio.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Supported main clock sources: PCL_MC_DFLL0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Supported synchronous clocks frequencies:
|
||||
* (these obviously depend on the DFLL target frequency; we'll take 100MHz as an example)
|
||||
* 50MHz, 25MHz, 12.5MHz, 6.25MHz, 3.125MHz, 1562.5kHz, 781.25kHz, 390.625kHz.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note: by default, this implementation doesn't perform thorough checks on the
|
||||
* input parameters. To enable the checks, define AVR32SFW_INPUT_CHECK.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note: since it is dynamically computing the appropriate field values of the
|
||||
* configuration registers from the parameters structure, this function is not
|
||||
* optimal in terms of code size. For a code size optimal solution, it is better
|
||||
* to create a new function from pcl_configure_clocks_dfll0() and modify it to
|
||||
* use preprocessor computation from pre-defined target frequencies.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param param pointer on the configuration structure.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \retval 0 Success.
|
||||
* \retval <0 The configuration cannot be performed.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern long int pcl_configure_clocks_dfll0(pcl_freq_param_t *param);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Switch the main clock source to Osc0 configured in crystal mode
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param osc The oscillator to enable and switch to.
|
||||
* \param fcrystal Oscillator external crystal frequency (Hz)
|
||||
* \param startup Oscillator startup time.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return Status.
|
||||
* \retval 0 Success.
|
||||
* \retval <0 An error occured.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern long int pcl_switch_to_osc(pcl_osc_t osc, unsigned int fcrystal, unsigned int startup);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Enable the clock of a module.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param module The module to clock (use one of the defines in the part-specific
|
||||
* header file under "toolchain folder"/avr32/inc(lude)/avr32/; depending on the
|
||||
* clock domain, look for the sections "CPU clocks", "HSB clocks", "PBx clocks"
|
||||
* or look in the module section).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return Status.
|
||||
* \retval 0 Success.
|
||||
* \retval <0 An error occured.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifndef AVR32_PM_VERSION_RESETVALUE
|
||||
// Implementation for UC3A, UC3A3, UC3B parts.
|
||||
#define pcl_enable_module(module) pm_enable_module(&AVR32_PM, module)
|
||||
#else
|
||||
// Implementation for UC3C, UC3L parts.
|
||||
#define pcl_enable_module(module) pm_enable_module(module)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Disable the clock of a module.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param module The module to shut down (use one of the defines in the part-specific
|
||||
* header file under "toolchain folder"/avr32/inc(lude)/avr32/; depending on the
|
||||
* clock domain, look for the sections "CPU clocks", "HSB clocks", "PBx clocks"
|
||||
* or look in the module section).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return Status.
|
||||
* \retval 0 Success.
|
||||
* \retval <0 An error occured.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifndef AVR32_PM_VERSION_RESETVALUE
|
||||
// Implementation for UC3A, UC3A3, UC3B parts.
|
||||
#define pcl_disable_module(module) pm_disable_module(&AVR32_PM, module)
|
||||
#else
|
||||
// Implementation for UC3C, UC3L parts.
|
||||
#define pcl_disable_module(module) pm_disable_module(module)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Configure the USB Clock
|
||||
*
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return Status.
|
||||
* \retval 0 Success.
|
||||
* \retval <0 An error occured.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern long int pcl_configure_usb_clock(void);
|
||||
|
||||
//! @}
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \name Power Management
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//! @{
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
* \brief Read the content of the GPLP registers
|
||||
* \param gplp GPLP register index (0,1,... depending on the number of GPLP registers for a given part)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return The content of the chosen GPLP register.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern unsigned long pcl_read_gplp(unsigned long gplp);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
* \brief Write into the GPLP registers
|
||||
* \param gplp GPLP register index (0,1,... depending on the number of GPLP registers for a given part)
|
||||
* \param value Value to write
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void pcl_write_gplp(unsigned long gplp, unsigned long value);
|
||||
|
||||
//! @}
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _POWER_CLOCKS_LIB_H_
|
@ -0,0 +1,213 @@
|
||||
/* This source file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
|
||||
|
||||
/*This file is prepared for Doxygen automatic documentation generation.*/
|
||||
/*! \file *********************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \brief RTC driver for AVR32 UC3.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* AVR32 Real Time Counter driver module.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Compiler: GNU GCC for AVR32
|
||||
* - Supported devices: All AVR32 devices with an RTC and a PM module can be used.
|
||||
* - AppNote:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \author Atmel Corporation: http://www.atmel.com \n
|
||||
* Support and FAQ: http://support.atmel.no/
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Copyright (c) 2009 Atmel Corporation. All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this
|
||||
* list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3. The name of Atmel may not be used to endorse or promote products derived
|
||||
* from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 4. This software may only be redistributed and used in connection with an Atmel
|
||||
* AVR product.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* EXPRESSLY AND SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR
|
||||
* ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
|
||||
* (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
|
||||
* LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
|
||||
* ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
|
||||
* (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
|
||||
* SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <avr32/io.h>
|
||||
#include "compiler.h"
|
||||
#include "pm.h"
|
||||
#include "rtc.h"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
int rtc_is_busy(volatile avr32_rtc_t *rtc)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (rtc->ctrl & AVR32_RTC_CTRL_BUSY_MASK) != 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
int rtc_init(volatile avr32_rtc_t *rtc, unsigned char osc_type, unsigned char psel)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// If exit, it means that the configuration has not been set correctly
|
||||
if (osc_type > (1 << AVR32_RTC_CTRL_CLK32_SIZE) - 1 ||
|
||||
psel > (1 << AVR32_RTC_CTRL_PSEL_SIZE) - 1)
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
|
||||
// If we use the 32-kHz oscillator, we have to enable it first
|
||||
if (osc_type == RTC_OSC_32KHZ)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Select the 32-kHz oscillator crystal
|
||||
pm_enable_osc32_crystal(&AVR32_PM);
|
||||
// Enable the 32-kHz clock
|
||||
pm_enable_clk32_no_wait(&AVR32_PM, AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL32_STARTUP_0_RCOSC);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Wait until the rtc CTRL register is up-to-date
|
||||
while (rtc_is_busy(rtc));
|
||||
|
||||
// Set the new RTC configuration
|
||||
rtc->ctrl = osc_type << AVR32_RTC_CTRL_CLK32_OFFSET |
|
||||
psel << AVR32_RTC_CTRL_PSEL_OFFSET |
|
||||
AVR32_RTC_CTRL_CLKEN_MASK;
|
||||
|
||||
// Wait until write is done
|
||||
while (rtc_is_busy(rtc));
|
||||
|
||||
// Set the counter value to 0
|
||||
rtc_set_value(rtc, 0x00000000);
|
||||
// Set the top value to 0xFFFFFFFF
|
||||
rtc_set_top_value(rtc, 0xFFFFFFFF);
|
||||
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void rtc_set_value(volatile avr32_rtc_t *rtc, unsigned long val)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Wait until we can write into the VAL register
|
||||
while (rtc_is_busy(rtc));
|
||||
// Set the new val value
|
||||
rtc->val = val;
|
||||
// Wait until write is done
|
||||
while (rtc_is_busy(rtc));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
unsigned long rtc_get_value(volatile avr32_rtc_t *rtc)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return rtc->val;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void rtc_enable_wake_up(volatile avr32_rtc_t *rtc)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Wait until the rtc CTRL register is up-to-date
|
||||
while (rtc_is_busy(rtc));
|
||||
// Enable the wake up of the RTC
|
||||
rtc->ctrl |= AVR32_RTC_CTRL_WAKE_EN_MASK;
|
||||
// Wait until write is done
|
||||
while (rtc_is_busy(rtc));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void rtc_disable_wake_up(volatile avr32_rtc_t *rtc)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Wait until the rtc CTRL register is up-to-date
|
||||
while (rtc_is_busy(rtc));
|
||||
// Disable the wake up of the RTC
|
||||
rtc->ctrl &= ~AVR32_RTC_CTRL_WAKE_EN_MASK;
|
||||
// Wait until write is done
|
||||
while (rtc_is_busy(rtc));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void rtc_enable(volatile avr32_rtc_t *rtc)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Wait until the rtc CTRL register is up-to-date
|
||||
while (rtc_is_busy(rtc));
|
||||
// Enable the RTC
|
||||
rtc->ctrl |= AVR32_RTC_CTRL_EN_MASK;
|
||||
// Wait until write is done
|
||||
while (rtc_is_busy(rtc));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void rtc_disable(volatile avr32_rtc_t *rtc)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Wait until the rtc CTRL register is up-to-date
|
||||
while (rtc_is_busy(rtc));
|
||||
// Disable the RTC
|
||||
rtc->ctrl &= ~AVR32_RTC_CTRL_EN_MASK;
|
||||
// Wait until write is done
|
||||
while (rtc_is_busy(rtc));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void rtc_enable_interrupt(volatile avr32_rtc_t *rtc)
|
||||
{
|
||||
rtc->ier = AVR32_RTC_IER_TOPI_MASK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void rtc_disable_interrupt(volatile avr32_rtc_t *rtc)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Bool global_interrupt_enabled = Is_global_interrupt_enabled();
|
||||
|
||||
if (global_interrupt_enabled) Disable_global_interrupt();
|
||||
rtc->idr = AVR32_RTC_IDR_TOPI_MASK;
|
||||
rtc->imr;
|
||||
if (global_interrupt_enabled) Enable_global_interrupt();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void rtc_clear_interrupt(volatile avr32_rtc_t *rtc)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Bool global_interrupt_enabled = Is_global_interrupt_enabled();
|
||||
|
||||
if (global_interrupt_enabled) Disable_global_interrupt();
|
||||
rtc->icr = AVR32_RTC_ICR_TOPI_MASK;
|
||||
rtc->isr;
|
||||
if (global_interrupt_enabled) Enable_global_interrupt();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void rtc_set_top_value(volatile avr32_rtc_t *rtc, unsigned long top)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Wait until we can write into the VAL register
|
||||
while (rtc_is_busy(rtc));
|
||||
// Set the new val value
|
||||
rtc->top = top;
|
||||
// Wait until write is done
|
||||
while (rtc_is_busy(rtc));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
unsigned long rtc_get_top_value(volatile avr32_rtc_t *rtc)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return rtc->top;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
int rtc_interrupt_enabled(volatile avr32_rtc_t *rtc)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (rtc->imr & AVR32_RTC_IMR_TOPI_MASK) != 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
int rtc_is_interrupt(volatile avr32_rtc_t *rtc)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (rtc->isr & AVR32_RTC_ISR_TOPI_MASK) != 0;
|
||||
}
|
@ -0,0 +1,191 @@
|
||||
/* This header file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
|
||||
|
||||
/*This file is prepared for Doxygen automatic documentation generation.*/
|
||||
/*! \file *********************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \brief RTC driver for AVR32 UC3.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* AVR32 Real Time Counter driver module.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Compiler: GNU GCC for AVR32
|
||||
* - Supported devices: All AVR32 devices with an RTC and a PM module can be used.
|
||||
* - AppNote:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \author Atmel Corporation: http://www.atmel.com \n
|
||||
* Support and FAQ: http://support.atmel.no/
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Copyright (c) 2009 Atmel Corporation. All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this
|
||||
* list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3. The name of Atmel may not be used to endorse or promote products derived
|
||||
* from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 4. This software may only be redistributed and used in connection with an Atmel
|
||||
* AVR product.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* EXPRESSLY AND SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR
|
||||
* ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
|
||||
* (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
|
||||
* LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
|
||||
* ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
|
||||
* (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
|
||||
* SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _RTC_H_
|
||||
#define _RTC_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#include "compiler.h"
|
||||
#include <avr32/io.h>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \name Oscillator Types
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//! @{
|
||||
#define RTC_OSC_32KHZ 1
|
||||
#define RTC_OSC_RC 0
|
||||
//! @}
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \name Predefined PSEL Values
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//! @{
|
||||
|
||||
//! The PSEL value to set the RTC source clock (after the prescaler) to 1 Hz,
|
||||
//! when using an external 32-kHz crystal.
|
||||
#define RTC_PSEL_32KHZ_1HZ 14
|
||||
|
||||
//! The PSEL value to set the RTC source clock (after the prescaler) to 1.76 Hz,
|
||||
//! when using the internal RC oscillator (~ 115 kHz).
|
||||
#define RTC_PSEL_RC_1_76HZ 15
|
||||
|
||||
//! @}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
* \brief This function will initialise the RTC module.
|
||||
* If you use the 32 KHz oscillator, it will enable this module.
|
||||
* This function also set the top value of the RTC to 0xFFFFFFFF
|
||||
* and the value to 0.
|
||||
* \param rtc Base address of the RTC (i.e. &AVR32_RTC).
|
||||
* \param osc_type The oscillator you want to use. If you need a better
|
||||
* accuracy, use the 32 KHz oscillator (i.e. RTC_OSC_32KHZ).
|
||||
* \param psel The preselector value for the corresponding oscillator (4-bits).
|
||||
* To obtain this value, you can use this formula:
|
||||
* psel = log(Fosc/Frtc)/log(2)-1, where Fosc is the frequency of the
|
||||
* oscillator you are using (32 KHz or 115 KHz) and Frtc the frequency
|
||||
* desired.
|
||||
* \return 1 if the initialisation succeds otherwize it will return 0.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern int rtc_init(volatile avr32_rtc_t *rtc, unsigned char osc_type, unsigned char psel);
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
* \brief Enable the RTC.
|
||||
* \param rtc Base address of the RTC (i.e. &AVR32_RTC).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void rtc_enable(volatile avr32_rtc_t *rtc);
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
* \brief Disable the RTC.
|
||||
* \param rtc Base address of the RTC (i.e. &AVR32_RTC).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void rtc_disable(volatile avr32_rtc_t *rtc);
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
* \brief Enable the wake up feature of the RTC.
|
||||
* \param rtc Base address of the RTC (i.e. &AVR32_RTC).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void rtc_enable_wake_up(volatile avr32_rtc_t *rtc);
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
* \brief Disable the wake up feature of the RTC.
|
||||
* \param rtc Base address of the RTC (i.e. &AVR32_RTC).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void rtc_disable_wake_up(volatile avr32_rtc_t *rtc);
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
* \brief Enable the interrupt feature of the RTC.
|
||||
* An interrupt is raised when the value of the RTC
|
||||
* is equal to its top value.
|
||||
* \param rtc Base address of the RTC (i.e. &AVR32_RTC).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void rtc_enable_interrupt(volatile avr32_rtc_t *rtc);
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
* \brief Disable the interrupt feature of the RTC.
|
||||
* \param rtc Base address of the RTC (i.e. &AVR32_RTC).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void rtc_disable_interrupt(volatile avr32_rtc_t *rtc);
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
* \brief Clear the interrupt flag.
|
||||
* Call this function once you handled the interrupt.
|
||||
* \param rtc Base address of the RTC (i.e. &AVR32_RTC).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void rtc_clear_interrupt(volatile avr32_rtc_t *rtc);
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
* \brief Get the status of interrupts.
|
||||
* \param rtc Base address of the RTC (i.e. &AVR32_RTC).
|
||||
* \return 1 if the interrupts are enabled otherwize it returns 0.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern int rtc_interrupt_enabled(volatile avr32_rtc_t *rtc);
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
* \brief Check if an interrupt is raised.
|
||||
* \param rtc Base address of the RTC (i.e. &AVR32_RTC).
|
||||
* \return 1 if an interrupt is currently raised otherwize it returns 0.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern int rtc_is_interrupt(volatile avr32_rtc_t *rtc);
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
* \brief This function sets the RTC current top value.
|
||||
* \param rtc Base address of the RTC (i.e. &AVR32_RTC).
|
||||
* \param top The top value you want to store.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void rtc_set_top_value(volatile avr32_rtc_t *rtc, unsigned long top);
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
* \brief This function returns the RTC current top value.
|
||||
* \param rtc Base address of the RTC (i.e. &AVR32_RTC).
|
||||
* \return The RTC current top value.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern unsigned long rtc_get_top_value(volatile avr32_rtc_t *rtc);
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
* \brief This function checks if the RTC is busy or not.
|
||||
* \param rtc Base address of the RTC (i.e. &AVR32_RTC).
|
||||
* \return 1 if the RTC is busy otherwize it will return 0.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern int rtc_is_busy(volatile avr32_rtc_t *rtc);
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
* \brief This function sets the RTC current value.
|
||||
* \param rtc Base address of the RTC (i.e. &AVR32_RTC).
|
||||
* \param val The value you want to store.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void rtc_set_value(volatile avr32_rtc_t *rtc, unsigned long val);
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
* \brief This function returns the RTC current value.
|
||||
* \param rtc Base address of the RTC (i.e. &AVR32_RTC).
|
||||
* \return The RTC current value.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern unsigned long rtc_get_value(volatile avr32_rtc_t *rtc);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _RTC_H_
|
@ -0,0 +1,443 @@
|
||||
/* This source file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
|
||||
|
||||
/*This file is prepared for Doxygen automatic documentation generation.*/
|
||||
/*! \file *********************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \brief SPI driver for AVR32 UC3.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file defines a useful set of functions for the SPI interface on AVR32
|
||||
* devices.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Compiler: IAR EWAVR32 and GNU GCC for AVR32
|
||||
* - Supported devices: All AVR32 devices with an SPI module can be used.
|
||||
* - AppNote:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \author Atmel Corporation: http://www.atmel.com \n
|
||||
* Support and FAQ: http://support.atmel.no/
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Copyright (c) 2009 Atmel Corporation. All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this
|
||||
* list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3. The name of Atmel may not be used to endorse or promote products derived
|
||||
* from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 4. This software may only be redistributed and used in connection with an Atmel
|
||||
* AVR product.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* EXPRESSLY AND SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR
|
||||
* ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
|
||||
* (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
|
||||
* LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
|
||||
* ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
|
||||
* (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
|
||||
* SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "spi.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef FREERTOS_USED
|
||||
|
||||
#include "FreeRTOS.h"
|
||||
#include "semphr.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \name SPI Writable Bit-Field Registers
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//! @{
|
||||
|
||||
typedef union
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned long cr;
|
||||
avr32_spi_cr_t CR;
|
||||
} u_avr32_spi_cr_t;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef union
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned long mr;
|
||||
avr32_spi_mr_t MR;
|
||||
} u_avr32_spi_mr_t;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef union
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned long tdr;
|
||||
avr32_spi_tdr_t TDR;
|
||||
} u_avr32_spi_tdr_t;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef union
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned long ier;
|
||||
avr32_spi_ier_t IER;
|
||||
} u_avr32_spi_ier_t;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef union
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned long idr;
|
||||
avr32_spi_idr_t IDR;
|
||||
} u_avr32_spi_idr_t;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef union
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned long csr;
|
||||
avr32_spi_csr0_t CSR;
|
||||
} u_avr32_spi_csr_t;
|
||||
|
||||
//! @}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef FREERTOS_USED
|
||||
|
||||
//! The SPI mutex.
|
||||
static xSemaphoreHandle xSPIMutex;
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Calculates the baudrate divider.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param options Pointer to a structure containing initialization options for
|
||||
* an SPI channel.
|
||||
* \param pba_hz SPI module input clock frequency (PBA clock, Hz).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return Divider or error code.
|
||||
* \retval >=0 Success.
|
||||
* \retval <0 Error.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static int getBaudDiv(const spi_options_t *options, unsigned int pba_hz)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int baudDiv = (pba_hz + options->baudrate / 2) / options->baudrate;
|
||||
|
||||
if (baudDiv <= 0 || baudDiv > 255) {
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return baudDiv;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void spi_reset(volatile avr32_spi_t *spi)
|
||||
{
|
||||
spi->cr = AVR32_SPI_CR_SWRST_MASK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
spi_status_t spi_initSlave(volatile avr32_spi_t *spi,
|
||||
unsigned char bits,
|
||||
unsigned char spi_mode)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (spi_mode > 3 ||
|
||||
bits < 8 || bits > 16) {
|
||||
return SPI_ERROR_ARGUMENT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Reset.
|
||||
spi->cr = AVR32_SPI_CR_SWRST_MASK;
|
||||
|
||||
// Will use CSR0 offsets; these are the same for CSR0 to CSR3.
|
||||
spi->csr0 = ((spi_mode >> 1) << AVR32_SPI_CSR0_CPOL_OFFSET) |
|
||||
(((spi_mode & 0x1) ^ 0x1) << AVR32_SPI_CSR0_NCPHA_OFFSET) |
|
||||
((bits - 8) << AVR32_SPI_CSR0_BITS_OFFSET);
|
||||
|
||||
return SPI_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
spi_status_t spi_initTest(volatile avr32_spi_t *spi)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Reset.
|
||||
spi->cr = AVR32_SPI_CR_SWRST_MASK;
|
||||
spi->mr |= AVR32_SPI_MR_MSTR_MASK | // Master Mode.
|
||||
AVR32_SPI_MR_LLB_MASK; // Local Loopback.
|
||||
|
||||
return SPI_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
spi_status_t spi_initMaster(volatile avr32_spi_t *spi, const spi_options_t *options)
|
||||
{
|
||||
u_avr32_spi_mr_t u_avr32_spi_mr;
|
||||
|
||||
if (options->modfdis > 1) {
|
||||
return SPI_ERROR_ARGUMENT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Reset.
|
||||
spi->cr = AVR32_SPI_CR_SWRST_MASK;
|
||||
|
||||
// Master Mode.
|
||||
u_avr32_spi_mr.mr = spi->mr;
|
||||
u_avr32_spi_mr.MR.mstr = 1;
|
||||
u_avr32_spi_mr.MR.modfdis = options->modfdis;
|
||||
u_avr32_spi_mr.MR.llb = 0;
|
||||
u_avr32_spi_mr.MR.pcs = (1 << AVR32_SPI_MR_PCS_SIZE) - 1;
|
||||
spi->mr = u_avr32_spi_mr.mr;
|
||||
|
||||
return SPI_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
spi_status_t spi_selectionMode(volatile avr32_spi_t *spi,
|
||||
unsigned char variable_ps,
|
||||
unsigned char pcs_decode,
|
||||
unsigned char delay)
|
||||
{
|
||||
u_avr32_spi_mr_t u_avr32_spi_mr;
|
||||
|
||||
if (variable_ps > 1 ||
|
||||
pcs_decode > 1) {
|
||||
return SPI_ERROR_ARGUMENT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
u_avr32_spi_mr.mr = spi->mr;
|
||||
u_avr32_spi_mr.MR.ps = variable_ps;
|
||||
u_avr32_spi_mr.MR.pcsdec = pcs_decode;
|
||||
u_avr32_spi_mr.MR.dlybcs = delay;
|
||||
spi->mr = u_avr32_spi_mr.mr;
|
||||
|
||||
return SPI_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
spi_status_t spi_selectChip(volatile avr32_spi_t *spi, unsigned char chip)
|
||||
{
|
||||
#ifdef FREERTOS_USED
|
||||
while (pdFALSE == xSemaphoreTake(xSPIMutex, 20));
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
// Assert all lines; no peripheral is selected.
|
||||
spi->mr |= AVR32_SPI_MR_PCS_MASK;
|
||||
|
||||
if (spi->mr & AVR32_SPI_MR_PCSDEC_MASK) {
|
||||
// The signal is decoded; allow up to 15 chips.
|
||||
if (chip > 14) {
|
||||
return SPI_ERROR_ARGUMENT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
spi->mr &= ~AVR32_SPI_MR_PCS_MASK | (chip << AVR32_SPI_MR_PCS_OFFSET);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
if (chip > 3) {
|
||||
return SPI_ERROR_ARGUMENT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
spi->mr &= ~(1 << (AVR32_SPI_MR_PCS_OFFSET + chip));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return SPI_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
spi_status_t spi_unselectChip(volatile avr32_spi_t *spi, unsigned char chip)
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned int timeout = SPI_TIMEOUT;
|
||||
|
||||
while (!(spi->sr & AVR32_SPI_SR_TXEMPTY_MASK)) {
|
||||
if (!timeout--) {
|
||||
return SPI_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Assert all lines; no peripheral is selected.
|
||||
spi->mr |= AVR32_SPI_MR_PCS_MASK;
|
||||
|
||||
// Last transfer, so deassert the current NPCS if CSAAT is set.
|
||||
spi->cr = AVR32_SPI_CR_LASTXFER_MASK;
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef FREERTOS_USED
|
||||
xSemaphoreGive(xSPIMutex);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
return SPI_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
spi_status_t spi_setupChipReg(volatile avr32_spi_t *spi,
|
||||
const spi_options_t *options,
|
||||
unsigned int pba_hz)
|
||||
{
|
||||
u_avr32_spi_csr_t u_avr32_spi_csr;
|
||||
|
||||
if (options->spi_mode > 3 ||
|
||||
options->stay_act > 1 ||
|
||||
options->bits < 8 || options->bits > 16) {
|
||||
return SPI_ERROR_ARGUMENT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int baudDiv = getBaudDiv(options, pba_hz);
|
||||
|
||||
if (baudDiv < 0) {
|
||||
return SPI_ERROR_ARGUMENT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Will use CSR0 offsets; these are the same for CSR0 to CSR3.
|
||||
u_avr32_spi_csr.csr = 0;
|
||||
u_avr32_spi_csr.CSR.cpol = options->spi_mode >> 1;
|
||||
u_avr32_spi_csr.CSR.ncpha = (options->spi_mode & 0x1) ^ 0x1;
|
||||
u_avr32_spi_csr.CSR.csaat = options->stay_act;
|
||||
u_avr32_spi_csr.CSR.bits = options->bits - 8;
|
||||
u_avr32_spi_csr.CSR.scbr = baudDiv;
|
||||
u_avr32_spi_csr.CSR.dlybs = options->spck_delay;
|
||||
u_avr32_spi_csr.CSR.dlybct = options->trans_delay;
|
||||
|
||||
switch(options->reg) {
|
||||
case 0:
|
||||
spi->csr0 = u_avr32_spi_csr.csr;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case 1:
|
||||
spi->csr1 = u_avr32_spi_csr.csr;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case 2:
|
||||
spi->csr2 = u_avr32_spi_csr.csr;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case 3:
|
||||
spi->csr3 = u_avr32_spi_csr.csr;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
return SPI_ERROR_ARGUMENT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef FREERTOS_USED
|
||||
if (!xSPIMutex)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Create the SPI mutex.
|
||||
vSemaphoreCreateBinary(xSPIMutex);
|
||||
if (!xSPIMutex)
|
||||
{
|
||||
while(1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
return SPI_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void spi_enable(volatile avr32_spi_t *spi)
|
||||
{
|
||||
spi->cr = AVR32_SPI_CR_SPIEN_MASK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void spi_disable(volatile avr32_spi_t *spi)
|
||||
{
|
||||
spi->cr = AVR32_SPI_CR_SPIDIS_MASK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
int spi_is_enabled(volatile avr32_spi_t *spi)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (spi->sr & AVR32_SPI_SR_SPIENS_MASK) != 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
inline unsigned char spi_writeRegisterEmptyCheck(volatile avr32_spi_t *spi)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return ((spi->sr & AVR32_SPI_SR_TDRE_MASK) != 0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
inline spi_status_t spi_write(volatile avr32_spi_t *spi, unsigned short data)
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned int timeout = SPI_TIMEOUT;
|
||||
|
||||
while (!(spi->sr & AVR32_SPI_SR_TDRE_MASK)) {
|
||||
if (!timeout--) {
|
||||
return SPI_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
spi->tdr = data << AVR32_SPI_TDR_TD_OFFSET;
|
||||
|
||||
return SPI_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
spi_status_t spi_variableSlaveWrite(volatile avr32_spi_t *spi, unsigned short data,
|
||||
unsigned char pcs, unsigned char lastxfer)
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned int timeout = SPI_TIMEOUT;
|
||||
|
||||
if (pcs > 14 || lastxfer > 1) {
|
||||
return SPI_ERROR_ARGUMENT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
while (!(spi->sr & AVR32_SPI_SR_TDRE_MASK)) {
|
||||
if (!timeout--) {
|
||||
return SPI_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
spi->tdr = (data << AVR32_SPI_TDR_TD_OFFSET) |
|
||||
(pcs << AVR32_SPI_TDR_PCS_OFFSET) |
|
||||
(lastxfer << AVR32_SPI_TDR_LASTXFER_OFFSET);
|
||||
|
||||
return SPI_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
inline unsigned char spi_writeEndCheck(volatile avr32_spi_t *spi)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return ((spi->sr & AVR32_SPI_SR_TXEMPTY_MASK) != 0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
unsigned char spi_readRegisterFullCheck(volatile avr32_spi_t *spi)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return ((spi->sr & AVR32_SPI_SR_RDRF_MASK) != 0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
inline spi_status_t spi_read(volatile avr32_spi_t *spi, unsigned short *data)
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned int timeout = SPI_TIMEOUT;
|
||||
|
||||
while ((spi->sr & (AVR32_SPI_SR_RDRF_MASK | AVR32_SPI_SR_TXEMPTY_MASK)) !=
|
||||
(AVR32_SPI_SR_RDRF_MASK | AVR32_SPI_SR_TXEMPTY_MASK)) {
|
||||
if (!timeout--) {
|
||||
return SPI_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
*data = spi->rdr >> AVR32_SPI_RDR_RD_OFFSET;
|
||||
|
||||
return SPI_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
unsigned char spi_getStatus(volatile avr32_spi_t *spi)
|
||||
{
|
||||
spi_status_t ret = SPI_OK;
|
||||
unsigned long sr = spi->sr;
|
||||
|
||||
if (sr & AVR32_SPI_SR_OVRES_MASK) {
|
||||
ret = SPI_ERROR_OVERRUN;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (sr & AVR32_SPI_SR_MODF_MASK) {
|
||||
ret += SPI_ERROR_MODE_FAULT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (ret == (SPI_ERROR_OVERRUN + SPI_ERROR_MODE_FAULT)) {
|
||||
return SPI_ERROR_OVERRUN_AND_MODE_FAULT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (ret > 0) {
|
||||
return ret;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
return SPI_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
@ -0,0 +1,342 @@
|
||||
/* This header file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
|
||||
|
||||
/*This file is prepared for Doxygen automatic documentation generation.*/
|
||||
/*! \file *********************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \brief SPI driver for AVR32 UC3.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file defines a useful set of functions for the SPI interface on AVR32
|
||||
* devices.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Compiler: IAR EWAVR32 and GNU GCC for AVR32
|
||||
* - Supported devices: All AVR32 devices with an SPI module can be used.
|
||||
* - AppNote:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \author Atmel Corporation: http://www.atmel.com \n
|
||||
* Support and FAQ: http://support.atmel.no/
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Copyright (c) 2009 Atmel Corporation. All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this
|
||||
* list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3. The name of Atmel may not be used to endorse or promote products derived
|
||||
* from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 4. This software may only be redistributed and used in connection with an Atmel
|
||||
* AVR product.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* EXPRESSLY AND SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR
|
||||
* ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
|
||||
* (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
|
||||
* LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
|
||||
* ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
|
||||
* (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
|
||||
* SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _SPI_H_
|
||||
#define _SPI_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#include <avr32/io.h>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//! Time-out value (number of attempts).
|
||||
#define SPI_TIMEOUT 10000
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//! Status codes used by the SPI driver.
|
||||
typedef enum
|
||||
{
|
||||
SPI_ERROR = -1,
|
||||
SPI_OK = 0,
|
||||
SPI_ERROR_TIMEOUT = 1,
|
||||
SPI_ERROR_ARGUMENT,
|
||||
SPI_ERROR_OVERRUN,
|
||||
SPI_ERROR_MODE_FAULT,
|
||||
SPI_ERROR_OVERRUN_AND_MODE_FAULT
|
||||
} spi_status_t;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Option structure for SPI channels.
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
//! The SPI channel to set up.
|
||||
unsigned char reg;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Preferred baudrate for the SPI.
|
||||
unsigned int baudrate;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Number of bits in each character (8 to 16).
|
||||
unsigned char bits;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Delay before first clock pulse after selecting slave (in PBA clock periods).
|
||||
unsigned char spck_delay;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Delay between each transfer/character (in PBA clock periods).
|
||||
unsigned char trans_delay;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets this chip to stay active after last transfer to it.
|
||||
unsigned char stay_act;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Which SPI mode to use when transmitting.
|
||||
unsigned char spi_mode;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Disables the mode fault detection.
|
||||
//! With this bit cleared, the SPI master mode will disable itself if another
|
||||
//! master tries to address it.
|
||||
unsigned char modfdis;
|
||||
} spi_options_t;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Resets the SPI controller.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param spi Base address of the SPI instance.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void spi_reset(volatile avr32_spi_t *spi);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Initializes the SPI in slave mode.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param spi Base address of the SPI instance.
|
||||
* \param bits Number of bits in each transmitted character (8 to 16).
|
||||
* \param spi_mode Clock polarity and phase.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return Status.
|
||||
* \retval SPI_OK Success.
|
||||
* \retval SPI_ERROR_ARGUMENT Invalid argument(s) passed.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern spi_status_t spi_initSlave(volatile avr32_spi_t *spi,
|
||||
unsigned char bits,
|
||||
unsigned char spi_mode);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Sets up the SPI in a test mode where the transmitter is connected to
|
||||
* the receiver (local loopback).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param spi Base address of the SPI instance.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return Status.
|
||||
* \retval SPI_OK Success.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern spi_status_t spi_initTest(volatile avr32_spi_t *spi);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Initializes the SPI in master mode.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param spi Base address of the SPI instance.
|
||||
* \param options Pointer to a structure containing initialization options.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return Status.
|
||||
* \retval SPI_OK Success.
|
||||
* \retval SPI_ERROR_ARGUMENT Invalid argument(s) passed.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern spi_status_t spi_initMaster(volatile avr32_spi_t *spi, const spi_options_t *options);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Sets up how and when the slave chips are selected (master mode only).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param spi Base address of the SPI instance.
|
||||
* \param variable_ps Target slave is selected in transfer register for every
|
||||
* character to transmit.
|
||||
* \param pcs_decode The four chip select lines are decoded externally. Values
|
||||
* 0 to 14 can be given to \ref spi_selectChip.
|
||||
* \param delay Delay in PBA periods between chip selects.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return Status.
|
||||
* \retval SPI_OK Success.
|
||||
* \retval SPI_ERROR_ARGUMENT Invalid argument(s) passed.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern spi_status_t spi_selectionMode(volatile avr32_spi_t *spi,
|
||||
unsigned char variable_ps,
|
||||
unsigned char pcs_decode,
|
||||
unsigned char delay);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Selects slave chip.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param spi Base address of the SPI instance.
|
||||
* \param chip Slave chip number (normal: 0 to 3, extarnally decoded signal: 0
|
||||
* to 14).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return Status.
|
||||
* \retval SPI_OK Success.
|
||||
* \retval SPI_ERROR_ARGUMENT Invalid argument(s) passed.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern spi_status_t spi_selectChip(volatile avr32_spi_t *spi, unsigned char chip);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Unselects slave chip.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param spi Base address of the SPI instance.
|
||||
* \param chip Slave chip number (normal: 0 to 3, extarnally decoded signal: 0
|
||||
* to 14).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return Status.
|
||||
* \retval SPI_OK Success.
|
||||
* \retval SPI_ERROR_TIMEOUT Time-out.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note Will block program execution until time-out occurs if last transmission
|
||||
* is not complete. Invoke \ref spi_writeEndCheck beforehand if needed.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern spi_status_t spi_unselectChip(volatile avr32_spi_t *spi, unsigned char chip);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Sets options for a specific slave chip.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The baudrate field has to be written before transfer in master mode. Four
|
||||
* similar registers exist, one for each slave. When using encoded slave
|
||||
* addressing, reg=0 sets options for slaves 0 to 3, reg=1 for slaves 4 to 7 and
|
||||
* so on.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param spi Base address of the SPI instance.
|
||||
* \param options Pointer to a structure containing initialization options for
|
||||
* an SPI channel.
|
||||
* \param pba_hz SPI module input clock frequency (PBA clock, Hz).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return Status.
|
||||
* \retval SPI_OK Success.
|
||||
* \retval SPI_ERROR_ARGUMENT Invalid argument(s) passed.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern spi_status_t spi_setupChipReg(volatile avr32_spi_t *spi,
|
||||
const spi_options_t *options,
|
||||
unsigned int pba_hz);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Enables the SPI.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param spi Base address of the SPI instance.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void spi_enable(volatile avr32_spi_t *spi);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Disables the SPI.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Ensures that nothing is transferred while setting up buffers.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param spi Base address of the SPI instance.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \warning This may cause data loss if used on a slave SPI.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void spi_disable(volatile avr32_spi_t *spi);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Tests if the SPI is enabled.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param spi Base address of the SPI instance.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return \c 1 if the SPI is enabled, otherwise \c 0.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern int spi_is_enabled(volatile avr32_spi_t *spi);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Checks if there is no data in the transmit register.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param spi Base address of the SPI instance.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return Status.
|
||||
* \retval 1 No data in TDR.
|
||||
* \retval 0 Some data in TDR.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern unsigned char spi_writeRegisterEmptyCheck(volatile avr32_spi_t *spi);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Writes one data word in master fixed peripheral select mode or in
|
||||
* slave mode.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param spi Base address of the SPI instance.
|
||||
* \param data The data word to write.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return Status.
|
||||
* \retval SPI_OK Success.
|
||||
* \retval SPI_ERROR_TIMEOUT Time-out.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note Will block program execution until time-out occurs if transmitter is
|
||||
* busy and transmit buffer is full. Invoke
|
||||
* \ref spi_writeRegisterEmptyCheck beforehand if needed.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note Once the data has been written to the transmit buffer, the end of
|
||||
* transmission is not waited for. Invoke \ref spi_writeEndCheck if
|
||||
* needed.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern spi_status_t spi_write(volatile avr32_spi_t *spi, unsigned short data);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Selects a slave in master variable peripheral select mode and writes
|
||||
* one data word to it.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param spi Base address of the SPI instance.
|
||||
* \param data The data word to write.
|
||||
* \param pcs Slave selector (bit 0 -> nCS line 0, bit 1 -> nCS line 1,
|
||||
* etc.).
|
||||
* \param lastxfer Boolean indicating whether this is the last data word
|
||||
* transfer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return Status.
|
||||
* \retval SPI_OK Success.
|
||||
* \retval SPI_ERROR_TIMEOUT Time-out.
|
||||
* \retval SPI_ERROR_ARGUMENT Invalid argument(s) passed.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note Will block program execution until time-out occurs if transmitter is
|
||||
* busy and transmit buffer is full. Invoke
|
||||
* \ref spi_writeRegisterEmptyCheck beforehand if needed.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note Once the data has been written to the transmit buffer, the end of
|
||||
* transmission is not waited for. Invoke \ref spi_writeEndCheck if
|
||||
* needed.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern spi_status_t spi_variableSlaveWrite(volatile avr32_spi_t *spi,
|
||||
unsigned short data,
|
||||
unsigned char pcs,
|
||||
unsigned char lastxfer);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Checks if all transmissions are complete.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param spi Base address of the SPI instance.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return Status.
|
||||
* \retval 1 All transmissions complete.
|
||||
* \retval 0 Transmissions not complete.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern unsigned char spi_writeEndCheck(volatile avr32_spi_t *spi);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Checks if there is data in the receive register.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param spi Base address of the SPI instance.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return Status.
|
||||
* \retval 1 Some data in RDR.
|
||||
* \retval 0 No data in RDR.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern unsigned char spi_readRegisterFullCheck(volatile avr32_spi_t *spi);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Reads one data word in master mode or in slave mode.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param spi Base address of the SPI instance.
|
||||
* \param data Pointer to the location where to store the received data word.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return Status.
|
||||
* \retval SPI_OK Success.
|
||||
* \retval SPI_ERROR_TIMEOUT Time-out.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note Will block program execution until time-out occurs if no data is
|
||||
* received or last transmission is not complete. Invoke
|
||||
* \ref spi_writeEndCheck or \ref spi_readRegisterFullCheck beforehand if
|
||||
* needed.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern spi_status_t spi_read(volatile avr32_spi_t *spi, unsigned short *data);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Gets status information from the SPI.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param spi Base address of the SPI instance.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return Status.
|
||||
* \retval SPI_OK Success.
|
||||
* \retval SPI_ERROR_OVERRUN Overrun error.
|
||||
* \retval SPI_ERROR_MODE_FAULT Mode fault (SPI addressed as slave
|
||||
* while in master mode).
|
||||
* \retval SPI_ERROR_OVERRUN_AND_MODE_FAULT Overrun error and mode fault.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern unsigned char spi_getStatus(volatile avr32_spi_t *spi);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _SPI_H_
|
@ -0,0 +1,314 @@
|
||||
/* This source file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
|
||||
|
||||
/*This file is prepared for Doxygen automatic documentation generation.*/
|
||||
/*! \file *********************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \brief TC driver for AVR32 UC3.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* AVR32 Timer/Counter driver module.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Compiler: IAR EWAVR32 and GNU GCC for AVR32
|
||||
* - Supported devices: All AVR32 devices with a TC module can be used.
|
||||
* - AppNote:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \author Atmel Corporation: http://www.atmel.com \n
|
||||
* Support and FAQ: http://support.atmel.no/
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Copyright (c) 2009 Atmel Corporation. All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this
|
||||
* list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3. The name of Atmel may not be used to endorse or promote products derived
|
||||
* from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 4. This software may only be redistributed and used in connection with an Atmel
|
||||
* AVR product.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* EXPRESSLY AND SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR
|
||||
* ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
|
||||
* (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
|
||||
* LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
|
||||
* ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
|
||||
* (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
|
||||
* SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <avr32/io.h>
|
||||
#include "compiler.h"
|
||||
#include "tc.h"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
int tc_get_interrupt_settings(volatile avr32_tc_t *tc, unsigned int channel)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Check for valid input.
|
||||
if (channel >= TC_NUMBER_OF_CHANNELS)
|
||||
return TC_INVALID_ARGUMENT;
|
||||
|
||||
return tc->channel[channel].imr;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
int tc_configure_interrupts(volatile avr32_tc_t *tc, unsigned int channel, const tc_interrupt_t *bitfield)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Bool global_interrupt_enabled = Is_global_interrupt_enabled();
|
||||
|
||||
// Check for valid input.
|
||||
if (channel >= TC_NUMBER_OF_CHANNELS)
|
||||
return TC_INVALID_ARGUMENT;
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable the appropriate interrupts.
|
||||
tc->channel[channel].ier = bitfield->etrgs << AVR32_TC_ETRGS_OFFSET |
|
||||
bitfield->ldrbs << AVR32_TC_LDRBS_OFFSET |
|
||||
bitfield->ldras << AVR32_TC_LDRAS_OFFSET |
|
||||
bitfield->cpcs << AVR32_TC_CPCS_OFFSET |
|
||||
bitfield->cpbs << AVR32_TC_CPBS_OFFSET |
|
||||
bitfield->cpas << AVR32_TC_CPAS_OFFSET |
|
||||
bitfield->lovrs << AVR32_TC_LOVRS_OFFSET |
|
||||
bitfield->covfs << AVR32_TC_COVFS_OFFSET;
|
||||
|
||||
// Disable the appropriate interrupts.
|
||||
if (global_interrupt_enabled) Disable_global_interrupt();
|
||||
tc->channel[channel].idr = (~bitfield->etrgs & 1) << AVR32_TC_ETRGS_OFFSET |
|
||||
(~bitfield->ldrbs & 1) << AVR32_TC_LDRBS_OFFSET |
|
||||
(~bitfield->ldras & 1) << AVR32_TC_LDRAS_OFFSET |
|
||||
(~bitfield->cpcs & 1) << AVR32_TC_CPCS_OFFSET |
|
||||
(~bitfield->cpbs & 1) << AVR32_TC_CPBS_OFFSET |
|
||||
(~bitfield->cpas & 1) << AVR32_TC_CPAS_OFFSET |
|
||||
(~bitfield->lovrs & 1) << AVR32_TC_LOVRS_OFFSET |
|
||||
(~bitfield->covfs & 1) << AVR32_TC_COVFS_OFFSET;
|
||||
tc->channel[channel].sr;
|
||||
if (global_interrupt_enabled) Enable_global_interrupt();
|
||||
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
int tc_select_external_clock(volatile avr32_tc_t *tc, unsigned int channel, unsigned int ext_clk_sig_src)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Check for valid input.
|
||||
if (channel >= TC_NUMBER_OF_CHANNELS || ext_clk_sig_src >= 1 << AVR32_TC_BMR_TC0XC0S_SIZE)
|
||||
return TC_INVALID_ARGUMENT;
|
||||
|
||||
// Clear bit-field and set the correct behavior.
|
||||
tc->bmr = (tc->bmr & ~(AVR32_TC_BMR_TC0XC0S_MASK << (channel * AVR32_TC_BMR_TC0XC0S_SIZE))) |
|
||||
(ext_clk_sig_src << (channel * AVR32_TC_BMR_TC0XC0S_SIZE));
|
||||
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
int tc_init_capture(volatile avr32_tc_t *tc, const tc_capture_opt_t *opt)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Check for valid input.
|
||||
if (opt->channel >= TC_NUMBER_OF_CHANNELS)
|
||||
return TC_INVALID_ARGUMENT;
|
||||
|
||||
// MEASURE SIGNALS: Capture operating mode.
|
||||
tc->channel[opt->channel].cmr = opt->ldrb << AVR32_TC_LDRB_OFFSET |
|
||||
opt->ldra << AVR32_TC_LDRA_OFFSET |
|
||||
0 << AVR32_TC_WAVE_OFFSET |
|
||||
opt->cpctrg << AVR32_TC_CPCTRG_OFFSET |
|
||||
opt->abetrg << AVR32_TC_ABETRG_OFFSET |
|
||||
opt->etrgedg << AVR32_TC_ETRGEDG_OFFSET|
|
||||
opt->ldbdis << AVR32_TC_LDBDIS_OFFSET |
|
||||
opt->ldbstop << AVR32_TC_LDBSTOP_OFFSET |
|
||||
opt->burst << AVR32_TC_BURST_OFFSET |
|
||||
opt->clki << AVR32_TC_CLKI_OFFSET |
|
||||
opt->tcclks << AVR32_TC_TCCLKS_OFFSET;
|
||||
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
int tc_init_waveform(volatile avr32_tc_t *tc, const tc_waveform_opt_t *opt)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Check for valid input.
|
||||
if (opt->channel >= TC_NUMBER_OF_CHANNELS)
|
||||
return TC_INVALID_ARGUMENT;
|
||||
|
||||
// GENERATE SIGNALS: Waveform operating mode.
|
||||
tc->channel[opt->channel].cmr = opt->bswtrg << AVR32_TC_BSWTRG_OFFSET |
|
||||
opt->beevt << AVR32_TC_BEEVT_OFFSET |
|
||||
opt->bcpc << AVR32_TC_BCPC_OFFSET |
|
||||
opt->bcpb << AVR32_TC_BCPB_OFFSET |
|
||||
opt->aswtrg << AVR32_TC_ASWTRG_OFFSET |
|
||||
opt->aeevt << AVR32_TC_AEEVT_OFFSET |
|
||||
opt->acpc << AVR32_TC_ACPC_OFFSET |
|
||||
opt->acpa << AVR32_TC_ACPA_OFFSET |
|
||||
1 << AVR32_TC_WAVE_OFFSET |
|
||||
opt->wavsel << AVR32_TC_WAVSEL_OFFSET |
|
||||
opt->enetrg << AVR32_TC_ENETRG_OFFSET |
|
||||
opt->eevt << AVR32_TC_EEVT_OFFSET |
|
||||
opt->eevtedg << AVR32_TC_EEVTEDG_OFFSET |
|
||||
opt->cpcdis << AVR32_TC_CPCDIS_OFFSET |
|
||||
opt->cpcstop << AVR32_TC_CPCSTOP_OFFSET |
|
||||
opt->burst << AVR32_TC_BURST_OFFSET |
|
||||
opt->clki << AVR32_TC_CLKI_OFFSET |
|
||||
opt->tcclks << AVR32_TC_TCCLKS_OFFSET;
|
||||
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
int tc_start(volatile avr32_tc_t *tc, unsigned int channel)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Check for valid input.
|
||||
if (channel >= TC_NUMBER_OF_CHANNELS)
|
||||
return TC_INVALID_ARGUMENT;
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable, reset and start the selected timer/counter channel.
|
||||
tc->channel[channel].ccr = AVR32_TC_SWTRG_MASK | AVR32_TC_CLKEN_MASK;
|
||||
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
int tc_stop(volatile avr32_tc_t *tc, unsigned int channel)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Check for valid input.
|
||||
if (channel >= TC_NUMBER_OF_CHANNELS)
|
||||
return TC_INVALID_ARGUMENT;
|
||||
|
||||
// Disable the selected timer/counter channel.
|
||||
tc->channel[channel].ccr = AVR32_TC_CLKDIS_MASK;
|
||||
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
int tc_software_trigger(volatile avr32_tc_t *tc, unsigned int channel)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Check for valid input.
|
||||
if (channel >= TC_NUMBER_OF_CHANNELS)
|
||||
return TC_INVALID_ARGUMENT;
|
||||
|
||||
// Reset the selected timer/counter channel.
|
||||
tc->channel[channel].ccr = AVR32_TC_SWTRG_MASK;
|
||||
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void tc_sync_trigger(volatile avr32_tc_t *tc)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Reset all channels of the selected timer/counter.
|
||||
tc->bcr = AVR32_TC_BCR_SYNC_MASK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void tc_sync_start(volatile avr32_tc_t *tc)
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned int i;
|
||||
// Enable the clock for each channel.
|
||||
for(i=0; i<TC_NUMBER_OF_CHANNELS;i++)
|
||||
tc->channel[i].ccr = AVR32_TC_CLKEN_MASK;
|
||||
|
||||
// Reset all channels of the selected timer/counter.
|
||||
tc->bcr = AVR32_TC_BCR_SYNC_MASK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
int tc_read_sr(volatile avr32_tc_t *tc, unsigned int channel)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Check for valid input.
|
||||
if (channel >= TC_NUMBER_OF_CHANNELS)
|
||||
return TC_INVALID_ARGUMENT;
|
||||
|
||||
return tc->channel[channel].sr;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
int tc_read_tc(volatile avr32_tc_t *tc, unsigned int channel)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Check for valid input.
|
||||
if (channel >= TC_NUMBER_OF_CHANNELS)
|
||||
return TC_INVALID_ARGUMENT;
|
||||
|
||||
return Rd_bitfield(tc->channel[channel].cv, AVR32_TC_CV_MASK);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
int tc_read_ra(volatile avr32_tc_t *tc, unsigned int channel)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Check for valid input.
|
||||
if (channel >= TC_NUMBER_OF_CHANNELS)
|
||||
return TC_INVALID_ARGUMENT;
|
||||
|
||||
return Rd_bitfield(tc->channel[channel].ra, AVR32_TC_RA_MASK);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
int tc_read_rb(volatile avr32_tc_t *tc, unsigned int channel)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Check for valid input.
|
||||
if (channel >= TC_NUMBER_OF_CHANNELS)
|
||||
return TC_INVALID_ARGUMENT;
|
||||
|
||||
return Rd_bitfield(tc->channel[channel].rb, AVR32_TC_RB_MASK);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
int tc_read_rc(volatile avr32_tc_t *tc, unsigned int channel)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Check for valid input.
|
||||
if (channel >= TC_NUMBER_OF_CHANNELS)
|
||||
return TC_INVALID_ARGUMENT;
|
||||
|
||||
return Rd_bitfield(tc->channel[channel].rc, AVR32_TC_RC_MASK);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
int tc_write_ra(volatile avr32_tc_t *tc, unsigned int channel, unsigned short value)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Check for valid input.
|
||||
if (channel >= TC_NUMBER_OF_CHANNELS)
|
||||
return TC_INVALID_ARGUMENT;
|
||||
|
||||
// This function is only available in WAVEFORM mode.
|
||||
if (Tst_bits(tc->channel[channel].cmr, AVR32_TC_WAVE_MASK))
|
||||
Wr_bitfield(tc->channel[channel].ra, AVR32_TC_RA_MASK, value);
|
||||
|
||||
return value;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
int tc_write_rb(volatile avr32_tc_t *tc, unsigned int channel, unsigned short value)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Check for valid input.
|
||||
if (channel >= TC_NUMBER_OF_CHANNELS)
|
||||
return TC_INVALID_ARGUMENT;
|
||||
|
||||
// This function is only available in WAVEFORM mode.
|
||||
if (Tst_bits(tc->channel[channel].cmr, AVR32_TC_WAVE_MASK))
|
||||
Wr_bitfield(tc->channel[channel].rb, AVR32_TC_RB_MASK, value);
|
||||
|
||||
return value;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
int tc_write_rc(volatile avr32_tc_t *tc, unsigned int channel, unsigned short value)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Check for valid input.
|
||||
if (channel >= TC_NUMBER_OF_CHANNELS)
|
||||
return TC_INVALID_ARGUMENT;
|
||||
|
||||
// This function is only available in WAVEFORM mode.
|
||||
if (Tst_bits(tc->channel[channel].cmr, AVR32_TC_WAVE_MASK))
|
||||
Wr_bitfield(tc->channel[channel].rc, AVR32_TC_RC_MASK, value);
|
||||
|
||||
return value;
|
||||
}
|
@ -0,0 +1,591 @@
|
||||
/* This header file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
|
||||
|
||||
/*This file is prepared for Doxygen automatic documentation generation.*/
|
||||
/*! \file *********************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \brief Timer/Counter driver for AVR32 UC3.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* AVR32 Timer/Counter driver module.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Compiler: IAR EWAVR32 and GNU GCC for AVR32
|
||||
* - Supported devices: All AVR32 devices with a TC module can be used.
|
||||
* - AppNote:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \author Atmel Corporation: http://www.atmel.com \n
|
||||
* Support and FAQ: http://support.atmel.no/
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Copyright (c) 2009 Atmel Corporation. All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this
|
||||
* list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3. The name of Atmel may not be used to endorse or promote products derived
|
||||
* from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 4. This software may only be redistributed and used in connection with an Atmel
|
||||
* AVR product.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* EXPRESSLY AND SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR
|
||||
* ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
|
||||
* (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
|
||||
* LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
|
||||
* ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
|
||||
* (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
|
||||
* SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _TC_H_
|
||||
#define _TC_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#include <avr32/io.h>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//! TC driver functions return value in case of invalid argument(s).
|
||||
#define TC_INVALID_ARGUMENT (-1)
|
||||
|
||||
//! Number of timer/counter channels.
|
||||
#define TC_NUMBER_OF_CHANNELS (sizeof(((avr32_tc_t *)0)->channel) / sizeof(avr32_tc_channel_t))
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \name External Clock Signal 0 Selection
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//! @{
|
||||
#define TC_CH0_EXT_CLK0_SRC_TCLK0 AVR32_TC_TC0XC0S_TCLK0
|
||||
#define TC_CH0_EXT_CLK0_SRC_NO_CLK AVR32_TC_TC0XC0S_NO_CLK
|
||||
#define TC_CH0_EXT_CLK0_SRC_TIOA1 AVR32_TC_TC0XC0S_TIOA1
|
||||
#define TC_CH0_EXT_CLK0_SRC_TIOA2 AVR32_TC_TC0XC0S_TIOA2
|
||||
//! @}
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \name External Clock Signal 1 Selection
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//! @{
|
||||
#define TC_CH1_EXT_CLK1_SRC_TCLK1 AVR32_TC_TC1XC1S_TCLK1
|
||||
#define TC_CH1_EXT_CLK1_SRC_NO_CLK AVR32_TC_TC1XC1S_NO_CLK
|
||||
#define TC_CH1_EXT_CLK1_SRC_TIOA0 AVR32_TC_TC1XC1S_TIOA0
|
||||
#define TC_CH1_EXT_CLK1_SRC_TIOA2 AVR32_TC_TC1XC1S_TIOA2
|
||||
//! @}
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \name External Clock Signal 2 Selection
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//! @{
|
||||
#define TC_CH2_EXT_CLK2_SRC_TCLK2 AVR32_TC_TC2XC2S_TCLK2
|
||||
#define TC_CH2_EXT_CLK2_SRC_NO_CLK AVR32_TC_TC2XC2S_NO_CLK
|
||||
#define TC_CH2_EXT_CLK2_SRC_TIOA0 AVR32_TC_TC2XC2S_TIOA0
|
||||
#define TC_CH2_EXT_CLK2_SRC_TIOA1 AVR32_TC_TC2XC2S_TIOA1
|
||||
//! @}
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \name Event/Trigger Actions on Output
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//! @{
|
||||
#define TC_EVT_EFFECT_NOOP AVR32_TC_NONE
|
||||
#define TC_EVT_EFFECT_SET AVR32_TC_SET
|
||||
#define TC_EVT_EFFECT_CLEAR AVR32_TC_CLEAR
|
||||
#define TC_EVT_EFFECT_TOGGLE AVR32_TC_TOGGLE
|
||||
//! @}
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \name RC Compare Trigger Enable
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//! @{
|
||||
#define TC_NO_TRIGGER_COMPARE_RC 0
|
||||
#define TC_TRIGGER_COMPARE_RC 1
|
||||
//! @}
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \name Waveform Selection
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//! @{
|
||||
#define TC_WAVEFORM_SEL_UP_MODE AVR32_TC_WAVSEL_UP_NO_AUTO
|
||||
#define TC_WAVEFORM_SEL_UP_MODE_RC_TRIGGER AVR32_TC_WAVSEL_UP_AUTO
|
||||
#define TC_WAVEFORM_SEL_UPDOWN_MODE AVR32_TC_WAVSEL_UPDOWN_NO_AUTO
|
||||
#define TC_WAVEFORM_SEL_UPDOWN_MODE_RC_TRIGGER AVR32_TC_WAVSEL_UPDOWN_AUTO
|
||||
//! @}
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \name TIOA or TIOB External Trigger Selection
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//! @{
|
||||
#define TC_EXT_TRIG_SEL_TIOA 1
|
||||
#define TC_EXT_TRIG_SEL_TIOB 0
|
||||
//! @}
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \name External Event Selection
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//! @{
|
||||
#define TC_EXT_EVENT_SEL_TIOB_INPUT AVR32_TC_EEVT_TIOB_INPUT
|
||||
#define TC_EXT_EVENT_SEL_XC0_OUTPUT AVR32_TC_EEVT_XC0_OUTPUT
|
||||
#define TC_EXT_EVENT_SEL_XC1_OUTPUT AVR32_TC_EEVT_XC1_OUTPUT
|
||||
#define TC_EXT_EVENT_SEL_XC2_OUTPUT AVR32_TC_EEVT_XC2_OUTPUT
|
||||
//! @}
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \name Edge Selection
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//! @{
|
||||
#define TC_SEL_NO_EDGE AVR32_TC_EEVTEDG_NO_EDGE
|
||||
#define TC_SEL_RISING_EDGE AVR32_TC_EEVTEDG_POS_EDGE
|
||||
#define TC_SEL_FALLING_EDGE AVR32_TC_EEVTEDG_NEG_EDGE
|
||||
#define TC_SEL_EACH_EDGE AVR32_TC_EEVTEDG_BOTH_EDGES
|
||||
//! @}
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \name Burst Signal Selection
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//! @{
|
||||
#define TC_BURST_NOT_GATED AVR32_TC_BURST_NOT_GATED
|
||||
#define TC_BURST_CLK_AND_XC0 AVR32_TC_BURST_CLK_AND_XC0
|
||||
#define TC_BURST_CLK_AND_XC1 AVR32_TC_BURST_CLK_AND_XC1
|
||||
#define TC_BURST_CLK_AND_XC2 AVR32_TC_BURST_CLK_AND_XC2
|
||||
//! @}
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \name Clock Invert
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//! @{
|
||||
#define TC_CLOCK_RISING_EDGE 0
|
||||
#define TC_CLOCK_FALLING_EDGE 1
|
||||
//! @}
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \name Clock Selection
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//! @{
|
||||
#define TC_CLOCK_SOURCE_TC1 AVR32_TC_TCCLKS_TIMER_CLOCK1
|
||||
#define TC_CLOCK_SOURCE_TC2 AVR32_TC_TCCLKS_TIMER_CLOCK2
|
||||
#define TC_CLOCK_SOURCE_TC3 AVR32_TC_TCCLKS_TIMER_CLOCK3
|
||||
#define TC_CLOCK_SOURCE_TC4 AVR32_TC_TCCLKS_TIMER_CLOCK4
|
||||
#define TC_CLOCK_SOURCE_TC5 AVR32_TC_TCCLKS_TIMER_CLOCK5
|
||||
#define TC_CLOCK_SOURCE_XC0 AVR32_TC_TCCLKS_XC0
|
||||
#define TC_CLOCK_SOURCE_XC1 AVR32_TC_TCCLKS_XC1
|
||||
#define TC_CLOCK_SOURCE_XC2 AVR32_TC_TCCLKS_XC2
|
||||
//! @}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//! Timer/counter interrupts.
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned int :24;
|
||||
|
||||
//! External trigger interrupt.
|
||||
unsigned int etrgs : 1;
|
||||
|
||||
//! RB load interrupt.
|
||||
unsigned int ldrbs : 1;
|
||||
|
||||
//! RA load interrupt.
|
||||
unsigned int ldras : 1;
|
||||
|
||||
//! RC compare interrupt.
|
||||
unsigned int cpcs : 1;
|
||||
|
||||
//! RB compare interrupt.
|
||||
unsigned int cpbs : 1;
|
||||
|
||||
//! RA compare interrupt.
|
||||
unsigned int cpas : 1;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Load overrun interrupt.
|
||||
unsigned int lovrs : 1;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Counter overflow interrupt.
|
||||
unsigned int covfs : 1;
|
||||
} tc_interrupt_t;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Parameters when initializing a timer/counter in capture mode.
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
//! Channel to initialize.
|
||||
unsigned int channel ;
|
||||
|
||||
unsigned int :12;
|
||||
|
||||
//! RB loading selection:\n
|
||||
//! - \ref TC_SEL_NO_EDGE;\n
|
||||
//! - \ref TC_SEL_RISING_EDGE;\n
|
||||
//! - \ref TC_SEL_FALLING_EDGE;\n
|
||||
//! - \ref TC_SEL_EACH_EDGE.
|
||||
unsigned int ldrb : 2;
|
||||
|
||||
//! RA loading selection:\n
|
||||
//! - \ref TC_SEL_NO_EDGE;\n
|
||||
//! - \ref TC_SEL_RISING_EDGE;\n
|
||||
//! - \ref TC_SEL_FALLING_EDGE;\n
|
||||
//! - \ref TC_SEL_EACH_EDGE.
|
||||
unsigned int ldra : 2;
|
||||
|
||||
unsigned int : 1;
|
||||
|
||||
//! RC compare trigger enable:\n
|
||||
//! - \ref TC_NO_TRIGGER_COMPARE_RC;\n
|
||||
//! - \ref TC_TRIGGER_COMPARE_RC.
|
||||
unsigned int cpctrg : 1;
|
||||
|
||||
unsigned int : 3;
|
||||
|
||||
//! TIOA or TIOB external trigger selection:\n
|
||||
//! - \ref TC_EXT_TRIG_SEL_TIOA;\n
|
||||
//! - \ref TC_EXT_TRIG_SEL_TIOB.
|
||||
unsigned int abetrg : 1;
|
||||
|
||||
//! External trigger edge selection:\n
|
||||
//! - \ref TC_SEL_NO_EDGE;\n
|
||||
//! - \ref TC_SEL_RISING_EDGE;\n
|
||||
//! - \ref TC_SEL_FALLING_EDGE;\n
|
||||
//! - \ref TC_SEL_EACH_EDGE.
|
||||
unsigned int etrgedg : 2;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Counter clock disable with RB loading:\n
|
||||
//! - \c FALSE;\n
|
||||
//! - \c TRUE.
|
||||
unsigned int ldbdis : 1;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Counter clock stopped with RB loading:\n
|
||||
//! - \c FALSE;\n
|
||||
//! - \c TRUE.
|
||||
unsigned int ldbstop : 1;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Burst signal selection:\n
|
||||
//! - \ref TC_BURST_NOT_GATED;\n
|
||||
//! - \ref TC_BURST_CLK_AND_XC0;\n
|
||||
//! - \ref TC_BURST_CLK_AND_XC1;\n
|
||||
//! - \ref TC_BURST_CLK_AND_XC2.
|
||||
unsigned int burst : 2;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Clock invert:\n
|
||||
//! - \ref TC_CLOCK_RISING_EDGE;\n
|
||||
//! - \ref TC_CLOCK_FALLING_EDGE.
|
||||
unsigned int clki : 1;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Clock selection:\n
|
||||
//! - \ref TC_CLOCK_SOURCE_TC1;\n
|
||||
//! - \ref TC_CLOCK_SOURCE_TC2;\n
|
||||
//! - \ref TC_CLOCK_SOURCE_TC3;\n
|
||||
//! - \ref TC_CLOCK_SOURCE_TC4;\n
|
||||
//! - \ref TC_CLOCK_SOURCE_TC5;\n
|
||||
//! - \ref TC_CLOCK_SOURCE_XC0;\n
|
||||
//! - \ref TC_CLOCK_SOURCE_XC1;\n
|
||||
//! - \ref TC_CLOCK_SOURCE_XC2.
|
||||
unsigned int tcclks : 3;
|
||||
} tc_capture_opt_t;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Parameters when initializing a timer/counter in waveform mode.
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
//! Channel to initialize.
|
||||
unsigned int channel ;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Software trigger effect on TIOB:\n
|
||||
//! - \ref TC_EVT_EFFECT_NOOP;\n
|
||||
//! - \ref TC_EVT_EFFECT_SET;\n
|
||||
//! - \ref TC_EVT_EFFECT_CLEAR;\n
|
||||
//! - \ref TC_EVT_EFFECT_TOGGLE.
|
||||
unsigned int bswtrg : 2;
|
||||
|
||||
//! External event effect on TIOB:\n
|
||||
//! - \ref TC_EVT_EFFECT_NOOP;\n
|
||||
//! - \ref TC_EVT_EFFECT_SET;\n
|
||||
//! - \ref TC_EVT_EFFECT_CLEAR;\n
|
||||
//! - \ref TC_EVT_EFFECT_TOGGLE.
|
||||
unsigned int beevt : 2;
|
||||
|
||||
//! RC compare effect on TIOB:\n
|
||||
//! - \ref TC_EVT_EFFECT_NOOP;\n
|
||||
//! - \ref TC_EVT_EFFECT_SET;\n
|
||||
//! - \ref TC_EVT_EFFECT_CLEAR;\n
|
||||
//! - \ref TC_EVT_EFFECT_TOGGLE.
|
||||
unsigned int bcpc : 2;
|
||||
|
||||
//! RB compare effect on TIOB:\n
|
||||
//! - \ref TC_EVT_EFFECT_NOOP;\n
|
||||
//! - \ref TC_EVT_EFFECT_SET;\n
|
||||
//! - \ref TC_EVT_EFFECT_CLEAR;\n
|
||||
//! - \ref TC_EVT_EFFECT_TOGGLE.
|
||||
unsigned int bcpb : 2;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Software trigger effect on TIOA:\n
|
||||
//! - \ref TC_EVT_EFFECT_NOOP;\n
|
||||
//! - \ref TC_EVT_EFFECT_SET;\n
|
||||
//! - \ref TC_EVT_EFFECT_CLEAR;\n
|
||||
//! - \ref TC_EVT_EFFECT_TOGGLE.
|
||||
unsigned int aswtrg : 2;
|
||||
|
||||
//! External event effect on TIOA:\n
|
||||
//! - \ref TC_EVT_EFFECT_NOOP;\n
|
||||
//! - \ref TC_EVT_EFFECT_SET;\n
|
||||
//! - \ref TC_EVT_EFFECT_CLEAR;\n
|
||||
//! - \ref TC_EVT_EFFECT_TOGGLE.
|
||||
unsigned int aeevt : 2;
|
||||
|
||||
//! RC compare effect on TIOA:\n
|
||||
//! - \ref TC_EVT_EFFECT_NOOP;\n
|
||||
//! - \ref TC_EVT_EFFECT_SET;\n
|
||||
//! - \ref TC_EVT_EFFECT_CLEAR;\n
|
||||
//! - \ref TC_EVT_EFFECT_TOGGLE.
|
||||
unsigned int acpc : 2;
|
||||
|
||||
//! RA compare effect on TIOA:\n
|
||||
//! - \ref TC_EVT_EFFECT_NOOP;\n
|
||||
//! - \ref TC_EVT_EFFECT_SET;\n
|
||||
//! - \ref TC_EVT_EFFECT_CLEAR;\n
|
||||
//! - \ref TC_EVT_EFFECT_TOGGLE.
|
||||
unsigned int acpa : 2;
|
||||
|
||||
unsigned int : 1;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Waveform selection:\n
|
||||
//! - \ref TC_WAVEFORM_SEL_UP_MODE;\n
|
||||
//! - \ref TC_WAVEFORM_SEL_UP_MODE_RC_TRIGGER;\n
|
||||
//! - \ref TC_WAVEFORM_SEL_UPDOWN_MODE;\n
|
||||
//! - \ref TC_WAVEFORM_SEL_UPDOWN_MODE_RC_TRIGGER.
|
||||
unsigned int wavsel : 2;
|
||||
|
||||
//! External event trigger enable:\n
|
||||
//! - \c FALSE;\n
|
||||
//! - \c TRUE.
|
||||
unsigned int enetrg : 1;
|
||||
|
||||
//! External event selection:\n
|
||||
//! - \ref TC_EXT_EVENT_SEL_TIOB_INPUT;\n
|
||||
//! - \ref TC_EXT_EVENT_SEL_XC0_OUTPUT;\n
|
||||
//! - \ref TC_EXT_EVENT_SEL_XC1_OUTPUT;\n
|
||||
//! - \ref TC_EXT_EVENT_SEL_XC2_OUTPUT.
|
||||
unsigned int eevt : 2;
|
||||
|
||||
//! External event edge selection:\n
|
||||
//! - \ref TC_SEL_NO_EDGE;\n
|
||||
//! - \ref TC_SEL_RISING_EDGE;\n
|
||||
//! - \ref TC_SEL_FALLING_EDGE;\n
|
||||
//! - \ref TC_SEL_EACH_EDGE.
|
||||
unsigned int eevtedg : 2;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Counter clock disable with RC compare:\n
|
||||
//! - \c FALSE;\n
|
||||
//! - \c TRUE.
|
||||
unsigned int cpcdis : 1;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Counter clock stopped with RC compare:\n
|
||||
//! - \c FALSE;\n
|
||||
//! - \c TRUE.
|
||||
unsigned int cpcstop : 1;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Burst signal selection:\n
|
||||
//! - \ref TC_BURST_NOT_GATED;\n
|
||||
//! - \ref TC_BURST_CLK_AND_XC0;\n
|
||||
//! - \ref TC_BURST_CLK_AND_XC1;\n
|
||||
//! - \ref TC_BURST_CLK_AND_XC2.
|
||||
unsigned int burst : 2;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Clock invert:\n
|
||||
//! - \ref TC_CLOCK_RISING_EDGE;\n
|
||||
//! - \ref TC_CLOCK_FALLING_EDGE.
|
||||
unsigned int clki : 1;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Clock selection:\n
|
||||
//! - \ref TC_CLOCK_SOURCE_TC1;\n
|
||||
//! - \ref TC_CLOCK_SOURCE_TC2;\n
|
||||
//! - \ref TC_CLOCK_SOURCE_TC3;\n
|
||||
//! - \ref TC_CLOCK_SOURCE_TC4;\n
|
||||
//! - \ref TC_CLOCK_SOURCE_TC5;\n
|
||||
//! - \ref TC_CLOCK_SOURCE_XC0;\n
|
||||
//! - \ref TC_CLOCK_SOURCE_XC1;\n
|
||||
//! - \ref TC_CLOCK_SOURCE_XC2.
|
||||
unsigned int tcclks : 3;
|
||||
} tc_waveform_opt_t;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Reads timer/counter interrupt settings.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param tc Pointer to the TC instance to access.
|
||||
* \param channel The TC instance channel to access.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \retval >=0 The interrupt enable configuration organized according to \ref tc_interrupt_t.
|
||||
* \retval TC_INVALID_ARGUMENT Invalid argument(s).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern int tc_get_interrupt_settings(volatile avr32_tc_t *tc, unsigned int channel);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Enables various timer/counter interrupts.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param tc Pointer to the TC instance to access.
|
||||
* \param channel The TC instance channel to access.
|
||||
* \param bitfield The interrupt enable configuration.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \retval 0 Success.
|
||||
* \retval TC_INVALID_ARGUMENT Invalid argument(s).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern int tc_configure_interrupts(volatile avr32_tc_t *tc, unsigned int channel, const tc_interrupt_t *bitfield);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Selects which external clock to use and how to configure it.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param tc Pointer to the TC instance to access.
|
||||
* \param channel The TC instance channel to access.
|
||||
* \param ext_clk_sig_src External clock signal selection:
|
||||
* \arg \c TC_CH0_EXT_CLK0_SRC_TCLK0;
|
||||
* \arg \c TC_CH0_EXT_CLK0_SRC_NO_CLK;
|
||||
* \arg \c TC_CH0_EXT_CLK0_SRC_TIOA1;
|
||||
* \arg \c TC_CH0_EXT_CLK0_SRC_TIOA2;
|
||||
* \arg \c TC_CH1_EXT_CLK1_SRC_TCLK1;
|
||||
* \arg \c TC_CH1_EXT_CLK1_SRC_NO_CLK;
|
||||
* \arg \c TC_CH1_EXT_CLK1_SRC_TIOA0;
|
||||
* \arg \c TC_CH1_EXT_CLK1_SRC_TIOA2;
|
||||
* \arg \c TC_CH2_EXT_CLK2_SRC_TCLK2;
|
||||
* \arg \c TC_CH2_EXT_CLK2_SRC_NO_CLK;
|
||||
* \arg \c TC_CH2_EXT_CLK2_SRC_TIOA0;
|
||||
* \arg \c TC_CH2_EXT_CLK2_SRC_TIOA1.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \retval 0 Success.
|
||||
* \retval TC_INVALID_ARGUMENT Invalid argument(s).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern int tc_select_external_clock(volatile avr32_tc_t *tc, unsigned int channel, unsigned int ext_clk_sig_src);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Sets options for timer/counter capture initialization.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param tc Pointer to the TC instance to access.
|
||||
* \param opt Options for capture mode.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \retval 0 Success.
|
||||
* \retval TC_INVALID_ARGUMENT Invalid argument(s).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern int tc_init_capture(volatile avr32_tc_t *tc, const tc_capture_opt_t *opt);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Sets options for timer/counter waveform initialization.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param tc Pointer to the TC instance to access.
|
||||
* \param opt Options for waveform generation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \retval 0 Success.
|
||||
* \retval TC_INVALID_ARGUMENT Invalid argument(s).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern int tc_init_waveform(volatile avr32_tc_t *tc, const tc_waveform_opt_t *opt);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Starts a timer/counter.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param tc Pointer to the TC instance to access.
|
||||
* \param channel The TC instance channel to access.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \retval 0 Success.
|
||||
* \retval TC_INVALID_ARGUMENT Invalid argument(s).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern int tc_start(volatile avr32_tc_t *tc, unsigned int channel);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Stops a timer/counter.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param tc Pointer to the TC instance to access.
|
||||
* \param channel The TC instance channel to access.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \retval 0 Success.
|
||||
* \retval TC_INVALID_ARGUMENT Invalid argument(s).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern int tc_stop(volatile avr32_tc_t *tc, unsigned int channel);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Performs a software trigger: the counter is reset and the clock is started.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param tc Pointer to the TC instance to access.
|
||||
* \param channel The TC instance channel to access.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \retval 0 Success.
|
||||
* \retval TC_INVALID_ARGUMENT Invalid argument(s).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern int tc_software_trigger(volatile avr32_tc_t *tc, unsigned int channel);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Asserts a SYNC signal to generate a software trigger and reset all channels.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param tc Pointer to the TC instance to access.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void tc_sync_trigger(volatile avr32_tc_t *tc);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Start all TC channels simultaneously.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param tc Pointer to the TC instance to access.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void tc_sync_start(volatile avr32_tc_t *tc);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Reads the status register.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param tc Pointer to the TC instance to access.
|
||||
* \param channel The TC instance channel to access.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \retval >=0 Status register value.
|
||||
* \retval TC_INVALID_ARGUMENT Invalid argument(s).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern int tc_read_sr(volatile avr32_tc_t *tc, unsigned int channel);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Reads the channel's TC counter and returns the value.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param tc Pointer to the TC instance to access.
|
||||
* \param channel The TC instance channel to access.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \retval >=0 TC counter value.
|
||||
* \retval TC_INVALID_ARGUMENT Invalid argument(s).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern int tc_read_tc(volatile avr32_tc_t *tc, unsigned int channel);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Reads the channel's RA register and returns the value.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param tc Pointer to the TC instance to access.
|
||||
* \param channel The TC instance channel to access.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \retval >=0 RA register value.
|
||||
* \retval TC_INVALID_ARGUMENT Invalid argument(s).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern int tc_read_ra(volatile avr32_tc_t *tc, unsigned int channel);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Reads the channel's RB register and returns the value.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param tc Pointer to the TC instance to access.
|
||||
* \param channel The TC instance channel to access.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \retval >=0 RB register value.
|
||||
* \retval TC_INVALID_ARGUMENT Invalid argument(s).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern int tc_read_rb(volatile avr32_tc_t *tc, unsigned int channel);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Reads the channel's RC register and returns the value.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param tc Pointer to the TC instance to access.
|
||||
* \param channel The TC instance channel to access.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \retval >=0 RC register value.
|
||||
* \retval TC_INVALID_ARGUMENT Invalid argument(s).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern int tc_read_rc(volatile avr32_tc_t *tc, unsigned int channel);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Writes a value to the channel's RA register.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param tc Pointer to the TC instance to access.
|
||||
* \param channel The TC instance channel to access.
|
||||
* \param value Value to write to the RA register.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \retval >=0 Written value.
|
||||
* \retval TC_INVALID_ARGUMENT Invalid argument(s).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern int tc_write_ra(volatile avr32_tc_t *tc, unsigned int channel, unsigned short value);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Writes a value to the channel's RB register.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param tc Pointer to the TC instance to access.
|
||||
* \param channel The TC instance channel to access.
|
||||
* \param value Value to write to the RB register.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \retval >=0 Written value.
|
||||
* \retval TC_INVALID_ARGUMENT Invalid argument(s).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern int tc_write_rb(volatile avr32_tc_t *tc, unsigned int channel, unsigned short value);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Writes a value to the channel's RC register.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param tc Pointer to the TC instance to access.
|
||||
* \param channel The TC instance channel to access.
|
||||
* \param value Value to write to the RC register.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \retval >=0 Written value.
|
||||
* \retval TC_INVALID_ARGUMENT Invalid argument(s).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern int tc_write_rc(volatile avr32_tc_t *tc, unsigned int channel, unsigned short value);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _TC_H_
|
@ -0,0 +1,914 @@
|
||||
/* This source file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
|
||||
|
||||
/*This file is prepared for Doxygen automatic documentation generation.*/
|
||||
/*! \file *********************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \brief USART driver for AVR32 UC3.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file contains basic functions for the AVR32 USART, with support for all
|
||||
* modes, settings and clock speeds.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Compiler: IAR EWAVR32 and GNU GCC for AVR32
|
||||
* - Supported devices: All AVR32 devices with a USART module can be used.
|
||||
* - AppNote:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \author Atmel Corporation: http://www.atmel.com \n
|
||||
* Support and FAQ: http://support.atmel.no/
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Copyright (c) 2009 Atmel Corporation. All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this
|
||||
* list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3. The name of Atmel may not be used to endorse or promote products derived
|
||||
* from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 4. This software may only be redistributed and used in connection with an Atmel
|
||||
* AVR product.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* EXPRESSLY AND SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR
|
||||
* ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
|
||||
* (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
|
||||
* LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
|
||||
* ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
|
||||
* (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
|
||||
* SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "compiler.h"
|
||||
#include "usart.h"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
/*! \name Private Functions
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//! @{
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Checks if the USART is in multidrop mode.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param usart Base address of the USART instance.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return \c 1 if the USART is in multidrop mode, otherwise \c 0.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if (defined __GNUC__)
|
||||
__attribute__((__always_inline__))
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
static __inline__ int usart_mode_is_multidrop(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return ((usart->mr >> AVR32_USART_MR_PAR_OFFSET) & AVR32_USART_MR_PAR_MULTI) == AVR32_USART_MR_PAR_MULTI;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Calculates a clock divider (\e CD) and a fractional part (\e FP) for
|
||||
* the USART asynchronous modes to generate a baud rate as close as
|
||||
* possible to the baud rate set point.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Baud rate calculation:
|
||||
* \f$ Baudrate = \frac{SelectedClock}{Over \times (CD + \frac{FP}{8})} \f$, \e Over being 16 or 8.
|
||||
* The maximal oversampling is selected if it allows to generate a baud rate close to the set point.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param usart Base address of the USART instance.
|
||||
* \param baudrate Baud rate set point.
|
||||
* \param pba_hz USART module input clock frequency (PBA clock, Hz).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \retval USART_SUCCESS Baud rate successfully initialized.
|
||||
* \retval USART_INVALID_INPUT Baud rate set point is out of range for the given input clock frequency.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static int usart_set_async_baudrate(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart, unsigned int baudrate, unsigned long pba_hz)
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned int over = (pba_hz >= 16 * baudrate) ? 16 : 8;
|
||||
unsigned int cd_fp = ((1 << AVR32_USART_BRGR_FP_SIZE) * pba_hz + (over * baudrate) / 2) / (over * baudrate);
|
||||
unsigned int cd = cd_fp >> AVR32_USART_BRGR_FP_SIZE;
|
||||
unsigned int fp = cd_fp & ((1 << AVR32_USART_BRGR_FP_SIZE) - 1);
|
||||
|
||||
if (cd < 1 || cd > (1 << AVR32_USART_BRGR_CD_SIZE) - 1)
|
||||
return USART_INVALID_INPUT;
|
||||
|
||||
usart->mr = (usart->mr & ~(AVR32_USART_MR_USCLKS_MASK |
|
||||
AVR32_USART_MR_SYNC_MASK |
|
||||
AVR32_USART_MR_OVER_MASK)) |
|
||||
AVR32_USART_MR_USCLKS_MCK << AVR32_USART_MR_USCLKS_OFFSET |
|
||||
((over == 16) ? AVR32_USART_MR_OVER_X16 : AVR32_USART_MR_OVER_X8) << AVR32_USART_MR_OVER_OFFSET;
|
||||
|
||||
usart->brgr = cd << AVR32_USART_BRGR_CD_OFFSET |
|
||||
fp << AVR32_USART_BRGR_FP_OFFSET;
|
||||
|
||||
return USART_SUCCESS;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Calculates a clock divider (\e CD) for the USART synchronous master
|
||||
* modes to generate a baud rate as close as possible to the baud rate
|
||||
* set point.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Baud rate calculation:
|
||||
* \f$ Baudrate = \frac{SelectedClock}{CD} \f$.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param usart Base address of the USART instance.
|
||||
* \param baudrate Baud rate set point.
|
||||
* \param pba_hz USART module input clock frequency (PBA clock, Hz).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \retval USART_SUCCESS Baud rate successfully initialized.
|
||||
* \retval USART_INVALID_INPUT Baud rate set point is out of range for the given input clock frequency.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static int usart_set_sync_master_baudrate(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart, unsigned int baudrate, unsigned long pba_hz)
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned int cd = (pba_hz + baudrate / 2) / baudrate;
|
||||
|
||||
if (cd < 1 || cd > (1 << AVR32_USART_BRGR_CD_SIZE) - 1)
|
||||
return USART_INVALID_INPUT;
|
||||
|
||||
usart->mr = (usart->mr & ~AVR32_USART_MR_USCLKS_MASK) |
|
||||
AVR32_USART_MR_USCLKS_MCK << AVR32_USART_MR_USCLKS_OFFSET |
|
||||
AVR32_USART_MR_SYNC_MASK;
|
||||
|
||||
usart->brgr = cd << AVR32_USART_BRGR_CD_OFFSET;
|
||||
|
||||
return USART_SUCCESS;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Selects the SCK pin as the source of baud rate for the USART
|
||||
* synchronous slave modes.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param usart Base address of the USART instance.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \retval USART_SUCCESS Baud rate successfully initialized.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static int usart_set_sync_slave_baudrate(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart)
|
||||
{
|
||||
usart->mr = (usart->mr & ~AVR32_USART_MR_USCLKS_MASK) |
|
||||
AVR32_USART_MR_USCLKS_SCK << AVR32_USART_MR_USCLKS_OFFSET |
|
||||
AVR32_USART_MR_SYNC_MASK;
|
||||
|
||||
return USART_SUCCESS;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Calculates a clock divider (\e CD) for the USART ISO7816 mode to
|
||||
* generate an ISO7816 clock as close as possible to the clock set point.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ISO7816 clock calculation:
|
||||
* \f$ Clock = \frac{SelectedClock}{CD} \f$.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param usart Base address of the USART instance.
|
||||
* \param clock ISO7816 clock set point.
|
||||
* \param pba_hz USART module input clock frequency (PBA clock, Hz).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \retval USART_SUCCESS ISO7816 clock successfully initialized.
|
||||
* \retval USART_INVALID_INPUT ISO7816 clock set point is out of range for the given input clock frequency.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static int usart_set_iso7816_clock(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart, unsigned int clock, unsigned long pba_hz)
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned int cd = (pba_hz + clock / 2) / clock;
|
||||
|
||||
if (cd < 1 || cd > (1 << AVR32_USART_BRGR_CD_SIZE) - 1)
|
||||
return USART_INVALID_INPUT;
|
||||
|
||||
usart->mr = (usart->mr & ~(AVR32_USART_MR_USCLKS_MASK |
|
||||
AVR32_USART_MR_SYNC_MASK |
|
||||
AVR32_USART_MR_OVER_MASK)) |
|
||||
AVR32_USART_MR_USCLKS_MCK << AVR32_USART_MR_USCLKS_OFFSET |
|
||||
AVR32_USART_MR_OVER_X16 << AVR32_USART_MR_OVER_OFFSET;
|
||||
|
||||
usart->brgr = cd << AVR32_USART_BRGR_CD_OFFSET;
|
||||
|
||||
return USART_SUCCESS;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(AVR32_USART_400_H_INCLUDED) || \
|
||||
defined(AVR32_USART_410_H_INCLUDED) || \
|
||||
defined(AVR32_USART_420_H_INCLUDED) || \
|
||||
defined(AVR32_USART_440_H_INCLUDED) || \
|
||||
defined(AVR32_USART_602_H_INCLUDED)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Calculates a clock divider (\e CD) for the USART SPI master mode to
|
||||
* generate a baud rate as close as possible to the baud rate set point.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Baud rate calculation:
|
||||
* \f$ Baudrate = \frac{SelectedClock}{CD} \f$.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param usart Base address of the USART instance.
|
||||
* \param baudrate Baud rate set point.
|
||||
* \param pba_hz USART module input clock frequency (PBA clock, Hz).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \retval USART_SUCCESS Baud rate successfully initialized.
|
||||
* \retval USART_INVALID_INPUT Baud rate set point is out of range for the given input clock frequency.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static int usart_set_spi_master_baudrate(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart, unsigned int baudrate, unsigned long pba_hz)
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned int cd = (pba_hz + baudrate / 2) / baudrate;
|
||||
|
||||
if (cd < 4 || cd > (1 << AVR32_USART_BRGR_CD_SIZE) - 1)
|
||||
return USART_INVALID_INPUT;
|
||||
|
||||
usart->mr = (usart->mr & ~AVR32_USART_MR_USCLKS_MASK) |
|
||||
AVR32_USART_MR_USCLKS_MCK << AVR32_USART_MR_USCLKS_OFFSET;
|
||||
|
||||
usart->brgr = cd << AVR32_USART_BRGR_CD_OFFSET;
|
||||
|
||||
return USART_SUCCESS;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Selects the SCK pin as the source of baud rate for the USART SPI
|
||||
* slave mode.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param usart Base address of the USART instance.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \retval USART_SUCCESS Baud rate successfully initialized.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static int usart_set_spi_slave_baudrate(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart)
|
||||
{
|
||||
usart->mr = (usart->mr & ~AVR32_USART_MR_USCLKS_MASK) |
|
||||
AVR32_USART_MR_USCLKS_SCK << AVR32_USART_MR_USCLKS_OFFSET;
|
||||
|
||||
return USART_SUCCESS;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // USART rev. >= 4.0.0
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//! @}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
/*! \name Initialization Functions
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//! @{
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void usart_reset(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Bool global_interrupt_enabled = Is_global_interrupt_enabled();
|
||||
|
||||
// Disable all USART interrupts.
|
||||
// Interrupts needed should be set explicitly on every reset.
|
||||
if (global_interrupt_enabled) Disable_global_interrupt();
|
||||
usart->idr = 0xFFFFFFFF;
|
||||
usart->csr;
|
||||
if (global_interrupt_enabled) Enable_global_interrupt();
|
||||
|
||||
// Reset mode and other registers that could cause unpredictable behavior after reset.
|
||||
usart->mr = 0;
|
||||
usart->rtor = 0;
|
||||
usart->ttgr = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
// Shutdown TX and RX (will be re-enabled when setup has successfully completed),
|
||||
// reset status bits and turn off DTR and RTS.
|
||||
usart->cr = AVR32_USART_CR_RSTRX_MASK |
|
||||
AVR32_USART_CR_RSTTX_MASK |
|
||||
AVR32_USART_CR_RSTSTA_MASK |
|
||||
AVR32_USART_CR_RSTIT_MASK |
|
||||
AVR32_USART_CR_RSTNACK_MASK |
|
||||
#ifndef AVR32_USART_440_H_INCLUDED
|
||||
// Note: Modem Signal Management DTR-DSR-DCD-RI are not included in USART rev.440.
|
||||
AVR32_USART_CR_DTRDIS_MASK |
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
AVR32_USART_CR_RTSDIS_MASK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
int usart_init_rs232(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart, const usart_options_t *opt, long pba_hz)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Reset the USART and shutdown TX and RX.
|
||||
usart_reset(usart);
|
||||
|
||||
// Check input values.
|
||||
if (!opt || // Null pointer.
|
||||
opt->charlength < 5 || opt->charlength > 9 ||
|
||||
opt->paritytype > 7 ||
|
||||
opt->stopbits > 2 + 255 ||
|
||||
opt->channelmode > 3 ||
|
||||
usart_set_async_baudrate(usart, opt->baudrate, pba_hz) == USART_INVALID_INPUT)
|
||||
return USART_INVALID_INPUT;
|
||||
|
||||
if (opt->charlength == 9)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Character length set to 9 bits. MODE9 dominates CHRL.
|
||||
usart->mr |= AVR32_USART_MR_MODE9_MASK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
// CHRL gives the character length (- 5) when MODE9 = 0.
|
||||
usart->mr |= (opt->charlength - 5) << AVR32_USART_MR_CHRL_OFFSET;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
usart->mr |= opt->paritytype << AVR32_USART_MR_PAR_OFFSET |
|
||||
opt->channelmode << AVR32_USART_MR_CHMODE_OFFSET;
|
||||
|
||||
if (opt->stopbits > USART_2_STOPBITS)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Set two stop bits
|
||||
usart->mr |= AVR32_USART_MR_NBSTOP_2 << AVR32_USART_MR_NBSTOP_OFFSET;
|
||||
// and a timeguard period gives the rest.
|
||||
usart->ttgr = opt->stopbits - USART_2_STOPBITS;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
// Insert 1, 1.5 or 2 stop bits.
|
||||
usart->mr |= opt->stopbits << AVR32_USART_MR_NBSTOP_OFFSET;
|
||||
|
||||
// Set normal mode.
|
||||
usart->mr = (usart->mr & ~AVR32_USART_MR_MODE_MASK) |
|
||||
AVR32_USART_MR_MODE_NORMAL << AVR32_USART_MR_MODE_OFFSET;
|
||||
|
||||
// Setup complete; enable communication.
|
||||
// Enable input and output.
|
||||
usart->cr = AVR32_USART_CR_RXEN_MASK |
|
||||
AVR32_USART_CR_TXEN_MASK;
|
||||
|
||||
return USART_SUCCESS;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
int usart_init_rs232_tx_only(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart, const usart_options_t *opt, long pba_hz)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Reset the USART and shutdown TX and RX.
|
||||
usart_reset(usart);
|
||||
|
||||
// Check input values.
|
||||
if (!opt || // Null pointer.
|
||||
opt->charlength < 5 || opt->charlength > 9 ||
|
||||
opt->paritytype > 7 ||
|
||||
opt->stopbits == 1 || opt->stopbits > 2 + 255 ||
|
||||
opt->channelmode > 3 ||
|
||||
usart_set_sync_master_baudrate(usart, opt->baudrate, pba_hz) == USART_INVALID_INPUT)
|
||||
return USART_INVALID_INPUT;
|
||||
|
||||
if (opt->charlength == 9)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Character length set to 9 bits. MODE9 dominates CHRL.
|
||||
usart->mr |= AVR32_USART_MR_MODE9_MASK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
// CHRL gives the character length (- 5) when MODE9 = 0.
|
||||
usart->mr |= (opt->charlength - 5) << AVR32_USART_MR_CHRL_OFFSET;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
usart->mr |= opt->paritytype << AVR32_USART_MR_PAR_OFFSET |
|
||||
opt->channelmode << AVR32_USART_MR_CHMODE_OFFSET;
|
||||
|
||||
if (opt->stopbits > USART_2_STOPBITS)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Set two stop bits
|
||||
usart->mr |= AVR32_USART_MR_NBSTOP_2 << AVR32_USART_MR_NBSTOP_OFFSET;
|
||||
// and a timeguard period gives the rest.
|
||||
usart->ttgr = opt->stopbits - USART_2_STOPBITS;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
// Insert 1 or 2 stop bits.
|
||||
usart->mr |= opt->stopbits << AVR32_USART_MR_NBSTOP_OFFSET;
|
||||
|
||||
// Set normal mode.
|
||||
usart->mr = (usart->mr & ~AVR32_USART_MR_MODE_MASK) |
|
||||
AVR32_USART_MR_MODE_NORMAL << AVR32_USART_MR_MODE_OFFSET;
|
||||
|
||||
// Setup complete; enable communication.
|
||||
// Enable only output as input is not possible in synchronous mode without
|
||||
// transferring clock.
|
||||
usart->cr = AVR32_USART_CR_TXEN_MASK;
|
||||
|
||||
return USART_SUCCESS;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
int usart_init_hw_handshaking(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart, const usart_options_t *opt, long pba_hz)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// First: Setup standard RS232.
|
||||
if (usart_init_rs232(usart, opt, pba_hz) == USART_INVALID_INPUT)
|
||||
return USART_INVALID_INPUT;
|
||||
|
||||
// Set hardware handshaking mode.
|
||||
usart->mr = (usart->mr & ~AVR32_USART_MR_MODE_MASK) |
|
||||
AVR32_USART_MR_MODE_HARDWARE << AVR32_USART_MR_MODE_OFFSET;
|
||||
|
||||
return USART_SUCCESS;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
int usart_init_modem(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart, const usart_options_t *opt, long pba_hz)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// First: Setup standard RS232.
|
||||
if (usart_init_rs232(usart, opt, pba_hz) == USART_INVALID_INPUT)
|
||||
return USART_INVALID_INPUT;
|
||||
|
||||
// Set modem mode.
|
||||
usart->mr = (usart->mr & ~AVR32_USART_MR_MODE_MASK) |
|
||||
AVR32_USART_MR_MODE_MODEM << AVR32_USART_MR_MODE_OFFSET;
|
||||
|
||||
return USART_SUCCESS;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
int usart_init_sync_master(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart, const usart_options_t *opt, long pba_hz)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Reset the USART and shutdown TX and RX.
|
||||
usart_reset(usart);
|
||||
|
||||
// Check input values.
|
||||
if (!opt || // Null pointer.
|
||||
opt->charlength < 5 || opt->charlength > 9 ||
|
||||
opt->paritytype > 7 ||
|
||||
opt->stopbits == 1 || opt->stopbits > 2 + 255 ||
|
||||
opt->channelmode > 3 ||
|
||||
usart_set_sync_master_baudrate(usart, opt->baudrate, pba_hz) == USART_INVALID_INPUT)
|
||||
return USART_INVALID_INPUT;
|
||||
|
||||
if (opt->charlength == 9)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Character length set to 9 bits. MODE9 dominates CHRL.
|
||||
usart->mr |= AVR32_USART_MR_MODE9_MASK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
// CHRL gives the character length (- 5) when MODE9 = 0.
|
||||
usart->mr |= (opt->charlength - 5) << AVR32_USART_MR_CHRL_OFFSET;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
usart->mr |= opt->paritytype << AVR32_USART_MR_PAR_OFFSET |
|
||||
opt->channelmode << AVR32_USART_MR_CHMODE_OFFSET;
|
||||
|
||||
if (opt->stopbits > USART_2_STOPBITS)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Set two stop bits
|
||||
usart->mr |= AVR32_USART_MR_NBSTOP_2 << AVR32_USART_MR_NBSTOP_OFFSET;
|
||||
// and a timeguard period gives the rest.
|
||||
usart->ttgr = opt->stopbits - USART_2_STOPBITS;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
// Insert 1 or 2 stop bits.
|
||||
usart->mr |= opt->stopbits << AVR32_USART_MR_NBSTOP_OFFSET;
|
||||
|
||||
// Set normal mode.
|
||||
usart->mr = (usart->mr & ~AVR32_USART_MR_MODE_MASK) |
|
||||
AVR32_USART_MR_MODE_NORMAL << AVR32_USART_MR_MODE_OFFSET |
|
||||
AVR32_USART_MR_CLKO_MASK;
|
||||
|
||||
// Setup complete; enable communication.
|
||||
// Enable input and output.
|
||||
usart->cr = AVR32_USART_CR_RXEN_MASK |
|
||||
AVR32_USART_CR_TXEN_MASK;
|
||||
|
||||
return USART_SUCCESS;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
int usart_init_sync_slave(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart, const usart_options_t *opt, long pba_hz)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Reset the USART and shutdown TX and RX.
|
||||
usart_reset(usart);
|
||||
|
||||
// Check input values.
|
||||
if (!opt || // Null pointer.
|
||||
opt->charlength < 5 || opt->charlength > 9 ||
|
||||
opt->paritytype > 7 ||
|
||||
opt->stopbits == 1 || opt->stopbits > 2 + 255 ||
|
||||
opt->channelmode > 3 ||
|
||||
usart_set_sync_slave_baudrate(usart) == USART_INVALID_INPUT)
|
||||
return USART_INVALID_INPUT;
|
||||
|
||||
if (opt->charlength == 9)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Character length set to 9 bits. MODE9 dominates CHRL.
|
||||
usart->mr |= AVR32_USART_MR_MODE9_MASK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
// CHRL gives the character length (- 5) when MODE9 = 0.
|
||||
usart->mr |= (opt->charlength - 5) << AVR32_USART_MR_CHRL_OFFSET;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
usart->mr |= opt->paritytype << AVR32_USART_MR_PAR_OFFSET |
|
||||
opt->channelmode << AVR32_USART_MR_CHMODE_OFFSET;
|
||||
|
||||
if (opt->stopbits > USART_2_STOPBITS)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Set two stop bits
|
||||
usart->mr |= AVR32_USART_MR_NBSTOP_2 << AVR32_USART_MR_NBSTOP_OFFSET;
|
||||
// and a timeguard period gives the rest.
|
||||
usart->ttgr = opt->stopbits - USART_2_STOPBITS;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
// Insert 1 or 2 stop bits.
|
||||
usart->mr |= opt->stopbits << AVR32_USART_MR_NBSTOP_OFFSET;
|
||||
|
||||
// Set normal mode.
|
||||
usart->mr = (usart->mr & ~AVR32_USART_MR_MODE_MASK) |
|
||||
AVR32_USART_MR_MODE_NORMAL << AVR32_USART_MR_MODE_OFFSET;
|
||||
|
||||
// Setup complete; enable communication.
|
||||
// Enable input and output.
|
||||
usart->cr = AVR32_USART_CR_RXEN_MASK |
|
||||
AVR32_USART_CR_TXEN_MASK;
|
||||
|
||||
return USART_SUCCESS;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
int usart_init_rs485(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart, const usart_options_t *opt, long pba_hz)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// First: Setup standard RS232.
|
||||
if (usart_init_rs232(usart, opt, pba_hz) == USART_INVALID_INPUT)
|
||||
return USART_INVALID_INPUT;
|
||||
|
||||
// Set RS485 mode.
|
||||
usart->mr = (usart->mr & ~AVR32_USART_MR_MODE_MASK) |
|
||||
AVR32_USART_MR_MODE_RS485 << AVR32_USART_MR_MODE_OFFSET;
|
||||
|
||||
return USART_SUCCESS;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
int usart_init_IrDA(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart, const usart_options_t *opt,
|
||||
long pba_hz, unsigned char irda_filter)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// First: Setup standard RS232.
|
||||
if (usart_init_rs232(usart, opt, pba_hz) == USART_INVALID_INPUT)
|
||||
return USART_INVALID_INPUT;
|
||||
|
||||
// Set IrDA filter.
|
||||
usart->ifr = irda_filter;
|
||||
|
||||
// Set IrDA mode and activate filtering of input.
|
||||
usart->mr = (usart->mr & ~AVR32_USART_MR_MODE_MASK) |
|
||||
AVR32_USART_MODE_IRDA << AVR32_USART_MR_MODE_OFFSET |
|
||||
AVR32_USART_MR_FILTER_MASK;
|
||||
|
||||
return USART_SUCCESS;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
int usart_init_iso7816(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart, const usart_iso7816_options_t *opt, int t, long pba_hz)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Reset the USART and shutdown TX and RX.
|
||||
usart_reset(usart);
|
||||
|
||||
// Check input values.
|
||||
if (!opt || // Null pointer.
|
||||
opt->paritytype > 1)
|
||||
return USART_INVALID_INPUT;
|
||||
|
||||
if (t == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Set USART mode to ISO7816, T=0.
|
||||
// The T=0 protocol always uses 2 stop bits.
|
||||
usart->mr = AVR32_USART_MR_MODE_ISO7816_T0 << AVR32_USART_MR_MODE_OFFSET |
|
||||
AVR32_USART_MR_NBSTOP_2 << AVR32_USART_MR_NBSTOP_OFFSET |
|
||||
opt->bit_order << AVR32_USART_MR_MSBF_OFFSET; // Allow MSBF in T=0.
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (t == 1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Only LSB first in the T=1 protocol.
|
||||
// max_iterations field is only used in T=0 mode.
|
||||
if (opt->bit_order != 0 ||
|
||||
opt->max_iterations != 0)
|
||||
return USART_INVALID_INPUT;
|
||||
|
||||
// Set USART mode to ISO7816, T=1.
|
||||
// The T=1 protocol always uses 1 stop bit.
|
||||
usart->mr = AVR32_USART_MR_MODE_ISO7816_T1 << AVR32_USART_MR_MODE_OFFSET |
|
||||
AVR32_USART_MR_NBSTOP_1 << AVR32_USART_MR_NBSTOP_OFFSET;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
return USART_INVALID_INPUT;
|
||||
|
||||
if (usart_set_iso7816_clock(usart, opt->iso7816_hz, pba_hz) == USART_INVALID_INPUT)
|
||||
return USART_INVALID_INPUT;
|
||||
|
||||
// Set FIDI register: bit rate = selected clock/FI_DI_ratio/16.
|
||||
usart->fidi = opt->fidi_ratio;
|
||||
|
||||
// Set ISO7816 spesific options in the MODE register.
|
||||
usart->mr |= opt->paritytype << AVR32_USART_MR_PAR_OFFSET |
|
||||
AVR32_USART_MR_CLKO_MASK | // Enable clock output.
|
||||
opt->inhibit_nack << AVR32_USART_MR_INACK_OFFSET |
|
||||
opt->dis_suc_nack << AVR32_USART_MR_DSNACK_OFFSET |
|
||||
opt->max_iterations << AVR32_USART_MR_MAX_ITERATION_OFFSET;
|
||||
|
||||
// Setup complete; enable the receiver by default.
|
||||
usart_iso7816_enable_receiver(usart);
|
||||
|
||||
return USART_SUCCESS;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(AVR32_USART_400_H_INCLUDED) || \
|
||||
defined(AVR32_USART_410_H_INCLUDED) || \
|
||||
defined(AVR32_USART_420_H_INCLUDED) || \
|
||||
defined(AVR32_USART_440_H_INCLUDED) || \
|
||||
defined(AVR32_USART_602_H_INCLUDED)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
int usart_init_lin_master(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart, unsigned long baudrate, long pba_hz)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Reset the USART and shutdown TX and RX.
|
||||
usart_reset(usart);
|
||||
|
||||
// Check input values.
|
||||
if (usart_set_async_baudrate(usart, baudrate, pba_hz) == USART_INVALID_INPUT)
|
||||
return USART_INVALID_INPUT;
|
||||
|
||||
usart->mr |= AVR32_USART_MR_MODE_LIN_MASTER << AVR32_USART_MR_MODE_OFFSET; // LIN master mode.
|
||||
|
||||
// Setup complete; enable communication.
|
||||
// Enable input and output.
|
||||
usart->cr = AVR32_USART_CR_RXEN_MASK |
|
||||
AVR32_USART_CR_TXEN_MASK;
|
||||
|
||||
return USART_SUCCESS;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
int usart_init_lin_slave(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart, unsigned long baudrate, long pba_hz)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Reset the USART and shutdown TX and RX.
|
||||
usart_reset(usart);
|
||||
|
||||
// Check input values.
|
||||
if (usart_set_async_baudrate(usart, baudrate, pba_hz) == USART_INVALID_INPUT)
|
||||
return USART_INVALID_INPUT;
|
||||
|
||||
usart->mr |= AVR32_USART_MR_MODE_LIN_SLAVE << AVR32_USART_MR_MODE_OFFSET; // LIN slave mode.
|
||||
|
||||
// Setup complete; enable communication.
|
||||
// Enable input and output.
|
||||
usart->cr = AVR32_USART_CR_RXEN_MASK |
|
||||
AVR32_USART_CR_TXEN_MASK;
|
||||
|
||||
return USART_SUCCESS;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
int usart_init_spi_master(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart, const usart_spi_options_t *opt, long pba_hz)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Reset the USART and shutdown TX and RX.
|
||||
usart_reset(usart);
|
||||
|
||||
// Check input values.
|
||||
if (!opt || // Null pointer.
|
||||
opt->charlength < 5 || opt->charlength > 9 ||
|
||||
opt->spimode > 3 ||
|
||||
opt->channelmode > 3 ||
|
||||
usart_set_spi_master_baudrate(usart, opt->baudrate, pba_hz) == USART_INVALID_INPUT)
|
||||
return USART_INVALID_INPUT;
|
||||
|
||||
if (opt->charlength == 9)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Character length set to 9 bits. MODE9 dominates CHRL.
|
||||
usart->mr |= AVR32_USART_MR_MODE9_MASK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
// CHRL gives the character length (- 5) when MODE9 = 0.
|
||||
usart->mr |= (opt->charlength - 5) << AVR32_USART_MR_CHRL_OFFSET;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
usart->mr |= AVR32_USART_MR_MODE_SPI_MASTER << AVR32_USART_MR_MODE_OFFSET | // SPI master mode.
|
||||
((opt->spimode & 0x1) ^ 0x1) << AVR32_USART_MR_SYNC_OFFSET | // SPI clock phase.
|
||||
opt->channelmode << AVR32_USART_MR_CHMODE_OFFSET | // Channel mode.
|
||||
(opt->spimode >> 1) << AVR32_USART_MR_MSBF_OFFSET | // SPI clock polarity.
|
||||
AVR32_USART_MR_CLKO_MASK; // Drive SCK pin.
|
||||
|
||||
// Setup complete; enable communication.
|
||||
// Enable input and output.
|
||||
usart->cr = AVR32_USART_CR_RXEN_MASK |
|
||||
AVR32_USART_CR_TXEN_MASK;
|
||||
|
||||
return USART_SUCCESS;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
int usart_init_spi_slave(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart, const usart_spi_options_t *opt, long pba_hz)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Reset the USART and shutdown TX and RX.
|
||||
usart_reset(usart);
|
||||
|
||||
// Check input values.
|
||||
if (!opt || // Null pointer.
|
||||
opt->charlength < 5 || opt->charlength > 9 ||
|
||||
opt->spimode > 3 ||
|
||||
opt->channelmode > 3 ||
|
||||
usart_set_spi_slave_baudrate(usart) == USART_INVALID_INPUT)
|
||||
return USART_INVALID_INPUT;
|
||||
|
||||
if (opt->charlength == 9)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Character length set to 9 bits. MODE9 dominates CHRL.
|
||||
usart->mr |= AVR32_USART_MR_MODE9_MASK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
// CHRL gives the character length (- 5) when MODE9 = 0.
|
||||
usart->mr |= (opt->charlength - 5) << AVR32_USART_MR_CHRL_OFFSET;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
usart->mr |= AVR32_USART_MR_MODE_SPI_SLAVE << AVR32_USART_MR_MODE_OFFSET | // SPI slave mode.
|
||||
((opt->spimode & 0x1) ^ 0x1) << AVR32_USART_MR_SYNC_OFFSET | // SPI clock phase.
|
||||
opt->channelmode << AVR32_USART_MR_CHMODE_OFFSET | // Channel mode.
|
||||
(opt->spimode >> 1) << AVR32_USART_MR_MSBF_OFFSET; // SPI clock polarity.
|
||||
|
||||
// Setup complete; enable communication.
|
||||
// Enable input and output.
|
||||
usart->cr = AVR32_USART_CR_RXEN_MASK |
|
||||
AVR32_USART_CR_TXEN_MASK;
|
||||
|
||||
return USART_SUCCESS;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // USART rev. >= 4.0.0
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//! @}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
#if defined(AVR32_USART_400_H_INCLUDED) || \
|
||||
defined(AVR32_USART_410_H_INCLUDED) || \
|
||||
defined(AVR32_USART_420_H_INCLUDED) || \
|
||||
defined(AVR32_USART_440_H_INCLUDED) || \
|
||||
defined(AVR32_USART_602_H_INCLUDED)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \name SPI Control Functions
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//! @{
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
int usart_spi_selectChip(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Force the SPI chip select.
|
||||
usart->cr = AVR32_USART_CR_RTSEN_MASK;
|
||||
|
||||
return USART_SUCCESS;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
int usart_spi_unselectChip(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int timeout = USART_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT;
|
||||
|
||||
do
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!timeout--) return USART_FAILURE;
|
||||
} while (!usart_tx_empty(usart));
|
||||
|
||||
// Release the SPI chip select.
|
||||
usart->cr = AVR32_USART_CR_RTSDIS_MASK;
|
||||
|
||||
return USART_SUCCESS;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//! @}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // USART rev. >= 4.0.0
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
/*! \name Transmit/Receive Functions
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//! @{
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
int usart_send_address(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart, int address)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Check if USART is in multidrop / RS485 mode.
|
||||
if (!usart_mode_is_multidrop(usart)) return USART_MODE_FAULT;
|
||||
|
||||
// Prepare to send an address.
|
||||
usart->cr = AVR32_USART_CR_SENDA_MASK;
|
||||
|
||||
// Write the address to TX.
|
||||
usart_bw_write_char(usart, address);
|
||||
|
||||
return USART_SUCCESS;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
int usart_write_char(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart, int c)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (usart_tx_ready(usart))
|
||||
{
|
||||
usart->thr = (c << AVR32_USART_THR_TXCHR_OFFSET) & AVR32_USART_THR_TXCHR_MASK;
|
||||
return USART_SUCCESS;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
return USART_TX_BUSY;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
int usart_putchar(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart, int c)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int timeout = USART_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT;
|
||||
|
||||
if (c == '\n')
|
||||
{
|
||||
do
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!timeout--) return USART_FAILURE;
|
||||
} while (usart_write_char(usart, '\r') != USART_SUCCESS);
|
||||
|
||||
timeout = USART_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
do
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!timeout--) return USART_FAILURE;
|
||||
} while (usart_write_char(usart, c) != USART_SUCCESS);
|
||||
|
||||
return USART_SUCCESS;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
int usart_read_char(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart, int *c)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Check for errors: frame, parity and overrun. In RS485 mode, a parity error
|
||||
// would mean that an address char has been received.
|
||||
if (usart->csr & (AVR32_USART_CSR_OVRE_MASK |
|
||||
AVR32_USART_CSR_FRAME_MASK |
|
||||
AVR32_USART_CSR_PARE_MASK))
|
||||
return USART_RX_ERROR;
|
||||
|
||||
// No error; if we really did receive a char, read it and return SUCCESS.
|
||||
if (usart_test_hit(usart))
|
||||
{
|
||||
*c = (usart->rhr & AVR32_USART_RHR_RXCHR_MASK) >> AVR32_USART_RHR_RXCHR_OFFSET;
|
||||
return USART_SUCCESS;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
return USART_RX_EMPTY;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
int usart_getchar(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int c, ret;
|
||||
|
||||
while ((ret = usart_read_char(usart, &c)) == USART_RX_EMPTY);
|
||||
|
||||
if (ret == USART_RX_ERROR)
|
||||
return USART_FAILURE;
|
||||
|
||||
return c;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void usart_write_line(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart, const char *string)
|
||||
{
|
||||
while (*string != '\0')
|
||||
usart_putchar(usart, *string++);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
int usart_get_echo_line(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int rx_char;
|
||||
int retval = USART_SUCCESS;
|
||||
|
||||
while (1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
rx_char = usart_getchar(usart);
|
||||
if (rx_char == USART_FAILURE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
usart_write_line(usart, "Error!!!\n");
|
||||
retval = USART_FAILURE;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (rx_char == '\x03')
|
||||
{
|
||||
retval = USART_FAILURE;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
usart_putchar(usart, rx_char);
|
||||
if (rx_char == '\r')
|
||||
{
|
||||
usart_putchar(usart, '\n');
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return retval;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//! @}
|
@ -0,0 +1,889 @@
|
||||
/* This header file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
|
||||
|
||||
/*This file is prepared for Doxygen automatic documentation generation.*/
|
||||
/*! \file *********************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \brief USART driver for AVR32 UC3.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file contains basic functions for the AVR32 USART, with support for all
|
||||
* modes, settings and clock speeds.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Compiler: IAR EWAVR32 and GNU GCC for AVR32
|
||||
* - Supported devices: All AVR32 devices with a USART module can be used.
|
||||
* - AppNote:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \author Atmel Corporation: http://www.atmel.com \n
|
||||
* Support and FAQ: http://support.atmel.no/
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Copyright (c) 2009 Atmel Corporation. All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this
|
||||
* list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3. The name of Atmel may not be used to endorse or promote products derived
|
||||
* from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 4. This software may only be redistributed and used in connection with an Atmel
|
||||
* AVR product.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* EXPRESSLY AND SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR
|
||||
* ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
|
||||
* (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
|
||||
* LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
|
||||
* ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
|
||||
* (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
|
||||
* SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _USART_H_
|
||||
#define _USART_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#include <avr32/io.h>
|
||||
#include "compiler.h"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \name Return Values
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//! @{
|
||||
#define USART_SUCCESS 0 //!< Successful completion.
|
||||
#define USART_FAILURE -1 //!< Failure because of some unspecified reason.
|
||||
#define USART_INVALID_INPUT 1 //!< Input value out of range.
|
||||
#define USART_INVALID_ARGUMENT -1 //!< Argument value out of range.
|
||||
#define USART_TX_BUSY 2 //!< Transmitter was busy.
|
||||
#define USART_RX_EMPTY 3 //!< Nothing was received.
|
||||
#define USART_RX_ERROR 4 //!< Transmission error occurred.
|
||||
#define USART_MODE_FAULT 5 //!< USART not in the appropriate mode.
|
||||
//! @}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Default time-out value (number of attempts).
|
||||
#define USART_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT 10000
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \name Parity Settings
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//! @{
|
||||
#define USART_EVEN_PARITY AVR32_USART_MR_PAR_EVEN //!< Use even parity on character transmission.
|
||||
#define USART_ODD_PARITY AVR32_USART_MR_PAR_ODD //!< Use odd parity on character transmission.
|
||||
#define USART_SPACE_PARITY AVR32_USART_MR_PAR_SPACE //!< Use a space as parity bit.
|
||||
#define USART_MARK_PARITY AVR32_USART_MR_PAR_MARK //!< Use a mark as parity bit.
|
||||
#define USART_NO_PARITY AVR32_USART_MR_PAR_NONE //!< Don't use a parity bit.
|
||||
#define USART_MULTIDROP_PARITY AVR32_USART_MR_PAR_MULTI //!< Parity bit is used to flag address characters.
|
||||
//! @}
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \name Stop Bits Settings
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//! @{
|
||||
#define USART_1_STOPBIT AVR32_USART_MR_NBSTOP_1 //!< Use 1 stop bit.
|
||||
#define USART_1_5_STOPBITS AVR32_USART_MR_NBSTOP_1_5 //!< Use 1.5 stop bits.
|
||||
#define USART_2_STOPBITS AVR32_USART_MR_NBSTOP_2 //!< Use 2 stop bits (for more, just give the number of bits).
|
||||
//! @}
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \name Channel Modes
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//! @{
|
||||
#define USART_NORMAL_CHMODE AVR32_USART_MR_CHMODE_NORMAL //!< Normal communication.
|
||||
#define USART_AUTO_ECHO AVR32_USART_MR_CHMODE_ECHO //!< Echo data.
|
||||
#define USART_LOCAL_LOOPBACK AVR32_USART_MR_CHMODE_LOCAL_LOOP //!< Local loopback.
|
||||
#define USART_REMOTE_LOOPBACK AVR32_USART_MR_CHMODE_REMOTE_LOOP //!< Remote loopback.
|
||||
//! @}
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(AVR32_USART_400_H_INCLUDED) || \
|
||||
defined(AVR32_USART_410_H_INCLUDED) || \
|
||||
defined(AVR32_USART_420_H_INCLUDED) || \
|
||||
defined(AVR32_USART_440_H_INCLUDED) || \
|
||||
defined(AVR32_USART_602_H_INCLUDED)
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \name LIN Node Actions
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//! @{
|
||||
#define USART_LIN_PUBLISH_ACTION AVR32_USART_LINMR_NACT_PUBLISH //!< The USART transmits the response.
|
||||
#define USART_LIN_SUBSCRIBE_ACTION AVR32_USART_LINMR_NACT_SUBSCRIBE //!< The USART receives the response.
|
||||
#define USART_LIN_IGNORE_ACTION AVR32_USART_LINMR_NACT_IGNORE //!< The USART does not transmit and does not receive the reponse.
|
||||
//! @}
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \name LIN Checksum Types
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//! @{
|
||||
#define USART_LIN_ENHANCED_CHECKSUM 0 //!< LIN 2.0 "enhanced" checksum.
|
||||
#define USART_LIN_CLASSIC_CHECKSUM 1 //!< LIN 1.3 "classic" checksum.
|
||||
//! @}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // USART rev. >= 4.0.0
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//! Input parameters when initializing RS232 and similar modes.
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
//! Set baud rate of the USART (unused in slave modes).
|
||||
unsigned long baudrate;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Number of bits to transmit as a character (5 to 9).
|
||||
unsigned char charlength;
|
||||
|
||||
//! How to calculate the parity bit: \ref USART_EVEN_PARITY, \ref USART_ODD_PARITY,
|
||||
//! \ref USART_SPACE_PARITY, \ref USART_MARK_PARITY, \ref USART_NO_PARITY or
|
||||
//! \ref USART_MULTIDROP_PARITY.
|
||||
unsigned char paritytype;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Number of stop bits between two characters: \ref USART_1_STOPBIT,
|
||||
//! \ref USART_1_5_STOPBITS, \ref USART_2_STOPBITS or any number from 3 to 257
|
||||
//! which will result in a time guard period of that length between characters.
|
||||
//! \note \ref USART_1_5_STOPBITS is supported in asynchronous modes only.
|
||||
unsigned short stopbits;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Run the channel in testmode: \ref USART_NORMAL_CHMODE, \ref USART_AUTO_ECHO,
|
||||
//! \ref USART_LOCAL_LOOPBACK or \ref USART_REMOTE_LOOPBACK.
|
||||
unsigned char channelmode;
|
||||
} usart_options_t;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Input parameters when initializing ISO7816 mode.
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
//! Set the frequency of the ISO7816 clock.
|
||||
unsigned long iso7816_hz;
|
||||
|
||||
//! The number of ISO7816 clock ticks in every bit period (1 to 2047, 0 = disable clock).
|
||||
//! Bit rate = \ref iso7816_hz / \ref fidi_ratio.
|
||||
unsigned short fidi_ratio;
|
||||
|
||||
//! How to calculate the parity bit: \ref USART_EVEN_PARITY for normal mode or
|
||||
//! \ref USART_ODD_PARITY for inverse mode.
|
||||
unsigned char paritytype;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Inhibit Non Acknowledge:\n
|
||||
//! - 0: the NACK is generated;\n
|
||||
//! - 1: the NACK is not generated.
|
||||
//!
|
||||
//! \note This bit will be used only in ISO7816 mode, protocol T = 0 receiver.
|
||||
int inhibit_nack;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Disable successive NACKs.
|
||||
//! Successive parity errors are counted up to the value in the \ref max_iterations field.
|
||||
//! These parity errors generate a NACK on the ISO line. As soon as this value is reached,
|
||||
//! no addititional NACK is sent on the ISO line. The ITERATION flag is asserted.
|
||||
int dis_suc_nack;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Max number of repetitions (0 to 7).
|
||||
unsigned char max_iterations;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Bit order in transmitted characters:\n
|
||||
//! - 0: LSB first;\n
|
||||
//! - 1: MSB first.
|
||||
int bit_order;
|
||||
} usart_iso7816_options_t;
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(AVR32_USART_400_H_INCLUDED) || \
|
||||
defined(AVR32_USART_410_H_INCLUDED) || \
|
||||
defined(AVR32_USART_420_H_INCLUDED) || \
|
||||
defined(AVR32_USART_440_H_INCLUDED) || \
|
||||
defined(AVR32_USART_602_H_INCLUDED)
|
||||
|
||||
//! Input parameters when initializing SPI mode.
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
//! Set the frequency of the SPI clock (unused in slave mode).
|
||||
unsigned long baudrate;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Number of bits to transmit as a character (5 to 9).
|
||||
unsigned char charlength;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Which SPI mode to use.
|
||||
unsigned char spimode;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Run the channel in testmode: \ref USART_NORMAL_CHMODE, \ref USART_AUTO_ECHO,
|
||||
//! \ref USART_LOCAL_LOOPBACK or \ref USART_REMOTE_LOOPBACK.
|
||||
unsigned char channelmode;
|
||||
} usart_spi_options_t;
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // USART rev. >= 4.0.0
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
/*! \name Initialization Functions
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//! @{
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Resets the USART and disables TX and RX.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param usart Base address of the USART instance.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void usart_reset(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Sets up the USART to use the standard RS232 protocol.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param usart Base address of the USART instance.
|
||||
* \param opt Options needed to set up RS232 communication (see \ref usart_options_t).
|
||||
* \param pba_hz USART module input clock frequency (PBA clock, Hz).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \retval USART_SUCCESS Mode successfully initialized.
|
||||
* \retval USART_INVALID_INPUT One or more of the arguments is out of valid range.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern int usart_init_rs232(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart, const usart_options_t *opt, long pba_hz);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Sets up the USART to use the standard RS232 protocol in TX-only mode.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Compared to \ref usart_init_rs232, this function allows very high baud rates
|
||||
* (up to \a pba_hz instead of \a pba_hz / \c 8) at the expense of full duplex.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param usart Base address of the USART instance.
|
||||
* \param opt Options needed to set up RS232 communication (see \ref usart_options_t).
|
||||
* \param pba_hz USART module input clock frequency (PBA clock, Hz).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \retval USART_SUCCESS Mode successfully initialized.
|
||||
* \retval USART_INVALID_INPUT One or more of the arguments is out of valid range.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note The \c 1.5 stop bit is not supported in this mode.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern int usart_init_rs232_tx_only(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart, const usart_options_t *opt, long pba_hz);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Sets up the USART to use hardware handshaking.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param usart Base address of the USART instance.
|
||||
* \param opt Options needed to set up RS232 communication (see \ref usart_options_t).
|
||||
* \param pba_hz USART module input clock frequency (PBA clock, Hz).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \retval USART_SUCCESS Mode successfully initialized.
|
||||
* \retval USART_INVALID_INPUT One or more of the arguments is out of valid range.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note \ref usart_init_rs232 does not need to be invoked before this function.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern int usart_init_hw_handshaking(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart, const usart_options_t *opt, long pba_hz);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Sets up the USART to use the modem protocol, activating dedicated inputs/outputs.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param usart Base address of the USART instance.
|
||||
* \param opt Options needed to set up RS232 communication (see \ref usart_options_t).
|
||||
* \param pba_hz USART module input clock frequency (PBA clock, Hz).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \retval USART_SUCCESS Mode successfully initialized.
|
||||
* \retval USART_INVALID_INPUT One or more of the arguments is out of valid range.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern int usart_init_modem(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart, const usart_options_t *opt, long pba_hz);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Sets up the USART to use a synchronous RS232-like protocol in master mode.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param usart Base address of the USART instance.
|
||||
* \param opt Options needed to set up RS232 communication (see \ref usart_options_t).
|
||||
* \param pba_hz USART module input clock frequency (PBA clock, Hz).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \retval USART_SUCCESS Mode successfully initialized.
|
||||
* \retval USART_INVALID_INPUT One or more of the arguments is out of valid range.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern int usart_init_sync_master(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart, const usart_options_t *opt, long pba_hz);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Sets up the USART to use a synchronous RS232-like protocol in slave mode.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param usart Base address of the USART instance.
|
||||
* \param opt Options needed to set up RS232 communication (see \ref usart_options_t).
|
||||
* \param pba_hz USART module input clock frequency (PBA clock, Hz).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \retval USART_SUCCESS Mode successfully initialized.
|
||||
* \retval USART_INVALID_INPUT One or more of the arguments is out of valid range.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern int usart_init_sync_slave(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart, const usart_options_t *opt, long pba_hz);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Sets up the USART to use the RS485 protocol.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param usart Base address of the USART instance.
|
||||
* \param opt Options needed to set up RS232 communication (see \ref usart_options_t).
|
||||
* \param pba_hz USART module input clock frequency (PBA clock, Hz).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \retval USART_SUCCESS Mode successfully initialized.
|
||||
* \retval USART_INVALID_INPUT One or more of the arguments is out of valid range.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern int usart_init_rs485(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart, const usart_options_t *opt, long pba_hz);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Sets up the USART to use the IrDA protocol.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param usart Base address of the USART instance.
|
||||
* \param opt Options needed to set up RS232 communication (see \ref usart_options_t).
|
||||
* \param pba_hz USART module input clock frequency (PBA clock, Hz).
|
||||
* \param irda_filter Counter used to distinguish received ones from zeros.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \retval USART_SUCCESS Mode successfully initialized.
|
||||
* \retval USART_INVALID_INPUT One or more of the arguments is out of valid range.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern int usart_init_IrDA(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart, const usart_options_t *opt,
|
||||
long pba_hz, unsigned char irda_filter);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Sets up the USART to use the ISO7816 T=0 or T=1 smartcard protocols.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The receiver is enabled by default. \ref usart_iso7816_enable_receiver and
|
||||
* \ref usart_iso7816_enable_transmitter can be called to change the half-duplex
|
||||
* communication direction.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param usart Base address of the USART instance.
|
||||
* \param opt Options needed to set up ISO7816 communication (see \ref usart_iso7816_options_t).
|
||||
* \param t ISO7816 mode to use (T=0 or T=1).
|
||||
* \param pba_hz USART module input clock frequency (PBA clock, Hz).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \retval USART_SUCCESS Mode successfully initialized.
|
||||
* \retval USART_INVALID_INPUT One or more of the arguments is out of valid range.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern int usart_init_iso7816(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart, const usart_iso7816_options_t *opt, int t, long pba_hz);
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(AVR32_USART_400_H_INCLUDED) || \
|
||||
defined(AVR32_USART_410_H_INCLUDED) || \
|
||||
defined(AVR32_USART_420_H_INCLUDED) || \
|
||||
defined(AVR32_USART_440_H_INCLUDED) || \
|
||||
defined(AVR32_USART_602_H_INCLUDED)
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Sets up the USART to use the LIN master mode.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param usart Base address of the USART instance.
|
||||
* \param baudrate Baud rate.
|
||||
* \param pba_hz USART module input clock frequency (PBA clock, Hz).
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern int usart_init_lin_master(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart, unsigned long baudrate, long pba_hz);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Sets up the USART to use the LIN slave mode.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param usart Base address of the USART instance.
|
||||
* \param baudrate Baud rate.
|
||||
* \param pba_hz USART module input clock frequency (PBA clock, Hz).
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern int usart_init_lin_slave(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart, unsigned long baudrate, long pba_hz);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Sets up the USART to use the SPI master mode.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \ref usart_spi_selectChip and \ref usart_spi_unselectChip can be called to
|
||||
* select or unselect the SPI slave chip.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param usart Base address of the USART instance.
|
||||
* \param opt Options needed to set up SPI mode (see \ref usart_spi_options_t).
|
||||
* \param pba_hz USART module input clock frequency (PBA clock, Hz).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \retval USART_SUCCESS Mode successfully initialized.
|
||||
* \retval USART_INVALID_INPUT One or more of the arguments is out of valid range.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern int usart_init_spi_master(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart, const usart_spi_options_t *opt, long pba_hz);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Sets up the USART to use the SPI slave mode.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param usart Base address of the USART instance.
|
||||
* \param opt Options needed to set up SPI mode (see \ref usart_spi_options_t).
|
||||
* \param pba_hz USART module input clock frequency (PBA clock, Hz).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \retval USART_SUCCESS Mode successfully initialized.
|
||||
* \retval USART_INVALID_INPUT One or more of the arguments is out of valid range.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern int usart_init_spi_slave(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart, const usart_spi_options_t *opt, long pba_hz);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // USART rev. >= 4.0.0
|
||||
|
||||
//! @}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
/*! \name Read and Reset Error Status Bits
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//! @{
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Resets the error status.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This function resets the status bits indicating that a parity error,
|
||||
* framing error or overrun has occurred. The RXBRK bit, indicating
|
||||
* a start/end of break condition on the RX line, is also reset.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param usart Base address of the USART instance.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if (defined __GNUC__)
|
||||
__attribute__((__always_inline__))
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
extern __inline__ void usart_reset_status(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart)
|
||||
{
|
||||
usart->cr = AVR32_USART_CR_RSTSTA_MASK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Checks if a parity error has occurred since last status reset.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param usart Base address of the USART instance.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return \c 1 if a parity error has been detected, otherwise \c 0.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if (defined __GNUC__)
|
||||
__attribute__((__always_inline__))
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
extern __inline__ int usart_parity_error(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (usart->csr & AVR32_USART_CSR_PARE_MASK) != 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Checks if a framing error has occurred since last status reset.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param usart Base address of the USART instance.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return \c 1 if a framing error has been detected, otherwise \c 0.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if (defined __GNUC__)
|
||||
__attribute__((__always_inline__))
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
extern __inline__ int usart_framing_error(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (usart->csr & AVR32_USART_CSR_FRAME_MASK) != 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Checks if an overrun error has occurred since last status reset.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param usart Base address of the USART instance.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return \c 1 if a overrun error has been detected, otherwise \c 0.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if (defined __GNUC__)
|
||||
__attribute__((__always_inline__))
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
extern __inline__ int usart_overrun_error(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (usart->csr & AVR32_USART_CSR_OVRE_MASK) != 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(AVR32_USART_400_H_INCLUDED) || \
|
||||
defined(AVR32_USART_410_H_INCLUDED) || \
|
||||
defined(AVR32_USART_420_H_INCLUDED) || \
|
||||
defined(AVR32_USART_440_H_INCLUDED) || \
|
||||
defined(AVR32_USART_602_H_INCLUDED)
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Get LIN Error Status
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param usart Base address of the USART instance.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \retval The binary value of the error field.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if (defined __GNUC__)
|
||||
__attribute__((__always_inline__))
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
extern __inline__ int usart_lin_get_error(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (usart->csr & (AVR32_USART_CSR_LINSNRE_MASK |
|
||||
AVR32_USART_CSR_LINCE_MASK |
|
||||
AVR32_USART_CSR_LINIPE_MASK |
|
||||
AVR32_USART_CSR_LINISFE_MASK |
|
||||
AVR32_USART_CSR_LINBE_MASK)) >> AVR32_USART_CSR_LINBE_OFFSET;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // USART rev. >= 4.0.0
|
||||
|
||||
//! @}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
/*! \name ISO7816 Control Functions
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//! @{
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Enables the ISO7816 receiver.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The ISO7816 transmitter is disabled.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param usart Base address of the USART instance.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if (defined __GNUC__)
|
||||
__attribute__((__always_inline__))
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
extern __inline__ void usart_iso7816_enable_receiver(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart)
|
||||
{
|
||||
usart->cr = AVR32_USART_CR_TXDIS_MASK | AVR32_USART_CR_RXEN_MASK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Enables the ISO7816 transmitter.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The ISO7816 receiver is disabled.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param usart Base address of the USART instance.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if (defined __GNUC__)
|
||||
__attribute__((__always_inline__))
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
extern __inline__ void usart_iso7816_enable_transmitter(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart)
|
||||
{
|
||||
usart->cr = AVR32_USART_CR_RXDIS_MASK | AVR32_USART_CR_TXEN_MASK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! @}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
#if defined(AVR32_USART_400_H_INCLUDED) || \
|
||||
defined(AVR32_USART_410_H_INCLUDED) || \
|
||||
defined(AVR32_USART_420_H_INCLUDED) || \
|
||||
defined(AVR32_USART_440_H_INCLUDED) || \
|
||||
defined(AVR32_USART_602_H_INCLUDED)
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \name LIN Control Functions
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//! @{
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Sets the node action.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param usart Base address of the USART instance.
|
||||
* \param action The node action: \ref USART_LIN_PUBLISH_ACTION,
|
||||
* \ref USART_LIN_SUBSCRIBE_ACTION or
|
||||
* \ref USART_LIN_IGNORE_ACTION.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if (defined __GNUC__)
|
||||
__attribute__((__always_inline__))
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
extern __inline__ void usart_lin_set_node_action(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart, unsigned char action)
|
||||
{
|
||||
usart->linmr = (usart->linmr & ~AVR32_USART_LINMR_NACT_MASK) |
|
||||
action << AVR32_USART_LINMR_NACT_OFFSET;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Enables or disables the Identifier parity.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param usart Base address of the USART instance.
|
||||
* \param parity Whether to enable the Identifier parity: \c TRUE or \c FALSE.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if (defined __GNUC__)
|
||||
__attribute__((__always_inline__))
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
extern __inline__ void usart_lin_enable_parity(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart, unsigned char parity)
|
||||
{
|
||||
usart->linmr = (usart->linmr & ~AVR32_USART_LINMR_PARDIS_MASK) |
|
||||
!parity << AVR32_USART_LINMR_PARDIS_OFFSET;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Enables or disables the checksum.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param usart Base address of the USART instance.
|
||||
* \param parity Whether to enable the checksum: \c TRUE or \c FALSE.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if (defined __GNUC__)
|
||||
__attribute__((__always_inline__))
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
extern __inline__ void usart_lin_enable_checksum(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart, unsigned char checksum)
|
||||
{
|
||||
usart->linmr = (usart->linmr & ~AVR32_USART_LINMR_CHKDIS_MASK) |
|
||||
!checksum << AVR32_USART_LINMR_CHKDIS_OFFSET;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Sets the checksum type.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param usart Base address of the USART instance.
|
||||
* \param chktyp The checksum type: \ref USART_LIN_ENHANCED_CHEKSUM or
|
||||
* \ref USART_LIN_CLASSIC_CHECKSUM.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if (defined __GNUC__)
|
||||
__attribute__((__always_inline__))
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
extern __inline__ void usart_lin_set_checksum(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart, unsigned char chktyp)
|
||||
{
|
||||
usart->linmr = (usart->linmr & ~AVR32_USART_LINMR_CHKTYP_MASK) |
|
||||
chktyp << AVR32_USART_LINMR_CHKTYP_OFFSET;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Gets the response data length.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param usart Base address of the USART instance.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return The response data length.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if (defined __GNUC__)
|
||||
__attribute__((__always_inline__))
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
extern __inline__ unsigned char usart_lin_get_data_length(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (usart->linmr & AVR32_USART_LINMR_DLM_MASK)
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned char data_length = 1 << ((usart->linir >> (AVR32_USART_LINIR_IDCHR_OFFSET + 4)) & 0x03);
|
||||
if (data_length == 1)
|
||||
data_length = 2;
|
||||
return data_length;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
return ((usart->linmr & AVR32_USART_LINMR_DLC_MASK) >> AVR32_USART_LINMR_DLC_OFFSET) + 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Sets the response data length for LIN 1.x.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param usart Base address of the USART instance.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if (defined __GNUC__)
|
||||
__attribute__((__always_inline__))
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
extern __inline__ void usart_lin_set_data_length_lin1x(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart)
|
||||
{
|
||||
usart->linmr |= AVR32_USART_LINMR_DLM_MASK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Sets the response data length for LIN 2.x.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param usart Base address of the USART instance.
|
||||
* \param data_length The response data length.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if (defined __GNUC__)
|
||||
__attribute__((__always_inline__))
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
extern __inline__ void usart_lin_set_data_length_lin2x(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart, unsigned char data_length)
|
||||
{
|
||||
usart->linmr = (usart->linmr & ~(AVR32_USART_LINMR_DLC_MASK |
|
||||
AVR32_USART_LINMR_DLM_MASK)) |
|
||||
(data_length - 1) << AVR32_USART_LINMR_DLC_OFFSET;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Enables or disables the frame slot mode.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param usart Base address of the USART instance.
|
||||
* \param frameslot Whether to enable the frame slot mode: \c TRUE or
|
||||
* \c FALSE.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if (defined __GNUC__)
|
||||
__attribute__((__always_inline__))
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
extern __inline__ void usart_lin_enable_frameslot(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart, unsigned char frameslot)
|
||||
{
|
||||
usart->linmr = (usart->linmr & ~AVR32_USART_LINMR_FSDIS_MASK) |
|
||||
!frameslot << AVR32_USART_LINMR_FSDIS_OFFSET;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Gets the Identifier character.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param usart Base address of the USART instance.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return The Identifier character.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if (defined __GNUC__)
|
||||
__attribute__((__always_inline__))
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
extern __inline__ unsigned char usart_lin_get_id_char(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (usart->linir & AVR32_USART_LINIR_IDCHR_MASK) >> AVR32_USART_LINIR_IDCHR_OFFSET;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Sets the Identifier character.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param usart Base address of the USART instance.
|
||||
* \param id_char The Identifier character.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if (defined __GNUC__)
|
||||
__attribute__((__always_inline__))
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
extern __inline__ void usart_lin_set_id_char(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart, unsigned char id_char)
|
||||
{
|
||||
usart->linir = (usart->linir & ~AVR32_USART_LINIR_IDCHR_MASK) |
|
||||
id_char << AVR32_USART_LINIR_IDCHR_OFFSET;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! @}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // USART rev. >= 4.0.0
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
#if defined(AVR32_USART_400_H_INCLUDED) || \
|
||||
defined(AVR32_USART_410_H_INCLUDED) || \
|
||||
defined(AVR32_USART_420_H_INCLUDED) || \
|
||||
defined(AVR32_USART_440_H_INCLUDED) || \
|
||||
defined(AVR32_USART_602_H_INCLUDED)
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \name SPI Control Functions
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//! @{
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Selects SPI slave chip.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param usart Base address of the USART instance.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \retval USART_SUCCESS Success.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern int usart_spi_selectChip(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Unselects SPI slave chip.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param usart Base address of the USART instance.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \retval USART_SUCCESS Success.
|
||||
* \retval USART_FAILURE Time-out.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern int usart_spi_unselectChip(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart);
|
||||
|
||||
//! @}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // USART rev. >= 4.0.0
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
/*! \name Transmit/Receive Functions
|
||||
*/
|
||||
//! @{
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Addresses a receiver.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* While in RS485 mode, receivers only accept data addressed to them.
|
||||
* A packet/char with the address tag set has to precede any data.
|
||||
* This function is used to address a receiver. This receiver should read
|
||||
* all the following data, until an address packet addresses another receiver.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param usart Base address of the USART instance.
|
||||
* \param address Address of the target device.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \retval USART_SUCCESS Address successfully sent (if current mode is RS485).
|
||||
* \retval USART_MODE_FAULT Wrong operating mode.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern int usart_send_address(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart, int address);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Tests if the USART is ready to transmit a character.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param usart Base address of the USART instance.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return \c 1 if the USART Transmit Holding Register is free, otherwise \c 0.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if (defined __GNUC__)
|
||||
__attribute__((__always_inline__))
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
extern __inline__ int usart_tx_ready(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (usart->csr & AVR32_USART_CSR_TXRDY_MASK) != 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Writes the given character to the TX buffer if the transmitter is ready.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param usart Base address of the USART instance.
|
||||
* \param c The character (up to 9 bits) to transmit.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \retval USART_SUCCESS The transmitter was ready.
|
||||
* \retval USART_TX_BUSY The transmitter was busy.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern int usart_write_char(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart, int c);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief An active wait writing a character to the USART.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param usart Base address of the USART instance.
|
||||
* \param c The character (up to 9 bits) to transmit.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if (defined __GNUC__)
|
||||
__attribute__((__always_inline__))
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
extern __inline__ void usart_bw_write_char(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart, int c)
|
||||
{
|
||||
while (usart_write_char(usart, c) != USART_SUCCESS);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Sends a character with the USART.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param usart Base address of the USART instance.
|
||||
* \param c Character to write.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \retval USART_SUCCESS The character was written.
|
||||
* \retval USART_FAILURE The function timed out before the USART transmitter became ready to send.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern int usart_putchar(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart, int c);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Tests if all requested USART transmissions are over.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param usart Base address of the USART instance.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return \c 1 if the USART Transmit Shift Register and the USART Transmit
|
||||
* Holding Register are free, otherwise \c 0.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if (defined __GNUC__)
|
||||
__attribute__((__always_inline__))
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
extern __inline__ int usart_tx_empty(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (usart->csr & AVR32_USART_CSR_TXEMPTY_MASK) != 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Tests if the USART contains a received character.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param usart Base address of the USART instance.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return \c 1 if the USART Receive Holding Register is full, otherwise \c 0.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if (defined __GNUC__)
|
||||
__attribute__((__always_inline__))
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
extern __inline__ int usart_test_hit(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (usart->csr & AVR32_USART_CSR_RXRDY_MASK) != 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Checks the RX buffer for a received character, and stores it at the
|
||||
* given memory location.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param usart Base address of the USART instance.
|
||||
* \param c Pointer to the where the read character should be stored
|
||||
* (must be at least short in order to accept 9-bit characters).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \retval USART_SUCCESS The character was read successfully.
|
||||
* \retval USART_RX_EMPTY The RX buffer was empty.
|
||||
* \retval USART_RX_ERROR An error was deteceted.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern int usart_read_char(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart, int *c);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Waits until a character is received, and returns it.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param usart Base address of the USART instance.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return The received character, or \ref USART_FAILURE upon error.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern int usart_getchar(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Writes one character string to the USART.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param usart Base address of the USART instance.
|
||||
* \param string String to be written.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void usart_write_line(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart, const char *string);
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Gets and echoes characters until end of line.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param usart Base address of the USART instance.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \retval USART_SUCCESS Success.
|
||||
* \retval USART_FAILURE Low-level error detected or ETX character received.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern int usart_get_echo_line(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart);
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(AVR32_USART_400_H_INCLUDED) || \
|
||||
defined(AVR32_USART_410_H_INCLUDED) || \
|
||||
defined(AVR32_USART_420_H_INCLUDED) || \
|
||||
defined(AVR32_USART_440_H_INCLUDED) || \
|
||||
defined(AVR32_USART_602_H_INCLUDED)
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Abort LIN transmission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param usart Base address of the USART instance.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if (defined __GNUC__)
|
||||
__attribute__((__always_inline__))
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
extern __inline__ void usart_lin_abort(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart)
|
||||
{
|
||||
usart->cr = AVR32_USART_LINABT_MASK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*! \brief Tests if a LIN transfer has been completed.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param usart Base address of the USART instance.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return \c 1 if a LIN transfer has been completed, otherwise \c 0.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if (defined __GNUC__)
|
||||
__attribute__((__always_inline__))
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
extern __inline__ int usart_lin_transfer_completed(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (usart->csr & AVR32_USART_CSR_LINTC_MASK) != 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // USART rev. >= 4.0.0
|
||||
|
||||
//! @}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _USART_H_
|
@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
|
||||
/* This source file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
|
||||
|
||||
/*This file is prepared for Doxygen automatic documentation generation.*/
|
||||
/*! \file ******************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \brief Management of the delays.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file manages the "delays", with or without an OS.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Compiler: IAR EWAVR32 and GNU GCC for AVR32
|
||||
* - Supported devices: All AVR32 devices.
|
||||
* - AppNote:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \author Atmel Corporation: http://www.atmel.com \n
|
||||
* Support and FAQ: http://support.atmel.no/
|
||||
*
|
||||
***************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Copyright (c) 2009 Atmel Corporation. All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this
|
||||
* list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3. The name of Atmel may not be used to endorse or promote products derived
|
||||
* from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 4. This software may only be redistributed and used in connection with an Atmel
|
||||
* AVR product.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* EXPRESSLY AND SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR
|
||||
* ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
|
||||
* (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
|
||||
* LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
|
||||
* ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
|
||||
* (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
|
||||
* SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
//_____ I N C L U D E S ___________________________________________________
|
||||
|
||||
#include "delay.h"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//_____ M A C R O S ________________________________________________________
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//_____ D E F I N I T I O N S ______________________________________________
|
||||
|
||||
//! CPU frequency
|
||||
#ifndef FREERTOS_USED
|
||||
static unsigned long s_fcpu_hz;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if (defined NUTOS_USED)
|
||||
extern void NutSleep(unsigned long ms);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
//_____ D E C L A R A T I O N S ____________________________________________
|
||||
|
||||
void delay_init(unsigned long fcpu_hz)
|
||||
{
|
||||
#ifndef FREERTOS_USED
|
||||
s_fcpu_hz = fcpu_hz;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
void delay_ms(unsigned long delay)
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if (defined FREERTOS_USED)
|
||||
vTaskDelay( (portTickType)TASK_DELAY_MS(delay) );
|
||||
#elif (defined NUTOS_USED)
|
||||
NutSleep(delay);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
cpu_delay_ms(delay, s_fcpu_hz);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
|
||||
/* This header file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
|
||||
|
||||
/*This file is prepared for Doxygen automatic documentation generation.*/
|
||||
/*! \file *********************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \brief AT32UC3 delay management header file.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file contains definitions and services to handle "delays".
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - Compiler: IAR EWAVR32 and GNU GCC for AVR32
|
||||
* - Supported devices: All AVR32 AT32UC3 devices can be used.
|
||||
* - AppNote:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \author Atmel Corporation: http://www.atmel.com \n
|
||||
* Support and FAQ: http://support.atmel.no/
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Copyright (c) 2009 Atmel Corporation. All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this
|
||||
* list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 3. The name of Atmel may not be used to endorse or promote products derived
|
||||
* from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 4. This software may only be redistributed and used in connection with an Atmel
|
||||
* AVR product.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
|
||||
* EXPRESSLY AND SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR
|
||||
* ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
|
||||
* (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
|
||||
* LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
|
||||
* ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
|
||||
* (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
|
||||
* SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _DELAY_H_
|
||||
#define _DELAY_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#include "compiler.h"
|
||||
#ifdef FREERTOS_USED
|
||||
# include "FreeRTOS.h"
|
||||
# include "task.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# include "cycle_counter.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
* \brief Initialize the delay driver.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param fcpu_hz: CPU frequency in Hz.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void delay_init(unsigned long fcpu_hz);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*!
|
||||
* \brief Waits during at least the specified delay (in millisecond) before returning.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note that in the case of FreeRTOS, the function will delay the current task for a given number of ms.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param delay: Number of millisecond to wait.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
extern void delay_ms(unsigned long delay);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _DELAY_H_
|
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@ -0,0 +1,982 @@
|
||||
/* This source file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* DNS - host name to IP address resolver.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
|
||||
* This file implements a DNS host name to IP address resolver.
|
||||
|
||||
* Port to lwIP from uIP
|
||||
* by Jim Pettinato April 2007
|
||||
|
||||
* uIP version Copyright (c) 2002-2003, Adam Dunkels.
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
|
||||
* are met:
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
|
||||
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
|
||||
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
|
||||
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote
|
||||
* products derived from this software without specific prior
|
||||
* written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS
|
||||
* OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
|
||||
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY
|
||||
* DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
|
||||
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE
|
||||
* GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
|
||||
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
|
||||
* WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
|
||||
* NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
|
||||
* SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*
|
||||
* DNS.C
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The lwIP DNS resolver functions are used to lookup a host name and
|
||||
* map it to a numerical IP address. It maintains a list of resolved
|
||||
* hostnames that can be queried with the dns_lookup() function.
|
||||
* New hostnames can be resolved using the dns_query() function.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The lwIP version of the resolver also adds a non-blocking version of
|
||||
* gethostbyname() that will work with a raw API application. This function
|
||||
* checks for an IP address string first and converts it if it is valid.
|
||||
* gethostbyname() then does a dns_lookup() to see if the name is
|
||||
* already in the table. If so, the IP is returned. If not, a query is
|
||||
* issued and the function returns with a ERR_INPROGRESS status. The app
|
||||
* using the dns client must then go into a waiting state.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Once a hostname has been resolved (or found to be non-existent),
|
||||
* the resolver code calls a specified callback function (which
|
||||
* must be implemented by the module that uses the resolver).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* RFC 1035 - Domain names - implementation and specification
|
||||
* RFC 2181 - Clarifications to the DNS Specification
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @todo: define good default values (rfc compliance) */
|
||||
/** @todo: improve answer parsing, more checkings... */
|
||||
/** @todo: check RFC1035 - 7.3. Processing responses */
|
||||
|
||||
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Includes
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/opt.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#if LWIP_DNS /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/udp.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/mem.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/dns.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/** DNS server IP address */
|
||||
#ifndef DNS_SERVER_ADDRESS
|
||||
#define DNS_SERVER_ADDRESS inet_addr("208.67.222.222") /* resolver1.opendns.com */
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** DNS server port address */
|
||||
#ifndef DNS_SERVER_PORT
|
||||
#define DNS_SERVER_PORT 53
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** DNS maximum number of retries when asking for a name, before "timeout". */
|
||||
#ifndef DNS_MAX_RETRIES
|
||||
#define DNS_MAX_RETRIES 4
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** DNS resource record max. TTL (one week as default) */
|
||||
#ifndef DNS_MAX_TTL
|
||||
#define DNS_MAX_TTL 604800
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* DNS protocol flags */
|
||||
#define DNS_FLAG1_RESPONSE 0x80
|
||||
#define DNS_FLAG1_OPCODE_STATUS 0x10
|
||||
#define DNS_FLAG1_OPCODE_INVERSE 0x08
|
||||
#define DNS_FLAG1_OPCODE_STANDARD 0x00
|
||||
#define DNS_FLAG1_AUTHORATIVE 0x04
|
||||
#define DNS_FLAG1_TRUNC 0x02
|
||||
#define DNS_FLAG1_RD 0x01
|
||||
#define DNS_FLAG2_RA 0x80
|
||||
#define DNS_FLAG2_ERR_MASK 0x0f
|
||||
#define DNS_FLAG2_ERR_NONE 0x00
|
||||
#define DNS_FLAG2_ERR_NAME 0x03
|
||||
|
||||
/* DNS protocol states */
|
||||
#define DNS_STATE_UNUSED 0
|
||||
#define DNS_STATE_NEW 1
|
||||
#define DNS_STATE_ASKING 2
|
||||
#define DNS_STATE_DONE 3
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
|
||||
# include "arch/bpstruct.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
PACK_STRUCT_BEGIN
|
||||
/** DNS message header */
|
||||
struct dns_hdr {
|
||||
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t id);
|
||||
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u8_t flags1);
|
||||
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u8_t flags2);
|
||||
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t numquestions);
|
||||
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t numanswers);
|
||||
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t numauthrr);
|
||||
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t numextrarr);
|
||||
} PACK_STRUCT_STRUCT;
|
||||
PACK_STRUCT_END
|
||||
#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
|
||||
# include "arch/epstruct.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#define SIZEOF_DNS_HDR 12
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
|
||||
# include "arch/bpstruct.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
PACK_STRUCT_BEGIN
|
||||
/** DNS query message structure */
|
||||
struct dns_query {
|
||||
/* DNS query record starts with either a domain name or a pointer
|
||||
to a name already present somewhere in the packet. */
|
||||
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t type);
|
||||
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t class);
|
||||
} PACK_STRUCT_STRUCT;
|
||||
PACK_STRUCT_END
|
||||
#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
|
||||
# include "arch/epstruct.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#define SIZEOF_DNS_QUERY 4
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
|
||||
# include "arch/bpstruct.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
PACK_STRUCT_BEGIN
|
||||
/** DNS answer message structure */
|
||||
struct dns_answer {
|
||||
/* DNS answer record starts with either a domain name or a pointer
|
||||
to a name already present somewhere in the packet. */
|
||||
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t type);
|
||||
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t class);
|
||||
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u32_t ttl);
|
||||
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t len);
|
||||
} PACK_STRUCT_STRUCT;
|
||||
PACK_STRUCT_END
|
||||
#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
|
||||
# include "arch/epstruct.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#define SIZEOF_DNS_ANSWER 10
|
||||
|
||||
/** DNS table entry */
|
||||
struct dns_table_entry {
|
||||
u8_t state;
|
||||
u8_t numdns;
|
||||
u8_t tmr;
|
||||
u8_t retries;
|
||||
u8_t seqno;
|
||||
u8_t err;
|
||||
u32_t ttl;
|
||||
char name[DNS_MAX_NAME_LENGTH];
|
||||
struct ip_addr ipaddr;
|
||||
/* pointer to callback on DNS query done */
|
||||
dns_found_callback found;
|
||||
void *arg;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#if DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST
|
||||
/** struct used for local host-list */
|
||||
struct local_hostlist_entry {
|
||||
/** static hostname */
|
||||
const char *name;
|
||||
/** static host address in network byteorder */
|
||||
u32_t addr;
|
||||
struct local_hostlist_entry *next;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#if DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_IS_DYNAMIC
|
||||
/** Local host-list. For hostnames in this list, no
|
||||
* external name resolution is performed */
|
||||
static struct local_hostlist_entry *local_hostlist_dynamic;
|
||||
#else /* DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_IS_DYNAMIC */
|
||||
|
||||
/** Defining this allows the local_hostlist_static to be placed in a different
|
||||
* linker section (e.g. FLASH) */
|
||||
#ifndef DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_STORAGE_PRE
|
||||
#define DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_STORAGE_PRE static
|
||||
#endif /* DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_STORAGE_PRE */
|
||||
/** Defining this allows the local_hostlist_static to be placed in a different
|
||||
* linker section (e.g. FLASH) */
|
||||
#ifndef DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_STORAGE_POST
|
||||
#define DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_STORAGE_POST
|
||||
#endif /* DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_STORAGE_POST */
|
||||
DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_STORAGE_PRE struct local_hostlist_entry local_hostlist_static[]
|
||||
DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_STORAGE_POST = DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_INIT;
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_IS_DYNAMIC */
|
||||
|
||||
static void dns_init_local();
|
||||
#endif /* DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* forward declarations */
|
||||
static void dns_recv(void *s, struct udp_pcb *pcb, struct pbuf *p, struct ip_addr *addr, u16_t port);
|
||||
static void dns_check_entries(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Globales
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* DNS variables */
|
||||
static struct udp_pcb *dns_pcb;
|
||||
static u8_t dns_seqno;
|
||||
static struct dns_table_entry dns_table[DNS_TABLE_SIZE];
|
||||
static struct ip_addr dns_servers[DNS_MAX_SERVERS];
|
||||
|
||||
#if (DNS_USES_STATIC_BUF == 1)
|
||||
static u8_t dns_payload[DNS_MSG_SIZE];
|
||||
#endif /* (DNS_USES_STATIC_BUF == 1) */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Initialize the resolver: set up the UDP pcb and configure the default server
|
||||
* (DNS_SERVER_ADDRESS).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void
|
||||
dns_init()
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct ip_addr dnsserver;
|
||||
|
||||
/* initialize default DNS server address */
|
||||
dnsserver.addr = DNS_SERVER_ADDRESS;
|
||||
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(DNS_DEBUG, ("dns_init: initializing\n"));
|
||||
|
||||
/* if dns client not yet initialized... */
|
||||
if (dns_pcb == NULL) {
|
||||
dns_pcb = udp_new();
|
||||
|
||||
if (dns_pcb != NULL) {
|
||||
/* initialize DNS table not needed (initialized to zero since it is a
|
||||
* global variable) */
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("For implicit initialization to work, DNS_STATE_UNUSED needs to be 0",
|
||||
DNS_STATE_UNUSED == 0);
|
||||
|
||||
/* initialize DNS client */
|
||||
udp_bind(dns_pcb, IP_ADDR_ANY, 0);
|
||||
udp_recv(dns_pcb, dns_recv, NULL);
|
||||
|
||||
/* initialize default DNS primary server */
|
||||
dns_setserver(0, &dnsserver);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
#if DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST
|
||||
dns_init_local();
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Initialize one of the DNS servers.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param numdns the index of the DNS server to set must be < DNS_MAX_SERVERS
|
||||
* @param dnsserver IP address of the DNS server to set
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void
|
||||
dns_setserver(u8_t numdns, struct ip_addr *dnsserver)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ((numdns < DNS_MAX_SERVERS) && (dns_pcb != NULL) &&
|
||||
(dnsserver != NULL) && (dnsserver->addr !=0 )) {
|
||||
dns_servers[numdns] = (*dnsserver);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Obtain one of the currently configured DNS server.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param numdns the index of the DNS server
|
||||
* @return IP address of the indexed DNS server or "ip_addr_any" if the DNS
|
||||
* server has not been configured.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct ip_addr
|
||||
dns_getserver(u8_t numdns)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (numdns < DNS_MAX_SERVERS) {
|
||||
return dns_servers[numdns];
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
return *IP_ADDR_ANY;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The DNS resolver client timer - handle retries and timeouts and should
|
||||
* be called every DNS_TMR_INTERVAL milliseconds (every second by default).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void
|
||||
dns_tmr(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (dns_pcb != NULL) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(DNS_DEBUG, ("dns_tmr: dns_check_entries\n"));
|
||||
dns_check_entries();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#if DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST
|
||||
static void
|
||||
dns_init_local()
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_IS_DYNAMIC && defined(DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_INIT)
|
||||
int i;
|
||||
struct local_hostlist_entry *entry;
|
||||
/* Dynamic: copy entries from DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_INIT to list */
|
||||
struct local_hostlist_entry local_hostlist_init[] = DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_INIT;
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < sizeof(local_hostlist_init) / sizeof(struct local_hostlist_entry); i++) {
|
||||
entry = mem_malloc(sizeof(struct local_hostlist_entry));
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("mem-error in dns_init_local", entry != NULL);
|
||||
if (entry != NULL) {
|
||||
struct local_hostlist_entry *init_entry = &local_hostlist_init[i];
|
||||
entry->name = init_entry->name;
|
||||
entry->addr = init_entry->addr;
|
||||
entry->next = local_hostlist_dynamic;
|
||||
local_hostlist_dynamic = entry;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_IS_DYNAMIC && defined(DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_INIT) */
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Scans the local host-list for a hostname.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param hostname Hostname to look for in the local host-list
|
||||
* @return The first IP address for the hostname in the local host-list or
|
||||
* INADDR_NONE if not found.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static u32_t
|
||||
dns_lookup_local(const char *hostname)
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_IS_DYNAMIC
|
||||
struct local_hostlist_entry *entry = local_hostlist_dynamic;
|
||||
while(entry != NULL) {
|
||||
if(strcmp(entry->name, hostname) == 0) {
|
||||
return entry->addr;
|
||||
}
|
||||
entry = entry->next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#else /* DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_IS_DYNAMIC */
|
||||
int i;
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < sizeof(local_hostlist_static) / sizeof(struct local_hostlist_entry); i++) {
|
||||
if(strcmp(local_hostlist_static[i].name, hostname) == 0) {
|
||||
return local_hostlist_static[i].addr;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_IS_DYNAMIC */
|
||||
return INADDR_NONE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#if DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_IS_DYNAMIC
|
||||
/** Remove all entries from the local host-list for a specific hostname
|
||||
* and/or IP addess
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param hostname hostname for which entries shall be removed from the local
|
||||
* host-list
|
||||
* @param addr address for which entries shall be removed from the local host-list
|
||||
* @return the number of removed entries
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int
|
||||
dns_local_removehost(const char *hostname, const struct ip_addr *addr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int removed = 0;
|
||||
struct local_hostlist_entry *entry = local_hostlist_dynamic;
|
||||
struct local_hostlist_entry *last_entry = NULL;
|
||||
while (entry != NULL) {
|
||||
if (((hostname == NULL) || !strcmp(entry->name, hostname)) &&
|
||||
((addr == NULL) || (entry->addr == addr->addr))) {
|
||||
struct local_hostlist_entry *free_entry;
|
||||
if (last_entry != NULL) {
|
||||
last_entry->next = entry->next;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
local_hostlist_dynamic = entry->next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
free_entry = entry;
|
||||
entry = entry->next;
|
||||
mem_free(free_entry);
|
||||
removed++;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
last_entry = entry;
|
||||
entry = entry->next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return removed;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Add a hostname/IP address pair to the local host-list.
|
||||
* Duplicates are not checked.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param hostname hostname of the new entry
|
||||
* @param addr IP address of the new entry
|
||||
* @return ERR_OK if succeeded or ERR_MEM on memory error
|
||||
*/
|
||||
err_t
|
||||
dns_local_addhost(const char *hostname, const struct ip_addr *addr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct local_hostlist_entry *entry;
|
||||
entry = mem_malloc(sizeof(struct local_hostlist_entry));
|
||||
if (entry == NULL) {
|
||||
return ERR_MEM;
|
||||
}
|
||||
entry->name = hostname;
|
||||
entry->addr = addr->addr;
|
||||
entry->next = local_hostlist_dynamic;
|
||||
local_hostlist_dynamic = entry;
|
||||
return ERR_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_IS_DYNAMIC*/
|
||||
#endif /* DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Look up a hostname in the array of known hostnames.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note This function only looks in the internal array of known
|
||||
* hostnames, it does not send out a query for the hostname if none
|
||||
* was found. The function dns_enqueue() can be used to send a query
|
||||
* for a hostname.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param name the hostname to look up
|
||||
* @return the hostname's IP address, as u32_t (instead of struct ip_addr to
|
||||
* better check for failure: != INADDR_NONE) or INADDR_NONE if the hostname
|
||||
* was not found in the cached dns_table.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static u32_t
|
||||
dns_lookup(const char *name)
|
||||
{
|
||||
u8_t i;
|
||||
#if DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST || defined(DNS_LOOKUP_LOCAL_EXTERN)
|
||||
u32_t addr;
|
||||
#endif /* DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST || defined(DNS_LOOKUP_LOCAL_EXTERN) */
|
||||
#if DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST
|
||||
if ((addr = dns_lookup_local(name)) != INADDR_NONE) {
|
||||
return addr;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST */
|
||||
#ifdef DNS_LOOKUP_LOCAL_EXTERN
|
||||
if((addr = DNS_LOOKUP_LOCAL_EXTERN(name)) != INADDR_NONE) {
|
||||
return addr;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* DNS_LOOKUP_LOCAL_EXTERN */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Walk through name list, return entry if found. If not, return NULL. */
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < DNS_TABLE_SIZE; ++i) {
|
||||
if ((dns_table[i].state == DNS_STATE_DONE) &&
|
||||
(strcmp(name, dns_table[i].name) == 0)) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(DNS_DEBUG, ("dns_lookup: \"%s\": found = ", name));
|
||||
ip_addr_debug_print(DNS_DEBUG, &(dns_table[i].ipaddr));
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(DNS_DEBUG, ("\n"));
|
||||
return dns_table[i].ipaddr.addr;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return INADDR_NONE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#if DNS_DOES_NAME_CHECK
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Compare the "dotted" name "query" with the encoded name "response"
|
||||
* to make sure an answer from the DNS server matches the current dns_table
|
||||
* entry (otherwise, answers might arrive late for hostname not on the list
|
||||
* any more).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param query hostname (not encoded) from the dns_table
|
||||
* @param response encoded hostname in the DNS response
|
||||
* @return 0: names equal; 1: names differ
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static u8_t
|
||||
dns_compare_name(unsigned char *query, unsigned char *response)
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned char n;
|
||||
|
||||
do {
|
||||
n = *response++;
|
||||
/** @see RFC 1035 - 4.1.4. Message compression */
|
||||
if ((n & 0xc0) == 0xc0) {
|
||||
/* Compressed name */
|
||||
break;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
/* Not compressed name */
|
||||
while (n > 0) {
|
||||
if ((*query) != (*response)) {
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
++response;
|
||||
++query;
|
||||
--n;
|
||||
};
|
||||
++query;
|
||||
}
|
||||
} while (*response != 0);
|
||||
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* DNS_DOES_NAME_CHECK */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Walk through a compact encoded DNS name and return the end of the name.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param query encoded DNS name in the DNS server response
|
||||
* @return end of the name
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static unsigned char *
|
||||
dns_parse_name(unsigned char *query)
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned char n;
|
||||
|
||||
do {
|
||||
n = *query++;
|
||||
/** @see RFC 1035 - 4.1.4. Message compression */
|
||||
if ((n & 0xc0) == 0xc0) {
|
||||
/* Compressed name */
|
||||
break;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
/* Not compressed name */
|
||||
while (n > 0) {
|
||||
++query;
|
||||
--n;
|
||||
};
|
||||
}
|
||||
} while (*query != 0);
|
||||
|
||||
return query + 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Send a DNS query packet.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param numdns index of the DNS server in the dns_servers table
|
||||
* @param name hostname to query
|
||||
* @param id index of the hostname in dns_table, used as transaction ID in the
|
||||
* DNS query packet
|
||||
* @return ERR_OK if packet is sent; an err_t indicating the problem otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static err_t
|
||||
dns_send(u8_t numdns, const char* name, u8_t id)
|
||||
{
|
||||
err_t err;
|
||||
struct dns_hdr *hdr;
|
||||
struct dns_query qry;
|
||||
struct pbuf *p;
|
||||
char *query, *nptr;
|
||||
const char *pHostname;
|
||||
u8_t n;
|
||||
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(DNS_DEBUG, ("dns_send: dns_servers[%"U16_F"] \"%s\": request\n",
|
||||
(u16_t)(numdns), name));
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("dns server out of array", numdns < DNS_MAX_SERVERS);
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("dns server has no IP address set", dns_servers[numdns].addr != 0);
|
||||
|
||||
/* if here, we have either a new query or a retry on a previous query to process */
|
||||
p = pbuf_alloc(PBUF_TRANSPORT, SIZEOF_DNS_HDR + DNS_MAX_NAME_LENGTH +
|
||||
SIZEOF_DNS_QUERY, PBUF_RAM);
|
||||
if (p != NULL) {
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("pbuf must be in one piece", p->next == NULL);
|
||||
/* fill dns header */
|
||||
hdr = (struct dns_hdr*)p->payload;
|
||||
memset(hdr, 0, SIZEOF_DNS_HDR);
|
||||
hdr->id = htons(id);
|
||||
hdr->flags1 = DNS_FLAG1_RD;
|
||||
hdr->numquestions = htons(1);
|
||||
query = (char*)hdr + SIZEOF_DNS_HDR;
|
||||
pHostname = name;
|
||||
--pHostname;
|
||||
|
||||
/* convert hostname into suitable query format. */
|
||||
do {
|
||||
++pHostname;
|
||||
nptr = query;
|
||||
++query;
|
||||
for(n = 0; *pHostname != '.' && *pHostname != 0; ++pHostname) {
|
||||
*query = *pHostname;
|
||||
++query;
|
||||
++n;
|
||||
}
|
||||
*nptr = n;
|
||||
} while(*pHostname != 0);
|
||||
*query++='\0';
|
||||
|
||||
/* fill dns query */
|
||||
qry.type = htons(DNS_RRTYPE_A);
|
||||
qry.class = htons(DNS_RRCLASS_IN);
|
||||
MEMCPY( query, &qry, SIZEOF_DNS_QUERY);
|
||||
|
||||
/* resize pbuf to the exact dns query */
|
||||
pbuf_realloc(p, (query + SIZEOF_DNS_QUERY) - ((char*)(p->payload)));
|
||||
|
||||
/* connect to the server for faster receiving */
|
||||
udp_connect(dns_pcb, &dns_servers[numdns], DNS_SERVER_PORT);
|
||||
/* send dns packet */
|
||||
err = udp_sendto(dns_pcb, p, &dns_servers[numdns], DNS_SERVER_PORT);
|
||||
|
||||
/* free pbuf */
|
||||
pbuf_free(p);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
err = ERR_MEM;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return err;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* dns_check_entry() - see if pEntry has not yet been queried and, if so, sends out a query.
|
||||
* Check an entry in the dns_table:
|
||||
* - send out query for new entries
|
||||
* - retry old pending entries on timeout (also with different servers)
|
||||
* - remove completed entries from the table if their TTL has expired
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param i index of the dns_table entry to check
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void
|
||||
dns_check_entry(u8_t i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct dns_table_entry *pEntry = &dns_table[i];
|
||||
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("array index out of bounds", i < DNS_TABLE_SIZE);
|
||||
|
||||
switch(pEntry->state) {
|
||||
|
||||
case DNS_STATE_NEW: {
|
||||
/* initialize new entry */
|
||||
pEntry->state = DNS_STATE_ASKING;
|
||||
pEntry->numdns = 0;
|
||||
pEntry->tmr = 1;
|
||||
pEntry->retries = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/* send DNS packet for this entry */
|
||||
dns_send(pEntry->numdns, pEntry->name, i);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
case DNS_STATE_ASKING: {
|
||||
if (--pEntry->tmr == 0) {
|
||||
if (++pEntry->retries == DNS_MAX_RETRIES) {
|
||||
if ((pEntry->numdns+1<DNS_MAX_SERVERS) && (dns_servers[pEntry->numdns+1].addr!=0)) {
|
||||
/* change of server */
|
||||
pEntry->numdns++;
|
||||
pEntry->tmr = 1;
|
||||
pEntry->retries = 0;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(DNS_DEBUG, ("dns_check_entry: \"%s\": timeout\n", pEntry->name));
|
||||
/* call specified callback function if provided */
|
||||
if (pEntry->found)
|
||||
(*pEntry->found)(pEntry->name, NULL, pEntry->arg);
|
||||
/* flush this entry */
|
||||
pEntry->state = DNS_STATE_UNUSED;
|
||||
pEntry->found = NULL;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* wait longer for the next retry */
|
||||
pEntry->tmr = pEntry->retries;
|
||||
|
||||
/* send DNS packet for this entry */
|
||||
dns_send(pEntry->numdns, pEntry->name, i);
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
case DNS_STATE_DONE: {
|
||||
/* if the time to live is nul */
|
||||
if (--pEntry->ttl == 0) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(DNS_DEBUG, ("dns_check_entry: \"%s\": flush\n", pEntry->name));
|
||||
/* flush this entry */
|
||||
pEntry->state = DNS_STATE_UNUSED;
|
||||
pEntry->found = NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
case DNS_STATE_UNUSED:
|
||||
/* nothing to do */
|
||||
break;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("unknown dns_table entry state:", 0);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Call dns_check_entry for each entry in dns_table - check all entries.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void
|
||||
dns_check_entries(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
u8_t i;
|
||||
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < DNS_TABLE_SIZE; ++i) {
|
||||
dns_check_entry(i);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Receive input function for DNS response packets arriving for the dns UDP pcb.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @params see udp.h
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void
|
||||
dns_recv(void *arg, struct udp_pcb *pcb, struct pbuf *p, struct ip_addr *addr, u16_t port)
|
||||
{
|
||||
u8_t i;
|
||||
char *pHostname;
|
||||
struct dns_hdr *hdr;
|
||||
struct dns_answer ans;
|
||||
struct dns_table_entry *pEntry;
|
||||
u8_t nquestions, nanswers;
|
||||
#if (DNS_USES_STATIC_BUF == 0)
|
||||
u8_t dns_payload[DNS_MSG_SIZE];
|
||||
#endif /* (DNS_USES_STATIC_BUF == 0) */
|
||||
#if (DNS_USES_STATIC_BUF == 2)
|
||||
u8_t* dns_payload;
|
||||
#endif /* (DNS_USES_STATIC_BUF == 2) */
|
||||
|
||||
LWIP_UNUSED_ARG(arg);
|
||||
LWIP_UNUSED_ARG(pcb);
|
||||
LWIP_UNUSED_ARG(addr);
|
||||
LWIP_UNUSED_ARG(port);
|
||||
|
||||
/* is the dns message too big ? */
|
||||
if (p->tot_len > DNS_MSG_SIZE) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(DNS_DEBUG, ("dns_recv: pbuf too big\n"));
|
||||
/* free pbuf and return */
|
||||
goto memerr1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* is the dns message big enough ? */
|
||||
if (p->tot_len < (SIZEOF_DNS_HDR + SIZEOF_DNS_QUERY + SIZEOF_DNS_ANSWER)) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(DNS_DEBUG, ("dns_recv: pbuf too small\n"));
|
||||
/* free pbuf and return */
|
||||
goto memerr1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#if (DNS_USES_STATIC_BUF == 2)
|
||||
dns_payload = mem_malloc(p->tot_len);
|
||||
if (dns_payload == NULL) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(DNS_DEBUG, ("dns_recv: mem_malloc error\n"));
|
||||
/* free pbuf and return */
|
||||
goto memerr1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* (DNS_USES_STATIC_BUF == 2) */
|
||||
|
||||
/* copy dns payload inside static buffer for processing */
|
||||
if (pbuf_copy_partial(p, dns_payload, p->tot_len, 0) == p->tot_len) {
|
||||
/* The ID in the DNS header should be our entry into the name table. */
|
||||
hdr = (struct dns_hdr*)dns_payload;
|
||||
i = htons(hdr->id);
|
||||
if (i < DNS_TABLE_SIZE) {
|
||||
pEntry = &dns_table[i];
|
||||
if(pEntry->state == DNS_STATE_ASKING) {
|
||||
/* This entry is now completed. */
|
||||
pEntry->state = DNS_STATE_DONE;
|
||||
pEntry->err = hdr->flags2 & DNS_FLAG2_ERR_MASK;
|
||||
|
||||
/* We only care about the question(s) and the answers. The authrr
|
||||
and the extrarr are simply discarded. */
|
||||
nquestions = htons(hdr->numquestions);
|
||||
nanswers = htons(hdr->numanswers);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check for error. If so, call callback to inform. */
|
||||
if (((hdr->flags1 & DNS_FLAG1_RESPONSE) == 0) || (pEntry->err != 0) || (nquestions != 1)) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(DNS_DEBUG, ("dns_recv: \"%s\": error in flags\n", pEntry->name));
|
||||
/* call callback to indicate error, clean up memory and return */
|
||||
goto responseerr;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#if DNS_DOES_NAME_CHECK
|
||||
/* Check if the name in the "question" part match with the name in the entry. */
|
||||
if (dns_compare_name((unsigned char *)(pEntry->name), (unsigned char *)dns_payload + SIZEOF_DNS_HDR) != 0) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(DNS_DEBUG, ("dns_recv: \"%s\": response not match to query\n", pEntry->name));
|
||||
/* call callback to indicate error, clean up memory and return */
|
||||
goto responseerr;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* DNS_DOES_NAME_CHECK */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Skip the name in the "question" part */
|
||||
pHostname = (char *) dns_parse_name((unsigned char *)dns_payload + SIZEOF_DNS_HDR) + SIZEOF_DNS_QUERY;
|
||||
|
||||
while(nanswers > 0) {
|
||||
/* skip answer resource record's host name */
|
||||
pHostname = (char *) dns_parse_name((unsigned char *)pHostname);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check for IP address type and Internet class. Others are discarded. */
|
||||
MEMCPY(&ans, pHostname, SIZEOF_DNS_ANSWER);
|
||||
if((ntohs(ans.type) == DNS_RRTYPE_A) && (ntohs(ans.class) == DNS_RRCLASS_IN) && (ntohs(ans.len) == sizeof(struct ip_addr)) ) {
|
||||
/* read the answer resource record's TTL, and maximize it if needed */
|
||||
pEntry->ttl = ntohl(ans.ttl);
|
||||
if (pEntry->ttl > DNS_MAX_TTL) {
|
||||
pEntry->ttl = DNS_MAX_TTL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* read the IP address after answer resource record's header */
|
||||
MEMCPY( &(pEntry->ipaddr), (pHostname+SIZEOF_DNS_ANSWER), sizeof(struct ip_addr));
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(DNS_DEBUG, ("dns_recv: \"%s\": response = ", pEntry->name));
|
||||
ip_addr_debug_print(DNS_DEBUG, (&(pEntry->ipaddr)));
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(DNS_DEBUG, ("\n"));
|
||||
/* call specified callback function if provided */
|
||||
if (pEntry->found) {
|
||||
(*pEntry->found)(pEntry->name, &pEntry->ipaddr, pEntry->arg);
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* deallocate memory and return */
|
||||
goto memerr2;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
pHostname = pHostname + SIZEOF_DNS_ANSWER + htons(ans.len);
|
||||
}
|
||||
--nanswers;
|
||||
}
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(DNS_DEBUG, ("dns_recv: \"%s\": error in response\n", pEntry->name));
|
||||
/* call callback to indicate error, clean up memory and return */
|
||||
goto responseerr;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* deallocate memory and return */
|
||||
goto memerr2;
|
||||
|
||||
responseerr:
|
||||
/* ERROR: call specified callback function with NULL as name to indicate an error */
|
||||
if (pEntry->found) {
|
||||
(*pEntry->found)(pEntry->name, NULL, pEntry->arg);
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* flush this entry */
|
||||
pEntry->state = DNS_STATE_UNUSED;
|
||||
pEntry->found = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
memerr2:
|
||||
#if (DNS_USES_STATIC_BUF == 2)
|
||||
/* free dns buffer */
|
||||
mem_free(dns_payload);
|
||||
#endif /* (DNS_USES_STATIC_BUF == 2) */
|
||||
|
||||
memerr1:
|
||||
/* free pbuf */
|
||||
pbuf_free(p);
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Queues a new hostname to resolve and sends out a DNS query for that hostname
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param name the hostname that is to be queried
|
||||
* @param found a callback founction to be called on success, failure or timeout
|
||||
* @param callback_arg argument to pass to the callback function
|
||||
* @return @return a err_t return code.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static err_t
|
||||
dns_enqueue(const char *name, dns_found_callback found, void *callback_arg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
u8_t i;
|
||||
u8_t lseq, lseqi;
|
||||
struct dns_table_entry *pEntry = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
/* search an unused entry, or the oldest one */
|
||||
lseq = lseqi = 0;
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < DNS_TABLE_SIZE; ++i) {
|
||||
pEntry = &dns_table[i];
|
||||
/* is it an unused entry ? */
|
||||
if (pEntry->state == DNS_STATE_UNUSED)
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
/* check if this is the oldest completed entry */
|
||||
if (pEntry->state == DNS_STATE_DONE) {
|
||||
if ((dns_seqno - pEntry->seqno) > lseq) {
|
||||
lseq = dns_seqno - pEntry->seqno;
|
||||
lseqi = i;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* if we don't have found an unused entry, use the oldest completed one */
|
||||
if (i == DNS_TABLE_SIZE) {
|
||||
if ((lseqi >= DNS_TABLE_SIZE) || (dns_table[lseqi].state != DNS_STATE_DONE)) {
|
||||
/* no entry can't be used now, table is full */
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(DNS_DEBUG, ("dns_enqueue: \"%s\": DNS entries table is full\n", name));
|
||||
return ERR_MEM;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
/* use the oldest completed one */
|
||||
i = lseqi;
|
||||
pEntry = &dns_table[i];
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* use this entry */
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(DNS_DEBUG, ("dns_enqueue: \"%s\": use DNS entry %"U16_F"\n", name, (u16_t)(i)));
|
||||
|
||||
/* fill the entry */
|
||||
pEntry->state = DNS_STATE_NEW;
|
||||
pEntry->seqno = dns_seqno++;
|
||||
pEntry->found = found;
|
||||
pEntry->arg = callback_arg;
|
||||
strcpy(pEntry->name, name);
|
||||
|
||||
/* force to send query without waiting timer */
|
||||
dns_check_entry(i);
|
||||
|
||||
/* dns query is enqueued */
|
||||
return ERR_INPROGRESS;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Resolve a hostname (string) into an IP address.
|
||||
* NON-BLOCKING callback version for use with raw API!!!
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Returns immediately with one of err_t return codes:
|
||||
* - ERR_OK if hostname is a valid IP address string or the host
|
||||
* name is already in the local names table.
|
||||
* - ERR_INPROGRESS enqueue a request to be sent to the DNS server
|
||||
* for resolution if no errors are present.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param hostname the hostname that is to be queried
|
||||
* @param addr pointer to a struct ip_addr where to store the address if it is already
|
||||
* cached in the dns_table (only valid if ERR_OK is returned!)
|
||||
* @param found a callback function to be called on success, failure or timeout (only if
|
||||
* ERR_INPROGRESS is returned!)
|
||||
* @param callback_arg argument to pass to the callback function
|
||||
* @return a err_t return code.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
err_t
|
||||
dns_gethostbyname(const char *hostname, struct ip_addr *addr, dns_found_callback found,
|
||||
void *callback_arg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* not initialized or no valid server yet, or invalid addr pointer
|
||||
* or invalid hostname or invalid hostname length */
|
||||
if ((dns_pcb == NULL) || (addr == NULL) ||
|
||||
(!hostname) || (!hostname[0]) ||
|
||||
(strlen(hostname) >= DNS_MAX_NAME_LENGTH)) {
|
||||
return ERR_VAL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#if LWIP_HAVE_LOOPIF
|
||||
if (strcmp(hostname,"localhost")==0) {
|
||||
addr->addr = htonl(INADDR_LOOPBACK);
|
||||
return ERR_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_HAVE_LOOPIF */
|
||||
|
||||
/* host name already in octet notation? set ip addr and return ERR_OK
|
||||
* already have this address cached? */
|
||||
if (((addr->addr = inet_addr(hostname)) != INADDR_NONE) ||
|
||||
((addr->addr = dns_lookup(hostname)) != INADDR_NONE)) {
|
||||
return ERR_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* queue query with specified callback */
|
||||
return dns_enqueue(hostname, found, callback_arg);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_DNS */
|
@ -0,0 +1,276 @@
|
||||
/* This source file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* Modules initialization
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
|
||||
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
|
||||
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
|
||||
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
|
||||
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
|
||||
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
|
||||
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
|
||||
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
|
||||
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/opt.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/init.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/stats.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/sys.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/mem.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/memp.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/pbuf.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/netif.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/sockets.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/ip.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/raw.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/udp.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/tcp.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/snmp_msg.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/autoip.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/igmp.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/dns.h"
|
||||
#include "netif/etharp.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* Compile-time sanity checks for configuration errors.
|
||||
* These can be done independently of LWIP_DEBUG, without penalty.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifndef BYTE_ORDER
|
||||
#error "BYTE_ORDER is not defined, you have to define it in your cc.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if (!IP_SOF_BROADCAST && IP_SOF_BROADCAST_RECV)
|
||||
#error "If you want to use broadcast filter per pcb on recv operations, you have to define IP_SOF_BROADCAST=1 in your lwipopts.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if (!LWIP_ARP && ARP_QUEUEING)
|
||||
#error "If you want to use ARP Queueing, you have to define LWIP_ARP=1 in your lwipopts.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if (!LWIP_UDP && LWIP_UDPLITE)
|
||||
#error "If you want to use UDP Lite, you have to define LWIP_UDP=1 in your lwipopts.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if (!LWIP_UDP && LWIP_SNMP)
|
||||
#error "If you want to use SNMP, you have to define LWIP_UDP=1 in your lwipopts.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if (!LWIP_UDP && LWIP_DHCP)
|
||||
#error "If you want to use DHCP, you have to define LWIP_UDP=1 in your lwipopts.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if (!LWIP_UDP && LWIP_IGMP)
|
||||
#error "If you want to use IGMP, you have to define LWIP_UDP=1 in your lwipopts.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if (!LWIP_UDP && LWIP_DNS)
|
||||
#error "If you want to use DNS, you have to define LWIP_UDP=1 in your lwipopts.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if (LWIP_ARP && (ARP_TABLE_SIZE > 0x7f))
|
||||
#error "If you want to use ARP, ARP_TABLE_SIZE must fit in an s8_t, so, you have to reduce it in your lwipopts.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if (LWIP_ARP && ARP_QUEUEING && (MEMP_NUM_ARP_QUEUE<=0))
|
||||
#error "If you want to use ARP Queueing, you have to define MEMP_NUM_ARP_QUEUE>=1 in your lwipopts.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if (LWIP_RAW && (MEMP_NUM_RAW_PCB<=0))
|
||||
#error "If you want to use RAW, you have to define MEMP_NUM_RAW_PCB>=1 in your lwipopts.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if (LWIP_UDP && (MEMP_NUM_UDP_PCB<=0))
|
||||
#error "If you want to use UDP, you have to define MEMP_NUM_UDP_PCB>=1 in your lwipopts.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if (LWIP_TCP && (MEMP_NUM_TCP_PCB<=0))
|
||||
#error "If you want to use TCP, you have to define MEMP_NUM_TCP_PCB>=1 in your lwipopts.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if (LWIP_TCP && (TCP_WND > 0xffff))
|
||||
#error "If you want to use TCP, TCP_WND must fit in an u16_t, so, you have to reduce it in your lwipopts.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if (LWIP_TCP && (TCP_SND_QUEUELEN > 0xffff))
|
||||
#error "If you want to use TCP, TCP_SND_QUEUELEN must fit in an u16_t, so, you have to reduce it in your lwipopts.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if (LWIP_TCP && ((TCP_MAXRTX > 12) || (TCP_SYNMAXRTX > 12)))
|
||||
#error "If you want to use TCP, TCP_MAXRTX and TCP_SYNMAXRTX must less or equal to 12 (due to tcp_backoff table), so, you have to reduce them in your lwipopts.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if (LWIP_TCP && TCP_LISTEN_BACKLOG && (TCP_DEFAULT_LISTEN_BACKLOG < 0) || (TCP_DEFAULT_LISTEN_BACKLOG > 0xff))
|
||||
#error "If you want to use TCP backlog, TCP_DEFAULT_LISTEN_BACKLOG must fit into an u8_t"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if (LWIP_IGMP && (MEMP_NUM_IGMP_GROUP<=1))
|
||||
#error "If you want to use IGMP, you have to define MEMP_NUM_IGMP_GROUP>1 in your lwipopts.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if (PPP_SUPPORT && (NO_SYS==1))
|
||||
#error "If you want to use PPP, you have to define NO_SYS=0 in your lwipopts.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if (LWIP_NETIF_API && (NO_SYS==1))
|
||||
#error "If you want to use NETIF API, you have to define NO_SYS=0 in your lwipopts.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if ((LWIP_SOCKET || LWIP_NETCONN) && (NO_SYS==1))
|
||||
#error "If you want to use Sequential API, you have to define NO_SYS=0 in your lwipopts.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if ((LWIP_NETCONN || LWIP_SOCKET) && (MEMP_NUM_TCPIP_MSG_API<=0))
|
||||
#error "If you want to use Sequential API, you have to define MEMP_NUM_TCPIP_MSG_API>=1 in your lwipopts.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if (!LWIP_NETCONN && LWIP_SOCKET)
|
||||
#error "If you want to use Socket API, you have to define LWIP_NETCONN=1 in your lwipopts.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if (((!LWIP_DHCP) || (!LWIP_AUTOIP)) && LWIP_DHCP_AUTOIP_COOP)
|
||||
#error "If you want to use DHCP/AUTOIP cooperation mode, you have to define LWIP_DHCP=1 and LWIP_AUTOIP=1 in your lwipopts.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if (((!LWIP_DHCP) || (!LWIP_ARP)) && DHCP_DOES_ARP_CHECK)
|
||||
#error "If you want to use DHCP ARP checking, you have to define LWIP_DHCP=1 and LWIP_ARP=1 in your lwipopts.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if (!LWIP_ARP && LWIP_AUTOIP)
|
||||
#error "If you want to use AUTOIP, you have to define LWIP_ARP=1 in your lwipopts.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if (LWIP_SNMP && (SNMP_CONCURRENT_REQUESTS<=0))
|
||||
#error "If you want to use SNMP, you have to define SNMP_CONCURRENT_REQUESTS>=1 in your lwipopts.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if (LWIP_SNMP && (SNMP_TRAP_DESTINATIONS<=0))
|
||||
#error "If you want to use SNMP, you have to define SNMP_TRAP_DESTINATIONS>=1 in your lwipopts.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if (LWIP_TCP && ((LWIP_EVENT_API && LWIP_CALLBACK_API) || (!LWIP_EVENT_API && !LWIP_CALLBACK_API)))
|
||||
#error "One and exactly one of LWIP_EVENT_API and LWIP_CALLBACK_API has to be enabled in your lwipopts.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
/* There must be sufficient timeouts, taking into account requirements of the subsystems. */
|
||||
#if ((NO_SYS==0) && (MEMP_NUM_SYS_TIMEOUT < (LWIP_TCP + IP_REASSEMBLY + LWIP_ARP + (2*LWIP_DHCP) + LWIP_AUTOIP + LWIP_IGMP + LWIP_DNS + PPP_SUPPORT)))
|
||||
#error "MEMP_NUM_SYS_TIMEOUT is too low to accomodate all required timeouts"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if (IP_REASSEMBLY && (MEMP_NUM_REASSDATA > IP_REASS_MAX_PBUFS))
|
||||
#error "MEMP_NUM_REASSDATA > IP_REASS_MAX_PBUFS doesn't make sense since each struct ip_reassdata must hold 2 pbufs at least!"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if (MEM_LIBC_MALLOC && MEM_USE_POOLS)
|
||||
#error "MEM_LIBC_MALLOC and MEM_USE_POOLS may not both be simultaneously enabled in your lwipopts.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if (MEM_USE_POOLS && !MEMP_USE_CUSTOM_POOLS)
|
||||
#error "MEM_USE_POOLS requires custom pools (MEMP_USE_CUSTOM_POOLS) to be enabled in your lwipopts.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if (PBUF_POOL_BUFSIZE <= MEM_ALIGNMENT)
|
||||
#error "PBUF_POOL_BUFSIZE must be greater than MEM_ALIGNMENT or the offset may take the full first pbuf"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if (TCP_QUEUE_OOSEQ && !LWIP_TCP)
|
||||
#error "TCP_QUEUE_OOSEQ requires LWIP_TCP"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if (DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST && !DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_IS_DYNAMIC && !(defined(DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_INIT)))
|
||||
#error "you have to define define DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_INIT {{'host1', 0x123}, {'host2', 0x234}} to initialize DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if PPP_SUPPORT && !PPPOS_SUPPORT & !PPPOE_SUPPORT
|
||||
#error "PPP_SUPPORT needs either PPPOS_SUPPORT or PPPOE_SUPPORT turned on"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Compile-time checks for deprecated options.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifdef MEMP_NUM_TCPIP_MSG
|
||||
#error "MEMP_NUM_TCPIP_MSG option is deprecated. Remove it from your lwipopts.h."
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef MEMP_NUM_API_MSG
|
||||
#error "MEMP_NUM_API_MSG option is deprecated. Remove it from your lwipopts.h."
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef TCP_REXMIT_DEBUG
|
||||
#error "TCP_REXMIT_DEBUG option is deprecated. Remove it from your lwipopts.h."
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef RAW_STATS
|
||||
#error "RAW_STATS option is deprecated. Remove it from your lwipopts.h."
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef ETHARP_QUEUE_FIRST
|
||||
#error "ETHARP_QUEUE_FIRST option is deprecated. Remove it from your lwipopts.h."
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef ETHARP_ALWAYS_INSERT
|
||||
#error "ETHARP_ALWAYS_INSERT option is deprecated. Remove it from your lwipopts.h."
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if SO_REUSE
|
||||
/* I removed the lot since this was an ugly hack. It broke the raw-API.
|
||||
It also came with many ugly goto's, Christiaan Simons. */
|
||||
#error "SO_REUSE currently unavailable, this was a hack"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef LWIP_DEBUG
|
||||
static void
|
||||
lwip_sanity_check(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Warnings */
|
||||
#if LWIP_NETCONN
|
||||
if (MEMP_NUM_NETCONN > (MEMP_NUM_TCP_PCB+MEMP_NUM_TCP_PCB_LISTEN+MEMP_NUM_UDP_PCB+MEMP_NUM_RAW_PCB))
|
||||
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("lwip_sanity_check: WARNING: MEMP_NUM_NETCONN should be less than the sum of MEMP_NUM_{TCP,RAW,UDP}_PCB+MEMP_NUM_TCP_PCB_LISTEN\n"));
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_NETCONN */
|
||||
#if LWIP_TCP
|
||||
if (MEMP_NUM_TCP_SEG < TCP_SND_QUEUELEN)
|
||||
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("lwip_sanity_check: WARNING: MEMP_NUM_TCP_SEG should be at least as big as TCP_SND_QUEUELEN\n"));
|
||||
if (TCP_SND_BUF < 2 * TCP_MSS)
|
||||
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("lwip_sanity_check: WARNING: TCP_SND_BUF must be at least as much as (2 * TCP_MSS) for things to work smoothly\n"));
|
||||
if (TCP_SND_QUEUELEN < (2 * (TCP_SND_BUF/TCP_MSS)))
|
||||
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("lwip_sanity_check: WARNING: TCP_SND_QUEUELEN must be at least as much as (2 * TCP_SND_BUF/TCP_MSS) for things to work\n"));
|
||||
if (TCP_SNDLOWAT > TCP_SND_BUF)
|
||||
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("lwip_sanity_check: WARNING: TCP_SNDLOWAT must be less than or equal to TCP_SND_BUF.\n"));
|
||||
if (TCP_WND > (PBUF_POOL_SIZE*PBUF_POOL_BUFSIZE))
|
||||
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("lwip_sanity_check: WARNING: TCP_WND is larger than space provided by PBUF_POOL_SIZE*PBUF_POOL_BUFSIZE\n"));
|
||||
if (TCP_WND < TCP_MSS)
|
||||
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("lwip_sanity_check: WARNING: TCP_WND is smaller than MSS\n"));
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_TCP */
|
||||
}
|
||||
#else /* LWIP_DEBUG */
|
||||
#define lwip_sanity_check()
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_DEBUG */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Perform Sanity check of user-configurable values, and initialize all modules.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void
|
||||
lwip_init(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Sanity check user-configurable values */
|
||||
lwip_sanity_check();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Modules initialization */
|
||||
stats_init();
|
||||
sys_init();
|
||||
mem_init();
|
||||
memp_init();
|
||||
pbuf_init();
|
||||
netif_init();
|
||||
#if LWIP_SOCKET
|
||||
lwip_socket_init();
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_SOCKET */
|
||||
ip_init();
|
||||
#if LWIP_ARP
|
||||
etharp_init();
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_ARP */
|
||||
#if LWIP_RAW
|
||||
raw_init();
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_RAW */
|
||||
#if LWIP_UDP
|
||||
udp_init();
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_UDP */
|
||||
#if LWIP_TCP
|
||||
tcp_init();
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_TCP */
|
||||
#if LWIP_SNMP
|
||||
snmp_init();
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_SNMP */
|
||||
#if LWIP_AUTOIP
|
||||
autoip_init();
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_AUTOIP */
|
||||
#if LWIP_IGMP
|
||||
igmp_init();
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_IGMP */
|
||||
#if LWIP_DNS
|
||||
dns_init();
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_DNS */
|
||||
}
|
@ -0,0 +1,499 @@
|
||||
/* This source file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* AutoIP Automatic LinkLocal IP Configuration
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2007 Dominik Spies <kontakt@dspies.de>
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
|
||||
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
|
||||
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
|
||||
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
|
||||
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
|
||||
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
|
||||
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
|
||||
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
|
||||
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Author: Dominik Spies <kontakt@dspies.de>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This is a AutoIP implementation for the lwIP TCP/IP stack. It aims to conform
|
||||
* with RFC 3927.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Please coordinate changes and requests with Dominik Spies
|
||||
* <kontakt@dspies.de>
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*******************************************************************************
|
||||
* USAGE:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* define LWIP_AUTOIP 1 in your lwipopts.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If you don't use tcpip.c (so, don't call, you don't call tcpip_init):
|
||||
* - First, call autoip_init().
|
||||
* - call autoip_tmr() all AUTOIP_TMR_INTERVAL msces,
|
||||
* that should be defined in autoip.h.
|
||||
* I recommend a value of 100. The value must divide 1000 with a remainder almost 0.
|
||||
* Possible values are 1000, 500, 333, 250, 200, 166, 142, 125, 111, 100 ....
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Without DHCP:
|
||||
* - Call autoip_start() after netif_add().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* With DHCP:
|
||||
* - define LWIP_DHCP_AUTOIP_COOP 1 in your lwipopts.h.
|
||||
* - Configure your DHCP Client.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/opt.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#if LWIP_AUTOIP /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/mem.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/udp.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/ip_addr.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/netif.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/autoip.h"
|
||||
#include "netif/etharp.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* 169.254.0.0 */
|
||||
#define AUTOIP_NET 0xA9FE0000
|
||||
/* 169.254.1.0 */
|
||||
#define AUTOIP_RANGE_START (AUTOIP_NET | 0x0100)
|
||||
/* 169.254.254.255 */
|
||||
#define AUTOIP_RANGE_END (AUTOIP_NET | 0xFEFF)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/** Pseudo random macro based on netif informations.
|
||||
* You could use "rand()" from the C Library if you define LWIP_AUTOIP_RAND in lwipopts.h */
|
||||
#ifndef LWIP_AUTOIP_RAND
|
||||
#define LWIP_AUTOIP_RAND(netif) ( (((u32_t)((netif->hwaddr[5]) & 0xff) << 24) | \
|
||||
((u32_t)((netif->hwaddr[3]) & 0xff) << 16) | \
|
||||
((u32_t)((netif->hwaddr[2]) & 0xff) << 8) | \
|
||||
((u32_t)((netif->hwaddr[4]) & 0xff))) + \
|
||||
(netif->autoip?netif->autoip->tried_llipaddr:0))
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_AUTOIP_RAND */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Macro that generates the initial IP address to be tried by AUTOIP.
|
||||
* If you want to override this, define it to something else in lwipopts.h.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifndef LWIP_AUTOIP_CREATE_SEED_ADDR
|
||||
#define LWIP_AUTOIP_CREATE_SEED_ADDR(netif) \
|
||||
htonl(AUTOIP_RANGE_START + ((u32_t)(((u8_t)(netif->hwaddr[4])) | \
|
||||
((u32_t)((u8_t)(netif->hwaddr[5]))) << 8)))
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_AUTOIP_CREATE_SEED_ADDR */
|
||||
|
||||
/* static functions */
|
||||
static void autoip_handle_arp_conflict(struct netif *netif);
|
||||
|
||||
/* creates a pseudo random LL IP-Address for a network interface */
|
||||
static void autoip_create_addr(struct netif *netif, struct ip_addr *ipaddr);
|
||||
|
||||
/* sends an ARP probe */
|
||||
static err_t autoip_arp_probe(struct netif *netif);
|
||||
|
||||
/* sends an ARP announce */
|
||||
static err_t autoip_arp_announce(struct netif *netif);
|
||||
|
||||
/* configure interface for use with current LL IP-Address */
|
||||
static err_t autoip_bind(struct netif *netif);
|
||||
|
||||
/* start sending probes for llipaddr */
|
||||
static void autoip_start_probing(struct netif *netif);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Initialize this module
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void
|
||||
autoip_init(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(AUTOIP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE, ("autoip_init()\n"));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Handle a IP address conflict after an ARP conflict detection
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void
|
||||
autoip_handle_arp_conflict(struct netif *netif)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Somehow detect if we are defending or retreating */
|
||||
unsigned char defend = 1; /* tbd */
|
||||
|
||||
if(defend) {
|
||||
if(netif->autoip->lastconflict > 0) {
|
||||
/* retreat, there was a conflicting ARP in the last
|
||||
* DEFEND_INTERVAL seconds
|
||||
*/
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(AUTOIP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE | LWIP_DBG_STATE,
|
||||
("autoip_handle_arp_conflict(): we are defending, but in DEFEND_INTERVAL, retreating\n"));
|
||||
|
||||
/* TODO: close all TCP sessions */
|
||||
autoip_start(netif);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(AUTOIP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE | LWIP_DBG_STATE,
|
||||
("autoip_handle_arp_conflict(): we are defend, send ARP Announce\n"));
|
||||
autoip_arp_announce(netif);
|
||||
netif->autoip->lastconflict = DEFEND_INTERVAL * AUTOIP_TICKS_PER_SECOND;
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(AUTOIP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE | LWIP_DBG_STATE,
|
||||
("autoip_handle_arp_conflict(): we do not defend, retreating\n"));
|
||||
/* TODO: close all TCP sessions */
|
||||
autoip_start(netif);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Create an IP-Address out of range 169.254.1.0 to 169.254.254.255
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param netif network interface on which create the IP-Address
|
||||
* @param ipaddr ip address to initialize
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void
|
||||
autoip_create_addr(struct netif *netif, struct ip_addr *ipaddr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Here we create an IP-Address out of range 169.254.1.0 to 169.254.254.255
|
||||
* compliant to RFC 3927 Section 2.1
|
||||
* We have 254 * 256 possibilities */
|
||||
|
||||
u32_t addr = ntohl(LWIP_AUTOIP_CREATE_SEED_ADDR(netif));
|
||||
addr += netif->autoip->tried_llipaddr;
|
||||
addr = AUTOIP_NET | (addr & 0xffff);
|
||||
/* Now, 169.254.0.0 <= addr <= 169.254.255.255 */
|
||||
|
||||
if (addr < AUTOIP_RANGE_START) {
|
||||
addr += AUTOIP_RANGE_END - AUTOIP_RANGE_START + 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (addr > AUTOIP_RANGE_END) {
|
||||
addr -= AUTOIP_RANGE_END - AUTOIP_RANGE_START + 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("AUTOIP address not in range", (addr >= AUTOIP_RANGE_START) &&
|
||||
(addr <= AUTOIP_RANGE_END));
|
||||
ipaddr->addr = htonl(addr);
|
||||
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(AUTOIP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE | LWIP_DBG_STATE,
|
||||
("autoip_create_addr(): tried_llipaddr=%"U16_F", 0x%08"X32_F"\n",
|
||||
(u16_t)(netif->autoip->tried_llipaddr), (u32_t)(ipaddr->addr)));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Sends an ARP probe from a network interface
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param netif network interface used to send the probe
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static err_t
|
||||
autoip_arp_probe(struct netif *netif)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return etharp_raw(netif, (struct eth_addr *)netif->hwaddr, ðbroadcast,
|
||||
(struct eth_addr *)netif->hwaddr, IP_ADDR_ANY, ðzero,
|
||||
&netif->autoip->llipaddr, ARP_REQUEST);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Sends an ARP announce from a network interface
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param netif network interface used to send the announce
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static err_t
|
||||
autoip_arp_announce(struct netif *netif)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return etharp_raw(netif, (struct eth_addr *)netif->hwaddr, ðbroadcast,
|
||||
(struct eth_addr *)netif->hwaddr, &netif->autoip->llipaddr, ðzero,
|
||||
&netif->autoip->llipaddr, ARP_REQUEST);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Configure interface for use with current LL IP-Address
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param netif network interface to configure with current LL IP-Address
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static err_t
|
||||
autoip_bind(struct netif *netif)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct autoip *autoip = netif->autoip;
|
||||
struct ip_addr sn_mask, gw_addr;
|
||||
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(AUTOIP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE,
|
||||
("autoip_bind(netif=%p) %c%c%"U16_F" 0x%08"X32_F"\n",
|
||||
(void*)netif, netif->name[0], netif->name[1], (u16_t)netif->num, autoip->llipaddr.addr));
|
||||
|
||||
IP4_ADDR(&sn_mask, 255, 255, 0, 0);
|
||||
IP4_ADDR(&gw_addr, 0, 0, 0, 0);
|
||||
|
||||
netif_set_ipaddr(netif, &autoip->llipaddr);
|
||||
netif_set_netmask(netif, &sn_mask);
|
||||
netif_set_gw(netif, &gw_addr);
|
||||
|
||||
/* bring the interface up */
|
||||
netif_set_up(netif);
|
||||
|
||||
return ERR_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Start AutoIP client
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param netif network interface on which start the AutoIP client
|
||||
*/
|
||||
err_t
|
||||
autoip_start(struct netif *netif)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct autoip *autoip = netif->autoip;
|
||||
err_t result = ERR_OK;
|
||||
|
||||
if(netif_is_up(netif)) {
|
||||
netif_set_down(netif);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set IP-Address, Netmask and Gateway to 0 to make sure that
|
||||
* ARP Packets are formed correctly
|
||||
*/
|
||||
netif->ip_addr.addr = 0;
|
||||
netif->netmask.addr = 0;
|
||||
netif->gw.addr = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(AUTOIP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE | LWIP_DBG_STATE,
|
||||
("autoip_start(netif=%p) %c%c%"U16_F"\n", (void*)netif, netif->name[0],
|
||||
netif->name[1], (u16_t)netif->num));
|
||||
if(autoip == NULL) {
|
||||
/* no AutoIP client attached yet? */
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(AUTOIP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE,
|
||||
("autoip_start(): starting new AUTOIP client\n"));
|
||||
autoip = mem_malloc(sizeof(struct autoip));
|
||||
if(autoip == NULL) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(AUTOIP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE,
|
||||
("autoip_start(): could not allocate autoip\n"));
|
||||
return ERR_MEM;
|
||||
}
|
||||
memset( autoip, 0, sizeof(struct autoip));
|
||||
/* store this AutoIP client in the netif */
|
||||
netif->autoip = autoip;
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(AUTOIP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE, ("autoip_start(): allocated autoip"));
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
autoip->state = AUTOIP_STATE_OFF;
|
||||
autoip->ttw = 0;
|
||||
autoip->sent_num = 0;
|
||||
memset(&autoip->llipaddr, 0, sizeof(struct ip_addr));
|
||||
autoip->lastconflict = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
autoip_create_addr(netif, &(autoip->llipaddr));
|
||||
autoip->tried_llipaddr++;
|
||||
autoip_start_probing(netif);
|
||||
|
||||
return result;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static void
|
||||
autoip_start_probing(struct netif *netif)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct autoip *autoip = netif->autoip;
|
||||
|
||||
autoip->state = AUTOIP_STATE_PROBING;
|
||||
autoip->sent_num = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/* time to wait to first probe, this is randomly
|
||||
* choosen out of 0 to PROBE_WAIT seconds.
|
||||
* compliant to RFC 3927 Section 2.2.1
|
||||
*/
|
||||
autoip->ttw = (u16_t)(LWIP_AUTOIP_RAND(netif) % (PROBE_WAIT * AUTOIP_TICKS_PER_SECOND));
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* if we tried more then MAX_CONFLICTS we must limit our rate for
|
||||
* accquiring and probing address
|
||||
* compliant to RFC 3927 Section 2.2.1
|
||||
*/
|
||||
if(autoip->tried_llipaddr > MAX_CONFLICTS) {
|
||||
autoip->ttw = RATE_LIMIT_INTERVAL * AUTOIP_TICKS_PER_SECOND;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Handle a possible change in the network configuration.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If there is an AutoIP address configured, take the interface down
|
||||
* and begin probing with the same address.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void
|
||||
autoip_network_changed(struct netif *netif)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (netif->autoip && netif->autoip->state != AUTOIP_STATE_OFF) {
|
||||
netif_set_down(netif);
|
||||
autoip_start_probing(netif);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Stop AutoIP client
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param netif network interface on which stop the AutoIP client
|
||||
*/
|
||||
err_t
|
||||
autoip_stop(struct netif *netif)
|
||||
{
|
||||
netif->autoip->state = AUTOIP_STATE_OFF;
|
||||
netif_set_down(netif);
|
||||
return ERR_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Has to be called in loop every AUTOIP_TMR_INTERVAL milliseconds
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void
|
||||
autoip_tmr()
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct netif *netif = netif_list;
|
||||
/* loop through netif's */
|
||||
while (netif != NULL) {
|
||||
/* only act on AutoIP configured interfaces */
|
||||
if (netif->autoip != NULL) {
|
||||
if(netif->autoip->lastconflict > 0) {
|
||||
netif->autoip->lastconflict--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(AUTOIP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE,
|
||||
("autoip_tmr() AutoIP-State: %"U16_F", ttw=%"U16_F"\n",
|
||||
(u16_t)(netif->autoip->state), netif->autoip->ttw));
|
||||
|
||||
switch(netif->autoip->state) {
|
||||
case AUTOIP_STATE_PROBING:
|
||||
if(netif->autoip->ttw > 0) {
|
||||
netif->autoip->ttw--;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
if(netif->autoip->sent_num >= PROBE_NUM) {
|
||||
netif->autoip->state = AUTOIP_STATE_ANNOUNCING;
|
||||
netif->autoip->sent_num = 0;
|
||||
netif->autoip->ttw = ANNOUNCE_WAIT * AUTOIP_TICKS_PER_SECOND;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
autoip_arp_probe(netif);
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(AUTOIP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE,
|
||||
("autoip_tmr() PROBING Sent Probe\n"));
|
||||
netif->autoip->sent_num++;
|
||||
/* calculate time to wait to next probe */
|
||||
netif->autoip->ttw = (u16_t)((LWIP_AUTOIP_RAND(netif) %
|
||||
((PROBE_MAX - PROBE_MIN) * AUTOIP_TICKS_PER_SECOND) ) +
|
||||
PROBE_MIN * AUTOIP_TICKS_PER_SECOND);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case AUTOIP_STATE_ANNOUNCING:
|
||||
if(netif->autoip->ttw > 0) {
|
||||
netif->autoip->ttw--;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
if(netif->autoip->sent_num == 0) {
|
||||
/* We are here the first time, so we waited ANNOUNCE_WAIT seconds
|
||||
* Now we can bind to an IP address and use it.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* autoip_bind calls netif_set_up. This triggers a gratuitous ARP
|
||||
* which counts as an announcement.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
autoip_bind(netif);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
autoip_arp_announce(netif);
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(AUTOIP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE,
|
||||
("autoip_tmr() ANNOUNCING Sent Announce\n"));
|
||||
}
|
||||
netif->autoip->ttw = ANNOUNCE_INTERVAL * AUTOIP_TICKS_PER_SECOND;
|
||||
netif->autoip->sent_num++;
|
||||
|
||||
if(netif->autoip->sent_num >= ANNOUNCE_NUM) {
|
||||
netif->autoip->state = AUTOIP_STATE_BOUND;
|
||||
netif->autoip->sent_num = 0;
|
||||
netif->autoip->ttw = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* proceed to next network interface */
|
||||
netif = netif->next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Handles every incoming ARP Packet, called by etharp_arp_input.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param netif network interface to use for autoip processing
|
||||
* @param hdr Incoming ARP packet
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void
|
||||
autoip_arp_reply(struct netif *netif, struct etharp_hdr *hdr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(AUTOIP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE, ("autoip_arp_reply()\n"));
|
||||
if ((netif->autoip != NULL) && (netif->autoip->state != AUTOIP_STATE_OFF)) {
|
||||
/* when ip.src == llipaddr && hw.src != netif->hwaddr
|
||||
*
|
||||
* when probing ip.dst == llipaddr && hw.src != netif->hwaddr
|
||||
* we have a conflict and must solve it
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct ip_addr sipaddr, dipaddr;
|
||||
struct eth_addr netifaddr;
|
||||
netifaddr.addr[0] = netif->hwaddr[0];
|
||||
netifaddr.addr[1] = netif->hwaddr[1];
|
||||
netifaddr.addr[2] = netif->hwaddr[2];
|
||||
netifaddr.addr[3] = netif->hwaddr[3];
|
||||
netifaddr.addr[4] = netif->hwaddr[4];
|
||||
netifaddr.addr[5] = netif->hwaddr[5];
|
||||
|
||||
/* Copy struct ip_addr2 to aligned ip_addr, to support compilers without
|
||||
* structure packing (not using structure copy which breaks strict-aliasing rules).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
SMEMCPY(&sipaddr, &hdr->sipaddr, sizeof(sipaddr));
|
||||
SMEMCPY(&dipaddr, &hdr->dipaddr, sizeof(dipaddr));
|
||||
|
||||
if ((netif->autoip->state == AUTOIP_STATE_PROBING) ||
|
||||
((netif->autoip->state == AUTOIP_STATE_ANNOUNCING) &&
|
||||
(netif->autoip->sent_num == 0))) {
|
||||
/* RFC 3927 Section 2.2.1:
|
||||
* from beginning to after ANNOUNCE_WAIT
|
||||
* seconds we have a conflict if
|
||||
* ip.src == llipaddr OR
|
||||
* ip.dst == llipaddr && hw.src != own hwaddr
|
||||
*/
|
||||
if ((ip_addr_cmp(&sipaddr, &netif->autoip->llipaddr)) ||
|
||||
(ip_addr_cmp(&dipaddr, &netif->autoip->llipaddr) &&
|
||||
!eth_addr_cmp(&netifaddr, &hdr->shwaddr))) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(AUTOIP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE | LWIP_DBG_STATE | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_WARNING,
|
||||
("autoip_arp_reply(): Probe Conflict detected\n"));
|
||||
autoip_start(netif);
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
/* RFC 3927 Section 2.5:
|
||||
* in any state we have a conflict if
|
||||
* ip.src == llipaddr && hw.src != own hwaddr
|
||||
*/
|
||||
if (ip_addr_cmp(&sipaddr, &netif->autoip->llipaddr) &&
|
||||
!eth_addr_cmp(&netifaddr, &hdr->shwaddr)) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(AUTOIP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE | LWIP_DBG_STATE | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_WARNING,
|
||||
("autoip_arp_reply(): Conflicting ARP-Packet detected\n"));
|
||||
autoip_handle_arp_conflict(netif);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_AUTOIP */
|
@ -0,0 +1,333 @@
|
||||
/* This source file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* ICMP - Internet Control Message Protocol
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
|
||||
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
|
||||
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
|
||||
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
|
||||
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
|
||||
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
|
||||
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
|
||||
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
|
||||
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Some ICMP messages should be passed to the transport protocols. This
|
||||
is not implemented. */
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/opt.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#if LWIP_ICMP /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/icmp.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/inet.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/inet_chksum.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/ip.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/def.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/stats.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/snmp.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/** Small optimization: set to 0 if incoming PBUF_POOL pbuf always can be
|
||||
* used to modify and send a response packet (and to 1 if this is not the case,
|
||||
* e.g. when link header is stripped of when receiving) */
|
||||
#ifndef LWIP_ICMP_ECHO_CHECK_INPUT_PBUF_LEN
|
||||
#define LWIP_ICMP_ECHO_CHECK_INPUT_PBUF_LEN 1
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_ICMP_ECHO_CHECK_INPUT_PBUF_LEN */
|
||||
|
||||
/* The amount of data from the original packet to return in a dest-unreachable */
|
||||
#define ICMP_DEST_UNREACH_DATASIZE 8
|
||||
|
||||
static void icmp_send_response(struct pbuf *p, u8_t type, u8_t code);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Processes ICMP input packets, called from ip_input().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Currently only processes icmp echo requests and sends
|
||||
* out the echo response.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param p the icmp echo request packet, p->payload pointing to the ip header
|
||||
* @param inp the netif on which this packet was received
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void
|
||||
icmp_input(struct pbuf *p, struct netif *inp)
|
||||
{
|
||||
u8_t type;
|
||||
#ifdef LWIP_DEBUG
|
||||
u8_t code;
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_DEBUG */
|
||||
struct icmp_echo_hdr *iecho;
|
||||
struct ip_hdr *iphdr;
|
||||
struct ip_addr tmpaddr;
|
||||
s16_t hlen;
|
||||
|
||||
ICMP_STATS_INC(icmp.recv);
|
||||
snmp_inc_icmpinmsgs();
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
iphdr = p->payload;
|
||||
hlen = IPH_HL(iphdr) * 4;
|
||||
if (pbuf_header(p, -hlen) || (p->tot_len < sizeof(u16_t)*2)) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(ICMP_DEBUG, ("icmp_input: short ICMP (%"U16_F" bytes) received\n", p->tot_len));
|
||||
goto lenerr;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
type = *((u8_t *)p->payload);
|
||||
#ifdef LWIP_DEBUG
|
||||
code = *(((u8_t *)p->payload)+1);
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_DEBUG */
|
||||
switch (type) {
|
||||
case ICMP_ECHO:
|
||||
#if !LWIP_MULTICAST_PING || !LWIP_BROADCAST_PING
|
||||
{
|
||||
int accepted = 1;
|
||||
#if !LWIP_MULTICAST_PING
|
||||
/* multicast destination address? */
|
||||
if (ip_addr_ismulticast(&iphdr->dest)) {
|
||||
accepted = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_MULTICAST_PING */
|
||||
#if !LWIP_BROADCAST_PING
|
||||
/* broadcast destination address? */
|
||||
if (ip_addr_isbroadcast(&iphdr->dest, inp)) {
|
||||
accepted = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_BROADCAST_PING */
|
||||
/* broadcast or multicast destination address not acceptd? */
|
||||
if (!accepted) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(ICMP_DEBUG, ("icmp_input: Not echoing to multicast or broadcast pings\n"));
|
||||
ICMP_STATS_INC(icmp.err);
|
||||
pbuf_free(p);
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* !LWIP_MULTICAST_PING || !LWIP_BROADCAST_PING */
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(ICMP_DEBUG, ("icmp_input: ping\n"));
|
||||
if (p->tot_len < sizeof(struct icmp_echo_hdr)) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(ICMP_DEBUG, ("icmp_input: bad ICMP echo received\n"));
|
||||
goto lenerr;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (inet_chksum_pbuf(p) != 0) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(ICMP_DEBUG, ("icmp_input: checksum failed for received ICMP echo\n"));
|
||||
pbuf_free(p);
|
||||
ICMP_STATS_INC(icmp.chkerr);
|
||||
snmp_inc_icmpinerrors();
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#if LWIP_ICMP_ECHO_CHECK_INPUT_PBUF_LEN
|
||||
if (pbuf_header(p, (PBUF_IP_HLEN + PBUF_LINK_HLEN))) {
|
||||
/* p is not big enough to contain link headers
|
||||
* allocate a new one and copy p into it
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct pbuf *r;
|
||||
/* switch p->payload to ip header */
|
||||
if (pbuf_header(p, hlen)) {
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("icmp_input: moving p->payload to ip header failed\n", 0);
|
||||
goto memerr;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* allocate new packet buffer with space for link headers */
|
||||
r = pbuf_alloc(PBUF_LINK, p->tot_len, PBUF_RAM);
|
||||
if (r == NULL) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(ICMP_DEBUG, ("icmp_input: allocating new pbuf failed\n"));
|
||||
goto memerr;
|
||||
}
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("check that first pbuf can hold struct the ICMP header",
|
||||
(r->len >= hlen + sizeof(struct icmp_echo_hdr)));
|
||||
/* copy the whole packet including ip header */
|
||||
if (pbuf_copy(r, p) != ERR_OK) {
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("icmp_input: copying to new pbuf failed\n", 0);
|
||||
goto memerr;
|
||||
}
|
||||
iphdr = r->payload;
|
||||
/* switch r->payload back to icmp header */
|
||||
if (pbuf_header(r, -hlen)) {
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("icmp_input: restoring original p->payload failed\n", 0);
|
||||
goto memerr;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* free the original p */
|
||||
pbuf_free(p);
|
||||
/* we now have an identical copy of p that has room for link headers */
|
||||
p = r;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
/* restore p->payload to point to icmp header */
|
||||
if (pbuf_header(p, -(s16_t)(PBUF_IP_HLEN + PBUF_LINK_HLEN))) {
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("icmp_input: restoring original p->payload failed\n", 0);
|
||||
goto memerr;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_ICMP_ECHO_CHECK_INPUT_PBUF_LEN */
|
||||
/* At this point, all checks are OK. */
|
||||
/* We generate an answer by switching the dest and src ip addresses,
|
||||
* setting the icmp type to ECHO_RESPONSE and updating the checksum. */
|
||||
iecho = p->payload;
|
||||
tmpaddr.addr = iphdr->src.addr;
|
||||
iphdr->src.addr = iphdr->dest.addr;
|
||||
iphdr->dest.addr = tmpaddr.addr;
|
||||
ICMPH_TYPE_SET(iecho, ICMP_ER);
|
||||
/* adjust the checksum */
|
||||
if (iecho->chksum >= htons(0xffff - (ICMP_ECHO << 8))) {
|
||||
iecho->chksum += htons(ICMP_ECHO << 8) + 1;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
iecho->chksum += htons(ICMP_ECHO << 8);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set the correct TTL and recalculate the header checksum. */
|
||||
IPH_TTL_SET(iphdr, ICMP_TTL);
|
||||
IPH_CHKSUM_SET(iphdr, 0);
|
||||
#if CHECKSUM_GEN_IP
|
||||
IPH_CHKSUM_SET(iphdr, inet_chksum(iphdr, IP_HLEN));
|
||||
#endif /* CHECKSUM_GEN_IP */
|
||||
|
||||
ICMP_STATS_INC(icmp.xmit);
|
||||
/* increase number of messages attempted to send */
|
||||
snmp_inc_icmpoutmsgs();
|
||||
/* increase number of echo replies attempted to send */
|
||||
snmp_inc_icmpoutechoreps();
|
||||
|
||||
if(pbuf_header(p, hlen)) {
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("Can't move over header in packet", 0);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
err_t ret;
|
||||
ret = ip_output_if(p, &(iphdr->src), IP_HDRINCL,
|
||||
ICMP_TTL, 0, IP_PROTO_ICMP, inp);
|
||||
if (ret != ERR_OK) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(ICMP_DEBUG, ("icmp_input: ip_output_if returned an error: %c.\n", ret));
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(ICMP_DEBUG, ("icmp_input: ICMP type %"S16_F" code %"S16_F" not supported.\n",
|
||||
(s16_t)type, (s16_t)code));
|
||||
ICMP_STATS_INC(icmp.proterr);
|
||||
ICMP_STATS_INC(icmp.drop);
|
||||
}
|
||||
pbuf_free(p);
|
||||
return;
|
||||
lenerr:
|
||||
pbuf_free(p);
|
||||
ICMP_STATS_INC(icmp.lenerr);
|
||||
snmp_inc_icmpinerrors();
|
||||
return;
|
||||
#if LWIP_ICMP_ECHO_CHECK_INPUT_PBUF_LEN
|
||||
memerr:
|
||||
pbuf_free(p);
|
||||
ICMP_STATS_INC(icmp.err);
|
||||
snmp_inc_icmpinerrors();
|
||||
return;
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_ICMP_ECHO_CHECK_INPUT_PBUF_LEN */
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Send an icmp 'destination unreachable' packet, called from ip_input() if
|
||||
* the transport layer protocol is unknown and from udp_input() if the local
|
||||
* port is not bound.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param p the input packet for which the 'unreachable' should be sent,
|
||||
* p->payload pointing to the IP header
|
||||
* @param t type of the 'unreachable' packet
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void
|
||||
icmp_dest_unreach(struct pbuf *p, enum icmp_dur_type t)
|
||||
{
|
||||
icmp_send_response(p, ICMP_DUR, t);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#if IP_FORWARD || IP_REASSEMBLY
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Send a 'time exceeded' packet, called from ip_forward() if TTL is 0.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param p the input packet for which the 'time exceeded' should be sent,
|
||||
* p->payload pointing to the IP header
|
||||
* @param t type of the 'time exceeded' packet
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void
|
||||
icmp_time_exceeded(struct pbuf *p, enum icmp_te_type t)
|
||||
{
|
||||
icmp_send_response(p, ICMP_TE, t);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* IP_FORWARD || IP_REASSEMBLY */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Send an icmp packet in response to an incoming packet.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param p the input packet for which the 'unreachable' should be sent,
|
||||
* p->payload pointing to the IP header
|
||||
* @param type Type of the ICMP header
|
||||
* @param code Code of the ICMP header
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void
|
||||
icmp_send_response(struct pbuf *p, u8_t type, u8_t code)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct pbuf *q;
|
||||
struct ip_hdr *iphdr;
|
||||
/* we can use the echo header here */
|
||||
struct icmp_echo_hdr *icmphdr;
|
||||
|
||||
/* ICMP header + IP header + 8 bytes of data */
|
||||
q = pbuf_alloc(PBUF_IP, sizeof(struct icmp_echo_hdr) + IP_HLEN + ICMP_DEST_UNREACH_DATASIZE,
|
||||
PBUF_RAM);
|
||||
if (q == NULL) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(ICMP_DEBUG, ("icmp_time_exceeded: failed to allocate pbuf for ICMP packet.\n"));
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("check that first pbuf can hold icmp message",
|
||||
(q->len >= (sizeof(struct icmp_echo_hdr) + IP_HLEN + ICMP_DEST_UNREACH_DATASIZE)));
|
||||
|
||||
iphdr = p->payload;
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(ICMP_DEBUG, ("icmp_time_exceeded from "));
|
||||
ip_addr_debug_print(ICMP_DEBUG, &(iphdr->src));
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(ICMP_DEBUG, (" to "));
|
||||
ip_addr_debug_print(ICMP_DEBUG, &(iphdr->dest));
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(ICMP_DEBUG, ("\n"));
|
||||
|
||||
icmphdr = q->payload;
|
||||
icmphdr->type = type;
|
||||
icmphdr->code = code;
|
||||
icmphdr->id = 0;
|
||||
icmphdr->seqno = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/* copy fields from original packet */
|
||||
SMEMCPY((u8_t *)q->payload + sizeof(struct icmp_echo_hdr), (u8_t *)p->payload,
|
||||
IP_HLEN + ICMP_DEST_UNREACH_DATASIZE);
|
||||
|
||||
/* calculate checksum */
|
||||
icmphdr->chksum = 0;
|
||||
icmphdr->chksum = inet_chksum(icmphdr, q->len);
|
||||
ICMP_STATS_INC(icmp.xmit);
|
||||
/* increase number of messages attempted to send */
|
||||
snmp_inc_icmpoutmsgs();
|
||||
/* increase number of destination unreachable messages attempted to send */
|
||||
snmp_inc_icmpouttimeexcds();
|
||||
ip_output(q, NULL, &(iphdr->src), ICMP_TTL, 0, IP_PROTO_ICMP);
|
||||
pbuf_free(q);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_ICMP */
|
@ -0,0 +1,759 @@
|
||||
/* This source file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* IGMP - Internet Group Management Protocol
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2002 CITEL Technologies Ltd.
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
|
||||
* are met:
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
|
||||
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
|
||||
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
|
||||
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. Neither the name of CITEL Technologies Ltd nor the names of its contributors
|
||||
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
|
||||
* without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY CITEL TECHNOLOGIES AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS''
|
||||
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
|
||||
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL CITEL TECHNOLOGIES OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
|
||||
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
|
||||
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
|
||||
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
|
||||
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
|
||||
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
|
||||
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
|
||||
* SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is a contribution to the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
|
||||
* The Swedish Institute of Computer Science and Adam Dunkels
|
||||
* are specifically granted permission to redistribute this
|
||||
* source code.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*-------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
Note 1)
|
||||
Although the rfc requires V1 AND V2 capability
|
||||
we will only support v2 since now V1 is very old (August 1989)
|
||||
V1 can be added if required
|
||||
|
||||
a debug print and statistic have been implemented to
|
||||
show this up.
|
||||
-------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
-------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
Note 2)
|
||||
A query for a specific group address (as opposed to ALLHOSTS)
|
||||
has now been implemented as I am unsure if it is required
|
||||
|
||||
a debug print and statistic have been implemented to
|
||||
show this up.
|
||||
-------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
-------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
Note 3)
|
||||
The router alert rfc 2113 is implemented in outgoing packets
|
||||
but not checked rigorously incoming
|
||||
-------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
Steve Reynolds
|
||||
------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* RFC 988 - Host extensions for IP multicasting - V0
|
||||
* RFC 1054 - Host extensions for IP multicasting -
|
||||
* RFC 1112 - Host extensions for IP multicasting - V1
|
||||
* RFC 2236 - Internet Group Management Protocol, Version 2 - V2 <- this code is based on this RFC (it's the "de facto" standard)
|
||||
* RFC 3376 - Internet Group Management Protocol, Version 3 - V3
|
||||
* RFC 4604 - Using Internet Group Management Protocol Version 3... - V3+
|
||||
* RFC 2113 - IP Router Alert Option -
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Includes
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/opt.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#if LWIP_IGMP /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/igmp.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/debug.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/def.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/mem.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/ip.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/inet.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/inet_chksum.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/netif.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/icmp.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/udp.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/tcp.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/stats.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "string.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Globales
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
static struct igmp_group* igmp_group_list;
|
||||
static struct ip_addr allsystems;
|
||||
static struct ip_addr allrouters;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Initialize the IGMP module
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void
|
||||
igmp_init(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_init: initializing\n"));
|
||||
|
||||
IP4_ADDR(&allsystems, 224, 0, 0, 1);
|
||||
IP4_ADDR(&allrouters, 224, 0, 0, 2);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef LWIP_DEBUG
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Dump global IGMP groups list
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void
|
||||
igmp_dump_group_list()
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct igmp_group *group = igmp_group_list;
|
||||
|
||||
while (group != NULL) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_dump_group_list: [%"U32_F"] ", (u32_t)(group->group_state)));
|
||||
ip_addr_debug_print(IGMP_DEBUG, &group->group_address);
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, (" on if %p\n", group->interface));
|
||||
group = group->next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("\n"));
|
||||
}
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define igmp_dump_group_list()
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_DEBUG */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Start IGMP processing on interface
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param netif network interface on which start IGMP processing
|
||||
*/
|
||||
err_t
|
||||
igmp_start(struct netif *netif)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct igmp_group* group;
|
||||
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_start: starting IGMP processing on if %p\n", netif));
|
||||
|
||||
group = igmp_lookup_group(netif, &allsystems);
|
||||
|
||||
if (group != NULL) {
|
||||
group->group_state = IGMP_GROUP_IDLE_MEMBER;
|
||||
group->use++;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Allow the igmp messages at the MAC level */
|
||||
if (netif->igmp_mac_filter != NULL) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_start: igmp_mac_filter(ADD "));
|
||||
ip_addr_debug_print(IGMP_DEBUG, &allsystems);
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, (") on if %p\n", netif));
|
||||
netif->igmp_mac_filter( netif, &allsystems, IGMP_ADD_MAC_FILTER);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return ERR_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return ERR_MEM;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Stop IGMP processing on interface
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param netif network interface on which stop IGMP processing
|
||||
*/
|
||||
err_t
|
||||
igmp_stop(struct netif *netif)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct igmp_group *group = igmp_group_list;
|
||||
struct igmp_group *prev = NULL;
|
||||
struct igmp_group *next;
|
||||
|
||||
/* look for groups joined on this interface further down the list */
|
||||
while (group != NULL) {
|
||||
next = group->next;
|
||||
/* is it a group joined on this interface? */
|
||||
if (group->interface == netif) {
|
||||
/* is it the first group of the list? */
|
||||
if (group == igmp_group_list) {
|
||||
igmp_group_list = next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* is there a "previous" group defined? */
|
||||
if (prev != NULL) {
|
||||
prev->next = next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* disable the group at the MAC level */
|
||||
if (netif->igmp_mac_filter != NULL) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_stop: igmp_mac_filter(DEL "));
|
||||
ip_addr_debug_print(IGMP_DEBUG, &group->group_address);
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, (") on if %p\n", netif));
|
||||
netif->igmp_mac_filter(netif, &(group->group_address), IGMP_DEL_MAC_FILTER);
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* free group */
|
||||
memp_free(MEMP_IGMP_GROUP, group);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
/* change the "previous" */
|
||||
prev = group;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* move to "next" */
|
||||
group = next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return ERR_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Report IGMP memberships for this interface
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param netif network interface on which report IGMP memberships
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void
|
||||
igmp_report_groups( struct netif *netif)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct igmp_group *group = igmp_group_list;
|
||||
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_report_groups: sending IGMP reports on if %p\n", netif));
|
||||
|
||||
while (group != NULL) {
|
||||
if (group->interface == netif) {
|
||||
igmp_delaying_member( group, IGMP_JOIN_DELAYING_MEMBER_TMR);
|
||||
}
|
||||
group = group->next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Search for a group in the global igmp_group_list
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ifp the network interface for which to look
|
||||
* @param addr the group ip address to search for
|
||||
* @return a struct igmp_group* if the group has been found,
|
||||
* NULL if the group wasn't found.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct igmp_group *
|
||||
igmp_lookfor_group(struct netif *ifp, struct ip_addr *addr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct igmp_group *group = igmp_group_list;
|
||||
|
||||
while (group != NULL) {
|
||||
if ((group->interface == ifp) && (ip_addr_cmp(&(group->group_address), addr))) {
|
||||
return group;
|
||||
}
|
||||
group = group->next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* to be clearer, we return NULL here instead of
|
||||
* 'group' (which is also NULL at this point).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Search for a specific igmp group and create a new one if not found-
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ifp the network interface for which to look
|
||||
* @param addr the group ip address to search
|
||||
* @return a struct igmp_group*,
|
||||
* NULL on memory error.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct igmp_group *
|
||||
igmp_lookup_group(struct netif *ifp, struct ip_addr *addr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct igmp_group *group = igmp_group_list;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Search if the group already exists */
|
||||
group = igmp_lookfor_group(ifp, addr);
|
||||
if (group != NULL) {
|
||||
/* Group already exists. */
|
||||
return group;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Group doesn't exist yet, create a new one */
|
||||
group = memp_malloc(MEMP_IGMP_GROUP);
|
||||
if (group != NULL) {
|
||||
group->interface = ifp;
|
||||
ip_addr_set(&(group->group_address), addr);
|
||||
group->timer = 0; /* Not running */
|
||||
group->group_state = IGMP_GROUP_NON_MEMBER;
|
||||
group->last_reporter_flag = 0;
|
||||
group->use = 0;
|
||||
group->next = igmp_group_list;
|
||||
|
||||
igmp_group_list = group;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_lookup_group: %sallocated a new group with address ", (group?"":"impossible to ")));
|
||||
ip_addr_debug_print(IGMP_DEBUG, addr);
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, (" on if %p\n", ifp));
|
||||
|
||||
return group;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Remove a group in the global igmp_group_list
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param group the group to remove from the global igmp_group_list
|
||||
* @return ERR_OK if group was removed from the list, an err_t otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
err_t
|
||||
igmp_remove_group(struct igmp_group *group)
|
||||
{
|
||||
err_t err = ERR_OK;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Is it the first group? */
|
||||
if (igmp_group_list == group) {
|
||||
igmp_group_list = group->next;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
/* look for group further down the list */
|
||||
struct igmp_group *tmpGroup;
|
||||
for (tmpGroup = igmp_group_list; tmpGroup != NULL; tmpGroup = tmpGroup->next) {
|
||||
if (tmpGroup->next == group) {
|
||||
tmpGroup->next = group->next;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* Group not found in the global igmp_group_list */
|
||||
if (tmpGroup == NULL)
|
||||
err = ERR_ARG;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* free group */
|
||||
memp_free(MEMP_IGMP_GROUP, group);
|
||||
|
||||
return err;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Called from ip_input() if a new IGMP packet is received.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param p received igmp packet, p->payload pointing to the ip header
|
||||
* @param inp network interface on which the packet was received
|
||||
* @param dest destination ip address of the igmp packet
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void
|
||||
igmp_input(struct pbuf *p, struct netif *inp, struct ip_addr *dest)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct ip_hdr * iphdr;
|
||||
struct igmp_msg* igmp;
|
||||
struct igmp_group* group;
|
||||
struct igmp_group* groupref;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Note that the length CAN be greater than 8 but only 8 are used - All are included in the checksum */
|
||||
iphdr = p->payload;
|
||||
if (pbuf_header(p, -(s16_t)(IPH_HL(iphdr) * 4)) || (p->len < IGMP_MINLEN)) {
|
||||
pbuf_free(p);
|
||||
IGMP_STATS_INC(igmp.lenerr);
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_input: length error\n"));
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_input: message from "));
|
||||
ip_addr_debug_print(IGMP_DEBUG, &(iphdr->src));
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, (" to address "));
|
||||
ip_addr_debug_print(IGMP_DEBUG, &(iphdr->dest));
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, (" on if %p\n", inp));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Now calculate and check the checksum */
|
||||
igmp = (struct igmp_msg *)p->payload;
|
||||
if (inet_chksum(igmp, p->len)) {
|
||||
pbuf_free(p);
|
||||
IGMP_STATS_INC(igmp.chkerr);
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_input: checksum error\n"));
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Packet is ok so find an existing group */
|
||||
group = igmp_lookfor_group(inp, dest); /* use the incoming IP address! */
|
||||
|
||||
/* If group can be found or create... */
|
||||
if (!group) {
|
||||
pbuf_free(p);
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_input: IGMP frame not for us\n"));
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* NOW ACT ON THE INCOMING MESSAGE TYPE... */
|
||||
switch (igmp->igmp_msgtype) {
|
||||
case IGMP_MEMB_QUERY: {
|
||||
/* IGMP_MEMB_QUERY to the "all systems" address ? */
|
||||
if ((ip_addr_cmp(dest, &allsystems)) && (igmp->igmp_group_address.addr == 0)) {
|
||||
/* THIS IS THE GENERAL QUERY */
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_input: General IGMP_MEMB_QUERY on \"ALL SYSTEMS\" address (224.0.0.1) [igmp_maxresp=%i]\n", (int)(igmp->igmp_maxresp)));
|
||||
|
||||
if (igmp->igmp_maxresp == 0) {
|
||||
IGMP_STATS_INC(igmp.v1_rxed);
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_input: got an all hosts query with time== 0 - this is V1 and not implemented - treat as v2\n"));
|
||||
igmp->igmp_maxresp = IGMP_V1_DELAYING_MEMBER_TMR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
IGMP_STATS_INC(igmp.group_query_rxed);
|
||||
groupref = igmp_group_list;
|
||||
while (groupref) {
|
||||
/* Do not send messages on the all systems group address! */
|
||||
if ((groupref->interface == inp) && (!(ip_addr_cmp(&(groupref->group_address), &allsystems)))) {
|
||||
igmp_delaying_member( groupref, igmp->igmp_maxresp);
|
||||
}
|
||||
groupref = groupref->next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
/* IGMP_MEMB_QUERY to a specific group ? */
|
||||
if (group->group_address.addr != 0) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_input: IGMP_MEMB_QUERY to a specific group "));
|
||||
ip_addr_debug_print(IGMP_DEBUG, &group->group_address);
|
||||
if (ip_addr_cmp (dest, &allsystems)) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, (" using \"ALL SYSTEMS\" address (224.0.0.1) [igmp_maxresp=%i]\n", (int)(igmp->igmp_maxresp)));
|
||||
/* we first need to re-lookfor the group since we used dest last time */
|
||||
group = igmp_lookfor_group(inp, &igmp->igmp_group_address);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, (" with the group address as destination [igmp_maxresp=%i]\n", (int)(igmp->igmp_maxresp)));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (group != NULL) {
|
||||
IGMP_STATS_INC(igmp.unicast_query);
|
||||
igmp_delaying_member( group, igmp->igmp_maxresp);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
case IGMP_V2_MEMB_REPORT: {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_input: IGMP_V2_MEMB_REPORT\n"));
|
||||
|
||||
IGMP_STATS_INC(igmp.report_rxed);
|
||||
if (group->group_state == IGMP_GROUP_DELAYING_MEMBER) {
|
||||
/* This is on a specific group we have already looked up */
|
||||
group->timer = 0; /* stopped */
|
||||
group->group_state = IGMP_GROUP_IDLE_MEMBER;
|
||||
group->last_reporter_flag = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
default: {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_input: unexpected msg %d in state %d on group %p on if %p\n",
|
||||
igmp->igmp_msgtype, group->group_state, &group, group->interface));
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
pbuf_free(p);
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Join a group on one network interface.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ifaddr ip address of the network interface which should join a new group
|
||||
* @param groupaddr the ip address of the group which to join
|
||||
* @return ERR_OK if group was joined on the netif(s), an err_t otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
err_t
|
||||
igmp_joingroup(struct ip_addr *ifaddr, struct ip_addr *groupaddr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
err_t err = ERR_VAL; /* no matching interface */
|
||||
struct igmp_group *group;
|
||||
struct netif *netif;
|
||||
|
||||
/* make sure it is multicast address */
|
||||
LWIP_ERROR("igmp_joingroup: attempt to join non-multicast address", ip_addr_ismulticast(groupaddr), return ERR_VAL;);
|
||||
LWIP_ERROR("igmp_joingroup: attempt to join allsystems address", (!ip_addr_cmp(groupaddr, &allsystems)), return ERR_VAL;);
|
||||
|
||||
/* loop through netif's */
|
||||
netif = netif_list;
|
||||
while (netif != NULL) {
|
||||
/* Should we join this interface ? */
|
||||
if ((netif->flags & NETIF_FLAG_IGMP) && ((ip_addr_isany(ifaddr) || ip_addr_cmp(&(netif->ip_addr), ifaddr)))) {
|
||||
/* find group or create a new one if not found */
|
||||
group = igmp_lookup_group(netif, groupaddr);
|
||||
|
||||
if (group != NULL) {
|
||||
/* This should create a new group, check the state to make sure */
|
||||
if (group->group_state != IGMP_GROUP_NON_MEMBER) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_joingroup: join to group not in state IGMP_GROUP_NON_MEMBER\n"));
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
/* OK - it was new group */
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_joingroup: join to new group: "));
|
||||
ip_addr_debug_print(IGMP_DEBUG, groupaddr);
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("\n"));
|
||||
|
||||
/* If first use of the group, allow the group at the MAC level */
|
||||
if ((group->use==0) && (netif->igmp_mac_filter != NULL)) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_joingroup: igmp_mac_filter(ADD "));
|
||||
ip_addr_debug_print(IGMP_DEBUG, groupaddr);
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, (") on if %p\n", netif));
|
||||
netif->igmp_mac_filter(netif, groupaddr, IGMP_ADD_MAC_FILTER);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
IGMP_STATS_INC(igmp.join_sent);
|
||||
igmp_send(group, IGMP_V2_MEMB_REPORT);
|
||||
|
||||
igmp_start_timer(group, IGMP_JOIN_DELAYING_MEMBER_TMR);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Need to work out where this timer comes from */
|
||||
group->group_state = IGMP_GROUP_DELAYING_MEMBER;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* Increment group use */
|
||||
group->use++;
|
||||
/* Join on this interface */
|
||||
err = ERR_OK;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
/* Return an error even if some network interfaces are joined */
|
||||
/** @todo undo any other netif already joined */
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_joingroup: Not enought memory to join to group\n"));
|
||||
return ERR_MEM;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* proceed to next network interface */
|
||||
netif = netif->next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return err;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Leave a group on one network interface.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ifaddr ip address of the network interface which should leave a group
|
||||
* @param groupaddr the ip address of the group which to leave
|
||||
* @return ERR_OK if group was left on the netif(s), an err_t otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
err_t
|
||||
igmp_leavegroup(struct ip_addr *ifaddr, struct ip_addr *groupaddr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
err_t err = ERR_VAL; /* no matching interface */
|
||||
struct igmp_group *group;
|
||||
struct netif *netif;
|
||||
|
||||
/* make sure it is multicast address */
|
||||
LWIP_ERROR("igmp_leavegroup: attempt to leave non-multicast address", ip_addr_ismulticast(groupaddr), return ERR_VAL;);
|
||||
LWIP_ERROR("igmp_leavegroup: attempt to leave allsystems address", (!ip_addr_cmp(groupaddr, &allsystems)), return ERR_VAL;);
|
||||
|
||||
/* loop through netif's */
|
||||
netif = netif_list;
|
||||
while (netif != NULL) {
|
||||
/* Should we leave this interface ? */
|
||||
if ((netif->flags & NETIF_FLAG_IGMP) && ((ip_addr_isany(ifaddr) || ip_addr_cmp(&(netif->ip_addr), ifaddr)))) {
|
||||
/* find group */
|
||||
group = igmp_lookfor_group(netif, groupaddr);
|
||||
|
||||
if (group != NULL) {
|
||||
/* Only send a leave if the flag is set according to the state diagram */
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_leavegroup: Leaving group: "));
|
||||
ip_addr_debug_print(IGMP_DEBUG, groupaddr);
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("\n"));
|
||||
|
||||
/* If there is no other use of the group */
|
||||
if (group->use <= 1) {
|
||||
/* If we are the last reporter for this group */
|
||||
if (group->last_reporter_flag) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_leavegroup: sending leaving group\n"));
|
||||
IGMP_STATS_INC(igmp.leave_sent);
|
||||
igmp_send(group, IGMP_LEAVE_GROUP);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable the group at the MAC level */
|
||||
if (netif->igmp_mac_filter != NULL) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_leavegroup: igmp_mac_filter(DEL "));
|
||||
ip_addr_debug_print(IGMP_DEBUG, groupaddr);
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, (") on if %p\n", netif));
|
||||
netif->igmp_mac_filter(netif, groupaddr, IGMP_DEL_MAC_FILTER);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_leavegroup: remove group: "));
|
||||
ip_addr_debug_print(IGMP_DEBUG, groupaddr);
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("\n"));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Free the group */
|
||||
igmp_remove_group(group);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
/* Decrement group use */
|
||||
group->use--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* Leave on this interface */
|
||||
err = ERR_OK;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
/* It's not a fatal error on "leavegroup" */
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_leavegroup: not member of group\n"));
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* proceed to next network interface */
|
||||
netif = netif->next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return err;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The igmp timer function (both for NO_SYS=1 and =0)
|
||||
* Should be called every IGMP_TMR_INTERVAL milliseconds (100 ms is default).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void
|
||||
igmp_tmr(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct igmp_group *group = igmp_group_list;
|
||||
|
||||
while (group != NULL) {
|
||||
if (group->timer != 0) {
|
||||
group->timer -= 1;
|
||||
if (group->timer == 0) {
|
||||
igmp_timeout(group);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
group = group->next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Called if a timeout for one group is reached.
|
||||
* Sends a report for this group.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param group an igmp_group for which a timeout is reached
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void
|
||||
igmp_timeout(struct igmp_group *group)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* If the state is IGMP_GROUP_DELAYING_MEMBER then we send a report for this group */
|
||||
if (group->group_state == IGMP_GROUP_DELAYING_MEMBER) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_timeout: report membership for group with address "));
|
||||
ip_addr_debug_print(IGMP_DEBUG, &(group->group_address));
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, (" on if %p\n", group->interface));
|
||||
|
||||
igmp_send(group, IGMP_V2_MEMB_REPORT);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Start a timer for an igmp group
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param group the igmp_group for which to start a timer
|
||||
* @param max_time the time in multiples of IGMP_TMR_INTERVAL (decrease with
|
||||
* every call to igmp_tmr())
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void
|
||||
igmp_start_timer(struct igmp_group *group, u8_t max_time)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @todo Important !! this should be random 0 -> max_time. Find out how to do this
|
||||
*/
|
||||
group->timer = max_time;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Stop a timer for an igmp_group
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param group the igmp_group for which to stop the timer
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void
|
||||
igmp_stop_timer(struct igmp_group *group)
|
||||
{
|
||||
group->timer = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Delaying membership report for a group if necessary
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param group the igmp_group for which "delaying" membership report
|
||||
* @param maxresp query delay
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void
|
||||
igmp_delaying_member( struct igmp_group *group, u8_t maxresp)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ((group->group_state == IGMP_GROUP_IDLE_MEMBER) ||
|
||||
((group->group_state == IGMP_GROUP_DELAYING_MEMBER) && (maxresp > group->timer))) {
|
||||
igmp_start_timer(group, (maxresp)/2);
|
||||
group->group_state = IGMP_GROUP_DELAYING_MEMBER;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Sends an IP packet on a network interface. This function constructs the IP header
|
||||
* and calculates the IP header checksum. If the source IP address is NULL,
|
||||
* the IP address of the outgoing network interface is filled in as source address.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param p the packet to send (p->payload points to the data, e.g. next
|
||||
protocol header; if dest == IP_HDRINCL, p already includes an IP
|
||||
header and p->payload points to that IP header)
|
||||
* @param src the source IP address to send from (if src == IP_ADDR_ANY, the
|
||||
* IP address of the netif used to send is used as source address)
|
||||
* @param dest the destination IP address to send the packet to
|
||||
* @param ttl the TTL value to be set in the IP header
|
||||
* @param proto the PROTOCOL to be set in the IP header
|
||||
* @param netif the netif on which to send this packet
|
||||
* @return ERR_OK if the packet was sent OK
|
||||
* ERR_BUF if p doesn't have enough space for IP/LINK headers
|
||||
* returns errors returned by netif->output
|
||||
*/
|
||||
err_t
|
||||
igmp_ip_output_if(struct pbuf *p, struct ip_addr *src, struct ip_addr *dest,
|
||||
u8_t ttl, u8_t proto, struct netif *netif)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* This is the "router alert" option */
|
||||
u16_t ra[2];
|
||||
ra[0] = htons (ROUTER_ALERT);
|
||||
ra[1] = 0x0000; /* Router shall examine packet */
|
||||
return ip_output_if_opt(p, src, dest, ttl, 0, proto, netif, ra, ROUTER_ALERTLEN);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Send an igmp packet to a specific group.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param group the group to which to send the packet
|
||||
* @param type the type of igmp packet to send
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void
|
||||
igmp_send(struct igmp_group *group, u8_t type)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct pbuf* p = NULL;
|
||||
struct igmp_msg* igmp = NULL;
|
||||
struct ip_addr src = {0};
|
||||
struct ip_addr* dest = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
/* IP header + "router alert" option + IGMP header */
|
||||
p = pbuf_alloc(PBUF_TRANSPORT, IGMP_MINLEN, PBUF_RAM);
|
||||
|
||||
if (p) {
|
||||
igmp = p->payload;
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("igmp_send: check that first pbuf can hold struct igmp_msg",
|
||||
(p->len >= sizeof(struct igmp_msg)));
|
||||
ip_addr_set(&src, &((group->interface)->ip_addr));
|
||||
|
||||
if (type == IGMP_V2_MEMB_REPORT) {
|
||||
dest = &(group->group_address);
|
||||
IGMP_STATS_INC(igmp.report_sent);
|
||||
ip_addr_set(&(igmp->igmp_group_address), &(group->group_address));
|
||||
group->last_reporter_flag = 1; /* Remember we were the last to report */
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
if (type == IGMP_LEAVE_GROUP) {
|
||||
dest = &allrouters;
|
||||
ip_addr_set(&(igmp->igmp_group_address), &(group->group_address));
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if ((type == IGMP_V2_MEMB_REPORT) || (type == IGMP_LEAVE_GROUP)) {
|
||||
igmp->igmp_msgtype = type;
|
||||
igmp->igmp_maxresp = 0;
|
||||
igmp->igmp_checksum = 0;
|
||||
igmp->igmp_checksum = inet_chksum( igmp, IGMP_MINLEN);
|
||||
|
||||
igmp_ip_output_if(p, &src, dest, IGMP_TTL, IP_PROTO_IGMP, group->interface);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
pbuf_free(p);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_send: not enough memory for igmp_send\n"));
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_IGMP */
|
@ -0,0 +1,280 @@
|
||||
/* This source file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* Functions common to all TCP/IPv4 modules, such as the byte order functions.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
|
||||
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
|
||||
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
|
||||
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
|
||||
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
|
||||
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
|
||||
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
|
||||
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
|
||||
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/opt.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/inet.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* Here for now until needed in other places in lwIP */
|
||||
#ifndef isprint
|
||||
#define in_range(c, lo, up) ((u8_t)c >= lo && (u8_t)c <= up)
|
||||
#define isprint(c) in_range(c, 0x20, 0x7f)
|
||||
#define isdigit(c) in_range(c, '0', '9')
|
||||
#define isxdigit(c) (isdigit(c) || in_range(c, 'a', 'f') || in_range(c, 'A', 'F'))
|
||||
#define islower(c) in_range(c, 'a', 'z')
|
||||
#define isspace(c) (c == ' ' || c == '\f' || c == '\n' || c == '\r' || c == '\t' || c == '\v')
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Ascii internet address interpretation routine.
|
||||
* The value returned is in network order.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param cp IP address in ascii represenation (e.g. "127.0.0.1")
|
||||
* @return ip address in network order
|
||||
*/
|
||||
u32_t
|
||||
inet_addr(const char *cp)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct in_addr val;
|
||||
|
||||
if (inet_aton(cp, &val)) {
|
||||
return (val.s_addr);
|
||||
}
|
||||
return (INADDR_NONE);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Check whether "cp" is a valid ascii representation
|
||||
* of an Internet address and convert to a binary address.
|
||||
* Returns 1 if the address is valid, 0 if not.
|
||||
* This replaces inet_addr, the return value from which
|
||||
* cannot distinguish between failure and a local broadcast address.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param cp IP address in ascii represenation (e.g. "127.0.0.1")
|
||||
* @param addr pointer to which to save the ip address in network order
|
||||
* @return 1 if cp could be converted to addr, 0 on failure
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int
|
||||
inet_aton(const char *cp, struct in_addr *addr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
u32_t val;
|
||||
u8_t base;
|
||||
char c;
|
||||
u32_t parts[4];
|
||||
u32_t *pp = parts;
|
||||
|
||||
c = *cp;
|
||||
for (;;) {
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Collect number up to ``.''.
|
||||
* Values are specified as for C:
|
||||
* 0x=hex, 0=octal, 1-9=decimal.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
if (!isdigit(c))
|
||||
return (0);
|
||||
val = 0;
|
||||
base = 10;
|
||||
if (c == '0') {
|
||||
c = *++cp;
|
||||
if (c == 'x' || c == 'X') {
|
||||
base = 16;
|
||||
c = *++cp;
|
||||
} else
|
||||
base = 8;
|
||||
}
|
||||
for (;;) {
|
||||
if (isdigit(c)) {
|
||||
val = (val * base) + (int)(c - '0');
|
||||
c = *++cp;
|
||||
} else if (base == 16 && isxdigit(c)) {
|
||||
val = (val << 4) | (int)(c + 10 - (islower(c) ? 'a' : 'A'));
|
||||
c = *++cp;
|
||||
} else
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (c == '.') {
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Internet format:
|
||||
* a.b.c.d
|
||||
* a.b.c (with c treated as 16 bits)
|
||||
* a.b (with b treated as 24 bits)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
if (pp >= parts + 3)
|
||||
return (0);
|
||||
*pp++ = val;
|
||||
c = *++cp;
|
||||
} else
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Check for trailing characters.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
if (c != '\0' && !isspace(c))
|
||||
return (0);
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Concoct the address according to
|
||||
* the number of parts specified.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
switch (pp - parts + 1) {
|
||||
|
||||
case 0:
|
||||
return (0); /* initial nondigit */
|
||||
|
||||
case 1: /* a -- 32 bits */
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case 2: /* a.b -- 8.24 bits */
|
||||
if (val > 0xffffffUL)
|
||||
return (0);
|
||||
val |= parts[0] << 24;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case 3: /* a.b.c -- 8.8.16 bits */
|
||||
if (val > 0xffff)
|
||||
return (0);
|
||||
val |= (parts[0] << 24) | (parts[1] << 16);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case 4: /* a.b.c.d -- 8.8.8.8 bits */
|
||||
if (val > 0xff)
|
||||
return (0);
|
||||
val |= (parts[0] << 24) | (parts[1] << 16) | (parts[2] << 8);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (addr)
|
||||
addr->s_addr = htonl(val);
|
||||
return (1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Convert numeric IP address into decimal dotted ASCII representation.
|
||||
* returns ptr to static buffer; not reentrant!
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param addr ip address in network order to convert
|
||||
* @return pointer to a global static (!) buffer that holds the ASCII
|
||||
* represenation of addr
|
||||
*/
|
||||
char *
|
||||
inet_ntoa(struct in_addr addr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
static char str[16];
|
||||
u32_t s_addr = addr.s_addr;
|
||||
char inv[3];
|
||||
char *rp;
|
||||
u8_t *ap;
|
||||
u8_t rem;
|
||||
u8_t n;
|
||||
u8_t i;
|
||||
|
||||
rp = str;
|
||||
ap = (u8_t *)&s_addr;
|
||||
for(n = 0; n < 4; n++) {
|
||||
i = 0;
|
||||
do {
|
||||
rem = *ap % (u8_t)10;
|
||||
*ap /= (u8_t)10;
|
||||
inv[i++] = '0' + rem;
|
||||
} while(*ap);
|
||||
while(i--)
|
||||
*rp++ = inv[i];
|
||||
*rp++ = '.';
|
||||
ap++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
*--rp = 0;
|
||||
return str;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* These are reference implementations of the byte swapping functions.
|
||||
* Again with the aim of being simple, correct and fully portable.
|
||||
* Byte swapping is the second thing you would want to optimize. You will
|
||||
* need to port it to your architecture and in your cc.h:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* #define LWIP_PLATFORM_BYTESWAP 1
|
||||
* #define LWIP_PLATFORM_HTONS(x) <your_htons>
|
||||
* #define LWIP_PLATFORM_HTONL(x) <your_htonl>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note ntohs() and ntohl() are merely references to the htonx counterparts.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#if (LWIP_PLATFORM_BYTESWAP == 0) && (BYTE_ORDER == LITTLE_ENDIAN)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Convert an u16_t from host- to network byte order.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param n u16_t in host byte order
|
||||
* @return n in network byte order
|
||||
*/
|
||||
u16_t
|
||||
htons(u16_t n)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return ((n & 0xff) << 8) | ((n & 0xff00) >> 8);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Convert an u16_t from network- to host byte order.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param n u16_t in network byte order
|
||||
* @return n in host byte order
|
||||
*/
|
||||
u16_t
|
||||
ntohs(u16_t n)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return htons(n);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Convert an u32_t from host- to network byte order.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param n u32_t in host byte order
|
||||
* @return n in network byte order
|
||||
*/
|
||||
u32_t
|
||||
htonl(u32_t n)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return ((n & 0xff) << 24) |
|
||||
((n & 0xff00) << 8) |
|
||||
((n & 0xff0000UL) >> 8) |
|
||||
((n & 0xff000000UL) >> 24);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Convert an u32_t from network- to host byte order.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param n u32_t in network byte order
|
||||
* @return n in host byte order
|
||||
*/
|
||||
u32_t
|
||||
ntohl(u32_t n)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return htonl(n);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* (LWIP_PLATFORM_BYTESWAP == 0) && (BYTE_ORDER == LITTLE_ENDIAN) */
|
@ -0,0 +1,440 @@
|
||||
/* This source file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* Incluse internet checksum functions.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
|
||||
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
|
||||
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
|
||||
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
|
||||
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
|
||||
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
|
||||
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
|
||||
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
|
||||
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/opt.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/inet_chksum.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/inet.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stddef.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* These are some reference implementations of the checksum algorithm, with the
|
||||
* aim of being simple, correct and fully portable. Checksumming is the
|
||||
* first thing you would want to optimize for your platform. If you create
|
||||
* your own version, link it in and in your cc.h put:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* #define LWIP_CHKSUM <your_checksum_routine>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Or you can select from the implementations below by defining
|
||||
* LWIP_CHKSUM_ALGORITHM to 1, 2 or 3.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef LWIP_CHKSUM
|
||||
# define LWIP_CHKSUM lwip_standard_chksum
|
||||
# ifndef LWIP_CHKSUM_ALGORITHM
|
||||
# define LWIP_CHKSUM_ALGORITHM 1
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
/* If none set: */
|
||||
#ifndef LWIP_CHKSUM_ALGORITHM
|
||||
# define LWIP_CHKSUM_ALGORITHM 0
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** Like the name says... */
|
||||
#if LWIP_PLATFORM_BYTESWAP && (BYTE_ORDER == LITTLE_ENDIAN)
|
||||
/* little endian and PLATFORM_BYTESWAP defined */
|
||||
#define SWAP_BYTES_IN_WORD(w) LWIP_PLATFORM_HTONS(w)
|
||||
#else
|
||||
/* can't use htons on big endian (or PLATFORM_BYTESWAP not defined)... */
|
||||
#define SWAP_BYTES_IN_WORD(w) ((w & 0xff) << 8) | ((w & 0xff00) >> 8)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** Split an u32_t in two u16_ts and add them up */
|
||||
#define FOLD_U32T(u) ((u >> 16) + (u & 0x0000ffffUL))
|
||||
|
||||
#if (LWIP_CHKSUM_ALGORITHM == 1) /* Version #1 */
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* lwip checksum
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param dataptr points to start of data to be summed at any boundary
|
||||
* @param len length of data to be summed
|
||||
* @return host order (!) lwip checksum (non-inverted Internet sum)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note accumulator size limits summable length to 64k
|
||||
* @note host endianess is irrelevant (p3 RFC1071)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static u16_t
|
||||
lwip_standard_chksum(void *dataptr, u16_t len)
|
||||
{
|
||||
u32_t acc;
|
||||
u16_t src;
|
||||
u8_t *octetptr;
|
||||
|
||||
acc = 0;
|
||||
/* dataptr may be at odd or even addresses */
|
||||
octetptr = (u8_t*)dataptr;
|
||||
while (len > 1) {
|
||||
/* declare first octet as most significant
|
||||
thus assume network order, ignoring host order */
|
||||
src = (*octetptr) << 8;
|
||||
octetptr++;
|
||||
/* declare second octet as least significant */
|
||||
src |= (*octetptr);
|
||||
octetptr++;
|
||||
acc += src;
|
||||
len -= 2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (len > 0) {
|
||||
/* accumulate remaining octet */
|
||||
src = (*octetptr) << 8;
|
||||
acc += src;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* add deferred carry bits */
|
||||
acc = (acc >> 16) + (acc & 0x0000ffffUL);
|
||||
if ((acc & 0xffff0000UL) != 0) {
|
||||
acc = (acc >> 16) + (acc & 0x0000ffffUL);
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* This maybe a little confusing: reorder sum using htons()
|
||||
instead of ntohs() since it has a little less call overhead.
|
||||
The caller must invert bits for Internet sum ! */
|
||||
return htons((u16_t)acc);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if (LWIP_CHKSUM_ALGORITHM == 2) /* Alternative version #2 */
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Curt McDowell
|
||||
* Broadcom Corp.
|
||||
* csm@broadcom.com
|
||||
*
|
||||
* IP checksum two bytes at a time with support for
|
||||
* unaligned buffer.
|
||||
* Works for len up to and including 0x20000.
|
||||
* by Curt McDowell, Broadcom Corp. 12/08/2005
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param dataptr points to start of data to be summed at any boundary
|
||||
* @param len length of data to be summed
|
||||
* @return host order (!) lwip checksum (non-inverted Internet sum)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
static u16_t
|
||||
lwip_standard_chksum(void *dataptr, int len)
|
||||
{
|
||||
u8_t *pb = dataptr;
|
||||
u16_t *ps, t = 0;
|
||||
u32_t sum = 0;
|
||||
int odd = ((u32_t)pb & 1);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get aligned to u16_t */
|
||||
if (odd && len > 0) {
|
||||
((u8_t *)&t)[1] = *pb++;
|
||||
len--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Add the bulk of the data */
|
||||
ps = (u16_t *)pb;
|
||||
while (len > 1) {
|
||||
sum += *ps++;
|
||||
len -= 2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Consume left-over byte, if any */
|
||||
if (len > 0) {
|
||||
((u8_t *)&t)[0] = *(u8_t *)ps;;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Add end bytes */
|
||||
sum += t;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Fold 32-bit sum to 16 bits
|
||||
calling this twice is propably faster than if statements... */
|
||||
sum = FOLD_U32T(sum);
|
||||
sum = FOLD_U32T(sum);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Swap if alignment was odd */
|
||||
if (odd) {
|
||||
sum = SWAP_BYTES_IN_WORD(sum);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return sum;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if (LWIP_CHKSUM_ALGORITHM == 3) /* Alternative version #3 */
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* An optimized checksum routine. Basically, it uses loop-unrolling on
|
||||
* the checksum loop, treating the head and tail bytes specially, whereas
|
||||
* the inner loop acts on 8 bytes at a time.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @arg start of buffer to be checksummed. May be an odd byte address.
|
||||
* @len number of bytes in the buffer to be checksummed.
|
||||
* @return host order (!) lwip checksum (non-inverted Internet sum)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* by Curt McDowell, Broadcom Corp. December 8th, 2005
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
static u16_t
|
||||
lwip_standard_chksum(void *dataptr, int len)
|
||||
{
|
||||
u8_t *pb = dataptr;
|
||||
u16_t *ps, t = 0;
|
||||
u32_t *pl;
|
||||
u32_t sum = 0, tmp;
|
||||
/* starts at odd byte address? */
|
||||
int odd = ((u32_t)pb & 1);
|
||||
|
||||
if (odd && len > 0) {
|
||||
((u8_t *)&t)[1] = *pb++;
|
||||
len--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
ps = (u16_t *)pb;
|
||||
|
||||
if (((u32_t)ps & 3) && len > 1) {
|
||||
sum += *ps++;
|
||||
len -= 2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
pl = (u32_t *)ps;
|
||||
|
||||
while (len > 7) {
|
||||
tmp = sum + *pl++; /* ping */
|
||||
if (tmp < sum) {
|
||||
tmp++; /* add back carry */
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
sum = tmp + *pl++; /* pong */
|
||||
if (sum < tmp) {
|
||||
sum++; /* add back carry */
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
len -= 8;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* make room in upper bits */
|
||||
sum = FOLD_U32T(sum);
|
||||
|
||||
ps = (u16_t *)pl;
|
||||
|
||||
/* 16-bit aligned word remaining? */
|
||||
while (len > 1) {
|
||||
sum += *ps++;
|
||||
len -= 2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* dangling tail byte remaining? */
|
||||
if (len > 0) { /* include odd byte */
|
||||
((u8_t *)&t)[0] = *(u8_t *)ps;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
sum += t; /* add end bytes */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Fold 32-bit sum to 16 bits
|
||||
calling this twice is propably faster than if statements... */
|
||||
sum = FOLD_U32T(sum);
|
||||
sum = FOLD_U32T(sum);
|
||||
|
||||
if (odd) {
|
||||
sum = SWAP_BYTES_IN_WORD(sum);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return sum;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* inet_chksum_pseudo:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Calculates the pseudo Internet checksum used by TCP and UDP for a pbuf chain.
|
||||
* IP addresses are expected to be in network byte order.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param p chain of pbufs over that a checksum should be calculated (ip data part)
|
||||
* @param src source ip address (used for checksum of pseudo header)
|
||||
* @param dst destination ip address (used for checksum of pseudo header)
|
||||
* @param proto ip protocol (used for checksum of pseudo header)
|
||||
* @param proto_len length of the ip data part (used for checksum of pseudo header)
|
||||
* @return checksum (as u16_t) to be saved directly in the protocol header
|
||||
*/
|
||||
u16_t
|
||||
inet_chksum_pseudo(struct pbuf *p,
|
||||
struct ip_addr *src, struct ip_addr *dest,
|
||||
u8_t proto, u16_t proto_len)
|
||||
{
|
||||
u32_t acc;
|
||||
struct pbuf *q;
|
||||
u8_t swapped;
|
||||
|
||||
acc = 0;
|
||||
swapped = 0;
|
||||
/* iterate through all pbuf in chain */
|
||||
for(q = p; q != NULL; q = q->next) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(INET_DEBUG, ("inet_chksum_pseudo(): checksumming pbuf %p (has next %p) \n",
|
||||
(void *)q, (void *)q->next));
|
||||
acc += LWIP_CHKSUM(q->payload, q->len);
|
||||
/*LWIP_DEBUGF(INET_DEBUG, ("inet_chksum_pseudo(): unwrapped lwip_chksum()=%"X32_F" \n", acc));*/
|
||||
/* just executing this next line is probably faster that the if statement needed
|
||||
to check whether we really need to execute it, and does no harm */
|
||||
acc = FOLD_U32T(acc);
|
||||
if (q->len % 2 != 0) {
|
||||
swapped = 1 - swapped;
|
||||
acc = SWAP_BYTES_IN_WORD(acc);
|
||||
}
|
||||
/*LWIP_DEBUGF(INET_DEBUG, ("inet_chksum_pseudo(): wrapped lwip_chksum()=%"X32_F" \n", acc));*/
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (swapped) {
|
||||
acc = SWAP_BYTES_IN_WORD(acc);
|
||||
}
|
||||
acc += (src->addr & 0xffffUL);
|
||||
acc += ((src->addr >> 16) & 0xffffUL);
|
||||
acc += (dest->addr & 0xffffUL);
|
||||
acc += ((dest->addr >> 16) & 0xffffUL);
|
||||
acc += (u32_t)htons((u16_t)proto);
|
||||
acc += (u32_t)htons(proto_len);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Fold 32-bit sum to 16 bits
|
||||
calling this twice is propably faster than if statements... */
|
||||
acc = FOLD_U32T(acc);
|
||||
acc = FOLD_U32T(acc);
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(INET_DEBUG, ("inet_chksum_pseudo(): pbuf chain lwip_chksum()=%"X32_F"\n", acc));
|
||||
return (u16_t)~(acc & 0xffffUL);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* inet_chksum_pseudo:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Calculates the pseudo Internet checksum used by TCP and UDP for a pbuf chain.
|
||||
* IP addresses are expected to be in network byte order.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param p chain of pbufs over that a checksum should be calculated (ip data part)
|
||||
* @param src source ip address (used for checksum of pseudo header)
|
||||
* @param dst destination ip address (used for checksum of pseudo header)
|
||||
* @param proto ip protocol (used for checksum of pseudo header)
|
||||
* @param proto_len length of the ip data part (used for checksum of pseudo header)
|
||||
* @return checksum (as u16_t) to be saved directly in the protocol header
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/* Currently only used by UDPLITE, although this could change in the future. */
|
||||
#if LWIP_UDPLITE
|
||||
u16_t
|
||||
inet_chksum_pseudo_partial(struct pbuf *p,
|
||||
struct ip_addr *src, struct ip_addr *dest,
|
||||
u8_t proto, u16_t proto_len, u16_t chksum_len)
|
||||
{
|
||||
u32_t acc;
|
||||
struct pbuf *q;
|
||||
u8_t swapped;
|
||||
u16_t chklen;
|
||||
|
||||
acc = 0;
|
||||
swapped = 0;
|
||||
/* iterate through all pbuf in chain */
|
||||
for(q = p; (q != NULL) && (chksum_len > 0); q = q->next) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(INET_DEBUG, ("inet_chksum_pseudo(): checksumming pbuf %p (has next %p) \n",
|
||||
(void *)q, (void *)q->next));
|
||||
chklen = q->len;
|
||||
if (chklen > chksum_len) {
|
||||
chklen = chksum_len;
|
||||
}
|
||||
acc += LWIP_CHKSUM(q->payload, chklen);
|
||||
chksum_len -= chklen;
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("delete me", chksum_len < 0x7fff);
|
||||
/*LWIP_DEBUGF(INET_DEBUG, ("inet_chksum_pseudo(): unwrapped lwip_chksum()=%"X32_F" \n", acc));*/
|
||||
/* fold the upper bit down */
|
||||
acc = FOLD_U32T(acc);
|
||||
if (q->len % 2 != 0) {
|
||||
swapped = 1 - swapped;
|
||||
acc = SWAP_BYTES_IN_WORD(acc);
|
||||
}
|
||||
/*LWIP_DEBUGF(INET_DEBUG, ("inet_chksum_pseudo(): wrapped lwip_chksum()=%"X32_F" \n", acc));*/
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (swapped) {
|
||||
acc = SWAP_BYTES_IN_WORD(acc);
|
||||
}
|
||||
acc += (src->addr & 0xffffUL);
|
||||
acc += ((src->addr >> 16) & 0xffffUL);
|
||||
acc += (dest->addr & 0xffffUL);
|
||||
acc += ((dest->addr >> 16) & 0xffffUL);
|
||||
acc += (u32_t)htons((u16_t)proto);
|
||||
acc += (u32_t)htons(proto_len);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Fold 32-bit sum to 16 bits
|
||||
calling this twice is propably faster than if statements... */
|
||||
acc = FOLD_U32T(acc);
|
||||
acc = FOLD_U32T(acc);
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(INET_DEBUG, ("inet_chksum_pseudo(): pbuf chain lwip_chksum()=%"X32_F"\n", acc));
|
||||
return (u16_t)~(acc & 0xffffUL);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_UDPLITE */
|
||||
|
||||
/* inet_chksum:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Calculates the Internet checksum over a portion of memory. Used primarily for IP
|
||||
* and ICMP.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param dataptr start of the buffer to calculate the checksum (no alignment needed)
|
||||
* @param len length of the buffer to calculate the checksum
|
||||
* @return checksum (as u16_t) to be saved directly in the protocol header
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
u16_t
|
||||
inet_chksum(void *dataptr, u16_t len)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return ~LWIP_CHKSUM(dataptr, len);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Calculate a checksum over a chain of pbufs (without pseudo-header, much like
|
||||
* inet_chksum only pbufs are used).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param p pbuf chain over that the checksum should be calculated
|
||||
* @return checksum (as u16_t) to be saved directly in the protocol header
|
||||
*/
|
||||
u16_t
|
||||
inet_chksum_pbuf(struct pbuf *p)
|
||||
{
|
||||
u32_t acc;
|
||||
struct pbuf *q;
|
||||
u8_t swapped;
|
||||
|
||||
acc = 0;
|
||||
swapped = 0;
|
||||
for(q = p; q != NULL; q = q->next) {
|
||||
acc += LWIP_CHKSUM(q->payload, q->len);
|
||||
acc = FOLD_U32T(acc);
|
||||
if (q->len % 2 != 0) {
|
||||
swapped = 1 - swapped;
|
||||
acc = SWAP_BYTES_IN_WORD(acc);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (swapped) {
|
||||
acc = SWAP_BYTES_IN_WORD(acc);
|
||||
}
|
||||
return (u16_t)~(acc & 0xffffUL);
|
||||
}
|
@ -0,0 +1,725 @@
|
||||
/* This source file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* This is the IPv4 layer implementation for incoming and outgoing IP traffic.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see ip_frag.c
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
|
||||
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
|
||||
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
|
||||
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
|
||||
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
|
||||
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
|
||||
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
|
||||
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
|
||||
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/opt.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/ip.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/def.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/mem.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/ip_frag.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/inet.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/inet_chksum.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/netif.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/icmp.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/igmp.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/raw.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/udp.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/tcp.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/snmp.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/dhcp.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/stats.h"
|
||||
#include "arch/perf.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The interface that provided the packet for the current callback
|
||||
* invocation.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct netif *current_netif;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Header of the input packet currently being processed.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const struct ip_hdr *current_header;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Finds the appropriate network interface for a given IP address. It
|
||||
* searches the list of network interfaces linearly. A match is found
|
||||
* if the masked IP address of the network interface equals the masked
|
||||
* IP address given to the function.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param dest the destination IP address for which to find the route
|
||||
* @return the netif on which to send to reach dest
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct netif *
|
||||
ip_route(struct ip_addr *dest)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct netif *netif;
|
||||
|
||||
/* iterate through netifs */
|
||||
for(netif = netif_list; netif != NULL; netif = netif->next) {
|
||||
/* network mask matches? */
|
||||
if (netif_is_up(netif)) {
|
||||
if (ip_addr_netcmp(dest, &(netif->ip_addr), &(netif->netmask))) {
|
||||
/* return netif on which to forward IP packet */
|
||||
return netif;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
if ((netif_default == NULL) || (!netif_is_up(netif_default))) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SERIOUS, ("ip_route: No route to 0x%"X32_F"\n", dest->addr));
|
||||
IP_STATS_INC(ip.rterr);
|
||||
snmp_inc_ipoutnoroutes();
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* no matching netif found, use default netif */
|
||||
return netif_default;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#if IP_FORWARD
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Forwards an IP packet. It finds an appropriate route for the
|
||||
* packet, decrements the TTL value of the packet, adjusts the
|
||||
* checksum and outputs the packet on the appropriate interface.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param p the packet to forward (p->payload points to IP header)
|
||||
* @param iphdr the IP header of the input packet
|
||||
* @param inp the netif on which this packet was received
|
||||
* @return the netif on which the packet was sent (NULL if it wasn't sent)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static struct netif *
|
||||
ip_forward(struct pbuf *p, struct ip_hdr *iphdr, struct netif *inp)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct netif *netif;
|
||||
|
||||
PERF_START;
|
||||
/* Find network interface where to forward this IP packet to. */
|
||||
netif = ip_route((struct ip_addr *)&(iphdr->dest));
|
||||
if (netif == NULL) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("ip_forward: no forwarding route for 0x%"X32_F" found\n",
|
||||
iphdr->dest.addr));
|
||||
snmp_inc_ipoutnoroutes();
|
||||
return (struct netif *)NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* Do not forward packets onto the same network interface on which
|
||||
* they arrived. */
|
||||
if (netif == inp) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("ip_forward: not bouncing packets back on incoming interface.\n"));
|
||||
snmp_inc_ipoutnoroutes();
|
||||
return (struct netif *)NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* decrement TTL */
|
||||
IPH_TTL_SET(iphdr, IPH_TTL(iphdr) - 1);
|
||||
/* send ICMP if TTL == 0 */
|
||||
if (IPH_TTL(iphdr) == 0) {
|
||||
snmp_inc_ipinhdrerrors();
|
||||
#if LWIP_ICMP
|
||||
/* Don't send ICMP messages in response to ICMP messages */
|
||||
if (IPH_PROTO(iphdr) != IP_PROTO_ICMP) {
|
||||
icmp_time_exceeded(p, ICMP_TE_TTL);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_ICMP */
|
||||
return (struct netif *)NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Incrementally update the IP checksum. */
|
||||
if (IPH_CHKSUM(iphdr) >= htons(0xffff - 0x100)) {
|
||||
IPH_CHKSUM_SET(iphdr, IPH_CHKSUM(iphdr) + htons(0x100) + 1);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
IPH_CHKSUM_SET(iphdr, IPH_CHKSUM(iphdr) + htons(0x100));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("ip_forward: forwarding packet to 0x%"X32_F"\n",
|
||||
iphdr->dest.addr));
|
||||
|
||||
IP_STATS_INC(ip.fw);
|
||||
IP_STATS_INC(ip.xmit);
|
||||
snmp_inc_ipforwdatagrams();
|
||||
|
||||
PERF_STOP("ip_forward");
|
||||
/* transmit pbuf on chosen interface */
|
||||
netif->output(netif, p, (struct ip_addr *)&(iphdr->dest));
|
||||
return netif;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* IP_FORWARD */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This function is called by the network interface device driver when
|
||||
* an IP packet is received. The function does the basic checks of the
|
||||
* IP header such as packet size being at least larger than the header
|
||||
* size etc. If the packet was not destined for us, the packet is
|
||||
* forwarded (using ip_forward). The IP checksum is always checked.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Finally, the packet is sent to the upper layer protocol input function.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param p the received IP packet (p->payload points to IP header)
|
||||
* @param inp the netif on which this packet was received
|
||||
* @return ERR_OK if the packet was processed (could return ERR_* if it wasn't
|
||||
* processed, but currently always returns ERR_OK)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
err_t
|
||||
ip_input(struct pbuf *p, struct netif *inp)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct ip_hdr *iphdr;
|
||||
struct netif *netif;
|
||||
u16_t iphdr_hlen;
|
||||
u16_t iphdr_len;
|
||||
#if LWIP_DHCP
|
||||
int check_ip_src=1;
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_DHCP */
|
||||
|
||||
IP_STATS_INC(ip.recv);
|
||||
snmp_inc_ipinreceives();
|
||||
|
||||
/* identify the IP header */
|
||||
iphdr = p->payload;
|
||||
if (IPH_V(iphdr) != 4) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_WARNING, ("IP packet dropped due to bad version number %"U16_F"\n", IPH_V(iphdr)));
|
||||
ip_debug_print(p);
|
||||
pbuf_free(p);
|
||||
IP_STATS_INC(ip.err);
|
||||
IP_STATS_INC(ip.drop);
|
||||
snmp_inc_ipinhdrerrors();
|
||||
return ERR_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* obtain IP header length in number of 32-bit words */
|
||||
iphdr_hlen = IPH_HL(iphdr);
|
||||
/* calculate IP header length in bytes */
|
||||
iphdr_hlen *= 4;
|
||||
/* obtain ip length in bytes */
|
||||
iphdr_len = ntohs(IPH_LEN(iphdr));
|
||||
|
||||
/* header length exceeds first pbuf length, or ip length exceeds total pbuf length? */
|
||||
if ((iphdr_hlen > p->len) || (iphdr_len > p->tot_len)) {
|
||||
if (iphdr_hlen > p->len) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SERIOUS,
|
||||
("IP header (len %"U16_F") does not fit in first pbuf (len %"U16_F"), IP packet dropped.\n",
|
||||
iphdr_hlen, p->len));
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (iphdr_len > p->tot_len) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SERIOUS,
|
||||
("IP (len %"U16_F") is longer than pbuf (len %"U16_F"), IP packet dropped.\n",
|
||||
iphdr_len, p->tot_len));
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* free (drop) packet pbufs */
|
||||
pbuf_free(p);
|
||||
IP_STATS_INC(ip.lenerr);
|
||||
IP_STATS_INC(ip.drop);
|
||||
snmp_inc_ipindiscards();
|
||||
return ERR_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* verify checksum */
|
||||
#if CHECKSUM_CHECK_IP
|
||||
if (inet_chksum(iphdr, iphdr_hlen) != 0) {
|
||||
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SERIOUS,
|
||||
("Checksum (0x%"X16_F") failed, IP packet dropped.\n", inet_chksum(iphdr, iphdr_hlen)));
|
||||
ip_debug_print(p);
|
||||
pbuf_free(p);
|
||||
IP_STATS_INC(ip.chkerr);
|
||||
IP_STATS_INC(ip.drop);
|
||||
snmp_inc_ipinhdrerrors();
|
||||
return ERR_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Trim pbuf. This should have been done at the netif layer,
|
||||
* but we'll do it anyway just to be sure that its done. */
|
||||
pbuf_realloc(p, iphdr_len);
|
||||
|
||||
/* match packet against an interface, i.e. is this packet for us? */
|
||||
#if LWIP_IGMP
|
||||
if (ip_addr_ismulticast(&(iphdr->dest))) {
|
||||
if ((inp->flags & NETIF_FLAG_IGMP) && (igmp_lookfor_group(inp, &(iphdr->dest)))) {
|
||||
netif = inp;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
netif = NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_IGMP */
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* start trying with inp. if that's not acceptable, start walking the
|
||||
list of configured netifs.
|
||||
'first' is used as a boolean to mark whether we started walking the list */
|
||||
int first = 1;
|
||||
netif = inp;
|
||||
do {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("ip_input: iphdr->dest 0x%"X32_F" netif->ip_addr 0x%"X32_F" (0x%"X32_F", 0x%"X32_F", 0x%"X32_F")\n",
|
||||
iphdr->dest.addr, netif->ip_addr.addr,
|
||||
iphdr->dest.addr & netif->netmask.addr,
|
||||
netif->ip_addr.addr & netif->netmask.addr,
|
||||
iphdr->dest.addr & ~(netif->netmask.addr)));
|
||||
|
||||
/* interface is up and configured? */
|
||||
if ((netif_is_up(netif)) && (!ip_addr_isany(&(netif->ip_addr)))) {
|
||||
/* unicast to this interface address? */
|
||||
if (ip_addr_cmp(&(iphdr->dest), &(netif->ip_addr)) ||
|
||||
/* or broadcast on this interface network address? */
|
||||
ip_addr_isbroadcast(&(iphdr->dest), netif)) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("ip_input: packet accepted on interface %c%c\n",
|
||||
netif->name[0], netif->name[1]));
|
||||
/* break out of for loop */
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (first) {
|
||||
first = 0;
|
||||
netif = netif_list;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
netif = netif->next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (netif == inp) {
|
||||
netif = netif->next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
} while(netif != NULL);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#if LWIP_DHCP
|
||||
/* Pass DHCP messages regardless of destination address. DHCP traffic is addressed
|
||||
* using link layer addressing (such as Ethernet MAC) so we must not filter on IP.
|
||||
* According to RFC 1542 section 3.1.1, referred by RFC 2131).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
if (netif == NULL) {
|
||||
/* remote port is DHCP server? */
|
||||
if (IPH_PROTO(iphdr) == IP_PROTO_UDP) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE, ("ip_input: UDP packet to DHCP client port %"U16_F"\n",
|
||||
ntohs(((struct udp_hdr *)((u8_t *)iphdr + iphdr_hlen))->dest)));
|
||||
if (ntohs(((struct udp_hdr *)((u8_t *)iphdr + iphdr_hlen))->dest) == DHCP_CLIENT_PORT) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE, ("ip_input: DHCP packet accepted.\n"));
|
||||
netif = inp;
|
||||
check_ip_src = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_DHCP */
|
||||
|
||||
/* broadcast or multicast packet source address? Compliant with RFC 1122: 3.2.1.3 */
|
||||
#if LWIP_DHCP
|
||||
/* DHCP servers need 0.0.0.0 to be allowed as source address (RFC 1.1.2.2: 3.2.1.3/a) */
|
||||
if (check_ip_src && (iphdr->src.addr != 0))
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_DHCP */
|
||||
{ if ((ip_addr_isbroadcast(&(iphdr->src), inp)) ||
|
||||
(ip_addr_ismulticast(&(iphdr->src)))) {
|
||||
/* packet source is not valid */
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_WARNING, ("ip_input: packet source is not valid.\n"));
|
||||
/* free (drop) packet pbufs */
|
||||
pbuf_free(p);
|
||||
IP_STATS_INC(ip.drop);
|
||||
snmp_inc_ipinaddrerrors();
|
||||
snmp_inc_ipindiscards();
|
||||
return ERR_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* packet not for us? */
|
||||
if (netif == NULL) {
|
||||
/* packet not for us, route or discard */
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE, ("ip_input: packet not for us.\n"));
|
||||
#if IP_FORWARD
|
||||
/* non-broadcast packet? */
|
||||
if (!ip_addr_isbroadcast(&(iphdr->dest), inp)) {
|
||||
/* try to forward IP packet on (other) interfaces */
|
||||
ip_forward(p, iphdr, inp);
|
||||
} else
|
||||
#endif /* IP_FORWARD */
|
||||
{
|
||||
snmp_inc_ipinaddrerrors();
|
||||
snmp_inc_ipindiscards();
|
||||
}
|
||||
pbuf_free(p);
|
||||
return ERR_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* packet consists of multiple fragments? */
|
||||
if ((IPH_OFFSET(iphdr) & htons(IP_OFFMASK | IP_MF)) != 0) {
|
||||
#if IP_REASSEMBLY /* packet fragment reassembly code present? */
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("IP packet is a fragment (id=0x%04"X16_F" tot_len=%"U16_F" len=%"U16_F" MF=%"U16_F" offset=%"U16_F"), calling ip_reass()\n",
|
||||
ntohs(IPH_ID(iphdr)), p->tot_len, ntohs(IPH_LEN(iphdr)), !!(IPH_OFFSET(iphdr) & htons(IP_MF)), (ntohs(IPH_OFFSET(iphdr)) & IP_OFFMASK)*8));
|
||||
/* reassemble the packet*/
|
||||
p = ip_reass(p);
|
||||
/* packet not fully reassembled yet? */
|
||||
if (p == NULL) {
|
||||
return ERR_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
iphdr = p->payload;
|
||||
#else /* IP_REASSEMBLY == 0, no packet fragment reassembly code present */
|
||||
pbuf_free(p);
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SERIOUS, ("IP packet dropped since it was fragmented (0x%"X16_F") (while IP_REASSEMBLY == 0).\n",
|
||||
ntohs(IPH_OFFSET(iphdr))));
|
||||
IP_STATS_INC(ip.opterr);
|
||||
IP_STATS_INC(ip.drop);
|
||||
/* unsupported protocol feature */
|
||||
snmp_inc_ipinunknownprotos();
|
||||
return ERR_OK;
|
||||
#endif /* IP_REASSEMBLY */
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#if IP_OPTIONS_ALLOWED == 0 /* no support for IP options in the IP header? */
|
||||
|
||||
#if LWIP_IGMP
|
||||
/* there is an extra "router alert" option in IGMP messages which we allow for but do not police */
|
||||
if((iphdr_hlen > IP_HLEN && (IPH_PROTO(iphdr) != IP_PROTO_IGMP)) {
|
||||
#else
|
||||
if (iphdr_hlen > IP_HLEN) {
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_IGMP */
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SERIOUS, ("IP packet dropped since there were IP options (while IP_OPTIONS_ALLOWED == 0).\n"));
|
||||
pbuf_free(p);
|
||||
IP_STATS_INC(ip.opterr);
|
||||
IP_STATS_INC(ip.drop);
|
||||
/* unsupported protocol feature */
|
||||
snmp_inc_ipinunknownprotos();
|
||||
return ERR_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* IP_OPTIONS_ALLOWED == 0 */
|
||||
|
||||
/* send to upper layers */
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("ip_input: \n"));
|
||||
ip_debug_print(p);
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("ip_input: p->len %"U16_F" p->tot_len %"U16_F"\n", p->len, p->tot_len));
|
||||
|
||||
current_netif = inp;
|
||||
current_header = iphdr;
|
||||
|
||||
#if LWIP_RAW
|
||||
/* raw input did not eat the packet? */
|
||||
if (raw_input(p, inp) == 0)
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_RAW */
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
switch (IPH_PROTO(iphdr)) {
|
||||
#if LWIP_UDP
|
||||
case IP_PROTO_UDP:
|
||||
#if LWIP_UDPLITE
|
||||
case IP_PROTO_UDPLITE:
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_UDPLITE */
|
||||
snmp_inc_ipindelivers();
|
||||
udp_input(p, inp);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_UDP */
|
||||
#if LWIP_TCP
|
||||
case IP_PROTO_TCP:
|
||||
snmp_inc_ipindelivers();
|
||||
tcp_input(p, inp);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_TCP */
|
||||
#if LWIP_ICMP
|
||||
case IP_PROTO_ICMP:
|
||||
snmp_inc_ipindelivers();
|
||||
icmp_input(p, inp);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_ICMP */
|
||||
#if LWIP_IGMP
|
||||
case IP_PROTO_IGMP:
|
||||
igmp_input(p,inp,&(iphdr->dest));
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_IGMP */
|
||||
default:
|
||||
#if LWIP_ICMP
|
||||
/* send ICMP destination protocol unreachable unless is was a broadcast */
|
||||
if (!ip_addr_isbroadcast(&(iphdr->dest), inp) &&
|
||||
!ip_addr_ismulticast(&(iphdr->dest))) {
|
||||
p->payload = iphdr;
|
||||
icmp_dest_unreach(p, ICMP_DUR_PROTO);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_ICMP */
|
||||
pbuf_free(p);
|
||||
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SERIOUS, ("Unsupported transport protocol %"U16_F"\n", IPH_PROTO(iphdr)));
|
||||
|
||||
IP_STATS_INC(ip.proterr);
|
||||
IP_STATS_INC(ip.drop);
|
||||
snmp_inc_ipinunknownprotos();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
current_netif = NULL;
|
||||
current_header = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
return ERR_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Sends an IP packet on a network interface. This function constructs
|
||||
* the IP header and calculates the IP header checksum. If the source
|
||||
* IP address is NULL, the IP address of the outgoing network
|
||||
* interface is filled in as source address.
|
||||
* If the destination IP address is IP_HDRINCL, p is assumed to already
|
||||
* include an IP header and p->payload points to it instead of the data.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param p the packet to send (p->payload points to the data, e.g. next
|
||||
protocol header; if dest == IP_HDRINCL, p already includes an IP
|
||||
header and p->payload points to that IP header)
|
||||
* @param src the source IP address to send from (if src == IP_ADDR_ANY, the
|
||||
* IP address of the netif used to send is used as source address)
|
||||
* @param dest the destination IP address to send the packet to
|
||||
* @param ttl the TTL value to be set in the IP header
|
||||
* @param tos the TOS value to be set in the IP header
|
||||
* @param proto the PROTOCOL to be set in the IP header
|
||||
* @param netif the netif on which to send this packet
|
||||
* @return ERR_OK if the packet was sent OK
|
||||
* ERR_BUF if p doesn't have enough space for IP/LINK headers
|
||||
* returns errors returned by netif->output
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note ip_id: RFC791 "some host may be able to simply use
|
||||
* unique identifiers independent of destination"
|
||||
*/
|
||||
err_t
|
||||
ip_output_if(struct pbuf *p, struct ip_addr *src, struct ip_addr *dest,
|
||||
u8_t ttl, u8_t tos,
|
||||
u8_t proto, struct netif *netif)
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if IP_OPTIONS_SEND
|
||||
return ip_output_if_opt(p, src, dest, ttl, tos, proto, netif, NULL, 0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Same as ip_output_if() but with the possibility to include IP options:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @ param ip_options pointer to the IP options, copied into the IP header
|
||||
* @ param optlen length of ip_options
|
||||
*/
|
||||
err_t ip_output_if_opt(struct pbuf *p, struct ip_addr *src, struct ip_addr *dest,
|
||||
u8_t ttl, u8_t tos, u8_t proto, struct netif *netif, void *ip_options,
|
||||
u16_t optlen)
|
||||
{
|
||||
#endif /* IP_OPTIONS_SEND */
|
||||
struct ip_hdr *iphdr;
|
||||
static u16_t ip_id = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
snmp_inc_ipoutrequests();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Should the IP header be generated or is it already included in p? */
|
||||
if (dest != IP_HDRINCL) {
|
||||
u16_t ip_hlen = IP_HLEN;
|
||||
#if IP_OPTIONS_SEND
|
||||
u16_t optlen_aligned = 0;
|
||||
if (optlen != 0) {
|
||||
/* round up to a multiple of 4 */
|
||||
optlen_aligned = ((optlen + 3) & ~3);
|
||||
ip_hlen += optlen_aligned;
|
||||
/* First write in the IP options */
|
||||
if (pbuf_header(p, optlen_aligned)) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SERIOUS, ("ip_output_if_opt: not enough room for IP options in pbuf\n"));
|
||||
IP_STATS_INC(ip.err);
|
||||
snmp_inc_ipoutdiscards();
|
||||
return ERR_BUF;
|
||||
}
|
||||
MEMCPY(p->payload, ip_options, optlen);
|
||||
if (optlen < optlen_aligned) {
|
||||
/* zero the remaining bytes */
|
||||
memset(((char*)p->payload) + optlen, 0, optlen_aligned - optlen);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* IP_OPTIONS_SEND */
|
||||
/* generate IP header */
|
||||
if (pbuf_header(p, IP_HLEN)) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SERIOUS, ("ip_output: not enough room for IP header in pbuf\n"));
|
||||
|
||||
IP_STATS_INC(ip.err);
|
||||
snmp_inc_ipoutdiscards();
|
||||
return ERR_BUF;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
iphdr = p->payload;
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("check that first pbuf can hold struct ip_hdr",
|
||||
(p->len >= sizeof(struct ip_hdr)));
|
||||
|
||||
IPH_TTL_SET(iphdr, ttl);
|
||||
IPH_PROTO_SET(iphdr, proto);
|
||||
|
||||
ip_addr_set(&(iphdr->dest), dest);
|
||||
|
||||
IPH_VHLTOS_SET(iphdr, 4, ip_hlen / 4, tos);
|
||||
IPH_LEN_SET(iphdr, htons(p->tot_len));
|
||||
IPH_OFFSET_SET(iphdr, 0);
|
||||
IPH_ID_SET(iphdr, htons(ip_id));
|
||||
++ip_id;
|
||||
|
||||
if (ip_addr_isany(src)) {
|
||||
ip_addr_set(&(iphdr->src), &(netif->ip_addr));
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
ip_addr_set(&(iphdr->src), src);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
IPH_CHKSUM_SET(iphdr, 0);
|
||||
#if CHECKSUM_GEN_IP
|
||||
IPH_CHKSUM_SET(iphdr, inet_chksum(iphdr, ip_hlen));
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
/* IP header already included in p */
|
||||
iphdr = p->payload;
|
||||
dest = &(iphdr->dest);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
IP_STATS_INC(ip.xmit);
|
||||
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("ip_output_if: %c%c%"U16_F"\n", netif->name[0], netif->name[1], netif->num));
|
||||
ip_debug_print(p);
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLE_LOOPBACK
|
||||
if (ip_addr_cmp(dest, &netif->ip_addr)) {
|
||||
/* Packet to self, enqueue it for loopback */
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("netif_loop_output()"));
|
||||
return netif_loop_output(netif, p, dest);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* ENABLE_LOOPBACK */
|
||||
#if IP_FRAG
|
||||
/* don't fragment if interface has mtu set to 0 [loopif] */
|
||||
if (netif->mtu && (p->tot_len > netif->mtu)) {
|
||||
return ip_frag(p,netif,dest);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("netif->output()"));
|
||||
return netif->output(netif, p, dest);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Simple interface to ip_output_if. It finds the outgoing network
|
||||
* interface and calls upon ip_output_if to do the actual work.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param p the packet to send (p->payload points to the data, e.g. next
|
||||
protocol header; if dest == IP_HDRINCL, p already includes an IP
|
||||
header and p->payload points to that IP header)
|
||||
* @param src the source IP address to send from (if src == IP_ADDR_ANY, the
|
||||
* IP address of the netif used to send is used as source address)
|
||||
* @param dest the destination IP address to send the packet to
|
||||
* @param ttl the TTL value to be set in the IP header
|
||||
* @param tos the TOS value to be set in the IP header
|
||||
* @param proto the PROTOCOL to be set in the IP header
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return ERR_RTE if no route is found
|
||||
* see ip_output_if() for more return values
|
||||
*/
|
||||
err_t
|
||||
ip_output(struct pbuf *p, struct ip_addr *src, struct ip_addr *dest,
|
||||
u8_t ttl, u8_t tos, u8_t proto)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct netif *netif;
|
||||
|
||||
if ((netif = ip_route(dest)) == NULL) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("ip_output: No route to 0x%"X32_F"\n", dest->addr));
|
||||
IP_STATS_INC(ip.rterr);
|
||||
return ERR_RTE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return ip_output_if(p, src, dest, ttl, tos, proto, netif);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#if LWIP_NETIF_HWADDRHINT
|
||||
/** Like ip_output, but takes and addr_hint pointer that is passed on to netif->addr_hint
|
||||
* before calling ip_output_if.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param p the packet to send (p->payload points to the data, e.g. next
|
||||
protocol header; if dest == IP_HDRINCL, p already includes an IP
|
||||
header and p->payload points to that IP header)
|
||||
* @param src the source IP address to send from (if src == IP_ADDR_ANY, the
|
||||
* IP address of the netif used to send is used as source address)
|
||||
* @param dest the destination IP address to send the packet to
|
||||
* @param ttl the TTL value to be set in the IP header
|
||||
* @param tos the TOS value to be set in the IP header
|
||||
* @param proto the PROTOCOL to be set in the IP header
|
||||
* @param addr_hint address hint pointer set to netif->addr_hint before
|
||||
* calling ip_output_if()
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return ERR_RTE if no route is found
|
||||
* see ip_output_if() for more return values
|
||||
*/
|
||||
err_t
|
||||
ip_output_hinted(struct pbuf *p, struct ip_addr *src, struct ip_addr *dest,
|
||||
u8_t ttl, u8_t tos, u8_t proto, u8_t *addr_hint)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct netif *netif;
|
||||
err_t err;
|
||||
|
||||
if ((netif = ip_route(dest)) == NULL) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("ip_output: No route to 0x%"X32_F"\n", dest->addr));
|
||||
IP_STATS_INC(ip.rterr);
|
||||
return ERR_RTE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
netif->addr_hint = addr_hint;
|
||||
err = ip_output_if(p, src, dest, ttl, tos, proto, netif);
|
||||
netif->addr_hint = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
return err;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_HWADDRHINT*/
|
||||
|
||||
#if IP_DEBUG
|
||||
/* Print an IP header by using LWIP_DEBUGF
|
||||
* @param p an IP packet, p->payload pointing to the IP header
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void
|
||||
ip_debug_print(struct pbuf *p)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct ip_hdr *iphdr = p->payload;
|
||||
u8_t *payload;
|
||||
|
||||
payload = (u8_t *)iphdr + IP_HLEN;
|
||||
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("IP header:\n"));
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("+-------------------------------+\n"));
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("|%2"S16_F" |%2"S16_F" | 0x%02"X16_F" | %5"U16_F" | (v, hl, tos, len)\n",
|
||||
IPH_V(iphdr),
|
||||
IPH_HL(iphdr),
|
||||
IPH_TOS(iphdr),
|
||||
ntohs(IPH_LEN(iphdr))));
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("+-------------------------------+\n"));
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("| %5"U16_F" |%"U16_F"%"U16_F"%"U16_F"| %4"U16_F" | (id, flags, offset)\n",
|
||||
ntohs(IPH_ID(iphdr)),
|
||||
ntohs(IPH_OFFSET(iphdr)) >> 15 & 1,
|
||||
ntohs(IPH_OFFSET(iphdr)) >> 14 & 1,
|
||||
ntohs(IPH_OFFSET(iphdr)) >> 13 & 1,
|
||||
ntohs(IPH_OFFSET(iphdr)) & IP_OFFMASK));
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("+-------------------------------+\n"));
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("| %3"U16_F" | %3"U16_F" | 0x%04"X16_F" | (ttl, proto, chksum)\n",
|
||||
IPH_TTL(iphdr),
|
||||
IPH_PROTO(iphdr),
|
||||
ntohs(IPH_CHKSUM(iphdr))));
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("+-------------------------------+\n"));
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("| %3"U16_F" | %3"U16_F" | %3"U16_F" | %3"U16_F" | (src)\n",
|
||||
ip4_addr1(&iphdr->src),
|
||||
ip4_addr2(&iphdr->src),
|
||||
ip4_addr3(&iphdr->src),
|
||||
ip4_addr4(&iphdr->src)));
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("+-------------------------------+\n"));
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("| %3"U16_F" | %3"U16_F" | %3"U16_F" | %3"U16_F" | (dest)\n",
|
||||
ip4_addr1(&iphdr->dest),
|
||||
ip4_addr2(&iphdr->dest),
|
||||
ip4_addr3(&iphdr->dest),
|
||||
ip4_addr4(&iphdr->dest)));
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("+-------------------------------+\n"));
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* IP_DEBUG */
|
@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
|
||||
/* This source file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* This is the IPv4 address tools implementation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
|
||||
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
|
||||
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
|
||||
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
|
||||
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
|
||||
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
|
||||
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
|
||||
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
|
||||
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/opt.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/ip_addr.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/inet.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/netif.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#define IP_ADDR_ANY_VALUE 0x00000000UL
|
||||
#define IP_ADDR_BROADCAST_VALUE 0xffffffffUL
|
||||
|
||||
/* used by IP_ADDR_ANY and IP_ADDR_BROADCAST in ip_addr.h */
|
||||
const struct ip_addr ip_addr_any = { IP_ADDR_ANY_VALUE };
|
||||
const struct ip_addr ip_addr_broadcast = { IP_ADDR_BROADCAST_VALUE };
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Determine if an address is a broadcast address on a network interface
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param addr address to be checked
|
||||
* @param netif the network interface against which the address is checked
|
||||
* @return returns non-zero if the address is a broadcast address
|
||||
*/
|
||||
u8_t ip_addr_isbroadcast(struct ip_addr *addr, struct netif *netif)
|
||||
{
|
||||
u32_t addr2test;
|
||||
|
||||
addr2test = addr->addr;
|
||||
/* all ones (broadcast) or all zeroes (old skool broadcast) */
|
||||
if ((~addr2test == IP_ADDR_ANY_VALUE) ||
|
||||
(addr2test == IP_ADDR_ANY_VALUE))
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
/* no broadcast support on this network interface? */
|
||||
else if ((netif->flags & NETIF_FLAG_BROADCAST) == 0)
|
||||
/* the given address cannot be a broadcast address
|
||||
* nor can we check against any broadcast addresses */
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
/* address matches network interface address exactly? => no broadcast */
|
||||
else if (addr2test == netif->ip_addr.addr)
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
/* on the same (sub) network... */
|
||||
else if (ip_addr_netcmp(addr, &(netif->ip_addr), &(netif->netmask))
|
||||
/* ...and host identifier bits are all ones? =>... */
|
||||
&& ((addr2test & ~netif->netmask.addr) ==
|
||||
(IP_ADDR_BROADCAST_VALUE & ~netif->netmask.addr)))
|
||||
/* => network broadcast address */
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
else
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
@ -0,0 +1,794 @@
|
||||
/* This source file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* This is the IPv4 packet segmentation and reassembly implementation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
|
||||
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
|
||||
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
|
||||
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
|
||||
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
|
||||
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
|
||||
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
|
||||
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
|
||||
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Author: Jani Monoses <jani@iv.ro>
|
||||
* Simon Goldschmidt
|
||||
* original reassembly code by Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/opt.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/ip_frag.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/ip.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/inet.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/inet_chksum.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/netif.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/snmp.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/stats.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/icmp.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#if IP_REASSEMBLY
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The IP reassembly code currently has the following limitations:
|
||||
* - IP header options are not supported
|
||||
* - fragments must not overlap (e.g. due to different routes),
|
||||
* currently, overlapping or duplicate fragments are thrown away
|
||||
* if IP_REASS_CHECK_OVERLAP=1 (the default)!
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @todo: work with IP header options
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** Setting this to 0, you can turn off checking the fragments for overlapping
|
||||
* regions. The code gets a little smaller. Only use this if you know that
|
||||
* overlapping won't occur on your network! */
|
||||
#ifndef IP_REASS_CHECK_OVERLAP
|
||||
#define IP_REASS_CHECK_OVERLAP 1
|
||||
#endif /* IP_REASS_CHECK_OVERLAP */
|
||||
|
||||
/** Set to 0 to prevent freeing the oldest datagram when the reassembly buffer is
|
||||
* full (IP_REASS_MAX_PBUFS pbufs are enqueued). The code gets a little smaller.
|
||||
* Datagrams will be freed by timeout only. Especially useful when MEMP_NUM_REASSDATA
|
||||
* is set to 1, so one datagram can be reassembled at a time, only. */
|
||||
#ifndef IP_REASS_FREE_OLDEST
|
||||
#define IP_REASS_FREE_OLDEST 1
|
||||
#endif /* IP_REASS_FREE_OLDEST */
|
||||
|
||||
#define IP_REASS_FLAG_LASTFRAG 0x01
|
||||
|
||||
/** This is a helper struct which holds the starting
|
||||
* offset and the ending offset of this fragment to
|
||||
* easily chain the fragments.
|
||||
* It has to be packed since it has to fit inside the IP header.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
|
||||
# include "arch/bpstruct.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
PACK_STRUCT_BEGIN
|
||||
struct ip_reass_helper {
|
||||
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(struct pbuf *next_pbuf);
|
||||
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t start);
|
||||
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t end);
|
||||
} PACK_STRUCT_STRUCT;
|
||||
PACK_STRUCT_END
|
||||
#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
|
||||
# include "arch/epstruct.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#define IP_ADDRESSES_AND_ID_MATCH(iphdrA, iphdrB) \
|
||||
(ip_addr_cmp(&(iphdrA)->src, &(iphdrB)->src) && \
|
||||
ip_addr_cmp(&(iphdrA)->dest, &(iphdrB)->dest) && \
|
||||
IPH_ID(iphdrA) == IPH_ID(iphdrB)) ? 1 : 0
|
||||
|
||||
/* global variables */
|
||||
static struct ip_reassdata *reassdatagrams;
|
||||
static u16_t ip_reass_pbufcount;
|
||||
|
||||
/* function prototypes */
|
||||
static void ip_reass_dequeue_datagram(struct ip_reassdata *ipr, struct ip_reassdata *prev);
|
||||
static int ip_reass_free_complete_datagram(struct ip_reassdata *ipr, struct ip_reassdata *prev);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Reassembly timer base function
|
||||
* for both NO_SYS == 0 and 1 (!).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Should be called every 1000 msec (defined by IP_TMR_INTERVAL).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void
|
||||
ip_reass_tmr(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct ip_reassdata *r, *prev = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
r = reassdatagrams;
|
||||
while (r != NULL) {
|
||||
/* Decrement the timer. Once it reaches 0,
|
||||
* clean up the incomplete fragment assembly */
|
||||
if (r->timer > 0) {
|
||||
r->timer--;
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_REASS_DEBUG, ("ip_reass_tmr: timer dec %"U16_F"\n",(u16_t)r->timer));
|
||||
prev = r;
|
||||
r = r->next;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
/* reassembly timed out */
|
||||
struct ip_reassdata *tmp;
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_REASS_DEBUG, ("ip_reass_tmr: timer timed out\n"));
|
||||
tmp = r;
|
||||
/* get the next pointer before freeing */
|
||||
r = r->next;
|
||||
/* free the helper struct and all enqueued pbufs */
|
||||
ip_reass_free_complete_datagram(tmp, prev);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Free a datagram (struct ip_reassdata) and all its pbufs.
|
||||
* Updates the total count of enqueued pbufs (ip_reass_pbufcount),
|
||||
* SNMP counters and sends an ICMP time exceeded packet.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ipr datagram to free
|
||||
* @param prev the previous datagram in the linked list
|
||||
* @return the number of pbufs freed
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static int
|
||||
ip_reass_free_complete_datagram(struct ip_reassdata *ipr, struct ip_reassdata *prev)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int pbufs_freed = 0;
|
||||
struct pbuf *p;
|
||||
struct ip_reass_helper *iprh;
|
||||
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("prev != ipr", prev != ipr);
|
||||
if (prev != NULL) {
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("prev->next == ipr", prev->next == ipr);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
snmp_inc_ipreasmfails();
|
||||
#if LWIP_ICMP
|
||||
iprh = (struct ip_reass_helper *)ipr->p->payload;
|
||||
if (iprh->start == 0) {
|
||||
/* The first fragment was received, send ICMP time exceeded. */
|
||||
/* First, de-queue the first pbuf from r->p. */
|
||||
p = ipr->p;
|
||||
ipr->p = iprh->next_pbuf;
|
||||
/* Then, copy the original header into it. */
|
||||
SMEMCPY(p->payload, &ipr->iphdr, IP_HLEN);
|
||||
icmp_time_exceeded(p, ICMP_TE_FRAG);
|
||||
pbufs_freed += pbuf_clen(p);
|
||||
pbuf_free(p);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_ICMP */
|
||||
|
||||
/* First, free all received pbufs. The individual pbufs need to be released
|
||||
separately as they have not yet been chained */
|
||||
p = ipr->p;
|
||||
while (p != NULL) {
|
||||
struct pbuf *pcur;
|
||||
iprh = (struct ip_reass_helper *)p->payload;
|
||||
pcur = p;
|
||||
/* get the next pointer before freeing */
|
||||
p = iprh->next_pbuf;
|
||||
pbufs_freed += pbuf_clen(pcur);
|
||||
pbuf_free(pcur);
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* Then, unchain the struct ip_reassdata from the list and free it. */
|
||||
ip_reass_dequeue_datagram(ipr, prev);
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("ip_reass_pbufcount >= clen", ip_reass_pbufcount >= pbufs_freed);
|
||||
ip_reass_pbufcount -= pbufs_freed;
|
||||
|
||||
return pbufs_freed;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#if IP_REASS_FREE_OLDEST
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Free the oldest datagram to make room for enqueueing new fragments.
|
||||
* The datagram 'fraghdr' belongs to is not freed!
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param fraghdr IP header of the current fragment
|
||||
* @param pbufs_needed number of pbufs needed to enqueue
|
||||
* (used for freeing other datagrams if not enough space)
|
||||
* @return the number of pbufs freed
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static int
|
||||
ip_reass_remove_oldest_datagram(struct ip_hdr *fraghdr, int pbufs_needed)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* @todo Can't we simply remove the last datagram in the
|
||||
* linked list behind reassdatagrams?
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct ip_reassdata *r, *oldest, *prev;
|
||||
int pbufs_freed = 0, pbufs_freed_current;
|
||||
int other_datagrams;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Free datagrams until being allowed to enqueue 'pbufs_needed' pbufs,
|
||||
* but don't free the datagram that 'fraghdr' belongs to! */
|
||||
do {
|
||||
oldest = NULL;
|
||||
prev = NULL;
|
||||
other_datagrams = 0;
|
||||
r = reassdatagrams;
|
||||
while (r != NULL) {
|
||||
if (!IP_ADDRESSES_AND_ID_MATCH(&r->iphdr, fraghdr)) {
|
||||
/* Not the same datagram as fraghdr */
|
||||
other_datagrams++;
|
||||
if (oldest == NULL) {
|
||||
oldest = r;
|
||||
} else if (r->timer <= oldest->timer) {
|
||||
/* older than the previous oldest */
|
||||
oldest = r;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (r->next != NULL) {
|
||||
prev = r;
|
||||
}
|
||||
r = r->next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (oldest != NULL) {
|
||||
pbufs_freed_current = ip_reass_free_complete_datagram(oldest, prev);
|
||||
pbufs_freed += pbufs_freed_current;
|
||||
}
|
||||
} while ((pbufs_freed < pbufs_needed) && (other_datagrams > 1));
|
||||
return pbufs_freed;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* IP_REASS_FREE_OLDEST */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Enqueues a new fragment into the fragment queue
|
||||
* @param fraghdr points to the new fragments IP hdr
|
||||
* @param clen number of pbufs needed to enqueue (used for freeing other datagrams if not enough space)
|
||||
* @return A pointer to the queue location into which the fragment was enqueued
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static struct ip_reassdata*
|
||||
ip_reass_enqueue_new_datagram(struct ip_hdr *fraghdr, int clen)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct ip_reassdata* ipr;
|
||||
/* No matching previous fragment found, allocate a new reassdata struct */
|
||||
ipr = memp_malloc(MEMP_REASSDATA);
|
||||
if (ipr == NULL) {
|
||||
#if IP_REASS_FREE_OLDEST
|
||||
if (ip_reass_remove_oldest_datagram(fraghdr, clen) >= clen) {
|
||||
ipr = memp_malloc(MEMP_REASSDATA);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (ipr == NULL)
|
||||
#endif /* IP_REASS_FREE_OLDEST */
|
||||
{
|
||||
IPFRAG_STATS_INC(ip_frag.memerr);
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_REASS_DEBUG,("Failed to alloc reassdata struct\n"));
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
memset(ipr, 0, sizeof(struct ip_reassdata));
|
||||
ipr->timer = IP_REASS_MAXAGE;
|
||||
|
||||
/* enqueue the new structure to the front of the list */
|
||||
ipr->next = reassdatagrams;
|
||||
reassdatagrams = ipr;
|
||||
/* copy the ip header for later tests and input */
|
||||
/* @todo: no ip options supported? */
|
||||
SMEMCPY(&(ipr->iphdr), fraghdr, IP_HLEN);
|
||||
return ipr;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Dequeues a datagram from the datagram queue. Doesn't deallocate the pbufs.
|
||||
* @param ipr points to the queue entry to dequeue
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void
|
||||
ip_reass_dequeue_datagram(struct ip_reassdata *ipr, struct ip_reassdata *prev)
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
/* dequeue the reass struct */
|
||||
if (reassdatagrams == ipr) {
|
||||
/* it was the first in the list */
|
||||
reassdatagrams = ipr->next;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
/* it wasn't the first, so it must have a valid 'prev' */
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("sanity check linked list", prev != NULL);
|
||||
prev->next = ipr->next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* now we can free the ip_reass struct */
|
||||
memp_free(MEMP_REASSDATA, ipr);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Chain a new pbuf into the pbuf list that composes the datagram. The pbuf list
|
||||
* will grow over time as new pbufs are rx.
|
||||
* Also checks that the datagram passes basic continuity checks (if the last
|
||||
* fragment was received at least once).
|
||||
* @param root_p points to the 'root' pbuf for the current datagram being assembled.
|
||||
* @param new_p points to the pbuf for the current fragment
|
||||
* @return 0 if invalid, >0 otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static int
|
||||
ip_reass_chain_frag_into_datagram_and_validate(struct ip_reassdata *ipr, struct pbuf *new_p)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct ip_reass_helper *iprh, *iprh_tmp, *iprh_prev=NULL;
|
||||
struct pbuf *q;
|
||||
u16_t offset,len;
|
||||
struct ip_hdr *fraghdr;
|
||||
int valid = 1;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Extract length and fragment offset from current fragment */
|
||||
fraghdr = (struct ip_hdr*)new_p->payload;
|
||||
len = ntohs(IPH_LEN(fraghdr)) - IPH_HL(fraghdr) * 4;
|
||||
offset = (ntohs(IPH_OFFSET(fraghdr)) & IP_OFFMASK) * 8;
|
||||
|
||||
/* overwrite the fragment's ip header from the pbuf with our helper struct,
|
||||
* and setup the embedded helper structure. */
|
||||
/* make sure the struct ip_reass_helper fits into the IP header */
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("sizeof(struct ip_reass_helper) <= IP_HLEN",
|
||||
sizeof(struct ip_reass_helper) <= IP_HLEN);
|
||||
iprh = (struct ip_reass_helper*)new_p->payload;
|
||||
iprh->next_pbuf = NULL;
|
||||
iprh->start = offset;
|
||||
iprh->end = offset + len;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Iterate through until we either get to the end of the list (append),
|
||||
* or we find on with a larger offset (insert). */
|
||||
for (q = ipr->p; q != NULL;) {
|
||||
iprh_tmp = (struct ip_reass_helper*)q->payload;
|
||||
if (iprh->start < iprh_tmp->start) {
|
||||
/* the new pbuf should be inserted before this */
|
||||
iprh->next_pbuf = q;
|
||||
if (iprh_prev != NULL) {
|
||||
/* not the fragment with the lowest offset */
|
||||
#if IP_REASS_CHECK_OVERLAP
|
||||
if ((iprh->start < iprh_prev->end) || (iprh->end > iprh_tmp->start)) {
|
||||
/* fragment overlaps with previous or following, throw away */
|
||||
goto freepbuf;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* IP_REASS_CHECK_OVERLAP */
|
||||
iprh_prev->next_pbuf = new_p;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
/* fragment with the lowest offset */
|
||||
ipr->p = new_p;
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
} else if(iprh->start == iprh_tmp->start) {
|
||||
/* received the same datagram twice: no need to keep the datagram */
|
||||
goto freepbuf;
|
||||
#if IP_REASS_CHECK_OVERLAP
|
||||
} else if(iprh->start < iprh_tmp->end) {
|
||||
/* overlap: no need to keep the new datagram */
|
||||
goto freepbuf;
|
||||
#endif /* IP_REASS_CHECK_OVERLAP */
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
/* Check if the fragments received so far have no wholes. */
|
||||
if (iprh_prev != NULL) {
|
||||
if (iprh_prev->end != iprh_tmp->start) {
|
||||
/* There is a fragment missing between the current
|
||||
* and the previous fragment */
|
||||
valid = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
q = iprh_tmp->next_pbuf;
|
||||
iprh_prev = iprh_tmp;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* If q is NULL, then we made it to the end of the list. Determine what to do now */
|
||||
if (q == NULL) {
|
||||
if (iprh_prev != NULL) {
|
||||
/* this is (for now), the fragment with the highest offset:
|
||||
* chain it to the last fragment */
|
||||
#if IP_REASS_CHECK_OVERLAP
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("check fragments don't overlap", iprh_prev->end <= iprh->start);
|
||||
#endif /* IP_REASS_CHECK_OVERLAP */
|
||||
iprh_prev->next_pbuf = new_p;
|
||||
if (iprh_prev->end != iprh->start) {
|
||||
valid = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
#if IP_REASS_CHECK_OVERLAP
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("no previous fragment, this must be the first fragment!",
|
||||
ipr->p == NULL);
|
||||
#endif /* IP_REASS_CHECK_OVERLAP */
|
||||
/* this is the first fragment we ever received for this ip datagram */
|
||||
ipr->p = new_p;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* At this point, the validation part begins: */
|
||||
/* If we already received the last fragment */
|
||||
if ((ipr->flags & IP_REASS_FLAG_LASTFRAG) != 0) {
|
||||
/* and had no wholes so far */
|
||||
if (valid) {
|
||||
/* then check if the rest of the fragments is here */
|
||||
/* Check if the queue starts with the first datagram */
|
||||
if (((struct ip_reass_helper*)ipr->p->payload)->start != 0) {
|
||||
valid = 0;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
/* and check that there are no wholes after this datagram */
|
||||
iprh_prev = iprh;
|
||||
q = iprh->next_pbuf;
|
||||
while (q != NULL) {
|
||||
iprh = (struct ip_reass_helper*)q->payload;
|
||||
if (iprh_prev->end != iprh->start) {
|
||||
valid = 0;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
iprh_prev = iprh;
|
||||
q = iprh->next_pbuf;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* if still valid, all fragments are received
|
||||
* (because to the MF==0 already arrived */
|
||||
if (valid) {
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("sanity check", ipr->p != NULL);
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("sanity check",
|
||||
((struct ip_reass_helper*)ipr->p->payload) != iprh);
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("validate_datagram:next_pbuf!=NULL",
|
||||
iprh->next_pbuf == NULL);
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("validate_datagram:datagram end!=datagram len",
|
||||
iprh->end == ipr->datagram_len);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* If valid is 0 here, there are some fragments missing in the middle
|
||||
* (since MF == 0 has already arrived). Such datagrams simply time out if
|
||||
* no more fragments are received... */
|
||||
return valid;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* If we come here, not all fragments were received, yet! */
|
||||
return 0; /* not yet valid! */
|
||||
#if IP_REASS_CHECK_OVERLAP
|
||||
freepbuf:
|
||||
ip_reass_pbufcount -= pbuf_clen(new_p);
|
||||
pbuf_free(new_p);
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
#endif /* IP_REASS_CHECK_OVERLAP */
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Reassembles incoming IP fragments into an IP datagram.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param p points to a pbuf chain of the fragment
|
||||
* @return NULL if reassembly is incomplete, ? otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct pbuf *
|
||||
ip_reass(struct pbuf *p)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct pbuf *r;
|
||||
struct ip_hdr *fraghdr;
|
||||
struct ip_reassdata *ipr;
|
||||
struct ip_reass_helper *iprh;
|
||||
u16_t offset, len;
|
||||
u8_t clen;
|
||||
struct ip_reassdata *ipr_prev = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
IPFRAG_STATS_INC(ip_frag.recv);
|
||||
snmp_inc_ipreasmreqds();
|
||||
|
||||
fraghdr = (struct ip_hdr*)p->payload;
|
||||
|
||||
if ((IPH_HL(fraghdr) * 4) != IP_HLEN) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_REASS_DEBUG,("ip_reass: IP options currently not supported!\n"));
|
||||
IPFRAG_STATS_INC(ip_frag.err);
|
||||
goto nullreturn;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
offset = (ntohs(IPH_OFFSET(fraghdr)) & IP_OFFMASK) * 8;
|
||||
len = ntohs(IPH_LEN(fraghdr)) - IPH_HL(fraghdr) * 4;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check if we are allowed to enqueue more datagrams. */
|
||||
clen = pbuf_clen(p);
|
||||
if ((ip_reass_pbufcount + clen) > IP_REASS_MAX_PBUFS) {
|
||||
#if IP_REASS_FREE_OLDEST
|
||||
if (!ip_reass_remove_oldest_datagram(fraghdr, clen) ||
|
||||
((ip_reass_pbufcount + clen) > IP_REASS_MAX_PBUFS))
|
||||
#endif /* IP_REASS_FREE_OLDEST */
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* No datagram could be freed and still too many pbufs enqueued */
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_REASS_DEBUG,("ip_reass: Overflow condition: pbufct=%d, clen=%d, MAX=%d\n",
|
||||
ip_reass_pbufcount, clen, IP_REASS_MAX_PBUFS));
|
||||
IPFRAG_STATS_INC(ip_frag.memerr);
|
||||
/* @todo: send ICMP time exceeded here? */
|
||||
/* drop this pbuf */
|
||||
goto nullreturn;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Look for the datagram the fragment belongs to in the current datagram queue,
|
||||
* remembering the previous in the queue for later dequeueing. */
|
||||
for (ipr = reassdatagrams; ipr != NULL; ipr = ipr->next) {
|
||||
/* Check if the incoming fragment matches the one currently present
|
||||
in the reassembly buffer. If so, we proceed with copying the
|
||||
fragment into the buffer. */
|
||||
if (IP_ADDRESSES_AND_ID_MATCH(&ipr->iphdr, fraghdr)) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_REASS_DEBUG, ("ip_reass: matching previous fragment ID=%"X16_F"\n",
|
||||
ntohs(IPH_ID(fraghdr))));
|
||||
IPFRAG_STATS_INC(ip_frag.cachehit);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
ipr_prev = ipr;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (ipr == NULL) {
|
||||
/* Enqueue a new datagram into the datagram queue */
|
||||
ipr = ip_reass_enqueue_new_datagram(fraghdr, clen);
|
||||
/* Bail if unable to enqueue */
|
||||
if(ipr == NULL) {
|
||||
goto nullreturn;
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
if (((ntohs(IPH_OFFSET(fraghdr)) & IP_OFFMASK) == 0) &&
|
||||
((ntohs(IPH_OFFSET(&ipr->iphdr)) & IP_OFFMASK) != 0)) {
|
||||
/* ipr->iphdr is not the header from the first fragment, but fraghdr is
|
||||
* -> copy fraghdr into ipr->iphdr since we want to have the header
|
||||
* of the first fragment (for ICMP time exceeded and later, for copying
|
||||
* all options, if supported)*/
|
||||
SMEMCPY(&ipr->iphdr, fraghdr, IP_HLEN);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* Track the current number of pbufs current 'in-flight', in order to limit
|
||||
the number of fragments that may be enqueued at any one time */
|
||||
ip_reass_pbufcount += clen;
|
||||
|
||||
/* At this point, we have either created a new entry or pointing
|
||||
* to an existing one */
|
||||
|
||||
/* check for 'no more fragments', and update queue entry*/
|
||||
if ((ntohs(IPH_OFFSET(fraghdr)) & IP_MF) == 0) {
|
||||
ipr->flags |= IP_REASS_FLAG_LASTFRAG;
|
||||
ipr->datagram_len = offset + len;
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_REASS_DEBUG,
|
||||
("ip_reass: last fragment seen, total len %"S16_F"\n",
|
||||
ipr->datagram_len));
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* find the right place to insert this pbuf */
|
||||
/* @todo: trim pbufs if fragments are overlapping */
|
||||
if (ip_reass_chain_frag_into_datagram_and_validate(ipr, p)) {
|
||||
/* the totally last fragment (flag more fragments = 0) was received at least
|
||||
* once AND all fragments are received */
|
||||
ipr->datagram_len += IP_HLEN;
|
||||
|
||||
/* save the second pbuf before copying the header over the pointer */
|
||||
r = ((struct ip_reass_helper*)ipr->p->payload)->next_pbuf;
|
||||
|
||||
/* copy the original ip header back to the first pbuf */
|
||||
fraghdr = (struct ip_hdr*)(ipr->p->payload);
|
||||
SMEMCPY(fraghdr, &ipr->iphdr, IP_HLEN);
|
||||
IPH_LEN_SET(fraghdr, htons(ipr->datagram_len));
|
||||
IPH_OFFSET_SET(fraghdr, 0);
|
||||
IPH_CHKSUM_SET(fraghdr, 0);
|
||||
/* @todo: do we need to set calculate the correct checksum? */
|
||||
IPH_CHKSUM_SET(fraghdr, inet_chksum(fraghdr, IP_HLEN));
|
||||
|
||||
p = ipr->p;
|
||||
|
||||
/* chain together the pbufs contained within the reass_data list. */
|
||||
while(r != NULL) {
|
||||
iprh = (struct ip_reass_helper*)r->payload;
|
||||
|
||||
/* hide the ip header for every succeding fragment */
|
||||
pbuf_header(r, -IP_HLEN);
|
||||
pbuf_cat(p, r);
|
||||
r = iprh->next_pbuf;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* release the sources allocate for the fragment queue entry */
|
||||
ip_reass_dequeue_datagram(ipr, ipr_prev);
|
||||
|
||||
/* and adjust the number of pbufs currently queued for reassembly. */
|
||||
ip_reass_pbufcount -= pbuf_clen(p);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return the pbuf chain */
|
||||
return p;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* the datagram is not (yet?) reassembled completely */
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_REASS_DEBUG,("ip_reass_pbufcount: %d out\n", ip_reass_pbufcount));
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
nullreturn:
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_REASS_DEBUG,("ip_reass: nullreturn\n"));
|
||||
IPFRAG_STATS_INC(ip_frag.drop);
|
||||
pbuf_free(p);
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* IP_REASSEMBLY */
|
||||
|
||||
#if IP_FRAG
|
||||
#if IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF
|
||||
static u8_t buf[LWIP_MEM_ALIGN_SIZE(IP_FRAG_MAX_MTU + MEM_ALIGNMENT - 1)];
|
||||
#endif /* IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Fragment an IP datagram if too large for the netif.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Chop the datagram in MTU sized chunks and send them in order
|
||||
* by using a fixed size static memory buffer (PBUF_REF) or
|
||||
* point PBUF_REFs into p (depending on IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param p ip packet to send
|
||||
* @param netif the netif on which to send
|
||||
* @param dest destination ip address to which to send
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return ERR_OK if sent successfully, err_t otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
err_t
|
||||
ip_frag(struct pbuf *p, struct netif *netif, struct ip_addr *dest)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct pbuf *rambuf;
|
||||
#if IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF
|
||||
struct pbuf *header;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
struct pbuf *newpbuf;
|
||||
struct ip_hdr *original_iphdr;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
struct ip_hdr *iphdr;
|
||||
u16_t nfb;
|
||||
u16_t left, cop;
|
||||
u16_t mtu = netif->mtu;
|
||||
u16_t ofo, omf;
|
||||
u16_t last;
|
||||
u16_t poff = IP_HLEN;
|
||||
u16_t tmp;
|
||||
#if !IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF
|
||||
u16_t newpbuflen = 0;
|
||||
u16_t left_to_copy;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get a RAM based MTU sized pbuf */
|
||||
#if IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF
|
||||
/* When using a static buffer, we use a PBUF_REF, which we will
|
||||
* use to reference the packet (without link header).
|
||||
* Layer and length is irrelevant.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
rambuf = pbuf_alloc(PBUF_LINK, 0, PBUF_REF);
|
||||
if (rambuf == NULL) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_REASS_DEBUG, ("ip_frag: pbuf_alloc(PBUF_LINK, 0, PBUF_REF) failed\n"));
|
||||
return ERR_MEM;
|
||||
}
|
||||
rambuf->tot_len = rambuf->len = mtu;
|
||||
rambuf->payload = LWIP_MEM_ALIGN((void *)buf);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Copy the IP header in it */
|
||||
iphdr = rambuf->payload;
|
||||
SMEMCPY(iphdr, p->payload, IP_HLEN);
|
||||
#else /* IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF */
|
||||
original_iphdr = p->payload;
|
||||
iphdr = original_iphdr;
|
||||
#endif /* IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Save original offset */
|
||||
tmp = ntohs(IPH_OFFSET(iphdr));
|
||||
ofo = tmp & IP_OFFMASK;
|
||||
omf = tmp & IP_MF;
|
||||
|
||||
left = p->tot_len - IP_HLEN;
|
||||
|
||||
nfb = (mtu - IP_HLEN) / 8;
|
||||
|
||||
while (left) {
|
||||
last = (left <= mtu - IP_HLEN);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set new offset and MF flag */
|
||||
tmp = omf | (IP_OFFMASK & (ofo));
|
||||
if (!last)
|
||||
tmp = tmp | IP_MF;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Fill this fragment */
|
||||
cop = last ? left : nfb * 8;
|
||||
|
||||
#if IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF
|
||||
poff += pbuf_copy_partial(p, (u8_t*)iphdr + IP_HLEN, cop, poff);
|
||||
#else /* IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF */
|
||||
/* When not using a static buffer, create a chain of pbufs.
|
||||
* The first will be a PBUF_RAM holding the link and IP header.
|
||||
* The rest will be PBUF_REFs mirroring the pbuf chain to be fragged,
|
||||
* but limited to the size of an mtu.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
rambuf = pbuf_alloc(PBUF_LINK, IP_HLEN, PBUF_RAM);
|
||||
if (rambuf == NULL) {
|
||||
return ERR_MEM;
|
||||
}
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("this needs a pbuf in one piece!",
|
||||
(p->len >= (IP_HLEN)));
|
||||
SMEMCPY(rambuf->payload, original_iphdr, IP_HLEN);
|
||||
iphdr = rambuf->payload;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Can just adjust p directly for needed offset. */
|
||||
p->payload = (u8_t *)p->payload + poff;
|
||||
p->len -= poff;
|
||||
|
||||
left_to_copy = cop;
|
||||
while (left_to_copy) {
|
||||
newpbuflen = (left_to_copy < p->len) ? left_to_copy : p->len;
|
||||
/* Is this pbuf already empty? */
|
||||
if (!newpbuflen) {
|
||||
p = p->next;
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
newpbuf = pbuf_alloc(PBUF_RAW, 0, PBUF_REF);
|
||||
if (newpbuf == NULL) {
|
||||
pbuf_free(rambuf);
|
||||
return ERR_MEM;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* Mirror this pbuf, although we might not need all of it. */
|
||||
newpbuf->payload = p->payload;
|
||||
newpbuf->len = newpbuf->tot_len = newpbuflen;
|
||||
/* Add it to end of rambuf's chain, but using pbuf_cat, not pbuf_chain
|
||||
* so that it is removed when pbuf_dechain is later called on rambuf.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
pbuf_cat(rambuf, newpbuf);
|
||||
left_to_copy -= newpbuflen;
|
||||
if (left_to_copy)
|
||||
p = p->next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
poff = newpbuflen;
|
||||
#endif /* IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Correct header */
|
||||
IPH_OFFSET_SET(iphdr, htons(tmp));
|
||||
IPH_LEN_SET(iphdr, htons(cop + IP_HLEN));
|
||||
IPH_CHKSUM_SET(iphdr, 0);
|
||||
IPH_CHKSUM_SET(iphdr, inet_chksum(iphdr, IP_HLEN));
|
||||
|
||||
#if IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF
|
||||
if (last)
|
||||
pbuf_realloc(rambuf, left + IP_HLEN);
|
||||
|
||||
/* This part is ugly: we alloc a RAM based pbuf for
|
||||
* the link level header for each chunk and then
|
||||
* free it.A PBUF_ROM style pbuf for which pbuf_header
|
||||
* worked would make things simpler.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
header = pbuf_alloc(PBUF_LINK, 0, PBUF_RAM);
|
||||
if (header != NULL) {
|
||||
pbuf_chain(header, rambuf);
|
||||
netif->output(netif, header, dest);
|
||||
IPFRAG_STATS_INC(ip_frag.xmit);
|
||||
snmp_inc_ipfragcreates();
|
||||
pbuf_free(header);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_REASS_DEBUG, ("ip_frag: pbuf_alloc() for header failed\n"));
|
||||
pbuf_free(rambuf);
|
||||
return ERR_MEM;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#else /* IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF */
|
||||
/* No need for separate header pbuf - we allowed room for it in rambuf
|
||||
* when allocated.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
netif->output(netif, rambuf, dest);
|
||||
IPFRAG_STATS_INC(ip_frag.xmit);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Unfortunately we can't reuse rambuf - the hardware may still be
|
||||
* using the buffer. Instead we free it (and the ensuing chain) and
|
||||
* recreate it next time round the loop. If we're lucky the hardware
|
||||
* will have already sent the packet, the free will really free, and
|
||||
* there will be zero memory penalty.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
pbuf_free(rambuf);
|
||||
#endif /* IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF */
|
||||
left -= cop;
|
||||
ofo += nfb;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#if IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF
|
||||
pbuf_free(rambuf);
|
||||
#endif /* IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF */
|
||||
snmp_inc_ipfragoks();
|
||||
return ERR_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* IP_FRAG */
|
@ -0,0 +1,635 @@
|
||||
/* This source file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* Dynamic memory manager
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This is a lightweight replacement for the standard C library malloc().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If you want to use the standard C library malloc() instead, define
|
||||
* MEM_LIBC_MALLOC to 1 in your lwipopts.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* To let mem_malloc() use pools (prevents fragmentation and is much faster than
|
||||
* a heap but might waste some memory), define MEM_USE_POOLS to 1, define
|
||||
* MEM_USE_CUSTOM_POOLS to 1 and create a file "lwippools.h" that includes a list
|
||||
* of pools like this (more pools can be added between _START and _END):
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Define three pools with sizes 256, 512, and 1512 bytes
|
||||
* LWIP_MALLOC_MEMPOOL_START
|
||||
* LWIP_MALLOC_MEMPOOL(20, 256)
|
||||
* LWIP_MALLOC_MEMPOOL(10, 512)
|
||||
* LWIP_MALLOC_MEMPOOL(5, 1512)
|
||||
* LWIP_MALLOC_MEMPOOL_END
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
|
||||
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
|
||||
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
|
||||
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
|
||||
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
|
||||
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
|
||||
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
|
||||
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
|
||||
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
|
||||
* Simon Goldschmidt
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/opt.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#if !MEM_LIBC_MALLOC /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/def.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/mem.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/sys.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/stats.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#if MEM_USE_POOLS
|
||||
/* lwIP head implemented with different sized pools */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate memory: determine the smallest pool that is big enough
|
||||
* to contain an element of 'size' and get an element from that pool.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param size the size in bytes of the memory needed
|
||||
* @return a pointer to the allocated memory or NULL if the pool is empty
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void *
|
||||
mem_malloc(mem_size_t size)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct memp_malloc_helper *element;
|
||||
memp_t poolnr;
|
||||
mem_size_t required_size = size + sizeof(struct memp_malloc_helper);
|
||||
|
||||
for (poolnr = MEMP_POOL_FIRST; poolnr <= MEMP_POOL_LAST; poolnr++) {
|
||||
#if MEM_USE_POOLS_TRY_BIGGER_POOL
|
||||
again:
|
||||
#endif /* MEM_USE_POOLS_TRY_BIGGER_POOL */
|
||||
/* is this pool big enough to hold an element of the required size
|
||||
plus a struct memp_malloc_helper that saves the pool this element came from? */
|
||||
if (required_size <= memp_sizes[poolnr]) {
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (poolnr > MEMP_POOL_LAST) {
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("mem_malloc(): no pool is that big!", 0);
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
element = (struct memp_malloc_helper*)memp_malloc(poolnr);
|
||||
if (element == NULL) {
|
||||
/* No need to DEBUGF or ASSERT: This error is already
|
||||
taken care of in memp.c */
|
||||
#if MEM_USE_POOLS_TRY_BIGGER_POOL
|
||||
/** Try a bigger pool if this one is empty! */
|
||||
if (poolnr < MEMP_POOL_LAST) {
|
||||
poolnr++;
|
||||
goto again;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* MEM_USE_POOLS_TRY_BIGGER_POOL */
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* save the pool number this element came from */
|
||||
element->poolnr = poolnr;
|
||||
/* and return a pointer to the memory directly after the struct memp_malloc_helper */
|
||||
element++;
|
||||
|
||||
return element;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Free memory previously allocated by mem_malloc. Loads the pool number
|
||||
* and calls memp_free with that pool number to put the element back into
|
||||
* its pool
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param rmem the memory element to free
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void
|
||||
mem_free(void *rmem)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct memp_malloc_helper *hmem = (struct memp_malloc_helper*)rmem;
|
||||
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("rmem != NULL", (rmem != NULL));
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("rmem == MEM_ALIGN(rmem)", (rmem == LWIP_MEM_ALIGN(rmem)));
|
||||
|
||||
/* get the original struct memp_malloc_helper */
|
||||
hmem--;
|
||||
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("hmem != NULL", (hmem != NULL));
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("hmem == MEM_ALIGN(hmem)", (hmem == LWIP_MEM_ALIGN(hmem)));
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("hmem->poolnr < MEMP_MAX", (hmem->poolnr < MEMP_MAX));
|
||||
|
||||
/* and put it in the pool we saved earlier */
|
||||
memp_free(hmem->poolnr, hmem);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#else /* MEM_USE_POOLS */
|
||||
/* lwIP replacement for your libc malloc() */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The heap is made up as a list of structs of this type.
|
||||
* This does not have to be aligned since for getting its size,
|
||||
* we only use the macro SIZEOF_STRUCT_MEM, which automatically alignes.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct mem {
|
||||
/** index (-> ram[next]) of the next struct */
|
||||
mem_size_t next;
|
||||
/** index (-> ram[next]) of the next struct */
|
||||
mem_size_t prev;
|
||||
/** 1: this area is used; 0: this area is unused */
|
||||
u8_t used;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/** All allocated blocks will be MIN_SIZE bytes big, at least!
|
||||
* MIN_SIZE can be overridden to suit your needs. Smaller values save space,
|
||||
* larger values could prevent too small blocks to fragment the RAM too much. */
|
||||
#ifndef MIN_SIZE
|
||||
#define MIN_SIZE 12
|
||||
#endif /* MIN_SIZE */
|
||||
/* some alignment macros: we define them here for better source code layout */
|
||||
#define MIN_SIZE_ALIGNED LWIP_MEM_ALIGN_SIZE(MIN_SIZE)
|
||||
#define SIZEOF_STRUCT_MEM LWIP_MEM_ALIGN_SIZE(sizeof(struct mem))
|
||||
#define MEM_SIZE_ALIGNED LWIP_MEM_ALIGN_SIZE(MEM_SIZE)
|
||||
|
||||
/** the heap. we need one struct mem at the end and some room for alignment */
|
||||
static u8_t ram_heap[MEM_SIZE_ALIGNED + (2*SIZEOF_STRUCT_MEM) + MEM_ALIGNMENT];
|
||||
/** pointer to the heap (ram_heap): for alignment, ram is now a pointer instead of an array */
|
||||
static u8_t *ram;
|
||||
/** the last entry, always unused! */
|
||||
static struct mem *ram_end;
|
||||
/** pointer to the lowest free block, this is used for faster search */
|
||||
static struct mem *lfree;
|
||||
|
||||
/** concurrent access protection */
|
||||
static sys_sem_t mem_sem;
|
||||
|
||||
#if LWIP_ALLOW_MEM_FREE_FROM_OTHER_CONTEXT
|
||||
|
||||
static volatile u8_t mem_free_count;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Allow mem_free from other (e.g. interrupt) context */
|
||||
#define LWIP_MEM_FREE_DECL_PROTECT() SYS_ARCH_DECL_PROTECT(lev_free)
|
||||
#define LWIP_MEM_FREE_PROTECT() SYS_ARCH_PROTECT(lev_free)
|
||||
#define LWIP_MEM_FREE_UNPROTECT() SYS_ARCH_UNPROTECT(lev_free)
|
||||
#define LWIP_MEM_ALLOC_DECL_PROTECT() SYS_ARCH_DECL_PROTECT(lev_alloc)
|
||||
#define LWIP_MEM_ALLOC_PROTECT() SYS_ARCH_PROTECT(lev_alloc)
|
||||
#define LWIP_MEM_ALLOC_UNPROTECT() SYS_ARCH_UNPROTECT(lev_alloc)
|
||||
|
||||
#else /* LWIP_ALLOW_MEM_FREE_FROM_OTHER_CONTEXT */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Protect the heap only by using a semaphore */
|
||||
#define LWIP_MEM_FREE_DECL_PROTECT()
|
||||
#define LWIP_MEM_FREE_PROTECT() sys_arch_sem_wait(mem_sem, 0)
|
||||
#define LWIP_MEM_FREE_UNPROTECT() sys_sem_signal(mem_sem)
|
||||
/* mem_malloc is protected using semaphore AND LWIP_MEM_ALLOC_PROTECT */
|
||||
#define LWIP_MEM_ALLOC_DECL_PROTECT()
|
||||
#define LWIP_MEM_ALLOC_PROTECT()
|
||||
#define LWIP_MEM_ALLOC_UNPROTECT()
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_ALLOW_MEM_FREE_FROM_OTHER_CONTEXT */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* "Plug holes" by combining adjacent empty struct mems.
|
||||
* After this function is through, there should not exist
|
||||
* one empty struct mem pointing to another empty struct mem.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param mem this points to a struct mem which just has been freed
|
||||
* @internal this function is only called by mem_free() and mem_realloc()
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This assumes access to the heap is protected by the calling function
|
||||
* already.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void
|
||||
plug_holes(struct mem *mem)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct mem *nmem;
|
||||
struct mem *pmem;
|
||||
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("plug_holes: mem >= ram", (u8_t *)mem >= ram);
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("plug_holes: mem < ram_end", (u8_t *)mem < (u8_t *)ram_end);
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("plug_holes: mem->used == 0", mem->used == 0);
|
||||
|
||||
/* plug hole forward */
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("plug_holes: mem->next <= MEM_SIZE_ALIGNED", mem->next <= MEM_SIZE_ALIGNED);
|
||||
|
||||
nmem = (struct mem *)&ram[mem->next];
|
||||
if (mem != nmem && nmem->used == 0 && (u8_t *)nmem != (u8_t *)ram_end) {
|
||||
/* if mem->next is unused and not end of ram, combine mem and mem->next */
|
||||
if (lfree == nmem) {
|
||||
lfree = mem;
|
||||
}
|
||||
mem->next = nmem->next;
|
||||
((struct mem *)&ram[nmem->next])->prev = (u8_t *)mem - ram;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* plug hole backward */
|
||||
pmem = (struct mem *)&ram[mem->prev];
|
||||
if (pmem != mem && pmem->used == 0) {
|
||||
/* if mem->prev is unused, combine mem and mem->prev */
|
||||
if (lfree == mem) {
|
||||
lfree = pmem;
|
||||
}
|
||||
pmem->next = mem->next;
|
||||
((struct mem *)&ram[mem->next])->prev = (u8_t *)pmem - ram;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Zero the heap and initialize start, end and lowest-free
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void
|
||||
mem_init(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct mem *mem;
|
||||
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("Sanity check alignment",
|
||||
(SIZEOF_STRUCT_MEM & (MEM_ALIGNMENT-1)) == 0);
|
||||
|
||||
/* align the heap */
|
||||
ram = LWIP_MEM_ALIGN(ram_heap);
|
||||
/* initialize the start of the heap */
|
||||
mem = (struct mem *)ram;
|
||||
mem->next = MEM_SIZE_ALIGNED;
|
||||
mem->prev = 0;
|
||||
mem->used = 0;
|
||||
/* initialize the end of the heap */
|
||||
ram_end = (struct mem *)&ram[MEM_SIZE_ALIGNED];
|
||||
ram_end->used = 1;
|
||||
ram_end->next = MEM_SIZE_ALIGNED;
|
||||
ram_end->prev = MEM_SIZE_ALIGNED;
|
||||
|
||||
mem_sem = sys_sem_new(1);
|
||||
|
||||
/* initialize the lowest-free pointer to the start of the heap */
|
||||
lfree = (struct mem *)ram;
|
||||
|
||||
MEM_STATS_AVAIL(avail, MEM_SIZE_ALIGNED);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Put a struct mem back on the heap
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param rmem is the data portion of a struct mem as returned by a previous
|
||||
* call to mem_malloc()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void
|
||||
mem_free(void *rmem)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct mem *mem;
|
||||
LWIP_MEM_FREE_DECL_PROTECT();
|
||||
|
||||
if (rmem == NULL) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(MEM_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SERIOUS, ("mem_free(p == NULL) was called.\n"));
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("mem_free: sanity check alignment", (((mem_ptr_t)rmem) & (MEM_ALIGNMENT-1)) == 0);
|
||||
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("mem_free: legal memory", (u8_t *)rmem >= (u8_t *)ram &&
|
||||
(u8_t *)rmem < (u8_t *)ram_end);
|
||||
|
||||
if ((u8_t *)rmem < (u8_t *)ram || (u8_t *)rmem >= (u8_t *)ram_end) {
|
||||
SYS_ARCH_DECL_PROTECT(lev);
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(MEM_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SEVERE, ("mem_free: illegal memory\n"));
|
||||
/* protect mem stats from concurrent access */
|
||||
SYS_ARCH_PROTECT(lev);
|
||||
MEM_STATS_INC(illegal);
|
||||
SYS_ARCH_UNPROTECT(lev);
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* protect the heap from concurrent access */
|
||||
LWIP_MEM_FREE_PROTECT();
|
||||
/* Get the corresponding struct mem ... */
|
||||
mem = (struct mem *)((u8_t *)rmem - SIZEOF_STRUCT_MEM);
|
||||
/* ... which has to be in a used state ... */
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("mem_free: mem->used", mem->used);
|
||||
/* ... and is now unused. */
|
||||
mem->used = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
if (mem < lfree) {
|
||||
/* the newly freed struct is now the lowest */
|
||||
lfree = mem;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
MEM_STATS_DEC_USED(used, mem->next - ((u8_t *)mem - ram));
|
||||
|
||||
/* finally, see if prev or next are free also */
|
||||
plug_holes(mem);
|
||||
#if LWIP_ALLOW_MEM_FREE_FROM_OTHER_CONTEXT
|
||||
mem_free_count = 1;
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_ALLOW_MEM_FREE_FROM_OTHER_CONTEXT */
|
||||
LWIP_MEM_FREE_UNPROTECT();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* In contrast to its name, mem_realloc can only shrink memory, not expand it.
|
||||
* Since the only use (for now) is in pbuf_realloc (which also can only shrink),
|
||||
* this shouldn't be a problem!
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param rmem pointer to memory allocated by mem_malloc the is to be shrinked
|
||||
* @param newsize required size after shrinking (needs to be smaller than or
|
||||
* equal to the previous size)
|
||||
* @return for compatibility reasons: is always == rmem, at the moment
|
||||
* or NULL if newsize is > old size, in which case rmem is NOT touched
|
||||
* or freed!
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void *
|
||||
mem_realloc(void *rmem, mem_size_t newsize)
|
||||
{
|
||||
mem_size_t size;
|
||||
mem_size_t ptr, ptr2;
|
||||
struct mem *mem, *mem2;
|
||||
/* use the FREE_PROTECT here: it protects with sem OR SYS_ARCH_PROTECT */
|
||||
LWIP_MEM_FREE_DECL_PROTECT();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Expand the size of the allocated memory region so that we can
|
||||
adjust for alignment. */
|
||||
newsize = LWIP_MEM_ALIGN_SIZE(newsize);
|
||||
|
||||
if(newsize < MIN_SIZE_ALIGNED) {
|
||||
/* every data block must be at least MIN_SIZE_ALIGNED long */
|
||||
newsize = MIN_SIZE_ALIGNED;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (newsize > MEM_SIZE_ALIGNED) {
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("mem_realloc: legal memory", (u8_t *)rmem >= (u8_t *)ram &&
|
||||
(u8_t *)rmem < (u8_t *)ram_end);
|
||||
|
||||
if ((u8_t *)rmem < (u8_t *)ram || (u8_t *)rmem >= (u8_t *)ram_end) {
|
||||
SYS_ARCH_DECL_PROTECT(lev);
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(MEM_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SEVERE, ("mem_realloc: illegal memory\n"));
|
||||
/* protect mem stats from concurrent access */
|
||||
SYS_ARCH_PROTECT(lev);
|
||||
MEM_STATS_INC(illegal);
|
||||
SYS_ARCH_UNPROTECT(lev);
|
||||
return rmem;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* Get the corresponding struct mem ... */
|
||||
mem = (struct mem *)((u8_t *)rmem - SIZEOF_STRUCT_MEM);
|
||||
/* ... and its offset pointer */
|
||||
ptr = (u8_t *)mem - ram;
|
||||
|
||||
size = mem->next - ptr - SIZEOF_STRUCT_MEM;
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("mem_realloc can only shrink memory", newsize <= size);
|
||||
if (newsize > size) {
|
||||
/* not supported */
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (newsize == size) {
|
||||
/* No change in size, simply return */
|
||||
return rmem;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* protect the heap from concurrent access */
|
||||
LWIP_MEM_FREE_PROTECT();
|
||||
|
||||
MEM_STATS_DEC_USED(used, (size - newsize));
|
||||
|
||||
mem2 = (struct mem *)&ram[mem->next];
|
||||
if(mem2->used == 0) {
|
||||
/* The next struct is unused, we can simply move it at little */
|
||||
mem_size_t next;
|
||||
/* remember the old next pointer */
|
||||
next = mem2->next;
|
||||
/* create new struct mem which is moved directly after the shrinked mem */
|
||||
ptr2 = ptr + SIZEOF_STRUCT_MEM + newsize;
|
||||
if (lfree == mem2) {
|
||||
lfree = (struct mem *)&ram[ptr2];
|
||||
}
|
||||
mem2 = (struct mem *)&ram[ptr2];
|
||||
mem2->used = 0;
|
||||
/* restore the next pointer */
|
||||
mem2->next = next;
|
||||
/* link it back to mem */
|
||||
mem2->prev = ptr;
|
||||
/* link mem to it */
|
||||
mem->next = ptr2;
|
||||
/* last thing to restore linked list: as we have moved mem2,
|
||||
* let 'mem2->next->prev' point to mem2 again. but only if mem2->next is not
|
||||
* the end of the heap */
|
||||
if (mem2->next != MEM_SIZE_ALIGNED) {
|
||||
((struct mem *)&ram[mem2->next])->prev = ptr2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* no need to plug holes, we've already done that */
|
||||
} else if (newsize + SIZEOF_STRUCT_MEM + MIN_SIZE_ALIGNED <= size) {
|
||||
/* Next struct is used but there's room for another struct mem with
|
||||
* at least MIN_SIZE_ALIGNED of data.
|
||||
* Old size ('size') must be big enough to contain at least 'newsize' plus a struct mem
|
||||
* ('SIZEOF_STRUCT_MEM') with some data ('MIN_SIZE_ALIGNED').
|
||||
* @todo we could leave out MIN_SIZE_ALIGNED. We would create an empty
|
||||
* region that couldn't hold data, but when mem->next gets freed,
|
||||
* the 2 regions would be combined, resulting in more free memory */
|
||||
ptr2 = ptr + SIZEOF_STRUCT_MEM + newsize;
|
||||
mem2 = (struct mem *)&ram[ptr2];
|
||||
if (mem2 < lfree) {
|
||||
lfree = mem2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
mem2->used = 0;
|
||||
mem2->next = mem->next;
|
||||
mem2->prev = ptr;
|
||||
mem->next = ptr2;
|
||||
if (mem2->next != MEM_SIZE_ALIGNED) {
|
||||
((struct mem *)&ram[mem2->next])->prev = ptr2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* the original mem->next is used, so no need to plug holes! */
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* else {
|
||||
next struct mem is used but size between mem and mem2 is not big enough
|
||||
to create another struct mem
|
||||
-> don't do anyhting.
|
||||
-> the remaining space stays unused since it is too small
|
||||
} */
|
||||
#if LWIP_ALLOW_MEM_FREE_FROM_OTHER_CONTEXT
|
||||
mem_free_count = 1;
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_ALLOW_MEM_FREE_FROM_OTHER_CONTEXT */
|
||||
LWIP_MEM_FREE_UNPROTECT();
|
||||
return rmem;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Adam's mem_malloc() plus solution for bug #17922
|
||||
* Allocate a block of memory with a minimum of 'size' bytes.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param size is the minimum size of the requested block in bytes.
|
||||
* @return pointer to allocated memory or NULL if no free memory was found.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note that the returned value will always be aligned (as defined by MEM_ALIGNMENT).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void *
|
||||
mem_malloc(mem_size_t size)
|
||||
{
|
||||
mem_size_t ptr, ptr2;
|
||||
struct mem *mem, *mem2;
|
||||
#if LWIP_ALLOW_MEM_FREE_FROM_OTHER_CONTEXT
|
||||
u8_t local_mem_free_count = 0;
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_ALLOW_MEM_FREE_FROM_OTHER_CONTEXT */
|
||||
LWIP_MEM_ALLOC_DECL_PROTECT();
|
||||
|
||||
if (size == 0) {
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Expand the size of the allocated memory region so that we can
|
||||
adjust for alignment. */
|
||||
size = LWIP_MEM_ALIGN_SIZE(size);
|
||||
|
||||
if(size < MIN_SIZE_ALIGNED) {
|
||||
/* every data block must be at least MIN_SIZE_ALIGNED long */
|
||||
size = MIN_SIZE_ALIGNED;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (size > MEM_SIZE_ALIGNED) {
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* protect the heap from concurrent access */
|
||||
sys_arch_sem_wait(mem_sem, 0);
|
||||
LWIP_MEM_ALLOC_PROTECT();
|
||||
#if LWIP_ALLOW_MEM_FREE_FROM_OTHER_CONTEXT
|
||||
/* run as long as a mem_free disturbed mem_malloc */
|
||||
do {
|
||||
local_mem_free_count = 0;
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_ALLOW_MEM_FREE_FROM_OTHER_CONTEXT */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Scan through the heap searching for a free block that is big enough,
|
||||
* beginning with the lowest free block.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
for (ptr = (u8_t *)lfree - ram; ptr < MEM_SIZE_ALIGNED - size;
|
||||
ptr = ((struct mem *)&ram[ptr])->next) {
|
||||
mem = (struct mem *)&ram[ptr];
|
||||
#if LWIP_ALLOW_MEM_FREE_FROM_OTHER_CONTEXT
|
||||
mem_free_count = 0;
|
||||
LWIP_MEM_ALLOC_UNPROTECT();
|
||||
/* allow mem_free to run */
|
||||
LWIP_MEM_ALLOC_PROTECT();
|
||||
if (mem_free_count != 0) {
|
||||
local_mem_free_count = mem_free_count;
|
||||
}
|
||||
mem_free_count = 0;
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_ALLOW_MEM_FREE_FROM_OTHER_CONTEXT */
|
||||
|
||||
if ((!mem->used) &&
|
||||
(mem->next - (ptr + SIZEOF_STRUCT_MEM)) >= size) {
|
||||
/* mem is not used and at least perfect fit is possible:
|
||||
* mem->next - (ptr + SIZEOF_STRUCT_MEM) gives us the 'user data size' of mem */
|
||||
|
||||
if (mem->next - (ptr + SIZEOF_STRUCT_MEM) >= (size + SIZEOF_STRUCT_MEM + MIN_SIZE_ALIGNED)) {
|
||||
/* (in addition to the above, we test if another struct mem (SIZEOF_STRUCT_MEM) containing
|
||||
* at least MIN_SIZE_ALIGNED of data also fits in the 'user data space' of 'mem')
|
||||
* -> split large block, create empty remainder,
|
||||
* remainder must be large enough to contain MIN_SIZE_ALIGNED data: if
|
||||
* mem->next - (ptr + (2*SIZEOF_STRUCT_MEM)) == size,
|
||||
* struct mem would fit in but no data between mem2 and mem2->next
|
||||
* @todo we could leave out MIN_SIZE_ALIGNED. We would create an empty
|
||||
* region that couldn't hold data, but when mem->next gets freed,
|
||||
* the 2 regions would be combined, resulting in more free memory
|
||||
*/
|
||||
ptr2 = ptr + SIZEOF_STRUCT_MEM + size;
|
||||
/* create mem2 struct */
|
||||
mem2 = (struct mem *)&ram[ptr2];
|
||||
mem2->used = 0;
|
||||
mem2->next = mem->next;
|
||||
mem2->prev = ptr;
|
||||
/* and insert it between mem and mem->next */
|
||||
mem->next = ptr2;
|
||||
mem->used = 1;
|
||||
|
||||
if (mem2->next != MEM_SIZE_ALIGNED) {
|
||||
((struct mem *)&ram[mem2->next])->prev = ptr2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
MEM_STATS_INC_USED(used, (size + SIZEOF_STRUCT_MEM));
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
/* (a mem2 struct does no fit into the user data space of mem and mem->next will always
|
||||
* be used at this point: if not we have 2 unused structs in a row, plug_holes should have
|
||||
* take care of this).
|
||||
* -> near fit or excact fit: do not split, no mem2 creation
|
||||
* also can't move mem->next directly behind mem, since mem->next
|
||||
* will always be used at this point!
|
||||
*/
|
||||
mem->used = 1;
|
||||
MEM_STATS_INC_USED(used, mem->next - ((u8_t *)mem - ram));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (mem == lfree) {
|
||||
/* Find next free block after mem and update lowest free pointer */
|
||||
while (lfree->used && lfree != ram_end) {
|
||||
LWIP_MEM_ALLOC_UNPROTECT();
|
||||
/* prevent high interrupt latency... */
|
||||
LWIP_MEM_ALLOC_PROTECT();
|
||||
lfree = (struct mem *)&ram[lfree->next];
|
||||
}
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("mem_malloc: !lfree->used", ((lfree == ram_end) || (!lfree->used)));
|
||||
}
|
||||
LWIP_MEM_ALLOC_UNPROTECT();
|
||||
sys_sem_signal(mem_sem);
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("mem_malloc: allocated memory not above ram_end.",
|
||||
(mem_ptr_t)mem + SIZEOF_STRUCT_MEM + size <= (mem_ptr_t)ram_end);
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("mem_malloc: allocated memory properly aligned.",
|
||||
((mem_ptr_t)mem + SIZEOF_STRUCT_MEM) % MEM_ALIGNMENT == 0);
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("mem_malloc: sanity check alignment",
|
||||
(((mem_ptr_t)mem) & (MEM_ALIGNMENT-1)) == 0);
|
||||
|
||||
return (u8_t *)mem + SIZEOF_STRUCT_MEM;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
#if LWIP_ALLOW_MEM_FREE_FROM_OTHER_CONTEXT
|
||||
/* if we got interrupted by a mem_free, try again */
|
||||
} while(local_mem_free_count != 0);
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_ALLOW_MEM_FREE_FROM_OTHER_CONTEXT */
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(MEM_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SERIOUS, ("mem_malloc: could not allocate %"S16_F" bytes\n", (s16_t)size));
|
||||
MEM_STATS_INC(err);
|
||||
LWIP_MEM_ALLOC_UNPROTECT();
|
||||
sys_sem_signal(mem_sem);
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* MEM_USE_POOLS */
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Contiguously allocates enough space for count objects that are size bytes
|
||||
* of memory each and returns a pointer to the allocated memory.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The allocated memory is filled with bytes of value zero.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param count number of objects to allocate
|
||||
* @param size size of the objects to allocate
|
||||
* @return pointer to allocated memory / NULL pointer if there is an error
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void *mem_calloc(mem_size_t count, mem_size_t size)
|
||||
{
|
||||
void *p;
|
||||
|
||||
/* allocate 'count' objects of size 'size' */
|
||||
p = mem_malloc(count * size);
|
||||
if (p) {
|
||||
/* zero the memory */
|
||||
memset(p, 0, count * size);
|
||||
}
|
||||
return p;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* !MEM_LIBC_MALLOC */
|
@ -0,0 +1,388 @@
|
||||
/* This source file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* Dynamic pool memory manager
|
||||
*
|
||||
* lwIP has dedicated pools for many structures (netconn, protocol control blocks,
|
||||
* packet buffers, ...). All these pools are managed here.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
|
||||
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
|
||||
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
|
||||
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
|
||||
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
|
||||
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
|
||||
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
|
||||
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
|
||||
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/opt.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/memp.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/pbuf.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/udp.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/raw.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/tcp.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/igmp.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/api.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/api_msg.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/tcpip.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/sys.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/stats.h"
|
||||
#include "netif/etharp.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/ip_frag.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#if !MEMP_MEM_MALLOC /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
|
||||
|
||||
struct memp {
|
||||
struct memp *next;
|
||||
#if MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK
|
||||
const char *file;
|
||||
int line;
|
||||
#endif /* MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK */
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#if MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK
|
||||
/* if MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK is turned on, we reserve some bytes at the beginning
|
||||
* and at the end of each element, initialize them as 0xcd and check
|
||||
* them later. */
|
||||
/* If MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK is >= 2, on every call to memp_malloc or memp_free,
|
||||
* every single element in each pool is checked!
|
||||
* This is VERY SLOW but also very helpful. */
|
||||
/* MEMP_SANITY_REGION_BEFORE and MEMP_SANITY_REGION_AFTER can be overridden in
|
||||
* lwipopts.h to change the amount reserved for checking. */
|
||||
#ifndef MEMP_SANITY_REGION_BEFORE
|
||||
#define MEMP_SANITY_REGION_BEFORE 16
|
||||
#endif /* MEMP_SANITY_REGION_BEFORE*/
|
||||
#if MEMP_SANITY_REGION_BEFORE > 0
|
||||
#define MEMP_SANITY_REGION_BEFORE_ALIGNED LWIP_MEM_ALIGN_SIZE(MEMP_SANITY_REGION_BEFORE)
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define MEMP_SANITY_REGION_BEFORE_ALIGNED 0
|
||||
#endif /* MEMP_SANITY_REGION_BEFORE*/
|
||||
#ifndef MEMP_SANITY_REGION_AFTER
|
||||
#define MEMP_SANITY_REGION_AFTER 16
|
||||
#endif /* MEMP_SANITY_REGION_AFTER*/
|
||||
#if MEMP_SANITY_REGION_AFTER > 0
|
||||
#define MEMP_SANITY_REGION_AFTER_ALIGNED LWIP_MEM_ALIGN_SIZE(MEMP_SANITY_REGION_AFTER)
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define MEMP_SANITY_REGION_AFTER_ALIGNED 0
|
||||
#endif /* MEMP_SANITY_REGION_AFTER*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* MEMP_SIZE: save space for struct memp and for sanity check */
|
||||
#define MEMP_SIZE (LWIP_MEM_ALIGN_SIZE(sizeof(struct memp)) + MEMP_SANITY_REGION_BEFORE_ALIGNED)
|
||||
#define MEMP_ALIGN_SIZE(x) (LWIP_MEM_ALIGN_SIZE(x) + MEMP_SANITY_REGION_AFTER_ALIGNED)
|
||||
|
||||
#else /* MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK */
|
||||
|
||||
/* No sanity checks
|
||||
* We don't need to preserve the struct memp while not allocated, so we
|
||||
* can save a little space and set MEMP_SIZE to 0.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define MEMP_SIZE 0
|
||||
#define MEMP_ALIGN_SIZE(x) (LWIP_MEM_ALIGN_SIZE(x))
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK */
|
||||
|
||||
/** This array holds the first free element of each pool.
|
||||
* Elements form a linked list. */
|
||||
static struct memp *memp_tab[MEMP_MAX];
|
||||
|
||||
#else /* MEMP_MEM_MALLOC */
|
||||
|
||||
#define MEMP_ALIGN_SIZE(x) (LWIP_MEM_ALIGN_SIZE(x))
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* MEMP_MEM_MALLOC */
|
||||
|
||||
/** This array holds the element sizes of each pool. */
|
||||
#if !MEM_USE_POOLS && !MEMP_MEM_MALLOC
|
||||
static
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
const u16_t memp_sizes[MEMP_MAX] = {
|
||||
#define LWIP_MEMPOOL(name,num,size,desc) LWIP_MEM_ALIGN_SIZE(size),
|
||||
#include "lwip/memp_std.h"
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#if !MEMP_MEM_MALLOC /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
|
||||
|
||||
/** This array holds the number of elements in each pool. */
|
||||
static const u16_t memp_num[MEMP_MAX] = {
|
||||
#define LWIP_MEMPOOL(name,num,size,desc) (num),
|
||||
#include "lwip/memp_std.h"
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/** This array holds a textual description of each pool. */
|
||||
#ifdef LWIP_DEBUG
|
||||
static const char *memp_desc[MEMP_MAX] = {
|
||||
#define LWIP_MEMPOOL(name,num,size,desc) (desc),
|
||||
#include "lwip/memp_std.h"
|
||||
};
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_DEBUG */
|
||||
|
||||
/** This is the actual memory used by the pools. */
|
||||
static u8_t memp_memory[MEM_ALIGNMENT - 1
|
||||
#define LWIP_MEMPOOL(name,num,size,desc) + ( (num) * (MEMP_SIZE + MEMP_ALIGN_SIZE(size) ) )
|
||||
#include "lwip/memp_std.h"
|
||||
];
|
||||
|
||||
#if MEMP_SANITY_CHECK
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Check that memp-lists don't form a circle
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static int
|
||||
memp_sanity(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
s16_t i, c;
|
||||
struct memp *m, *n;
|
||||
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < MEMP_MAX; i++) {
|
||||
for (m = memp_tab[i]; m != NULL; m = m->next) {
|
||||
c = 1;
|
||||
for (n = memp_tab[i]; n != NULL; n = n->next) {
|
||||
if (n == m && --c < 0) {
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* MEMP_SANITY_CHECK*/
|
||||
#if MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Check if a memp element was victim of an overflow
|
||||
* (e.g. the restricted area after it has been altered)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param p the memp element to check
|
||||
* @param memp_size the element size of the pool p comes from
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void
|
||||
memp_overflow_check_element(struct memp *p, u16_t memp_size)
|
||||
{
|
||||
u16_t k;
|
||||
u8_t *m;
|
||||
#if MEMP_SANITY_REGION_BEFORE_ALIGNED > 0
|
||||
m = (u8_t*)p + MEMP_SIZE - MEMP_SANITY_REGION_BEFORE_ALIGNED;
|
||||
for (k = 0; k < MEMP_SANITY_REGION_BEFORE_ALIGNED; k++) {
|
||||
if (m[k] != 0xcd) {
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("detected memp underflow!", 0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if MEMP_SANITY_REGION_AFTER_ALIGNED > 0
|
||||
m = (u8_t*)p + MEMP_SIZE + memp_size;
|
||||
for (k = 0; k < MEMP_SANITY_REGION_AFTER_ALIGNED; k++) {
|
||||
if (m[k] != 0xcd) {
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("detected memp overflow!", 0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Do an overflow check for all elements in every pool.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see memp_overflow_check_element for a description of the check
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void
|
||||
memp_overflow_check_all(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
u16_t i, j;
|
||||
struct memp *p;
|
||||
|
||||
p = LWIP_MEM_ALIGN(memp_memory);
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < MEMP_MAX; ++i) {
|
||||
p = p;
|
||||
for (j = 0; j < memp_num[i]; ++j) {
|
||||
memp_overflow_check_element(p, memp_sizes[i]);
|
||||
p = (struct memp*)((u8_t*)p + MEMP_SIZE + memp_sizes[i] + MEMP_SANITY_REGION_AFTER_ALIGNED);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Initialize the restricted areas of all memp elements in every pool.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void
|
||||
memp_overflow_init(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
u16_t i, j;
|
||||
struct memp *p;
|
||||
u8_t *m;
|
||||
|
||||
p = LWIP_MEM_ALIGN(memp_memory);
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < MEMP_MAX; ++i) {
|
||||
p = p;
|
||||
for (j = 0; j < memp_num[i]; ++j) {
|
||||
#if MEMP_SANITY_REGION_BEFORE_ALIGNED > 0
|
||||
m = (u8_t*)p + MEMP_SIZE - MEMP_SANITY_REGION_BEFORE_ALIGNED;
|
||||
memset(m, 0xcd, MEMP_SANITY_REGION_BEFORE_ALIGNED);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if MEMP_SANITY_REGION_AFTER_ALIGNED > 0
|
||||
m = (u8_t*)p + MEMP_SIZE + memp_sizes[i];
|
||||
memset(m, 0xcd, MEMP_SANITY_REGION_AFTER_ALIGNED);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
p = (struct memp*)((u8_t*)p + MEMP_SIZE + memp_sizes[i] + MEMP_SANITY_REGION_AFTER_ALIGNED);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Initialize this module.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Carves out memp_memory into linked lists for each pool-type.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void
|
||||
memp_init(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct memp *memp;
|
||||
u16_t i, j;
|
||||
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < MEMP_MAX; ++i) {
|
||||
MEMP_STATS_AVAIL(used, i, 0);
|
||||
MEMP_STATS_AVAIL(max, i, 0);
|
||||
MEMP_STATS_AVAIL(err, i, 0);
|
||||
MEMP_STATS_AVAIL(avail, i, memp_num[i]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
memp = LWIP_MEM_ALIGN(memp_memory);
|
||||
/* for every pool: */
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < MEMP_MAX; ++i) {
|
||||
memp_tab[i] = NULL;
|
||||
/* create a linked list of memp elements */
|
||||
for (j = 0; j < memp_num[i]; ++j) {
|
||||
memp->next = memp_tab[i];
|
||||
memp_tab[i] = memp;
|
||||
memp = (struct memp *)((u8_t *)memp + MEMP_SIZE + memp_sizes[i]
|
||||
#if MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK
|
||||
+ MEMP_SANITY_REGION_AFTER_ALIGNED
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
#if MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK
|
||||
memp_overflow_init();
|
||||
/* check everything a first time to see if it worked */
|
||||
memp_overflow_check_all();
|
||||
#endif /* MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK */
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get an element from a specific pool.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param type the pool to get an element from
|
||||
*
|
||||
* the debug version has two more parameters:
|
||||
* @param file file name calling this function
|
||||
* @param line number of line where this function is called
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return a pointer to the allocated memory or a NULL pointer on error
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void *
|
||||
#if !MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK
|
||||
memp_malloc(memp_t type)
|
||||
#else
|
||||
memp_malloc_fn(memp_t type, const char* file, const int line)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct memp *memp;
|
||||
SYS_ARCH_DECL_PROTECT(old_level);
|
||||
|
||||
LWIP_ERROR("memp_malloc: type < MEMP_MAX", (type < MEMP_MAX), return NULL;);
|
||||
|
||||
SYS_ARCH_PROTECT(old_level);
|
||||
#if MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK >= 2
|
||||
memp_overflow_check_all();
|
||||
#endif /* MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK >= 2 */
|
||||
|
||||
memp = memp_tab[type];
|
||||
|
||||
if (memp != NULL) {
|
||||
memp_tab[type] = memp->next;
|
||||
#if MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK
|
||||
memp->next = NULL;
|
||||
memp->file = file;
|
||||
memp->line = line;
|
||||
#endif /* MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK */
|
||||
MEMP_STATS_INC_USED(used, type);
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("memp_malloc: memp properly aligned",
|
||||
((mem_ptr_t)memp % MEM_ALIGNMENT) == 0);
|
||||
memp = (struct memp*)((u8_t*)memp + MEMP_SIZE);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(MEMP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SERIOUS, ("memp_malloc: out of memory in pool %s\n", memp_desc[type]));
|
||||
MEMP_STATS_INC(err, type);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
SYS_ARCH_UNPROTECT(old_level);
|
||||
|
||||
return memp;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Put an element back into its pool.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param type the pool where to put mem
|
||||
* @param mem the memp element to free
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void
|
||||
memp_free(memp_t type, void *mem)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct memp *memp;
|
||||
SYS_ARCH_DECL_PROTECT(old_level);
|
||||
|
||||
if (mem == NULL) {
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("memp_free: mem properly aligned",
|
||||
((mem_ptr_t)mem % MEM_ALIGNMENT) == 0);
|
||||
|
||||
memp = (struct memp *)((u8_t*)mem - MEMP_SIZE);
|
||||
|
||||
SYS_ARCH_PROTECT(old_level);
|
||||
#if MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK
|
||||
#if MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK >= 2
|
||||
memp_overflow_check_all();
|
||||
#else
|
||||
memp_overflow_check_element(memp, memp_sizes[type]);
|
||||
#endif /* MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK >= 2 */
|
||||
#endif /* MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK */
|
||||
|
||||
MEMP_STATS_DEC(used, type);
|
||||
|
||||
memp->next = memp_tab[type];
|
||||
memp_tab[type] = memp;
|
||||
|
||||
#if MEMP_SANITY_CHECK
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("memp sanity", memp_sanity());
|
||||
#endif /* MEMP_SANITY_CHECK */
|
||||
|
||||
SYS_ARCH_UNPROTECT(old_level);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* MEMP_MEM_MALLOC */
|
@ -0,0 +1,683 @@
|
||||
/* This source file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* lwIP network interface abstraction
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
|
||||
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
|
||||
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
|
||||
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
|
||||
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
|
||||
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
|
||||
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
|
||||
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
|
||||
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/opt.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/def.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/ip_addr.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/netif.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/tcp.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/snmp.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/igmp.h"
|
||||
#include "netif/etharp.h"
|
||||
#if ENABLE_LOOPBACK
|
||||
#include "lwip/sys.h"
|
||||
#if LWIP_NETIF_LOOPBACK_MULTITHREADING
|
||||
#include "lwip/tcpip.h"
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_LOOPBACK_MULTITHREADING */
|
||||
#endif /* ENABLE_LOOPBACK */
|
||||
|
||||
#if LWIP_AUTOIP
|
||||
#include "lwip/autoip.h"
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_AUTOIP */
|
||||
#if LWIP_DHCP
|
||||
#include "lwip/dhcp.h"
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_DHCP */
|
||||
|
||||
#if LWIP_NETIF_STATUS_CALLBACK
|
||||
#define NETIF_STATUS_CALLBACK(n) { if (n->status_callback) (n->status_callback)(n); }
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define NETIF_STATUS_CALLBACK(n) { /* NOP */ }
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_STATUS_CALLBACK */
|
||||
|
||||
#if LWIP_NETIF_LINK_CALLBACK
|
||||
#define NETIF_LINK_CALLBACK(n) { if (n->link_callback) (n->link_callback)(n); }
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define NETIF_LINK_CALLBACK(n) { /* NOP */ }
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_LINK_CALLBACK */
|
||||
|
||||
struct netif *netif_list;
|
||||
struct netif *netif_default;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Add a network interface to the list of lwIP netifs.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param netif a pre-allocated netif structure
|
||||
* @param ipaddr IP address for the new netif
|
||||
* @param netmask network mask for the new netif
|
||||
* @param gw default gateway IP address for the new netif
|
||||
* @param state opaque data passed to the new netif
|
||||
* @param init callback function that initializes the interface
|
||||
* @param input callback function that is called to pass
|
||||
* ingress packets up in the protocol layer stack.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return netif, or NULL if failed.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct netif *
|
||||
netif_add(struct netif *netif, struct ip_addr *ipaddr, struct ip_addr *netmask,
|
||||
struct ip_addr *gw,
|
||||
void *state,
|
||||
err_t (* init)(struct netif *netif),
|
||||
err_t (* input)(struct pbuf *p, struct netif *netif))
|
||||
{
|
||||
static u8_t netifnum = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/* reset new interface configuration state */
|
||||
netif->ip_addr.addr = 0;
|
||||
netif->netmask.addr = 0;
|
||||
netif->gw.addr = 0;
|
||||
netif->flags = 0;
|
||||
#if LWIP_DHCP
|
||||
/* netif not under DHCP control by default */
|
||||
netif->dhcp = NULL;
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_DHCP */
|
||||
#if LWIP_AUTOIP
|
||||
/* netif not under AutoIP control by default */
|
||||
netif->autoip = NULL;
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_AUTOIP */
|
||||
#if LWIP_NETIF_STATUS_CALLBACK
|
||||
netif->status_callback = NULL;
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_STATUS_CALLBACK */
|
||||
#if LWIP_NETIF_LINK_CALLBACK
|
||||
netif->link_callback = NULL;
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_LINK_CALLBACK */
|
||||
#if LWIP_IGMP
|
||||
netif->igmp_mac_filter = NULL;
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_IGMP */
|
||||
#if ENABLE_LOOPBACK
|
||||
netif->loop_first = NULL;
|
||||
netif->loop_last = NULL;
|
||||
#endif /* ENABLE_LOOPBACK */
|
||||
|
||||
/* remember netif specific state information data */
|
||||
netif->state = state;
|
||||
netif->num = netifnum++;
|
||||
netif->input = input;
|
||||
#if LWIP_NETIF_HWADDRHINT
|
||||
netif->addr_hint = NULL;
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_HWADDRHINT*/
|
||||
#if ENABLE_LOOPBACK && LWIP_LOOPBACK_MAX_PBUFS
|
||||
netif->loop_cnt_current = 0;
|
||||
#endif /* ENABLE_LOOPBACK && LWIP_LOOPBACK_MAX_PBUFS */
|
||||
|
||||
netif_set_addr(netif, ipaddr, netmask, gw);
|
||||
|
||||
/* call user specified initialization function for netif */
|
||||
if (init(netif) != ERR_OK) {
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* add this netif to the list */
|
||||
netif->next = netif_list;
|
||||
netif_list = netif;
|
||||
snmp_inc_iflist();
|
||||
|
||||
#if LWIP_IGMP
|
||||
/* start IGMP processing */
|
||||
if (netif->flags & NETIF_FLAG_IGMP) {
|
||||
igmp_start( netif);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_IGMP */
|
||||
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(NETIF_DEBUG, ("netif: added interface %c%c IP addr ",
|
||||
netif->name[0], netif->name[1]));
|
||||
ip_addr_debug_print(NETIF_DEBUG, ipaddr);
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(NETIF_DEBUG, (" netmask "));
|
||||
ip_addr_debug_print(NETIF_DEBUG, netmask);
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(NETIF_DEBUG, (" gw "));
|
||||
ip_addr_debug_print(NETIF_DEBUG, gw);
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(NETIF_DEBUG, ("\n"));
|
||||
return netif;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Change IP address configuration for a network interface (including netmask
|
||||
* and default gateway).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param netif the network interface to change
|
||||
* @param ipaddr the new IP address
|
||||
* @param netmask the new netmask
|
||||
* @param gw the new default gateway
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void
|
||||
netif_set_addr(struct netif *netif, struct ip_addr *ipaddr, struct ip_addr *netmask,
|
||||
struct ip_addr *gw)
|
||||
{
|
||||
netif_set_ipaddr(netif, ipaddr);
|
||||
netif_set_netmask(netif, netmask);
|
||||
netif_set_gw(netif, gw);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Remove a network interface from the list of lwIP netifs.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param netif the network interface to remove
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void netif_remove(struct netif * netif)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ( netif == NULL ) return;
|
||||
|
||||
#if LWIP_IGMP
|
||||
/* stop IGMP processing */
|
||||
if (netif->flags & NETIF_FLAG_IGMP) {
|
||||
igmp_stop( netif);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_IGMP */
|
||||
|
||||
snmp_delete_ipaddridx_tree(netif);
|
||||
|
||||
/* is it the first netif? */
|
||||
if (netif_list == netif) {
|
||||
netif_list = netif->next;
|
||||
snmp_dec_iflist();
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
/* look for netif further down the list */
|
||||
struct netif * tmpNetif;
|
||||
for (tmpNetif = netif_list; tmpNetif != NULL; tmpNetif = tmpNetif->next) {
|
||||
if (tmpNetif->next == netif) {
|
||||
tmpNetif->next = netif->next;
|
||||
snmp_dec_iflist();
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (tmpNetif == NULL)
|
||||
return; /* we didn't find any netif today */
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* this netif is default? */
|
||||
if (netif_default == netif)
|
||||
/* reset default netif */
|
||||
netif_set_default(NULL);
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF( NETIF_DEBUG, ("netif_remove: removed netif\n") );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Find a network interface by searching for its name
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param name the name of the netif (like netif->name) plus concatenated number
|
||||
* in ascii representation (e.g. 'en0')
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct netif *
|
||||
netif_find(char *name)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct netif *netif;
|
||||
u8_t num;
|
||||
|
||||
if (name == NULL) {
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
num = name[2] - '0';
|
||||
|
||||
for(netif = netif_list; netif != NULL; netif = netif->next) {
|
||||
if (num == netif->num &&
|
||||
name[0] == netif->name[0] &&
|
||||
name[1] == netif->name[1]) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(NETIF_DEBUG, ("netif_find: found %c%c\n", name[0], name[1]));
|
||||
return netif;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(NETIF_DEBUG, ("netif_find: didn't find %c%c\n", name[0], name[1]));
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Change the IP address of a network interface
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param netif the network interface to change
|
||||
* @param ipaddr the new IP address
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note call netif_set_addr() if you also want to change netmask and
|
||||
* default gateway
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void
|
||||
netif_set_ipaddr(struct netif *netif, struct ip_addr *ipaddr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* TODO: Handling of obsolete pcbs */
|
||||
/* See: http://mail.gnu.org/archive/html/lwip-users/2003-03/msg00118.html */
|
||||
#if LWIP_TCP
|
||||
struct tcp_pcb *pcb;
|
||||
struct tcp_pcb_listen *lpcb;
|
||||
|
||||
/* address is actually being changed? */
|
||||
if ((ip_addr_cmp(ipaddr, &(netif->ip_addr))) == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* extern struct tcp_pcb *tcp_active_pcbs; defined by tcp.h */
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(NETIF_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_STATE, ("netif_set_ipaddr: netif address being changed\n"));
|
||||
pcb = tcp_active_pcbs;
|
||||
while (pcb != NULL) {
|
||||
/* PCB bound to current local interface address? */
|
||||
if (ip_addr_cmp(&(pcb->local_ip), &(netif->ip_addr))) {
|
||||
/* this connection must be aborted */
|
||||
struct tcp_pcb *next = pcb->next;
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(NETIF_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_STATE, ("netif_set_ipaddr: aborting TCP pcb %p\n", (void *)pcb));
|
||||
tcp_abort(pcb);
|
||||
pcb = next;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
pcb = pcb->next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
for (lpcb = tcp_listen_pcbs.listen_pcbs; lpcb != NULL; lpcb = lpcb->next) {
|
||||
/* PCB bound to current local interface address? */
|
||||
if ((!(ip_addr_isany(&(lpcb->local_ip)))) &&
|
||||
(ip_addr_cmp(&(lpcb->local_ip), &(netif->ip_addr)))) {
|
||||
/* The PCB is listening to the old ipaddr and
|
||||
* is set to listen to the new one instead */
|
||||
ip_addr_set(&(lpcb->local_ip), ipaddr);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
snmp_delete_ipaddridx_tree(netif);
|
||||
snmp_delete_iprteidx_tree(0,netif);
|
||||
/* set new IP address to netif */
|
||||
ip_addr_set(&(netif->ip_addr), ipaddr);
|
||||
snmp_insert_ipaddridx_tree(netif);
|
||||
snmp_insert_iprteidx_tree(0,netif);
|
||||
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(NETIF_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE | LWIP_DBG_STATE, ("netif: IP address of interface %c%c set to %"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F"\n",
|
||||
netif->name[0], netif->name[1],
|
||||
ip4_addr1(&netif->ip_addr),
|
||||
ip4_addr2(&netif->ip_addr),
|
||||
ip4_addr3(&netif->ip_addr),
|
||||
ip4_addr4(&netif->ip_addr)));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Change the default gateway for a network interface
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param netif the network interface to change
|
||||
* @param gw the new default gateway
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note call netif_set_addr() if you also want to change ip address and netmask
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void
|
||||
netif_set_gw(struct netif *netif, struct ip_addr *gw)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ip_addr_set(&(netif->gw), gw);
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(NETIF_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE | LWIP_DBG_STATE, ("netif: GW address of interface %c%c set to %"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F"\n",
|
||||
netif->name[0], netif->name[1],
|
||||
ip4_addr1(&netif->gw),
|
||||
ip4_addr2(&netif->gw),
|
||||
ip4_addr3(&netif->gw),
|
||||
ip4_addr4(&netif->gw)));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Change the netmask of a network interface
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param netif the network interface to change
|
||||
* @param netmask the new netmask
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note call netif_set_addr() if you also want to change ip address and
|
||||
* default gateway
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void
|
||||
netif_set_netmask(struct netif *netif, struct ip_addr *netmask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
snmp_delete_iprteidx_tree(0, netif);
|
||||
/* set new netmask to netif */
|
||||
ip_addr_set(&(netif->netmask), netmask);
|
||||
snmp_insert_iprteidx_tree(0, netif);
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(NETIF_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE | LWIP_DBG_STATE, ("netif: netmask of interface %c%c set to %"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F"\n",
|
||||
netif->name[0], netif->name[1],
|
||||
ip4_addr1(&netif->netmask),
|
||||
ip4_addr2(&netif->netmask),
|
||||
ip4_addr3(&netif->netmask),
|
||||
ip4_addr4(&netif->netmask)));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Set a network interface as the default network interface
|
||||
* (used to output all packets for which no specific route is found)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param netif the default network interface
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void
|
||||
netif_set_default(struct netif *netif)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (netif == NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* remove default route */
|
||||
snmp_delete_iprteidx_tree(1, netif);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* install default route */
|
||||
snmp_insert_iprteidx_tree(1, netif);
|
||||
}
|
||||
netif_default = netif;
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(NETIF_DEBUG, ("netif: setting default interface %c%c\n",
|
||||
netif ? netif->name[0] : '\'', netif ? netif->name[1] : '\''));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Bring an interface up, available for processing
|
||||
* traffic.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note: Enabling DHCP on a down interface will make it come
|
||||
* up once configured.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see dhcp_start()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void netif_set_up(struct netif *netif)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ( !(netif->flags & NETIF_FLAG_UP )) {
|
||||
netif->flags |= NETIF_FLAG_UP;
|
||||
|
||||
#if LWIP_SNMP
|
||||
snmp_get_sysuptime(&netif->ts);
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_SNMP */
|
||||
|
||||
NETIF_LINK_CALLBACK(netif);
|
||||
NETIF_STATUS_CALLBACK(netif);
|
||||
|
||||
#if LWIP_ARP
|
||||
/* For Ethernet network interfaces, we would like to send a "gratuitous ARP" */
|
||||
if (netif->flags & NETIF_FLAG_ETHARP) {
|
||||
etharp_gratuitous(netif);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_ARP */
|
||||
|
||||
#if LWIP_IGMP
|
||||
/* resend IGMP memberships */
|
||||
if (netif->flags & NETIF_FLAG_IGMP) {
|
||||
igmp_report_groups( netif);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_IGMP */
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Bring an interface down, disabling any traffic processing.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note: Enabling DHCP on a down interface will make it come
|
||||
* up once configured.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see dhcp_start()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void netif_set_down(struct netif *netif)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ( netif->flags & NETIF_FLAG_UP )
|
||||
{
|
||||
netif->flags &= ~NETIF_FLAG_UP;
|
||||
#if LWIP_SNMP
|
||||
snmp_get_sysuptime(&netif->ts);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
NETIF_LINK_CALLBACK(netif);
|
||||
NETIF_STATUS_CALLBACK(netif);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Ask if an interface is up
|
||||
*/
|
||||
u8_t netif_is_up(struct netif *netif)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (netif->flags & NETIF_FLAG_UP)?1:0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#if LWIP_NETIF_STATUS_CALLBACK
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Set callback to be called when interface is brought up/down
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void netif_set_status_callback(struct netif *netif, void (* status_callback)(struct netif *netif ))
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ( netif )
|
||||
netif->status_callback = status_callback;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_STATUS_CALLBACK */
|
||||
|
||||
#if LWIP_NETIF_LINK_CALLBACK
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Called by a driver when its link goes up
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void netif_set_link_up(struct netif *netif )
|
||||
{
|
||||
netif->flags |= NETIF_FLAG_LINK_UP;
|
||||
|
||||
#if LWIP_DHCP
|
||||
if (netif->dhcp) {
|
||||
dhcp_network_changed(netif);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_DHCP */
|
||||
|
||||
#if LWIP_AUTOIP
|
||||
if (netif->autoip) {
|
||||
autoip_network_changed(netif);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_AUTOIP */
|
||||
|
||||
if (netif->flags & NETIF_FLAG_UP) {
|
||||
#if LWIP_ARP
|
||||
/* For Ethernet network interfaces, we would like to send a "gratuitous ARP" */
|
||||
if (netif->flags & NETIF_FLAG_ETHARP) {
|
||||
etharp_gratuitous(netif);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_ARP */
|
||||
|
||||
#if LWIP_IGMP
|
||||
/* resend IGMP memberships */
|
||||
if (netif->flags & NETIF_FLAG_IGMP) {
|
||||
igmp_report_groups( netif);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_IGMP */
|
||||
}
|
||||
NETIF_LINK_CALLBACK(netif);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Called by a driver when its link goes down
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void netif_set_link_down(struct netif *netif )
|
||||
{
|
||||
netif->flags &= ~NETIF_FLAG_LINK_UP;
|
||||
NETIF_LINK_CALLBACK(netif);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Ask if a link is up
|
||||
*/
|
||||
u8_t netif_is_link_up(struct netif *netif)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (netif->flags & NETIF_FLAG_LINK_UP) ? 1 : 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Set callback to be called when link is brought up/down
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void netif_set_link_callback(struct netif *netif, void (* link_callback)(struct netif *netif ))
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (netif) {
|
||||
netif->link_callback = link_callback;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_LINK_CALLBACK */
|
||||
|
||||
#if ENABLE_LOOPBACK
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Send an IP packet to be received on the same netif (loopif-like).
|
||||
* The pbuf is simply copied and handed back to netif->input.
|
||||
* In multithreaded mode, this is done directly since netif->input must put
|
||||
* the packet on a queue.
|
||||
* In callback mode, the packet is put on an internal queue and is fed to
|
||||
* netif->input by netif_poll().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param netif the lwip network interface structure
|
||||
* @param p the (IP) packet to 'send'
|
||||
* @param ipaddr the ip address to send the packet to (not used)
|
||||
* @return ERR_OK if the packet has been sent
|
||||
* ERR_MEM if the pbuf used to copy the packet couldn't be allocated
|
||||
*/
|
||||
err_t
|
||||
netif_loop_output(struct netif *netif, struct pbuf *p,
|
||||
struct ip_addr *ipaddr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct pbuf *r;
|
||||
err_t err;
|
||||
struct pbuf *last;
|
||||
#if LWIP_LOOPBACK_MAX_PBUFS
|
||||
u8_t clen = 0;
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_LOOPBACK_MAX_PBUFS */
|
||||
SYS_ARCH_DECL_PROTECT(lev);
|
||||
LWIP_UNUSED_ARG(ipaddr);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Allocate a new pbuf */
|
||||
r = pbuf_alloc(PBUF_LINK, p->tot_len, PBUF_RAM);
|
||||
if (r == NULL) {
|
||||
return ERR_MEM;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#if LWIP_LOOPBACK_MAX_PBUFS
|
||||
clen = pbuf_clen(r);
|
||||
/* check for overflow or too many pbuf on queue */
|
||||
if(((netif->loop_cnt_current + clen) < netif->loop_cnt_current) ||
|
||||
((netif->loop_cnt_current + clen) > LWIP_LOOPBACK_MAX_PBUFS)) {
|
||||
pbuf_free(r);
|
||||
r = NULL;
|
||||
return ERR_MEM;
|
||||
}
|
||||
netif->loop_cnt_current += clen;
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_LOOPBACK_MAX_PBUFS */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Copy the whole pbuf queue p into the single pbuf r */
|
||||
if ((err = pbuf_copy(r, p)) != ERR_OK) {
|
||||
pbuf_free(r);
|
||||
r = NULL;
|
||||
return err;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Put the packet on a linked list which gets emptied through calling
|
||||
netif_poll(). */
|
||||
|
||||
/* let last point to the last pbuf in chain r */
|
||||
for (last = r; last->next != NULL; last = last->next);
|
||||
|
||||
SYS_ARCH_PROTECT(lev);
|
||||
if(netif->loop_first != NULL) {
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("if first != NULL, last must also be != NULL", netif->loop_last != NULL);
|
||||
netif->loop_last->next = r;
|
||||
netif->loop_last = last;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
netif->loop_first = r;
|
||||
netif->loop_last = last;
|
||||
}
|
||||
SYS_ARCH_UNPROTECT(lev);
|
||||
|
||||
#if LWIP_NETIF_LOOPBACK_MULTITHREADING
|
||||
/* For multithreading environment, schedule a call to netif_poll */
|
||||
tcpip_callback((void (*)(void *))(netif_poll), netif);
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_LOOPBACK_MULTITHREADING */
|
||||
|
||||
return ERR_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Call netif_poll() in the main loop of your application. This is to prevent
|
||||
* reentering non-reentrant functions like tcp_input(). Packets passed to
|
||||
* netif_loop_output() are put on a list that is passed to netif->input() by
|
||||
* netif_poll().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void
|
||||
netif_poll(struct netif *netif)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct pbuf *in;
|
||||
SYS_ARCH_DECL_PROTECT(lev);
|
||||
|
||||
do {
|
||||
/* Get a packet from the list. With SYS_LIGHTWEIGHT_PROT=1, this is protected */
|
||||
SYS_ARCH_PROTECT(lev);
|
||||
in = netif->loop_first;
|
||||
if(in != NULL) {
|
||||
struct pbuf *in_end = in;
|
||||
#if LWIP_LOOPBACK_MAX_PBUFS
|
||||
u8_t clen = pbuf_clen(in);
|
||||
/* adjust the number of pbufs on queue */
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("netif->loop_cnt_current underflow",
|
||||
((netif->loop_cnt_current - clen) < netif->loop_cnt_current));
|
||||
netif->loop_cnt_current -= clen;
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_LOOPBACK_MAX_PBUFS */
|
||||
while(in_end->len != in_end->tot_len) {
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("bogus pbuf: len != tot_len but next == NULL!", in_end->next != NULL);
|
||||
in_end = in_end->next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* 'in_end' now points to the last pbuf from 'in' */
|
||||
if(in_end == netif->loop_last) {
|
||||
/* this was the last pbuf in the list */
|
||||
netif->loop_first = netif->loop_last = NULL;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
/* pop the pbuf off the list */
|
||||
netif->loop_first = in_end->next;
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("should not be null since first != last!", netif->loop_first != NULL);
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* De-queue the pbuf from its successors on the 'loop_' list. */
|
||||
in_end->next = NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
SYS_ARCH_UNPROTECT(lev);
|
||||
|
||||
if(in != NULL) {
|
||||
/* loopback packets are always IP packets! */
|
||||
if(ip_input(in, netif) != ERR_OK) {
|
||||
pbuf_free(in);
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* Don't reference the packet any more! */
|
||||
in = NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* go on while there is a packet on the list */
|
||||
} while(netif->loop_first != NULL);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#if !LWIP_NETIF_LOOPBACK_MULTITHREADING
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Calls netif_poll() for every netif on the netif_list.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void
|
||||
netif_poll_all(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct netif *netif = netif_list;
|
||||
/* loop through netifs */
|
||||
while (netif != NULL) {
|
||||
netif_poll(netif);
|
||||
/* proceed to next network interface */
|
||||
netif = netif->next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* !LWIP_NETIF_LOOPBACK_MULTITHREADING */
|
||||
#endif /* ENABLE_LOOPBACK */
|
@ -0,0 +1,931 @@
|
||||
/* This source file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* Packet buffer management
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Packets are built from the pbuf data structure. It supports dynamic
|
||||
* memory allocation for packet contents or can reference externally
|
||||
* managed packet contents both in RAM and ROM. Quick allocation for
|
||||
* incoming packets is provided through pools with fixed sized pbufs.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* A packet may span over multiple pbufs, chained as a singly linked
|
||||
* list. This is called a "pbuf chain".
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Multiple packets may be queued, also using this singly linked list.
|
||||
* This is called a "packet queue".
|
||||
*
|
||||
* So, a packet queue consists of one or more pbuf chains, each of
|
||||
* which consist of one or more pbufs. CURRENTLY, PACKET QUEUES ARE
|
||||
* NOT SUPPORTED!!! Use helper structs to queue multiple packets.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The differences between a pbuf chain and a packet queue are very
|
||||
* precise but subtle.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The last pbuf of a packet has a ->tot_len field that equals the
|
||||
* ->len field. It can be found by traversing the list. If the last
|
||||
* pbuf of a packet has a ->next field other than NULL, more packets
|
||||
* are on the queue.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Therefore, looping through a pbuf of a single packet, has an
|
||||
* loop end condition (tot_len == p->len), NOT (next == NULL).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
|
||||
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
|
||||
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
|
||||
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
|
||||
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
|
||||
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
|
||||
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
|
||||
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
|
||||
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/opt.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/stats.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/def.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/mem.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/memp.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/pbuf.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/sys.h"
|
||||
#include "arch/perf.h"
|
||||
#if TCP_QUEUE_OOSEQ
|
||||
#include "lwip/tcp.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#define SIZEOF_STRUCT_PBUF LWIP_MEM_ALIGN_SIZE(sizeof(struct pbuf))
|
||||
/* Since the pool is created in memp, PBUF_POOL_BUFSIZE will be automatically
|
||||
aligned there. Therefore, PBUF_POOL_BUFSIZE_ALIGNED can be used here. */
|
||||
#define PBUF_POOL_BUFSIZE_ALIGNED LWIP_MEM_ALIGN_SIZE(PBUF_POOL_BUFSIZE)
|
||||
|
||||
#if !TCP_QUEUE_OOSEQ || NO_SYS
|
||||
#define PBUF_POOL_IS_EMPTY()
|
||||
#else /* !TCP_QUEUE_OOSEQ || NO_SYS */
|
||||
/** Define this to 0 to prevent freeing ooseq pbufs when the PBUF_POOL is empty */
|
||||
#ifndef PBUF_POOL_FREE_OOSEQ
|
||||
#define PBUF_POOL_FREE_OOSEQ 1
|
||||
#endif /* PBUF_POOL_FREE_OOSEQ */
|
||||
|
||||
#if PBUF_POOL_FREE_OOSEQ
|
||||
#include "lwip/tcpip.h"
|
||||
#define PBUF_POOL_IS_EMPTY() pbuf_pool_is_empty()
|
||||
static u8_t pbuf_free_ooseq_queued;
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Attempt to reclaim some memory from queued out-of-sequence TCP segments
|
||||
* if we run out of pool pbufs. It's better to give priority to new packets
|
||||
* if we're running out.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This must be done in the correct thread context therefore this function
|
||||
* can only be used with NO_SYS=0 and through tcpip_callback.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void
|
||||
pbuf_free_ooseq(void* arg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct tcp_pcb* pcb;
|
||||
SYS_ARCH_DECL_PROTECT(old_level);
|
||||
LWIP_UNUSED_ARG(arg);
|
||||
|
||||
SYS_ARCH_PROTECT(old_level);
|
||||
pbuf_free_ooseq_queued = 0;
|
||||
SYS_ARCH_UNPROTECT(old_level);
|
||||
|
||||
for (pcb = tcp_active_pcbs; NULL != pcb; pcb = pcb->next) {
|
||||
if (NULL != pcb->ooseq) {
|
||||
/** Free the ooseq pbufs of one PCB only */
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(PBUF_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE, ("pbuf_free_ooseq: freeing out-of-sequence pbufs\n"));
|
||||
tcp_segs_free(pcb->ooseq);
|
||||
pcb->ooseq = NULL;
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Queue a call to pbuf_free_ooseq if not already queued. */
|
||||
static void
|
||||
pbuf_pool_is_empty(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
u8_t queued;
|
||||
SYS_ARCH_DECL_PROTECT(old_level);
|
||||
|
||||
SYS_ARCH_PROTECT(old_level);
|
||||
queued = pbuf_free_ooseq_queued;
|
||||
pbuf_free_ooseq_queued = 1;
|
||||
SYS_ARCH_UNPROTECT(old_level);
|
||||
|
||||
if(!queued) {
|
||||
/* queue a call to pbuf_free_ooseq if not already queued */
|
||||
if(tcpip_callback_with_block(pbuf_free_ooseq, NULL, 0) != ERR_OK) {
|
||||
SYS_ARCH_PROTECT(old_level);
|
||||
pbuf_free_ooseq_queued = 0;
|
||||
SYS_ARCH_UNPROTECT(old_level);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* PBUF_POOL_FREE_OOSEQ */
|
||||
#endif /* !TCP_QUEUE_OOSEQ || NO_SYS */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocates a pbuf of the given type (possibly a chain for PBUF_POOL type).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The actual memory allocated for the pbuf is determined by the
|
||||
* layer at which the pbuf is allocated and the requested size
|
||||
* (from the size parameter).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param layer flag to define header size
|
||||
* @param length size of the pbuf's payload
|
||||
* @param type this parameter decides how and where the pbuf
|
||||
* should be allocated as follows:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - PBUF_RAM: buffer memory for pbuf is allocated as one large
|
||||
* chunk. This includes protocol headers as well.
|
||||
* - PBUF_ROM: no buffer memory is allocated for the pbuf, even for
|
||||
* protocol headers. Additional headers must be prepended
|
||||
* by allocating another pbuf and chain in to the front of
|
||||
* the ROM pbuf. It is assumed that the memory used is really
|
||||
* similar to ROM in that it is immutable and will not be
|
||||
* changed. Memory which is dynamic should generally not
|
||||
* be attached to PBUF_ROM pbufs. Use PBUF_REF instead.
|
||||
* - PBUF_REF: no buffer memory is allocated for the pbuf, even for
|
||||
* protocol headers. It is assumed that the pbuf is only
|
||||
* being used in a single thread. If the pbuf gets queued,
|
||||
* then pbuf_take should be called to copy the buffer.
|
||||
* - PBUF_POOL: the pbuf is allocated as a pbuf chain, with pbufs from
|
||||
* the pbuf pool that is allocated during pbuf_init().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return the allocated pbuf. If multiple pbufs where allocated, this
|
||||
* is the first pbuf of a pbuf chain.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct pbuf *
|
||||
pbuf_alloc(pbuf_layer layer, u16_t length, pbuf_type type)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct pbuf *p, *q, *r;
|
||||
u16_t offset;
|
||||
s32_t rem_len; /* remaining length */
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(PBUF_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE, ("pbuf_alloc(length=%"U16_F")\n", length));
|
||||
|
||||
/* determine header offset */
|
||||
offset = 0;
|
||||
switch (layer) {
|
||||
case PBUF_TRANSPORT:
|
||||
/* add room for transport (often TCP) layer header */
|
||||
offset += PBUF_TRANSPORT_HLEN;
|
||||
/* FALLTHROUGH */
|
||||
case PBUF_IP:
|
||||
/* add room for IP layer header */
|
||||
offset += PBUF_IP_HLEN;
|
||||
/* FALLTHROUGH */
|
||||
case PBUF_LINK:
|
||||
/* add room for link layer header */
|
||||
offset += PBUF_LINK_HLEN;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case PBUF_RAW:
|
||||
break;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("pbuf_alloc: bad pbuf layer", 0);
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
switch (type) {
|
||||
case PBUF_POOL:
|
||||
/* allocate head of pbuf chain into p */
|
||||
p = memp_malloc(MEMP_PBUF_POOL);
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(PBUF_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE, ("pbuf_alloc: allocated pbuf %p\n", (void *)p));
|
||||
if (p == NULL) {
|
||||
PBUF_POOL_IS_EMPTY();
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
p->type = type;
|
||||
p->next = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
/* make the payload pointer point 'offset' bytes into pbuf data memory */
|
||||
p->payload = LWIP_MEM_ALIGN((void *)((u8_t *)p + (SIZEOF_STRUCT_PBUF + offset)));
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("pbuf_alloc: pbuf p->payload properly aligned",
|
||||
((mem_ptr_t)p->payload % MEM_ALIGNMENT) == 0);
|
||||
/* the total length of the pbuf chain is the requested size */
|
||||
p->tot_len = length;
|
||||
/* set the length of the first pbuf in the chain */
|
||||
p->len = LWIP_MIN(length, PBUF_POOL_BUFSIZE_ALIGNED - LWIP_MEM_ALIGN_SIZE(offset));
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("check p->payload + p->len does not overflow pbuf",
|
||||
((u8_t*)p->payload + p->len <=
|
||||
(u8_t*)p + SIZEOF_STRUCT_PBUF + PBUF_POOL_BUFSIZE_ALIGNED));
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("PBUF_POOL_BUFSIZE must be bigger than MEM_ALIGNMENT",
|
||||
(PBUF_POOL_BUFSIZE_ALIGNED - LWIP_MEM_ALIGN_SIZE(offset)) > 0 );
|
||||
/* set reference count (needed here in case we fail) */
|
||||
p->ref = 1;
|
||||
|
||||
/* now allocate the tail of the pbuf chain */
|
||||
|
||||
/* remember first pbuf for linkage in next iteration */
|
||||
r = p;
|
||||
/* remaining length to be allocated */
|
||||
rem_len = length - p->len;
|
||||
/* any remaining pbufs to be allocated? */
|
||||
while (rem_len > 0) {
|
||||
q = memp_malloc(MEMP_PBUF_POOL);
|
||||
if (q == NULL) {
|
||||
PBUF_POOL_IS_EMPTY();
|
||||
/* free chain so far allocated */
|
||||
pbuf_free(p);
|
||||
/* bail out unsuccesfully */
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
q->type = type;
|
||||
q->flags = 0;
|
||||
q->next = NULL;
|
||||
/* make previous pbuf point to this pbuf */
|
||||
r->next = q;
|
||||
/* set total length of this pbuf and next in chain */
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("rem_len < max_u16_t", rem_len < 0xffff);
|
||||
q->tot_len = (u16_t)rem_len;
|
||||
/* this pbuf length is pool size, unless smaller sized tail */
|
||||
q->len = LWIP_MIN((u16_t)rem_len, PBUF_POOL_BUFSIZE_ALIGNED);
|
||||
q->payload = (void *)((u8_t *)q + SIZEOF_STRUCT_PBUF);
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("pbuf_alloc: pbuf q->payload properly aligned",
|
||||
((mem_ptr_t)q->payload % MEM_ALIGNMENT) == 0);
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("check p->payload + p->len does not overflow pbuf",
|
||||
((u8_t*)p->payload + p->len <=
|
||||
(u8_t*)p + SIZEOF_STRUCT_PBUF + PBUF_POOL_BUFSIZE_ALIGNED));
|
||||
q->ref = 1;
|
||||
/* calculate remaining length to be allocated */
|
||||
rem_len -= q->len;
|
||||
/* remember this pbuf for linkage in next iteration */
|
||||
r = q;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* end of chain */
|
||||
/*r->next = NULL;*/
|
||||
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case PBUF_RAM:
|
||||
/* If pbuf is to be allocated in RAM, allocate memory for it. */
|
||||
p = (struct pbuf*)mem_malloc(LWIP_MEM_ALIGN_SIZE(SIZEOF_STRUCT_PBUF + offset) + LWIP_MEM_ALIGN_SIZE(length));
|
||||
if (p == NULL) {
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* Set up internal structure of the pbuf. */
|
||||
p->payload = LWIP_MEM_ALIGN((void *)((u8_t *)p + SIZEOF_STRUCT_PBUF + offset));
|
||||
p->len = p->tot_len = length;
|
||||
p->next = NULL;
|
||||
p->type = type;
|
||||
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("pbuf_alloc: pbuf->payload properly aligned",
|
||||
((mem_ptr_t)p->payload % MEM_ALIGNMENT) == 0);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
/* pbuf references existing (non-volatile static constant) ROM payload? */
|
||||
case PBUF_ROM:
|
||||
/* pbuf references existing (externally allocated) RAM payload? */
|
||||
case PBUF_REF:
|
||||
/* only allocate memory for the pbuf structure */
|
||||
p = memp_malloc(MEMP_PBUF);
|
||||
if (p == NULL) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(PBUF_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SERIOUS,
|
||||
("pbuf_alloc: Could not allocate MEMP_PBUF for PBUF_%s.\n",
|
||||
(type == PBUF_ROM) ? "ROM" : "REF"));
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* caller must set this field properly, afterwards */
|
||||
p->payload = NULL;
|
||||
p->len = p->tot_len = length;
|
||||
p->next = NULL;
|
||||
p->type = type;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("pbuf_alloc: erroneous type", 0);
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* set reference count */
|
||||
p->ref = 1;
|
||||
/* set flags */
|
||||
p->flags = 0;
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(PBUF_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE, ("pbuf_alloc(length=%"U16_F") == %p\n", length, (void *)p));
|
||||
return p;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Shrink a pbuf chain to a desired length.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param p pbuf to shrink.
|
||||
* @param new_len desired new length of pbuf chain
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Depending on the desired length, the first few pbufs in a chain might
|
||||
* be skipped and left unchanged. The new last pbuf in the chain will be
|
||||
* resized, and any remaining pbufs will be freed.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note If the pbuf is ROM/REF, only the ->tot_len and ->len fields are adjusted.
|
||||
* @note May not be called on a packet queue.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note Despite its name, pbuf_realloc cannot grow the size of a pbuf (chain).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void
|
||||
pbuf_realloc(struct pbuf *p, u16_t new_len)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct pbuf *q;
|
||||
u16_t rem_len; /* remaining length */
|
||||
s32_t grow;
|
||||
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("pbuf_realloc: p != NULL", p != NULL);
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("pbuf_realloc: sane p->type", p->type == PBUF_POOL ||
|
||||
p->type == PBUF_ROM ||
|
||||
p->type == PBUF_RAM ||
|
||||
p->type == PBUF_REF);
|
||||
|
||||
/* desired length larger than current length? */
|
||||
if (new_len >= p->tot_len) {
|
||||
/* enlarging not yet supported */
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* the pbuf chain grows by (new_len - p->tot_len) bytes
|
||||
* (which may be negative in case of shrinking) */
|
||||
grow = new_len - p->tot_len;
|
||||
|
||||
/* first, step over any pbufs that should remain in the chain */
|
||||
rem_len = new_len;
|
||||
q = p;
|
||||
/* should this pbuf be kept? */
|
||||
while (rem_len > q->len) {
|
||||
/* decrease remaining length by pbuf length */
|
||||
rem_len -= q->len;
|
||||
/* decrease total length indicator */
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("grow < max_u16_t", grow < 0xffff);
|
||||
q->tot_len += (u16_t)grow;
|
||||
/* proceed to next pbuf in chain */
|
||||
q = q->next;
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("pbuf_realloc: q != NULL", q != NULL);
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* we have now reached the new last pbuf (in q) */
|
||||
/* rem_len == desired length for pbuf q */
|
||||
|
||||
/* shrink allocated memory for PBUF_RAM */
|
||||
/* (other types merely adjust their length fields */
|
||||
if ((q->type == PBUF_RAM) && (rem_len != q->len)) {
|
||||
/* reallocate and adjust the length of the pbuf that will be split */
|
||||
q = mem_realloc(q, (u8_t *)q->payload - (u8_t *)q + rem_len);
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("mem_realloc give q == NULL", q != NULL);
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* adjust length fields for new last pbuf */
|
||||
q->len = rem_len;
|
||||
q->tot_len = q->len;
|
||||
|
||||
/* any remaining pbufs in chain? */
|
||||
if (q->next != NULL) {
|
||||
/* free remaining pbufs in chain */
|
||||
pbuf_free(q->next);
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* q is last packet in chain */
|
||||
q->next = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Adjusts the payload pointer to hide or reveal headers in the payload.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Adjusts the ->payload pointer so that space for a header
|
||||
* (dis)appears in the pbuf payload.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The ->payload, ->tot_len and ->len fields are adjusted.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param p pbuf to change the header size.
|
||||
* @param header_size_increment Number of bytes to increment header size which
|
||||
* increases the size of the pbuf. New space is on the front.
|
||||
* (Using a negative value decreases the header size.)
|
||||
* If hdr_size_inc is 0, this function does nothing and returns succesful.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* PBUF_ROM and PBUF_REF type buffers cannot have their sizes increased, so
|
||||
* the call will fail. A check is made that the increase in header size does
|
||||
* not move the payload pointer in front of the start of the buffer.
|
||||
* @return non-zero on failure, zero on success.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
u8_t
|
||||
pbuf_header(struct pbuf *p, s16_t header_size_increment)
|
||||
{
|
||||
u16_t type;
|
||||
void *payload;
|
||||
u16_t increment_magnitude;
|
||||
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("p != NULL", p != NULL);
|
||||
if ((header_size_increment == 0) || (p == NULL))
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
|
||||
if (header_size_increment < 0){
|
||||
increment_magnitude = -header_size_increment;
|
||||
/* Check that we aren't going to move off the end of the pbuf */
|
||||
LWIP_ERROR("increment_magnitude <= p->len", (increment_magnitude <= p->len), return 1;);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
increment_magnitude = header_size_increment;
|
||||
#if 0
|
||||
/* Can't assert these as some callers speculatively call
|
||||
pbuf_header() to see if it's OK. Will return 1 below instead. */
|
||||
/* Check that we've got the correct type of pbuf to work with */
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("p->type == PBUF_RAM || p->type == PBUF_POOL",
|
||||
p->type == PBUF_RAM || p->type == PBUF_POOL);
|
||||
/* Check that we aren't going to move off the beginning of the pbuf */
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("p->payload - increment_magnitude >= p + SIZEOF_STRUCT_PBUF",
|
||||
(u8_t *)p->payload - increment_magnitude >= (u8_t *)p + SIZEOF_STRUCT_PBUF);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
type = p->type;
|
||||
/* remember current payload pointer */
|
||||
payload = p->payload;
|
||||
|
||||
/* pbuf types containing payloads? */
|
||||
if (type == PBUF_RAM || type == PBUF_POOL) {
|
||||
/* set new payload pointer */
|
||||
p->payload = (u8_t *)p->payload - header_size_increment;
|
||||
/* boundary check fails? */
|
||||
if ((u8_t *)p->payload < (u8_t *)p + SIZEOF_STRUCT_PBUF) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF( PBUF_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SERIOUS,
|
||||
("pbuf_header: failed as %p < %p (not enough space for new header size)\n",
|
||||
(void *)p->payload, (void *)(p + 1)));
|
||||
/* restore old payload pointer */
|
||||
p->payload = payload;
|
||||
/* bail out unsuccesfully */
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* pbuf types refering to external payloads? */
|
||||
} else if (type == PBUF_REF || type == PBUF_ROM) {
|
||||
/* hide a header in the payload? */
|
||||
if ((header_size_increment < 0) && (increment_magnitude <= p->len)) {
|
||||
/* increase payload pointer */
|
||||
p->payload = (u8_t *)p->payload - header_size_increment;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
/* cannot expand payload to front (yet!)
|
||||
* bail out unsuccesfully */
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
/* Unknown type */
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("bad pbuf type", 0);
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* modify pbuf length fields */
|
||||
p->len += header_size_increment;
|
||||
p->tot_len += header_size_increment;
|
||||
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(PBUF_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE, ("pbuf_header: old %p new %p (%"S16_F")\n",
|
||||
(void *)payload, (void *)p->payload, header_size_increment));
|
||||
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Dereference a pbuf chain or queue and deallocate any no-longer-used
|
||||
* pbufs at the head of this chain or queue.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Decrements the pbuf reference count. If it reaches zero, the pbuf is
|
||||
* deallocated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* For a pbuf chain, this is repeated for each pbuf in the chain,
|
||||
* up to the first pbuf which has a non-zero reference count after
|
||||
* decrementing. So, when all reference counts are one, the whole
|
||||
* chain is free'd.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param p The pbuf (chain) to be dereferenced.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return the number of pbufs that were de-allocated
|
||||
* from the head of the chain.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note MUST NOT be called on a packet queue (Not verified to work yet).
|
||||
* @note the reference counter of a pbuf equals the number of pointers
|
||||
* that refer to the pbuf (or into the pbuf).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @internal examples:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Assuming existing chains a->b->c with the following reference
|
||||
* counts, calling pbuf_free(a) results in:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1->2->3 becomes ...1->3
|
||||
* 3->3->3 becomes 2->3->3
|
||||
* 1->1->2 becomes ......1
|
||||
* 2->1->1 becomes 1->1->1
|
||||
* 1->1->1 becomes .......
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
u8_t
|
||||
pbuf_free(struct pbuf *p)
|
||||
{
|
||||
u16_t type;
|
||||
struct pbuf *q;
|
||||
u8_t count;
|
||||
|
||||
if (p == NULL) {
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("p != NULL", p != NULL);
|
||||
/* if assertions are disabled, proceed with debug output */
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(PBUF_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SERIOUS,
|
||||
("pbuf_free(p == NULL) was called.\n"));
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(PBUF_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE, ("pbuf_free(%p)\n", (void *)p));
|
||||
|
||||
PERF_START;
|
||||
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("pbuf_free: sane type",
|
||||
p->type == PBUF_RAM || p->type == PBUF_ROM ||
|
||||
p->type == PBUF_REF || p->type == PBUF_POOL);
|
||||
|
||||
count = 0;
|
||||
/* de-allocate all consecutive pbufs from the head of the chain that
|
||||
* obtain a zero reference count after decrementing*/
|
||||
while (p != NULL) {
|
||||
u16_t ref;
|
||||
SYS_ARCH_DECL_PROTECT(old_level);
|
||||
/* Since decrementing ref cannot be guaranteed to be a single machine operation
|
||||
* we must protect it. We put the new ref into a local variable to prevent
|
||||
* further protection. */
|
||||
SYS_ARCH_PROTECT(old_level);
|
||||
/* all pbufs in a chain are referenced at least once */
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("pbuf_free: p->ref > 0", p->ref > 0);
|
||||
/* decrease reference count (number of pointers to pbuf) */
|
||||
ref = --(p->ref);
|
||||
SYS_ARCH_UNPROTECT(old_level);
|
||||
/* this pbuf is no longer referenced to? */
|
||||
if (ref == 0) {
|
||||
/* remember next pbuf in chain for next iteration */
|
||||
q = p->next;
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF( PBUF_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE, ("pbuf_free: deallocating %p\n", (void *)p));
|
||||
type = p->type;
|
||||
/* is this a pbuf from the pool? */
|
||||
if (type == PBUF_POOL) {
|
||||
memp_free(MEMP_PBUF_POOL, p);
|
||||
/* is this a ROM or RAM referencing pbuf? */
|
||||
} else if (type == PBUF_ROM || type == PBUF_REF) {
|
||||
memp_free(MEMP_PBUF, p);
|
||||
/* type == PBUF_RAM */
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
mem_free(p);
|
||||
}
|
||||
count++;
|
||||
/* proceed to next pbuf */
|
||||
p = q;
|
||||
/* p->ref > 0, this pbuf is still referenced to */
|
||||
/* (and so the remaining pbufs in chain as well) */
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF( PBUF_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE, ("pbuf_free: %p has ref %"U16_F", ending here.\n", (void *)p, ref));
|
||||
/* stop walking through the chain */
|
||||
p = NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
PERF_STOP("pbuf_free");
|
||||
/* return number of de-allocated pbufs */
|
||||
return count;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Count number of pbufs in a chain
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param p first pbuf of chain
|
||||
* @return the number of pbufs in a chain
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
u8_t
|
||||
pbuf_clen(struct pbuf *p)
|
||||
{
|
||||
u8_t len;
|
||||
|
||||
len = 0;
|
||||
while (p != NULL) {
|
||||
++len;
|
||||
p = p->next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return len;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Increment the reference count of the pbuf.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param p pbuf to increase reference counter of
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void
|
||||
pbuf_ref(struct pbuf *p)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SYS_ARCH_DECL_PROTECT(old_level);
|
||||
/* pbuf given? */
|
||||
if (p != NULL) {
|
||||
SYS_ARCH_PROTECT(old_level);
|
||||
++(p->ref);
|
||||
SYS_ARCH_UNPROTECT(old_level);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Concatenate two pbufs (each may be a pbuf chain) and take over
|
||||
* the caller's reference of the tail pbuf.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note The caller MAY NOT reference the tail pbuf afterwards.
|
||||
* Use pbuf_chain() for that purpose.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see pbuf_chain()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
void
|
||||
pbuf_cat(struct pbuf *h, struct pbuf *t)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct pbuf *p;
|
||||
|
||||
LWIP_ERROR("(h != NULL) && (t != NULL) (programmer violates API)",
|
||||
((h != NULL) && (t != NULL)), return;);
|
||||
|
||||
/* proceed to last pbuf of chain */
|
||||
for (p = h; p->next != NULL; p = p->next) {
|
||||
/* add total length of second chain to all totals of first chain */
|
||||
p->tot_len += t->tot_len;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* { p is last pbuf of first h chain, p->next == NULL } */
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("p->tot_len == p->len (of last pbuf in chain)", p->tot_len == p->len);
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("p->next == NULL", p->next == NULL);
|
||||
/* add total length of second chain to last pbuf total of first chain */
|
||||
p->tot_len += t->tot_len;
|
||||
/* chain last pbuf of head (p) with first of tail (t) */
|
||||
p->next = t;
|
||||
/* p->next now references t, but the caller will drop its reference to t,
|
||||
* so netto there is no change to the reference count of t.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Chain two pbufs (or pbuf chains) together.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The caller MUST call pbuf_free(t) once it has stopped
|
||||
* using it. Use pbuf_cat() instead if you no longer use t.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param h head pbuf (chain)
|
||||
* @param t tail pbuf (chain)
|
||||
* @note The pbufs MUST belong to the same packet.
|
||||
* @note MAY NOT be called on a packet queue.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The ->tot_len fields of all pbufs of the head chain are adjusted.
|
||||
* The ->next field of the last pbuf of the head chain is adjusted.
|
||||
* The ->ref field of the first pbuf of the tail chain is adjusted.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void
|
||||
pbuf_chain(struct pbuf *h, struct pbuf *t)
|
||||
{
|
||||
pbuf_cat(h, t);
|
||||
/* t is now referenced by h */
|
||||
pbuf_ref(t);
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(PBUF_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE, ("pbuf_chain: %p references %p\n", (void *)h, (void *)t));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Dechains the first pbuf from its succeeding pbufs in the chain.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Makes p->tot_len field equal to p->len.
|
||||
* @param p pbuf to dechain
|
||||
* @return remainder of the pbuf chain, or NULL if it was de-allocated.
|
||||
* @note May not be called on a packet queue.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct pbuf *
|
||||
pbuf_dechain(struct pbuf *p)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct pbuf *q;
|
||||
u8_t tail_gone = 1;
|
||||
/* tail */
|
||||
q = p->next;
|
||||
/* pbuf has successor in chain? */
|
||||
if (q != NULL) {
|
||||
/* assert tot_len invariant: (p->tot_len == p->len + (p->next? p->next->tot_len: 0) */
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("p->tot_len == p->len + q->tot_len", q->tot_len == p->tot_len - p->len);
|
||||
/* enforce invariant if assertion is disabled */
|
||||
q->tot_len = p->tot_len - p->len;
|
||||
/* decouple pbuf from remainder */
|
||||
p->next = NULL;
|
||||
/* total length of pbuf p is its own length only */
|
||||
p->tot_len = p->len;
|
||||
/* q is no longer referenced by p, free it */
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(PBUF_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE, ("pbuf_dechain: unreferencing %p\n", (void *)q));
|
||||
tail_gone = pbuf_free(q);
|
||||
if (tail_gone > 0) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(PBUF_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE,
|
||||
("pbuf_dechain: deallocated %p (as it is no longer referenced)\n", (void *)q));
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* return remaining tail or NULL if deallocated */
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* assert tot_len invariant: (p->tot_len == p->len + (p->next? p->next->tot_len: 0) */
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("p->tot_len == p->len", p->tot_len == p->len);
|
||||
return ((tail_gone > 0) ? NULL : q);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Create PBUF_RAM copies of pbufs.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Used to queue packets on behalf of the lwIP stack, such as
|
||||
* ARP based queueing.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note You MUST explicitly use p = pbuf_take(p);
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note Only one packet is copied, no packet queue!
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param p_to pbuf destination of the copy
|
||||
* @param p_from pbuf source of the copy
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return ERR_OK if pbuf was copied
|
||||
* ERR_ARG if one of the pbufs is NULL or p_to is not big
|
||||
* enough to hold p_from
|
||||
*/
|
||||
err_t
|
||||
pbuf_copy(struct pbuf *p_to, struct pbuf *p_from)
|
||||
{
|
||||
u16_t offset_to=0, offset_from=0, len;
|
||||
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(PBUF_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE, ("pbuf_copy(%p, %p)\n",
|
||||
(void*)p_to, (void*)p_from));
|
||||
|
||||
/* is the target big enough to hold the source? */
|
||||
LWIP_ERROR("pbuf_copy: target not big enough to hold source", ((p_to != NULL) &&
|
||||
(p_from != NULL) && (p_to->tot_len >= p_from->tot_len)), return ERR_ARG;);
|
||||
|
||||
/* iterate through pbuf chain */
|
||||
do
|
||||
{
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("p_to != NULL", p_to != NULL);
|
||||
/* copy one part of the original chain */
|
||||
if ((p_to->len - offset_to) >= (p_from->len - offset_from)) {
|
||||
/* complete current p_from fits into current p_to */
|
||||
len = p_from->len - offset_from;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
/* current p_from does not fit into current p_to */
|
||||
len = p_to->len - offset_to;
|
||||
}
|
||||
MEMCPY((u8_t*)p_to->payload + offset_to, (u8_t*)p_from->payload + offset_from, len);
|
||||
offset_to += len;
|
||||
offset_from += len;
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("offset_to <= p_to->len", offset_to <= p_to->len);
|
||||
if (offset_to == p_to->len) {
|
||||
/* on to next p_to (if any) */
|
||||
offset_to = 0;
|
||||
p_to = p_to->next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("offset_from <= p_from->len", offset_from <= p_from->len);
|
||||
if (offset_from >= p_from->len) {
|
||||
/* on to next p_from (if any) */
|
||||
offset_from = 0;
|
||||
p_from = p_from->next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if((p_from != NULL) && (p_from->len == p_from->tot_len)) {
|
||||
/* don't copy more than one packet! */
|
||||
LWIP_ERROR("pbuf_copy() does not allow packet queues!\n",
|
||||
(p_from->next == NULL), return ERR_VAL;);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if((p_to != NULL) && (p_to->len == p_to->tot_len)) {
|
||||
/* don't copy more than one packet! */
|
||||
LWIP_ERROR("pbuf_copy() does not allow packet queues!\n",
|
||||
(p_to->next == NULL), return ERR_VAL;);
|
||||
}
|
||||
} while (p_from);
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(PBUF_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE, ("pbuf_copy: end of chain reached.\n"));
|
||||
return ERR_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Copy (part of) the contents of a packet buffer
|
||||
* to an application supplied buffer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param buf the pbuf from which to copy data
|
||||
* @param dataptr the application supplied buffer
|
||||
* @param len length of data to copy (dataptr must be big enough). No more
|
||||
* than buf->tot_len will be copied, irrespective of len
|
||||
* @param offset offset into the packet buffer from where to begin copying len bytes
|
||||
* @return the number of bytes copied, or 0 on failure
|
||||
*/
|
||||
u16_t
|
||||
pbuf_copy_partial(struct pbuf *buf, void *dataptr, u16_t len, u16_t offset)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct pbuf *p;
|
||||
u16_t left;
|
||||
u16_t buf_copy_len;
|
||||
u16_t copied_total = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
LWIP_ERROR("pbuf_copy_partial: invalid buf", (buf != NULL), return 0;);
|
||||
LWIP_ERROR("pbuf_copy_partial: invalid dataptr", (dataptr != NULL), return 0;);
|
||||
|
||||
left = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
if((buf == NULL) || (dataptr == NULL)) {
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Note some systems use byte copy if dataptr or one of the pbuf payload pointers are unaligned. */
|
||||
for(p = buf; len != 0 && p != NULL; p = p->next) {
|
||||
if ((offset != 0) && (offset >= p->len)) {
|
||||
/* don't copy from this buffer -> on to the next */
|
||||
offset -= p->len;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
/* copy from this buffer. maybe only partially. */
|
||||
buf_copy_len = p->len - offset;
|
||||
if (buf_copy_len > len)
|
||||
buf_copy_len = len;
|
||||
/* copy the necessary parts of the buffer */
|
||||
MEMCPY(&((char*)dataptr)[left], &((char*)p->payload)[offset], buf_copy_len);
|
||||
copied_total += buf_copy_len;
|
||||
left += buf_copy_len;
|
||||
len -= buf_copy_len;
|
||||
offset = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return copied_total;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Copy application supplied data into a pbuf.
|
||||
* This function can only be used to copy the equivalent of buf->tot_len data.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param buf pbuf to fill with data
|
||||
* @param dataptr application supplied data buffer
|
||||
* @param len length of the application supplied data buffer
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return ERR_OK if successful, ERR_MEM if the pbuf is not big enough
|
||||
*/
|
||||
err_t
|
||||
pbuf_take(struct pbuf *buf, const void *dataptr, u16_t len)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct pbuf *p;
|
||||
u16_t buf_copy_len;
|
||||
u16_t total_copy_len = len;
|
||||
u16_t copied_total = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
LWIP_ERROR("pbuf_take: invalid buf", (buf != NULL), return 0;);
|
||||
LWIP_ERROR("pbuf_take: invalid dataptr", (dataptr != NULL), return 0;);
|
||||
|
||||
if ((buf == NULL) || (dataptr == NULL) || (buf->tot_len < len)) {
|
||||
return ERR_ARG;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Note some systems use byte copy if dataptr or one of the pbuf payload pointers are unaligned. */
|
||||
for(p = buf; total_copy_len != 0; p = p->next) {
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("pbuf_take: invalid pbuf", p != NULL);
|
||||
buf_copy_len = total_copy_len;
|
||||
if (buf_copy_len > p->len) {
|
||||
/* this pbuf cannot hold all remaining data */
|
||||
buf_copy_len = p->len;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* copy the necessary parts of the buffer */
|
||||
MEMCPY(p->payload, &((char*)dataptr)[copied_total], buf_copy_len);
|
||||
total_copy_len -= buf_copy_len;
|
||||
copied_total += buf_copy_len;
|
||||
}
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("did not copy all data", total_copy_len == 0 && copied_total == len);
|
||||
return ERR_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Creates a single pbuf out of a queue of pbufs.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @remark: The source pbuf 'p' is not freed by this function because that can
|
||||
* be illegal in some places!
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param p the source pbuf
|
||||
* @param layer pbuf_layer of the new pbuf
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return a new, single pbuf (p->next is NULL)
|
||||
* or the old pbuf if allocation fails
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct pbuf*
|
||||
pbuf_coalesce(struct pbuf *p, pbuf_layer layer)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct pbuf *q;
|
||||
err_t err;
|
||||
if (p->next == NULL) {
|
||||
return p;
|
||||
}
|
||||
q = pbuf_alloc(layer, p->tot_len, PBUF_RAM);
|
||||
if (q == NULL) {
|
||||
/* @todo: what do we do now? */
|
||||
return p;
|
||||
}
|
||||
err = pbuf_copy(q, p);
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("pbuf_copy failed", err == ERR_OK);
|
||||
pbuf_free(p);
|
||||
return q;
|
||||
}
|
@ -0,0 +1,355 @@
|
||||
/* This source file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* Implementation of raw protocol PCBs for low-level handling of
|
||||
* different types of protocols besides (or overriding) those
|
||||
* already available in lwIP.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
|
||||
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
|
||||
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
|
||||
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
|
||||
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
|
||||
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
|
||||
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
|
||||
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
|
||||
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/opt.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#if LWIP_RAW /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/def.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/memp.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/inet.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/ip_addr.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/netif.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/raw.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/stats.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/snmp.h"
|
||||
#include "arch/perf.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/** The list of RAW PCBs */
|
||||
static struct raw_pcb *raw_pcbs;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Determine if in incoming IP packet is covered by a RAW PCB
|
||||
* and if so, pass it to a user-provided receive callback function.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Given an incoming IP datagram (as a chain of pbufs) this function
|
||||
* finds a corresponding RAW PCB and calls the corresponding receive
|
||||
* callback function.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param p pbuf to be demultiplexed to a RAW PCB.
|
||||
* @param inp network interface on which the datagram was received.
|
||||
* @return - 1 if the packet has been eaten by a RAW PCB receive
|
||||
* callback function. The caller MAY NOT not reference the
|
||||
* packet any longer, and MAY NOT call pbuf_free().
|
||||
* @return - 0 if packet is not eaten (pbuf is still referenced by the
|
||||
* caller).
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
u8_t
|
||||
raw_input(struct pbuf *p, struct netif *inp)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct raw_pcb *pcb, *prev;
|
||||
struct ip_hdr *iphdr;
|
||||
s16_t proto;
|
||||
u8_t eaten = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
LWIP_UNUSED_ARG(inp);
|
||||
|
||||
iphdr = p->payload;
|
||||
proto = IPH_PROTO(iphdr);
|
||||
|
||||
prev = NULL;
|
||||
pcb = raw_pcbs;
|
||||
/* loop through all raw pcbs until the packet is eaten by one */
|
||||
/* this allows multiple pcbs to match against the packet by design */
|
||||
while ((eaten == 0) && (pcb != NULL)) {
|
||||
if (pcb->protocol == proto) {
|
||||
#if IP_SOF_BROADCAST_RECV
|
||||
/* broadcast filter? */
|
||||
if ((pcb->so_options & SOF_BROADCAST) || !ip_addr_isbroadcast(&(iphdr->dest), inp))
|
||||
#endif /* IP_SOF_BROADCAST_RECV */
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* receive callback function available? */
|
||||
if (pcb->recv != NULL) {
|
||||
/* the receive callback function did not eat the packet? */
|
||||
if (pcb->recv(pcb->recv_arg, pcb, p, &(iphdr->src)) != 0) {
|
||||
/* receive function ate the packet */
|
||||
p = NULL;
|
||||
eaten = 1;
|
||||
if (prev != NULL) {
|
||||
/* move the pcb to the front of raw_pcbs so that is
|
||||
found faster next time */
|
||||
prev->next = pcb->next;
|
||||
pcb->next = raw_pcbs;
|
||||
raw_pcbs = pcb;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* no receive callback function was set for this raw PCB */
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* drop the packet */
|
||||
}
|
||||
prev = pcb;
|
||||
pcb = pcb->next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return eaten;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Bind a RAW PCB.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param pcb RAW PCB to be bound with a local address ipaddr.
|
||||
* @param ipaddr local IP address to bind with. Use IP_ADDR_ANY to
|
||||
* bind to all local interfaces.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return lwIP error code.
|
||||
* - ERR_OK. Successful. No error occured.
|
||||
* - ERR_USE. The specified IP address is already bound to by
|
||||
* another RAW PCB.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see raw_disconnect()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
err_t
|
||||
raw_bind(struct raw_pcb *pcb, struct ip_addr *ipaddr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ip_addr_set(&pcb->local_ip, ipaddr);
|
||||
return ERR_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Connect an RAW PCB. This function is required by upper layers
|
||||
* of lwip. Using the raw api you could use raw_sendto() instead
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This will associate the RAW PCB with the remote address.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param pcb RAW PCB to be connected with remote address ipaddr and port.
|
||||
* @param ipaddr remote IP address to connect with.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return lwIP error code
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see raw_disconnect() and raw_sendto()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
err_t
|
||||
raw_connect(struct raw_pcb *pcb, struct ip_addr *ipaddr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ip_addr_set(&pcb->remote_ip, ipaddr);
|
||||
return ERR_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Set the callback function for received packets that match the
|
||||
* raw PCB's protocol and binding.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The callback function MUST either
|
||||
* - eat the packet by calling pbuf_free() and returning non-zero. The
|
||||
* packet will not be passed to other raw PCBs or other protocol layers.
|
||||
* - not free the packet, and return zero. The packet will be matched
|
||||
* against further PCBs and/or forwarded to another protocol layers.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return non-zero if the packet was free()d, zero if the packet remains
|
||||
* available for others.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void
|
||||
raw_recv(struct raw_pcb *pcb,
|
||||
u8_t (* recv)(void *arg, struct raw_pcb *upcb, struct pbuf *p,
|
||||
struct ip_addr *addr),
|
||||
void *recv_arg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* remember recv() callback and user data */
|
||||
pcb->recv = recv;
|
||||
pcb->recv_arg = recv_arg;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Send the raw IP packet to the given address. Note that actually you cannot
|
||||
* modify the IP headers (this is inconsistent with the receive callback where
|
||||
* you actually get the IP headers), you can only specify the IP payload here.
|
||||
* It requires some more changes in lwIP. (there will be a raw_send() function
|
||||
* then.)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param pcb the raw pcb which to send
|
||||
* @param p the IP payload to send
|
||||
* @param ipaddr the destination address of the IP packet
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
err_t
|
||||
raw_sendto(struct raw_pcb *pcb, struct pbuf *p, struct ip_addr *ipaddr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
err_t err;
|
||||
struct netif *netif;
|
||||
struct ip_addr *src_ip;
|
||||
struct pbuf *q; /* q will be sent down the stack */
|
||||
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(RAW_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE, ("raw_sendto\n"));
|
||||
|
||||
/* not enough space to add an IP header to first pbuf in given p chain? */
|
||||
if (pbuf_header(p, IP_HLEN)) {
|
||||
/* allocate header in new pbuf */
|
||||
q = pbuf_alloc(PBUF_IP, 0, PBUF_RAM);
|
||||
/* new header pbuf could not be allocated? */
|
||||
if (q == NULL) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(RAW_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SERIOUS, ("raw_sendto: could not allocate header\n"));
|
||||
return ERR_MEM;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* chain header q in front of given pbuf p */
|
||||
pbuf_chain(q, p);
|
||||
/* { first pbuf q points to header pbuf } */
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(RAW_DEBUG, ("raw_sendto: added header pbuf %p before given pbuf %p\n", (void *)q, (void *)p));
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
/* first pbuf q equals given pbuf */
|
||||
q = p;
|
||||
if(pbuf_header(q, -IP_HLEN)) {
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("Can't restore header we just removed!", 0);
|
||||
return ERR_MEM;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if ((netif = ip_route(ipaddr)) == NULL) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(RAW_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_WARNING, ("raw_sendto: No route to 0x%"X32_F"\n", ipaddr->addr));
|
||||
/* free any temporary header pbuf allocated by pbuf_header() */
|
||||
if (q != p) {
|
||||
pbuf_free(q);
|
||||
}
|
||||
return ERR_RTE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#if IP_SOF_BROADCAST
|
||||
/* broadcast filter? */
|
||||
if ( ((pcb->so_options & SOF_BROADCAST) == 0) && ip_addr_isbroadcast(ipaddr, netif) ) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(RAW_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_WARNING, ("raw_sendto: SOF_BROADCAST not enabled on pcb %p\n", (void *)pcb));
|
||||
/* free any temporary header pbuf allocated by pbuf_header() */
|
||||
if (q != p) {
|
||||
pbuf_free(q);
|
||||
}
|
||||
return ERR_VAL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* IP_SOF_BROADCAST */
|
||||
|
||||
if (ip_addr_isany(&pcb->local_ip)) {
|
||||
/* use outgoing network interface IP address as source address */
|
||||
src_ip = &(netif->ip_addr);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
/* use RAW PCB local IP address as source address */
|
||||
src_ip = &(pcb->local_ip);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#if LWIP_NETIF_HWADDRHINT
|
||||
netif->addr_hint = &(pcb->addr_hint);
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_HWADDRHINT*/
|
||||
err = ip_output_if (q, src_ip, ipaddr, pcb->ttl, pcb->tos, pcb->protocol, netif);
|
||||
#if LWIP_NETIF_HWADDRHINT
|
||||
netif->addr_hint = NULL;
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_HWADDRHINT*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* did we chain a header earlier? */
|
||||
if (q != p) {
|
||||
/* free the header */
|
||||
pbuf_free(q);
|
||||
}
|
||||
return err;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Send the raw IP packet to the address given by raw_connect()
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param pcb the raw pcb which to send
|
||||
* @param p the IP payload to send
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
err_t
|
||||
raw_send(struct raw_pcb *pcb, struct pbuf *p)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return raw_sendto(pcb, p, &pcb->remote_ip);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Remove an RAW PCB.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param pcb RAW PCB to be removed. The PCB is removed from the list of
|
||||
* RAW PCB's and the data structure is freed from memory.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see raw_new()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void
|
||||
raw_remove(struct raw_pcb *pcb)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct raw_pcb *pcb2;
|
||||
/* pcb to be removed is first in list? */
|
||||
if (raw_pcbs == pcb) {
|
||||
/* make list start at 2nd pcb */
|
||||
raw_pcbs = raw_pcbs->next;
|
||||
/* pcb not 1st in list */
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
for(pcb2 = raw_pcbs; pcb2 != NULL; pcb2 = pcb2->next) {
|
||||
/* find pcb in raw_pcbs list */
|
||||
if (pcb2->next != NULL && pcb2->next == pcb) {
|
||||
/* remove pcb from list */
|
||||
pcb2->next = pcb->next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
memp_free(MEMP_RAW_PCB, pcb);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Create a RAW PCB.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return The RAW PCB which was created. NULL if the PCB data structure
|
||||
* could not be allocated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param proto the protocol number of the IPs payload (e.g. IP_PROTO_ICMP)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see raw_remove()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct raw_pcb *
|
||||
raw_new(u8_t proto) {
|
||||
struct raw_pcb *pcb;
|
||||
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(RAW_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE, ("raw_new\n"));
|
||||
|
||||
pcb = memp_malloc(MEMP_RAW_PCB);
|
||||
/* could allocate RAW PCB? */
|
||||
if (pcb != NULL) {
|
||||
/* initialize PCB to all zeroes */
|
||||
memset(pcb, 0, sizeof(struct raw_pcb));
|
||||
pcb->protocol = proto;
|
||||
pcb->ttl = RAW_TTL;
|
||||
pcb->next = raw_pcbs;
|
||||
raw_pcbs = pcb;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return pcb;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_RAW */
|
@ -0,0 +1,151 @@
|
||||
/* This source file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* Statistics module
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
|
||||
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
|
||||
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
|
||||
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
|
||||
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
|
||||
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
|
||||
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
|
||||
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
|
||||
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/opt.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#if LWIP_STATS /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/def.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/stats.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/mem.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
|
||||
struct stats_ lwip_stats;
|
||||
|
||||
#if LWIP_STATS_DISPLAY
|
||||
void
|
||||
stats_display_proto(struct stats_proto *proto, char *name)
|
||||
{
|
||||
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("\n%s\n\t", name));
|
||||
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("xmit: %"STAT_COUNTER_F"\n\t", proto->xmit));
|
||||
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("recv: %"STAT_COUNTER_F"\n\t", proto->recv));
|
||||
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("fw: %"STAT_COUNTER_F"\n\t", proto->fw));
|
||||
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("drop: %"STAT_COUNTER_F"\n\t", proto->drop));
|
||||
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("chkerr: %"STAT_COUNTER_F"\n\t", proto->chkerr));
|
||||
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("lenerr: %"STAT_COUNTER_F"\n\t", proto->lenerr));
|
||||
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("memerr: %"STAT_COUNTER_F"\n\t", proto->memerr));
|
||||
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("rterr: %"STAT_COUNTER_F"\n\t", proto->rterr));
|
||||
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("proterr: %"STAT_COUNTER_F"\n\t", proto->proterr));
|
||||
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("opterr: %"STAT_COUNTER_F"\n\t", proto->opterr));
|
||||
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("err: %"STAT_COUNTER_F"\n\t", proto->err));
|
||||
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("cachehit: %"STAT_COUNTER_F"\n", proto->cachehit));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#if IGMP_STATS
|
||||
void
|
||||
stats_display_igmp(struct stats_igmp *igmp)
|
||||
{
|
||||
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("\nIGMP\n\t"));
|
||||
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("lenerr: %"STAT_COUNTER_F"\n\t", igmp->lenerr));
|
||||
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("chkerr: %"STAT_COUNTER_F"\n\t", igmp->chkerr));
|
||||
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("v1_rxed: %"STAT_COUNTER_F"\n\t", igmp->v1_rxed));
|
||||
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("join_sent: %"STAT_COUNTER_F"\n\t", igmp->join_sent));
|
||||
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("leave_sent: %"STAT_COUNTER_F"\n\t", igmp->leave_sent));
|
||||
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("unicast_query: %"STAT_COUNTER_F"\n\t", igmp->unicast_query));
|
||||
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("report_sent: %"STAT_COUNTER_F"\n\t", igmp->report_sent));
|
||||
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("report_rxed: %"STAT_COUNTER_F"\n\t", igmp->report_rxed));
|
||||
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("group_query_rxed: %"STAT_COUNTER_F"\n", igmp->group_query_rxed));
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* IGMP_STATS */
|
||||
|
||||
#if MEM_STATS || MEMP_STATS
|
||||
void
|
||||
stats_display_mem(struct stats_mem *mem, char *name)
|
||||
{
|
||||
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("\nMEM %s\n\t", name));
|
||||
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("avail: %"U32_F"\n\t", (u32_t)mem->avail));
|
||||
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("used: %"U32_F"\n\t", (u32_t)mem->used));
|
||||
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("max: %"U32_F"\n\t", (u32_t)mem->max));
|
||||
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("err: %"U32_F"\n", (u32_t)mem->err));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#if MEMP_STATS
|
||||
void
|
||||
stats_display_memp(struct stats_mem *mem, int index)
|
||||
{
|
||||
char * memp_names[] = {
|
||||
#define LWIP_MEMPOOL(name,num,size,desc) desc,
|
||||
#include "lwip/memp_std.h"
|
||||
};
|
||||
if(index < MEMP_MAX) {
|
||||
stats_display_mem(mem, memp_names[index]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* MEMP_STATS */
|
||||
#endif /* MEM_STATS || MEMP_STATS */
|
||||
|
||||
#if SYS_STATS
|
||||
void
|
||||
stats_display_sys(struct stats_sys *sys)
|
||||
{
|
||||
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("\nSYS\n\t"));
|
||||
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("sem.used: %"U32_F"\n\t", (u32_t)sys->sem.used));
|
||||
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("sem.max: %"U32_F"\n\t", (u32_t)sys->sem.max));
|
||||
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("sem.err: %"U32_F"\n\t", (u32_t)sys->sem.err));
|
||||
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("mbox.used: %"U32_F"\n\t", (u32_t)sys->mbox.used));
|
||||
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("mbox.max: %"U32_F"\n\t", (u32_t)sys->mbox.max));
|
||||
LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("mbox.err: %"U32_F"\n\t", (u32_t)sys->mbox.err));
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* SYS_STATS */
|
||||
|
||||
void
|
||||
stats_display(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
s16_t i;
|
||||
|
||||
LINK_STATS_DISPLAY();
|
||||
ETHARP_STATS_DISPLAY();
|
||||
IPFRAG_STATS_DISPLAY();
|
||||
IP_STATS_DISPLAY();
|
||||
IGMP_STATS_DISPLAY();
|
||||
ICMP_STATS_DISPLAY();
|
||||
UDP_STATS_DISPLAY();
|
||||
TCP_STATS_DISPLAY();
|
||||
MEM_STATS_DISPLAY();
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < MEMP_MAX; i++) {
|
||||
MEMP_STATS_DISPLAY(i);
|
||||
}
|
||||
SYS_STATS_DISPLAY();
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_STATS_DISPLAY */
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_STATS */
|
||||
|
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@ -0,0 +1,843 @@
|
||||
/* This source file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* User Datagram Protocol module
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
|
||||
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
|
||||
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
|
||||
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
|
||||
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
|
||||
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
|
||||
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
|
||||
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
|
||||
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* udp.c
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The code for the User Datagram Protocol UDP & UDPLite (RFC 3828).
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* @todo Check the use of '(struct udp_pcb).chksum_len_rx'!
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/opt.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#if LWIP_UDP /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/udp.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/def.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/memp.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/inet.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/inet_chksum.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/ip_addr.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/netif.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/icmp.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/stats.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/snmp.h"
|
||||
#include "arch/perf.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/dhcp.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* The list of UDP PCBs */
|
||||
/* exported in udp.h (was static) */
|
||||
struct udp_pcb *udp_pcbs;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Process an incoming UDP datagram.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Given an incoming UDP datagram (as a chain of pbufs) this function
|
||||
* finds a corresponding UDP PCB and hands over the pbuf to the pcbs
|
||||
* recv function. If no pcb is found or the datagram is incorrect, the
|
||||
* pbuf is freed.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param p pbuf to be demultiplexed to a UDP PCB.
|
||||
* @param inp network interface on which the datagram was received.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void
|
||||
udp_input(struct pbuf *p, struct netif *inp)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct udp_hdr *udphdr;
|
||||
struct udp_pcb *pcb, *prev;
|
||||
struct udp_pcb *uncon_pcb;
|
||||
struct ip_hdr *iphdr;
|
||||
u16_t src, dest;
|
||||
u8_t local_match;
|
||||
u8_t broadcast;
|
||||
|
||||
PERF_START;
|
||||
|
||||
UDP_STATS_INC(udp.recv);
|
||||
|
||||
iphdr = p->payload;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check minimum length (IP header + UDP header)
|
||||
* and move payload pointer to UDP header */
|
||||
if (p->tot_len < (IPH_HL(iphdr) * 4 + UDP_HLEN) || pbuf_header(p, -(s16_t)(IPH_HL(iphdr) * 4))) {
|
||||
/* drop short packets */
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG,
|
||||
("udp_input: short UDP datagram (%"U16_F" bytes) discarded\n", p->tot_len));
|
||||
UDP_STATS_INC(udp.lenerr);
|
||||
UDP_STATS_INC(udp.drop);
|
||||
snmp_inc_udpinerrors();
|
||||
pbuf_free(p);
|
||||
goto end;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
udphdr = (struct udp_hdr *)p->payload;
|
||||
|
||||
/* is broadcast packet ? */
|
||||
broadcast = ip_addr_isbroadcast(&(iphdr->dest), inp);
|
||||
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG, ("udp_input: received datagram of length %"U16_F"\n", p->tot_len));
|
||||
|
||||
/* convert src and dest ports to host byte order */
|
||||
src = ntohs(udphdr->src);
|
||||
dest = ntohs(udphdr->dest);
|
||||
|
||||
udp_debug_print(udphdr);
|
||||
|
||||
/* print the UDP source and destination */
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG,
|
||||
("udp (%"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F", %"U16_F") <-- "
|
||||
"(%"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F", %"U16_F")\n",
|
||||
ip4_addr1(&iphdr->dest), ip4_addr2(&iphdr->dest),
|
||||
ip4_addr3(&iphdr->dest), ip4_addr4(&iphdr->dest), ntohs(udphdr->dest),
|
||||
ip4_addr1(&iphdr->src), ip4_addr2(&iphdr->src),
|
||||
ip4_addr3(&iphdr->src), ip4_addr4(&iphdr->src), ntohs(udphdr->src)));
|
||||
|
||||
#if LWIP_DHCP
|
||||
pcb = NULL;
|
||||
/* when LWIP_DHCP is active, packets to DHCP_CLIENT_PORT may only be processed by
|
||||
the dhcp module, no other UDP pcb may use the local UDP port DHCP_CLIENT_PORT */
|
||||
if (dest == DHCP_CLIENT_PORT) {
|
||||
/* all packets for DHCP_CLIENT_PORT not coming from DHCP_SERVER_PORT are dropped! */
|
||||
if (src == DHCP_SERVER_PORT) {
|
||||
if ((inp->dhcp != NULL) && (inp->dhcp->pcb != NULL)) {
|
||||
/* accept the packe if
|
||||
(- broadcast or directed to us) -> DHCP is link-layer-addressed, local ip is always ANY!
|
||||
- inp->dhcp->pcb->remote == ANY or iphdr->src */
|
||||
if ((ip_addr_isany(&inp->dhcp->pcb->remote_ip) ||
|
||||
ip_addr_cmp(&(inp->dhcp->pcb->remote_ip), &(iphdr->src)))) {
|
||||
pcb = inp->dhcp->pcb;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_DHCP */
|
||||
{
|
||||
prev = NULL;
|
||||
local_match = 0;
|
||||
uncon_pcb = NULL;
|
||||
/* Iterate through the UDP pcb list for a matching pcb.
|
||||
* 'Perfect match' pcbs (connected to the remote port & ip address) are
|
||||
* preferred. If no perfect match is found, the first unconnected pcb that
|
||||
* matches the local port and ip address gets the datagram. */
|
||||
for (pcb = udp_pcbs; pcb != NULL; pcb = pcb->next) {
|
||||
local_match = 0;
|
||||
/* print the PCB local and remote address */
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG,
|
||||
("pcb (%"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F", %"U16_F") --- "
|
||||
"(%"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F", %"U16_F")\n",
|
||||
ip4_addr1(&pcb->local_ip), ip4_addr2(&pcb->local_ip),
|
||||
ip4_addr3(&pcb->local_ip), ip4_addr4(&pcb->local_ip), pcb->local_port,
|
||||
ip4_addr1(&pcb->remote_ip), ip4_addr2(&pcb->remote_ip),
|
||||
ip4_addr3(&pcb->remote_ip), ip4_addr4(&pcb->remote_ip), pcb->remote_port));
|
||||
|
||||
/* compare PCB local addr+port to UDP destination addr+port */
|
||||
if ((pcb->local_port == dest) &&
|
||||
((!broadcast && ip_addr_isany(&pcb->local_ip)) ||
|
||||
ip_addr_cmp(&(pcb->local_ip), &(iphdr->dest)) ||
|
||||
#if LWIP_IGMP
|
||||
ip_addr_ismulticast(&(iphdr->dest)) ||
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_IGMP */
|
||||
#if IP_SOF_BROADCAST_RECV
|
||||
(broadcast && (pcb->so_options & SOF_BROADCAST)))) {
|
||||
#else /* IP_SOF_BROADCAST_RECV */
|
||||
(broadcast))) {
|
||||
#endif /* IP_SOF_BROADCAST_RECV */
|
||||
local_match = 1;
|
||||
if ((uncon_pcb == NULL) &&
|
||||
((pcb->flags & UDP_FLAGS_CONNECTED) == 0)) {
|
||||
/* the first unconnected matching PCB */
|
||||
uncon_pcb = pcb;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* compare PCB remote addr+port to UDP source addr+port */
|
||||
if ((local_match != 0) &&
|
||||
(pcb->remote_port == src) &&
|
||||
(ip_addr_isany(&pcb->remote_ip) ||
|
||||
ip_addr_cmp(&(pcb->remote_ip), &(iphdr->src)))) {
|
||||
/* the first fully matching PCB */
|
||||
if (prev != NULL) {
|
||||
/* move the pcb to the front of udp_pcbs so that is
|
||||
found faster next time */
|
||||
prev->next = pcb->next;
|
||||
pcb->next = udp_pcbs;
|
||||
udp_pcbs = pcb;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
UDP_STATS_INC(udp.cachehit);
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
prev = pcb;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* no fully matching pcb found? then look for an unconnected pcb */
|
||||
if (pcb == NULL) {
|
||||
pcb = uncon_pcb;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check checksum if this is a match or if it was directed at us. */
|
||||
if (pcb != NULL || ip_addr_cmp(&inp->ip_addr, &iphdr->dest)) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE, ("udp_input: calculating checksum\n"));
|
||||
#if LWIP_UDPLITE
|
||||
if (IPH_PROTO(iphdr) == IP_PROTO_UDPLITE) {
|
||||
/* Do the UDP Lite checksum */
|
||||
#if CHECKSUM_CHECK_UDP
|
||||
u16_t chklen = ntohs(udphdr->len);
|
||||
if (chklen < sizeof(struct udp_hdr)) {
|
||||
if (chklen == 0) {
|
||||
/* For UDP-Lite, checksum length of 0 means checksum
|
||||
over the complete packet (See RFC 3828 chap. 3.1) */
|
||||
chklen = p->tot_len;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
/* At least the UDP-Lite header must be covered by the
|
||||
checksum! (Again, see RFC 3828 chap. 3.1) */
|
||||
UDP_STATS_INC(udp.chkerr);
|
||||
UDP_STATS_INC(udp.drop);
|
||||
snmp_inc_udpinerrors();
|
||||
pbuf_free(p);
|
||||
goto end;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (inet_chksum_pseudo_partial(p, (struct ip_addr *)&(iphdr->src),
|
||||
(struct ip_addr *)&(iphdr->dest),
|
||||
IP_PROTO_UDPLITE, p->tot_len, chklen) != 0) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SERIOUS,
|
||||
("udp_input: UDP Lite datagram discarded due to failing checksum\n"));
|
||||
UDP_STATS_INC(udp.chkerr);
|
||||
UDP_STATS_INC(udp.drop);
|
||||
snmp_inc_udpinerrors();
|
||||
pbuf_free(p);
|
||||
goto end;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* CHECKSUM_CHECK_UDP */
|
||||
} else
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_UDPLITE */
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if CHECKSUM_CHECK_UDP
|
||||
if (udphdr->chksum != 0) {
|
||||
if (inet_chksum_pseudo(p, (struct ip_addr *)&(iphdr->src),
|
||||
(struct ip_addr *)&(iphdr->dest),
|
||||
IP_PROTO_UDP, p->tot_len) != 0) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SERIOUS,
|
||||
("udp_input: UDP datagram discarded due to failing checksum\n"));
|
||||
UDP_STATS_INC(udp.chkerr);
|
||||
UDP_STATS_INC(udp.drop);
|
||||
snmp_inc_udpinerrors();
|
||||
pbuf_free(p);
|
||||
goto end;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* CHECKSUM_CHECK_UDP */
|
||||
}
|
||||
if(pbuf_header(p, -UDP_HLEN)) {
|
||||
/* Can we cope with this failing? Just assert for now */
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("pbuf_header failed\n", 0);
|
||||
UDP_STATS_INC(udp.drop);
|
||||
snmp_inc_udpinerrors();
|
||||
pbuf_free(p);
|
||||
goto end;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (pcb != NULL) {
|
||||
snmp_inc_udpindatagrams();
|
||||
/* callback */
|
||||
if (pcb->recv != NULL) {
|
||||
/* now the recv function is responsible for freeing p */
|
||||
pcb->recv(pcb->recv_arg, pcb, p, &iphdr->src, src);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
/* no recv function registered? then we have to free the pbuf! */
|
||||
pbuf_free(p);
|
||||
goto end;
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE, ("udp_input: not for us.\n"));
|
||||
|
||||
#if LWIP_ICMP
|
||||
/* No match was found, send ICMP destination port unreachable unless
|
||||
destination address was broadcast/multicast. */
|
||||
if (!broadcast &&
|
||||
!ip_addr_ismulticast(&iphdr->dest)) {
|
||||
/* move payload pointer back to ip header */
|
||||
pbuf_header(p, (IPH_HL(iphdr) * 4) + UDP_HLEN);
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("p->payload == iphdr", (p->payload == iphdr));
|
||||
icmp_dest_unreach(p, ICMP_DUR_PORT);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_ICMP */
|
||||
UDP_STATS_INC(udp.proterr);
|
||||
UDP_STATS_INC(udp.drop);
|
||||
snmp_inc_udpnoports();
|
||||
pbuf_free(p);
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
pbuf_free(p);
|
||||
}
|
||||
end:
|
||||
PERF_STOP("udp_input");
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Send data using UDP.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param pcb UDP PCB used to send the data.
|
||||
* @param p chain of pbuf's to be sent.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The datagram will be sent to the current remote_ip & remote_port
|
||||
* stored in pcb. If the pcb is not bound to a port, it will
|
||||
* automatically be bound to a random port.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return lwIP error code.
|
||||
* - ERR_OK. Successful. No error occured.
|
||||
* - ERR_MEM. Out of memory.
|
||||
* - ERR_RTE. Could not find route to destination address.
|
||||
* - More errors could be returned by lower protocol layers.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see udp_disconnect() udp_sendto()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
err_t
|
||||
udp_send(struct udp_pcb *pcb, struct pbuf *p)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* send to the packet using remote ip and port stored in the pcb */
|
||||
return udp_sendto(pcb, p, &pcb->remote_ip, pcb->remote_port);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Send data to a specified address using UDP.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param pcb UDP PCB used to send the data.
|
||||
* @param p chain of pbuf's to be sent.
|
||||
* @param dst_ip Destination IP address.
|
||||
* @param dst_port Destination UDP port.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* dst_ip & dst_port are expected to be in the same byte order as in the pcb.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If the PCB already has a remote address association, it will
|
||||
* be restored after the data is sent.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return lwIP error code (@see udp_send for possible error codes)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see udp_disconnect() udp_send()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
err_t
|
||||
udp_sendto(struct udp_pcb *pcb, struct pbuf *p,
|
||||
struct ip_addr *dst_ip, u16_t dst_port)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct netif *netif;
|
||||
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE, ("udp_send\n"));
|
||||
|
||||
/* find the outgoing network interface for this packet */
|
||||
#if LWIP_IGMP
|
||||
netif = ip_route((ip_addr_ismulticast(dst_ip))?(&(pcb->multicast_ip)):(dst_ip));
|
||||
#else
|
||||
netif = ip_route(dst_ip);
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_IGMP */
|
||||
|
||||
/* no outgoing network interface could be found? */
|
||||
if (netif == NULL) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SERIOUS, ("udp_send: No route to 0x%"X32_F"\n", dst_ip->addr));
|
||||
UDP_STATS_INC(udp.rterr);
|
||||
return ERR_RTE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return udp_sendto_if(pcb, p, dst_ip, dst_port, netif);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Send data to a specified address using UDP.
|
||||
* The netif used for sending can be specified.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This function exists mainly for DHCP, to be able to send UDP packets
|
||||
* on a netif that is still down.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param pcb UDP PCB used to send the data.
|
||||
* @param p chain of pbuf's to be sent.
|
||||
* @param dst_ip Destination IP address.
|
||||
* @param dst_port Destination UDP port.
|
||||
* @param netif the netif used for sending.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* dst_ip & dst_port are expected to be in the same byte order as in the pcb.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return lwIP error code (@see udp_send for possible error codes)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see udp_disconnect() udp_send()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
err_t
|
||||
udp_sendto_if(struct udp_pcb *pcb, struct pbuf *p,
|
||||
struct ip_addr *dst_ip, u16_t dst_port, struct netif *netif)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct udp_hdr *udphdr;
|
||||
struct ip_addr *src_ip;
|
||||
err_t err;
|
||||
struct pbuf *q; /* q will be sent down the stack */
|
||||
|
||||
#if IP_SOF_BROADCAST
|
||||
/* broadcast filter? */
|
||||
if ( ((pcb->so_options & SOF_BROADCAST) == 0) && ip_addr_isbroadcast(dst_ip, netif) ) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SERIOUS,
|
||||
("udp_sendto_if: SOF_BROADCAST not enabled on pcb %p\n", (void *)pcb));
|
||||
return ERR_VAL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* IP_SOF_BROADCAST */
|
||||
|
||||
/* if the PCB is not yet bound to a port, bind it here */
|
||||
if (pcb->local_port == 0) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE, ("udp_send: not yet bound to a port, binding now\n"));
|
||||
err = udp_bind(pcb, &pcb->local_ip, pcb->local_port);
|
||||
if (err != ERR_OK) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SERIOUS, ("udp_send: forced port bind failed\n"));
|
||||
return err;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* not enough space to add an UDP header to first pbuf in given p chain? */
|
||||
if (pbuf_header(p, UDP_HLEN)) {
|
||||
/* allocate header in a separate new pbuf */
|
||||
q = pbuf_alloc(PBUF_IP, UDP_HLEN, PBUF_RAM);
|
||||
/* new header pbuf could not be allocated? */
|
||||
if (q == NULL) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SERIOUS, ("udp_send: could not allocate header\n"));
|
||||
return ERR_MEM;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* chain header q in front of given pbuf p */
|
||||
pbuf_chain(q, p);
|
||||
/* first pbuf q points to header pbuf */
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG,
|
||||
("udp_send: added header pbuf %p before given pbuf %p\n", (void *)q, (void *)p));
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
/* adding space for header within p succeeded */
|
||||
/* first pbuf q equals given pbuf */
|
||||
q = p;
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG, ("udp_send: added header in given pbuf %p\n", (void *)p));
|
||||
}
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("check that first pbuf can hold struct udp_hdr",
|
||||
(q->len >= sizeof(struct udp_hdr)));
|
||||
/* q now represents the packet to be sent */
|
||||
udphdr = q->payload;
|
||||
udphdr->src = htons(pcb->local_port);
|
||||
udphdr->dest = htons(dst_port);
|
||||
/* in UDP, 0 checksum means 'no checksum' */
|
||||
udphdr->chksum = 0x0000;
|
||||
|
||||
/* PCB local address is IP_ANY_ADDR? */
|
||||
if (ip_addr_isany(&pcb->local_ip)) {
|
||||
/* use outgoing network interface IP address as source address */
|
||||
src_ip = &(netif->ip_addr);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
/* check if UDP PCB local IP address is correct
|
||||
* this could be an old address if netif->ip_addr has changed */
|
||||
if (!ip_addr_cmp(&(pcb->local_ip), &(netif->ip_addr))) {
|
||||
/* local_ip doesn't match, drop the packet */
|
||||
if (q != p) {
|
||||
/* free the header pbuf */
|
||||
pbuf_free(q);
|
||||
q = NULL;
|
||||
/* p is still referenced by the caller, and will live on */
|
||||
}
|
||||
return ERR_VAL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* use UDP PCB local IP address as source address */
|
||||
src_ip = &(pcb->local_ip);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG, ("udp_send: sending datagram of length %"U16_F"\n", q->tot_len));
|
||||
|
||||
#if LWIP_UDPLITE
|
||||
/* UDP Lite protocol? */
|
||||
if (pcb->flags & UDP_FLAGS_UDPLITE) {
|
||||
u16_t chklen, chklen_hdr;
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG, ("udp_send: UDP LITE packet length %"U16_F"\n", q->tot_len));
|
||||
/* set UDP message length in UDP header */
|
||||
chklen_hdr = chklen = pcb->chksum_len_tx;
|
||||
if ((chklen < sizeof(struct udp_hdr)) || (chklen > q->tot_len)) {
|
||||
if (chklen != 0) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG, ("udp_send: UDP LITE pcb->chksum_len is illegal: %"U16_F"\n", chklen));
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* For UDP-Lite, checksum length of 0 means checksum
|
||||
over the complete packet. (See RFC 3828 chap. 3.1)
|
||||
At least the UDP-Lite header must be covered by the
|
||||
checksum, therefore, if chksum_len has an illegal
|
||||
value, we generate the checksum over the complete
|
||||
packet to be safe. */
|
||||
chklen_hdr = 0;
|
||||
chklen = q->tot_len;
|
||||
}
|
||||
udphdr->len = htons(chklen_hdr);
|
||||
/* calculate checksum */
|
||||
#if CHECKSUM_GEN_UDP
|
||||
udphdr->chksum = inet_chksum_pseudo_partial(q, src_ip, dst_ip,
|
||||
IP_PROTO_UDPLITE, q->tot_len, chklen);
|
||||
/* chksum zero must become 0xffff, as zero means 'no checksum' */
|
||||
if (udphdr->chksum == 0x0000)
|
||||
udphdr->chksum = 0xffff;
|
||||
#endif /* CHECKSUM_CHECK_UDP */
|
||||
/* output to IP */
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG, ("udp_send: ip_output_if (,,,,IP_PROTO_UDPLITE,)\n"));
|
||||
#if LWIP_NETIF_HWADDRHINT
|
||||
netif->addr_hint = &(pcb->addr_hint);
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_HWADDRHINT*/
|
||||
err = ip_output_if(q, src_ip, dst_ip, pcb->ttl, pcb->tos, IP_PROTO_UDPLITE, netif);
|
||||
#if LWIP_NETIF_HWADDRHINT
|
||||
netif->addr_hint = NULL;
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_HWADDRHINT*/
|
||||
} else
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_UDPLITE */
|
||||
{ /* UDP */
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG, ("udp_send: UDP packet length %"U16_F"\n", q->tot_len));
|
||||
udphdr->len = htons(q->tot_len);
|
||||
/* calculate checksum */
|
||||
#if CHECKSUM_GEN_UDP
|
||||
if ((pcb->flags & UDP_FLAGS_NOCHKSUM) == 0) {
|
||||
udphdr->chksum = inet_chksum_pseudo(q, src_ip, dst_ip, IP_PROTO_UDP, q->tot_len);
|
||||
/* chksum zero must become 0xffff, as zero means 'no checksum' */
|
||||
if (udphdr->chksum == 0x0000) udphdr->chksum = 0xffff;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* CHECKSUM_CHECK_UDP */
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG, ("udp_send: UDP checksum 0x%04"X16_F"\n", udphdr->chksum));
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG, ("udp_send: ip_output_if (,,,,IP_PROTO_UDP,)\n"));
|
||||
/* output to IP */
|
||||
#if LWIP_NETIF_HWADDRHINT
|
||||
netif->addr_hint = &(pcb->addr_hint);
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_HWADDRHINT*/
|
||||
err = ip_output_if(q, src_ip, dst_ip, pcb->ttl, pcb->tos, IP_PROTO_UDP, netif);
|
||||
#if LWIP_NETIF_HWADDRHINT
|
||||
netif->addr_hint = NULL;
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_HWADDRHINT*/
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* TODO: must this be increased even if error occured? */
|
||||
snmp_inc_udpoutdatagrams();
|
||||
|
||||
/* did we chain a separate header pbuf earlier? */
|
||||
if (q != p) {
|
||||
/* free the header pbuf */
|
||||
pbuf_free(q);
|
||||
q = NULL;
|
||||
/* p is still referenced by the caller, and will live on */
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
UDP_STATS_INC(udp.xmit);
|
||||
return err;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Bind an UDP PCB.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param pcb UDP PCB to be bound with a local address ipaddr and port.
|
||||
* @param ipaddr local IP address to bind with. Use IP_ADDR_ANY to
|
||||
* bind to all local interfaces.
|
||||
* @param port local UDP port to bind with. Use 0 to automatically bind
|
||||
* to a random port between UDP_LOCAL_PORT_RANGE_START and
|
||||
* UDP_LOCAL_PORT_RANGE_END.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ipaddr & port are expected to be in the same byte order as in the pcb.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return lwIP error code.
|
||||
* - ERR_OK. Successful. No error occured.
|
||||
* - ERR_USE. The specified ipaddr and port are already bound to by
|
||||
* another UDP PCB.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see udp_disconnect()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
err_t
|
||||
udp_bind(struct udp_pcb *pcb, struct ip_addr *ipaddr, u16_t port)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct udp_pcb *ipcb;
|
||||
u8_t rebind;
|
||||
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE, ("udp_bind(ipaddr = "));
|
||||
ip_addr_debug_print(UDP_DEBUG, ipaddr);
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE, (", port = %"U16_F")\n", port));
|
||||
|
||||
rebind = 0;
|
||||
/* Check for double bind and rebind of the same pcb */
|
||||
for (ipcb = udp_pcbs; ipcb != NULL; ipcb = ipcb->next) {
|
||||
/* is this UDP PCB already on active list? */
|
||||
if (pcb == ipcb) {
|
||||
/* pcb may occur at most once in active list */
|
||||
LWIP_ASSERT("rebind == 0", rebind == 0);
|
||||
/* pcb already in list, just rebind */
|
||||
rebind = 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* this code does not allow upper layer to share a UDP port for
|
||||
listening to broadcast or multicast traffic (See SO_REUSE_ADDR and
|
||||
SO_REUSE_PORT under *BSD). TODO: See where it fits instead, OR
|
||||
combine with implementation of UDP PCB flags. Leon Woestenberg. */
|
||||
#ifdef LWIP_UDP_TODO
|
||||
/* port matches that of PCB in list? */
|
||||
else
|
||||
if ((ipcb->local_port == port) &&
|
||||
/* IP address matches, or one is IP_ADDR_ANY? */
|
||||
(ip_addr_isany(&(ipcb->local_ip)) ||
|
||||
ip_addr_isany(ipaddr) ||
|
||||
ip_addr_cmp(&(ipcb->local_ip), ipaddr))) {
|
||||
/* other PCB already binds to this local IP and port */
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG,
|
||||
("udp_bind: local port %"U16_F" already bound by another pcb\n", port));
|
||||
return ERR_USE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
ip_addr_set(&pcb->local_ip, ipaddr);
|
||||
|
||||
/* no port specified? */
|
||||
if (port == 0) {
|
||||
#ifndef UDP_LOCAL_PORT_RANGE_START
|
||||
#define UDP_LOCAL_PORT_RANGE_START 4096
|
||||
#define UDP_LOCAL_PORT_RANGE_END 0x7fff
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
port = UDP_LOCAL_PORT_RANGE_START;
|
||||
ipcb = udp_pcbs;
|
||||
while ((ipcb != NULL) && (port != UDP_LOCAL_PORT_RANGE_END)) {
|
||||
if (ipcb->local_port == port) {
|
||||
/* port is already used by another udp_pcb */
|
||||
port++;
|
||||
/* restart scanning all udp pcbs */
|
||||
ipcb = udp_pcbs;
|
||||
} else
|
||||
/* go on with next udp pcb */
|
||||
ipcb = ipcb->next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (ipcb != NULL) {
|
||||
/* no more ports available in local range */
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG, ("udp_bind: out of free UDP ports\n"));
|
||||
return ERR_USE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
pcb->local_port = port;
|
||||
snmp_insert_udpidx_tree(pcb);
|
||||
/* pcb not active yet? */
|
||||
if (rebind == 0) {
|
||||
/* place the PCB on the active list if not already there */
|
||||
pcb->next = udp_pcbs;
|
||||
udp_pcbs = pcb;
|
||||
}
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE | LWIP_DBG_STATE,
|
||||
("udp_bind: bound to %"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F", port %"U16_F"\n",
|
||||
(u16_t)((ntohl(pcb->local_ip.addr) >> 24) & 0xff),
|
||||
(u16_t)((ntohl(pcb->local_ip.addr) >> 16) & 0xff),
|
||||
(u16_t)((ntohl(pcb->local_ip.addr) >> 8) & 0xff),
|
||||
(u16_t)(ntohl(pcb->local_ip.addr) & 0xff), pcb->local_port));
|
||||
return ERR_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Connect an UDP PCB.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This will associate the UDP PCB with the remote address.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param pcb UDP PCB to be connected with remote address ipaddr and port.
|
||||
* @param ipaddr remote IP address to connect with.
|
||||
* @param port remote UDP port to connect with.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return lwIP error code
|
||||
*
|
||||
* ipaddr & port are expected to be in the same byte order as in the pcb.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The udp pcb is bound to a random local port if not already bound.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see udp_disconnect()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
err_t
|
||||
udp_connect(struct udp_pcb *pcb, struct ip_addr *ipaddr, u16_t port)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct udp_pcb *ipcb;
|
||||
|
||||
if (pcb->local_port == 0) {
|
||||
err_t err = udp_bind(pcb, &pcb->local_ip, pcb->local_port);
|
||||
if (err != ERR_OK)
|
||||
return err;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
ip_addr_set(&pcb->remote_ip, ipaddr);
|
||||
pcb->remote_port = port;
|
||||
pcb->flags |= UDP_FLAGS_CONNECTED;
|
||||
/** TODO: this functionality belongs in upper layers */
|
||||
#ifdef LWIP_UDP_TODO
|
||||
/* Nail down local IP for netconn_addr()/getsockname() */
|
||||
if (ip_addr_isany(&pcb->local_ip) && !ip_addr_isany(&pcb->remote_ip)) {
|
||||
struct netif *netif;
|
||||
|
||||
if ((netif = ip_route(&(pcb->remote_ip))) == NULL) {
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG, ("udp_connect: No route to 0x%lx\n", pcb->remote_ip.addr));
|
||||
UDP_STATS_INC(udp.rterr);
|
||||
return ERR_RTE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/** TODO: this will bind the udp pcb locally, to the interface which
|
||||
is used to route output packets to the remote address. However, we
|
||||
might want to accept incoming packets on any interface! */
|
||||
pcb->local_ip = netif->ip_addr;
|
||||
} else if (ip_addr_isany(&pcb->remote_ip)) {
|
||||
pcb->local_ip.addr = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE | LWIP_DBG_STATE,
|
||||
("udp_connect: connected to %"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F",port %"U16_F"\n",
|
||||
(u16_t)((ntohl(pcb->remote_ip.addr) >> 24) & 0xff),
|
||||
(u16_t)((ntohl(pcb->remote_ip.addr) >> 16) & 0xff),
|
||||
(u16_t)((ntohl(pcb->remote_ip.addr) >> 8) & 0xff),
|
||||
(u16_t)(ntohl(pcb->remote_ip.addr) & 0xff), pcb->remote_port));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Insert UDP PCB into the list of active UDP PCBs. */
|
||||
for (ipcb = udp_pcbs; ipcb != NULL; ipcb = ipcb->next) {
|
||||
if (pcb == ipcb) {
|
||||
/* already on the list, just return */
|
||||
return ERR_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* PCB not yet on the list, add PCB now */
|
||||
pcb->next = udp_pcbs;
|
||||
udp_pcbs = pcb;
|
||||
return ERR_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Disconnect a UDP PCB
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param pcb the udp pcb to disconnect.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void
|
||||
udp_disconnect(struct udp_pcb *pcb)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* reset remote address association */
|
||||
ip_addr_set(&pcb->remote_ip, IP_ADDR_ANY);
|
||||
pcb->remote_port = 0;
|
||||
/* mark PCB as unconnected */
|
||||
pcb->flags &= ~UDP_FLAGS_CONNECTED;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Set a receive callback for a UDP PCB
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This callback will be called when receiving a datagram for the pcb.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param pcb the pcb for wich to set the recv callback
|
||||
* @param recv function pointer of the callback function
|
||||
* @param recv_arg additional argument to pass to the callback function
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void
|
||||
udp_recv(struct udp_pcb *pcb,
|
||||
void (* recv)(void *arg, struct udp_pcb *upcb, struct pbuf *p,
|
||||
struct ip_addr *addr, u16_t port),
|
||||
void *recv_arg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* remember recv() callback and user data */
|
||||
pcb->recv = recv;
|
||||
pcb->recv_arg = recv_arg;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Remove an UDP PCB.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param pcb UDP PCB to be removed. The PCB is removed from the list of
|
||||
* UDP PCB's and the data structure is freed from memory.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see udp_new()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void
|
||||
udp_remove(struct udp_pcb *pcb)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct udp_pcb *pcb2;
|
||||
|
||||
snmp_delete_udpidx_tree(pcb);
|
||||
/* pcb to be removed is first in list? */
|
||||
if (udp_pcbs == pcb) {
|
||||
/* make list start at 2nd pcb */
|
||||
udp_pcbs = udp_pcbs->next;
|
||||
/* pcb not 1st in list */
|
||||
} else
|
||||
for (pcb2 = udp_pcbs; pcb2 != NULL; pcb2 = pcb2->next) {
|
||||
/* find pcb in udp_pcbs list */
|
||||
if (pcb2->next != NULL && pcb2->next == pcb) {
|
||||
/* remove pcb from list */
|
||||
pcb2->next = pcb->next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
memp_free(MEMP_UDP_PCB, pcb);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Create a UDP PCB.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return The UDP PCB which was created. NULL if the PCB data structure
|
||||
* could not be allocated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see udp_remove()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct udp_pcb *
|
||||
udp_new(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct udp_pcb *pcb;
|
||||
pcb = memp_malloc(MEMP_UDP_PCB);
|
||||
/* could allocate UDP PCB? */
|
||||
if (pcb != NULL) {
|
||||
/* UDP Lite: by initializing to all zeroes, chksum_len is set to 0
|
||||
* which means checksum is generated over the whole datagram per default
|
||||
* (recommended as default by RFC 3828). */
|
||||
/* initialize PCB to all zeroes */
|
||||
memset(pcb, 0, sizeof(struct udp_pcb));
|
||||
pcb->ttl = UDP_TTL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return pcb;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#if UDP_DEBUG
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Print UDP header information for debug purposes.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param udphdr pointer to the udp header in memory.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void
|
||||
udp_debug_print(struct udp_hdr *udphdr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG, ("UDP header:\n"));
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG, ("+-------------------------------+\n"));
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG, ("| %5"U16_F" | %5"U16_F" | (src port, dest port)\n",
|
||||
ntohs(udphdr->src), ntohs(udphdr->dest)));
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG, ("+-------------------------------+\n"));
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG, ("| %5"U16_F" | 0x%04"X16_F" | (len, chksum)\n",
|
||||
ntohs(udphdr->len), ntohs(udphdr->chksum)));
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG, ("+-------------------------------+\n"));
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* UDP_DEBUG */
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_UDP */
|
@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
|
||||
/* This header file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
*
|
||||
* AutoIP Automatic LinkLocal IP Configuration
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2007 Dominik Spies <kontakt@dspies.de>
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
|
||||
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
|
||||
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
|
||||
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
|
||||
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
|
||||
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
|
||||
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
|
||||
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
|
||||
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Author: Dominik Spies <kontakt@dspies.de>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This is a AutoIP implementation for the lwIP TCP/IP stack. It aims to conform
|
||||
* with RFC 3927.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Please coordinate changes and requests with Dominik Spies
|
||||
* <kontakt@dspies.de>
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __LWIP_AUTOIP_H__
|
||||
#define __LWIP_AUTOIP_H__
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/opt.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#if LWIP_AUTOIP /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/netif.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/udp.h"
|
||||
#include "netif/etharp.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* AutoIP Timing */
|
||||
#define AUTOIP_TMR_INTERVAL 100
|
||||
#define AUTOIP_TICKS_PER_SECOND (1000 / AUTOIP_TMR_INTERVAL)
|
||||
|
||||
/* RFC 3927 Constants */
|
||||
#define PROBE_WAIT 1 /* second (initial random delay) */
|
||||
#define PROBE_MIN 1 /* second (minimum delay till repeated probe) */
|
||||
#define PROBE_MAX 2 /* seconds (maximum delay till repeated probe) */
|
||||
#define PROBE_NUM 3 /* (number of probe packets) */
|
||||
#define ANNOUNCE_NUM 2 /* (number of announcement packets) */
|
||||
#define ANNOUNCE_INTERVAL 2 /* seconds (time between announcement packets) */
|
||||
#define ANNOUNCE_WAIT 2 /* seconds (delay before announcing) */
|
||||
#define MAX_CONFLICTS 10 /* (max conflicts before rate limiting) */
|
||||
#define RATE_LIMIT_INTERVAL 60 /* seconds (delay between successive attempts) */
|
||||
#define DEFEND_INTERVAL 10 /* seconds (min. wait between defensive ARPs) */
|
||||
|
||||
/* AutoIP client states */
|
||||
#define AUTOIP_STATE_OFF 0
|
||||
#define AUTOIP_STATE_PROBING 1
|
||||
#define AUTOIP_STATE_ANNOUNCING 2
|
||||
#define AUTOIP_STATE_BOUND 3
|
||||
|
||||
struct autoip
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct ip_addr llipaddr; /* the currently selected, probed, announced or used LL IP-Address */
|
||||
u8_t state; /* current AutoIP state machine state */
|
||||
u8_t sent_num; /* sent number of probes or announces, dependent on state */
|
||||
u16_t ttw; /* ticks to wait, tick is AUTOIP_TMR_INTERVAL long */
|
||||
u8_t lastconflict; /* ticks until a conflict can be solved by defending */
|
||||
u8_t tried_llipaddr; /* total number of probed/used Link Local IP-Addresses */
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/** Init srand, has to be called before entering mainloop */
|
||||
void autoip_init(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/** Start AutoIP client */
|
||||
err_t autoip_start(struct netif *netif);
|
||||
|
||||
/** Stop AutoIP client */
|
||||
err_t autoip_stop(struct netif *netif);
|
||||
|
||||
/** Handles every incoming ARP Packet, called by etharp_arp_input */
|
||||
void autoip_arp_reply(struct netif *netif, struct etharp_hdr *hdr);
|
||||
|
||||
/** Has to be called in loop every AUTOIP_TMR_INTERVAL milliseconds */
|
||||
void autoip_tmr(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/** Handle a possible change in the network configuration */
|
||||
void autoip_network_changed(struct netif *netif);
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_AUTOIP */
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* __LWIP_AUTOIP_H__ */
|
@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
|
||||
/* This header file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
|
||||
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
|
||||
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
|
||||
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
|
||||
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
|
||||
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
|
||||
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
|
||||
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
|
||||
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifndef __LWIP_ICMP_H__
|
||||
#define __LWIP_ICMP_H__
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/opt.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/pbuf.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/ip_addr.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/netif.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#define ICMP_ER 0 /* echo reply */
|
||||
#define ICMP_DUR 3 /* destination unreachable */
|
||||
#define ICMP_SQ 4 /* source quench */
|
||||
#define ICMP_RD 5 /* redirect */
|
||||
#define ICMP_ECHO 8 /* echo */
|
||||
#define ICMP_TE 11 /* time exceeded */
|
||||
#define ICMP_PP 12 /* parameter problem */
|
||||
#define ICMP_TS 13 /* timestamp */
|
||||
#define ICMP_TSR 14 /* timestamp reply */
|
||||
#define ICMP_IRQ 15 /* information request */
|
||||
#define ICMP_IR 16 /* information reply */
|
||||
|
||||
enum icmp_dur_type {
|
||||
ICMP_DUR_NET = 0, /* net unreachable */
|
||||
ICMP_DUR_HOST = 1, /* host unreachable */
|
||||
ICMP_DUR_PROTO = 2, /* protocol unreachable */
|
||||
ICMP_DUR_PORT = 3, /* port unreachable */
|
||||
ICMP_DUR_FRAG = 4, /* fragmentation needed and DF set */
|
||||
ICMP_DUR_SR = 5 /* source route failed */
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
enum icmp_te_type {
|
||||
ICMP_TE_TTL = 0, /* time to live exceeded in transit */
|
||||
ICMP_TE_FRAG = 1 /* fragment reassembly time exceeded */
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
|
||||
# include "arch/bpstruct.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
/** This is the standard ICMP header only that the u32_t data
|
||||
* is splitted to two u16_t like ICMP echo needs it.
|
||||
* This header is also used for other ICMP types that do not
|
||||
* use the data part.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
PACK_STRUCT_BEGIN
|
||||
struct icmp_echo_hdr {
|
||||
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u8_t type);
|
||||
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u8_t code);
|
||||
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t chksum);
|
||||
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t id);
|
||||
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t seqno);
|
||||
} PACK_STRUCT_STRUCT;
|
||||
PACK_STRUCT_END
|
||||
#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
|
||||
# include "arch/epstruct.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#define ICMPH_TYPE(hdr) ((hdr)->type)
|
||||
#define ICMPH_CODE(hdr) ((hdr)->code)
|
||||
|
||||
/** Combines type and code to an u16_t */
|
||||
#define ICMPH_TYPE_SET(hdr, t) ((hdr)->type = (t))
|
||||
#define ICMPH_CODE_SET(hdr, c) ((hdr)->code = (c))
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#if LWIP_ICMP /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
|
||||
|
||||
void icmp_input(struct pbuf *p, struct netif *inp);
|
||||
void icmp_dest_unreach(struct pbuf *p, enum icmp_dur_type t);
|
||||
void icmp_time_exceeded(struct pbuf *p, enum icmp_te_type t);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_ICMP */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* __LWIP_ICMP_H__ */
|
@ -0,0 +1,164 @@
|
||||
/* This header file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2002 CITEL Technologies Ltd.
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
||||
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
|
||||
* are met:
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
|
||||
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
|
||||
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
|
||||
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. Neither the name of CITEL Technologies Ltd nor the names of its contributors
|
||||
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
|
||||
* without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY CITEL TECHNOLOGIES AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS''
|
||||
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
|
||||
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL CITEL TECHNOLOGIES OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
|
||||
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
|
||||
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
|
||||
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
|
||||
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
|
||||
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
|
||||
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
|
||||
* SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is a contribution to the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
|
||||
* The Swedish Institute of Computer Science and Adam Dunkels
|
||||
* are specifically granted permission to redistribute this
|
||||
* source code.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __LWIP_IGMP_H__
|
||||
#define __LWIP_IGMP_H__
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/opt.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/ip_addr.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/netif.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/pbuf.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#if LWIP_IGMP /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* IGMP constants
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define IP_PROTO_IGMP 2
|
||||
#define IGMP_TTL 1
|
||||
#define IGMP_MINLEN 8
|
||||
#define ROUTER_ALERT 0x9404
|
||||
#define ROUTER_ALERTLEN 4
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* IGMP message types, including version number.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define IGMP_MEMB_QUERY 0x11 /* Membership query */
|
||||
#define IGMP_V1_MEMB_REPORT 0x12 /* Ver. 1 membership report */
|
||||
#define IGMP_V2_MEMB_REPORT 0x16 /* Ver. 2 membership report */
|
||||
#define IGMP_LEAVE_GROUP 0x17 /* Leave-group message */
|
||||
|
||||
/* IGMP timer */
|
||||
#define IGMP_TMR_INTERVAL 100 /* Milliseconds */
|
||||
#define IGMP_V1_DELAYING_MEMBER_TMR (1000/IGMP_TMR_INTERVAL)
|
||||
#define IGMP_JOIN_DELAYING_MEMBER_TMR (500 /IGMP_TMR_INTERVAL)
|
||||
|
||||
/* MAC Filter Actions */
|
||||
#define IGMP_DEL_MAC_FILTER 0
|
||||
#define IGMP_ADD_MAC_FILTER 1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Group membership states */
|
||||
#define IGMP_GROUP_NON_MEMBER 0
|
||||
#define IGMP_GROUP_DELAYING_MEMBER 1
|
||||
#define IGMP_GROUP_IDLE_MEMBER 2
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* IGMP packet format.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
|
||||
# include "arch/bpstruct.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
PACK_STRUCT_BEGIN
|
||||
struct igmp_msg {
|
||||
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u8_t igmp_msgtype);
|
||||
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u8_t igmp_maxresp);
|
||||
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t igmp_checksum);
|
||||
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(struct ip_addr igmp_group_address);
|
||||
} PACK_STRUCT_STRUCT;
|
||||
PACK_STRUCT_END
|
||||
#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
|
||||
# include "arch/epstruct.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* now a group structure - there is
|
||||
* a list of groups for each interface
|
||||
* these should really be linked from the interface, but
|
||||
* if we keep them separate we will not affect the lwip original code
|
||||
* too much
|
||||
*
|
||||
* There will be a group for the all systems group address but this
|
||||
* will not run the state machine as it is used to kick off reports
|
||||
* from all the other groups
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
struct igmp_group {
|
||||
struct igmp_group *next;
|
||||
struct netif *interface;
|
||||
struct ip_addr group_address;
|
||||
u8_t last_reporter_flag; /* signifies we were the last person to report */
|
||||
u8_t group_state;
|
||||
u16_t timer;
|
||||
u8_t use; /* counter of simultaneous uses */
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Prototypes */
|
||||
void igmp_init(void);
|
||||
|
||||
err_t igmp_start( struct netif *netif);
|
||||
|
||||
err_t igmp_stop( struct netif *netif);
|
||||
|
||||
void igmp_report_groups( struct netif *netif);
|
||||
|
||||
struct igmp_group *igmp_lookfor_group( struct netif *ifp, struct ip_addr *addr);
|
||||
|
||||
struct igmp_group *igmp_lookup_group( struct netif *ifp, struct ip_addr *addr);
|
||||
|
||||
err_t igmp_remove_group( struct igmp_group *group);
|
||||
|
||||
void igmp_input( struct pbuf *p, struct netif *inp, struct ip_addr *dest);
|
||||
|
||||
err_t igmp_joingroup( struct ip_addr *ifaddr, struct ip_addr *groupaddr);
|
||||
|
||||
err_t igmp_leavegroup( struct ip_addr *ifaddr, struct ip_addr *groupaddr);
|
||||
|
||||
void igmp_tmr(void);
|
||||
|
||||
void igmp_timeout( struct igmp_group *group);
|
||||
|
||||
void igmp_start_timer( struct igmp_group *group, u8_t max_time);
|
||||
|
||||
void igmp_stop_timer( struct igmp_group *group);
|
||||
|
||||
void igmp_delaying_member( struct igmp_group *group, u8_t maxresp);
|
||||
|
||||
err_t igmp_ip_output_if( struct pbuf *p, struct ip_addr *src, struct ip_addr *dest, u8_t ttl, u8_t proto, struct netif *netif);
|
||||
|
||||
void igmp_send( struct igmp_group *group, u8_t type);
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_IGMP */
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* __LWIP_IGMP_H__ */
|
@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
|
||||
/* This header file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
|
||||
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
|
||||
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
|
||||
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
|
||||
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
|
||||
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
|
||||
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
|
||||
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
|
||||
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifndef __LWIP_INET_H__
|
||||
#define __LWIP_INET_H__
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/opt.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* For compatibility with BSD code */
|
||||
struct in_addr {
|
||||
u32_t s_addr;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#define INADDR_NONE ((u32_t)0xffffffffUL) /* 255.255.255.255 */
|
||||
#define INADDR_LOOPBACK ((u32_t)0x7f000001UL) /* 127.0.0.1 */
|
||||
#define INADDR_ANY ((u32_t)0x00000000UL) /* 0.0.0.0 */
|
||||
#define INADDR_BROADCAST ((u32_t)0xffffffffUL) /* 255.255.255.255 */
|
||||
|
||||
u32_t inet_addr(const char *cp);
|
||||
int inet_aton(const char *cp, struct in_addr *addr);
|
||||
char *inet_ntoa(struct in_addr addr); /* returns ptr to static buffer; not reentrant! */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef htons
|
||||
#undef htons
|
||||
#endif /* htons */
|
||||
#ifdef htonl
|
||||
#undef htonl
|
||||
#endif /* htonl */
|
||||
#ifdef ntohs
|
||||
#undef ntohs
|
||||
#endif /* ntohs */
|
||||
#ifdef ntohl
|
||||
#undef ntohl
|
||||
#endif /* ntohl */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef LWIP_PLATFORM_BYTESWAP
|
||||
#define LWIP_PLATFORM_BYTESWAP 0
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if BYTE_ORDER == BIG_ENDIAN
|
||||
#define htons(x) (x)
|
||||
#define ntohs(x) (x)
|
||||
#define htonl(x) (x)
|
||||
#define ntohl(x) (x)
|
||||
#else /* BYTE_ORDER != BIG_ENDIAN */
|
||||
#ifdef LWIP_PREFIX_BYTEORDER_FUNCS
|
||||
/* workaround for naming collisions on some platforms */
|
||||
#define htons lwip_htons
|
||||
#define ntohs lwip_ntohs
|
||||
#define htonl lwip_htonl
|
||||
#define ntohl lwip_ntohl
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_PREFIX_BYTEORDER_FUNCS */
|
||||
#if LWIP_PLATFORM_BYTESWAP
|
||||
#define htons(x) LWIP_PLATFORM_HTONS(x)
|
||||
#define ntohs(x) LWIP_PLATFORM_HTONS(x)
|
||||
#define htonl(x) LWIP_PLATFORM_HTONL(x)
|
||||
#define ntohl(x) LWIP_PLATFORM_HTONL(x)
|
||||
#else /* LWIP_PLATFORM_BYTESWAP */
|
||||
u16_t htons(u16_t x);
|
||||
u16_t ntohs(u16_t x);
|
||||
u32_t htonl(u32_t x);
|
||||
u32_t ntohl(u32_t x);
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_PLATFORM_BYTESWAP */
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* BYTE_ORDER == BIG_ENDIAN */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* __LWIP_INET_H__ */
|
@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
|
||||
/* This header file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
|
||||
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
|
||||
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
|
||||
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
|
||||
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
|
||||
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
|
||||
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
|
||||
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
|
||||
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifndef __LWIP_INET_CHKSUM_H__
|
||||
#define __LWIP_INET_CHKSUM_H__
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/opt.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/pbuf.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/ip_addr.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
u16_t inet_chksum(void *dataptr, u16_t len);
|
||||
u16_t inet_chksum_pbuf(struct pbuf *p);
|
||||
u16_t inet_chksum_pseudo(struct pbuf *p,
|
||||
struct ip_addr *src, struct ip_addr *dest,
|
||||
u8_t proto, u16_t proto_len);
|
||||
#if LWIP_UDPLITE
|
||||
u16_t inet_chksum_pseudo_partial(struct pbuf *p,
|
||||
struct ip_addr *src, struct ip_addr *dest,
|
||||
u8_t proto, u16_t proto_len, u16_t chksum_len);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* __LWIP_INET_H__ */
|
||||
|
@ -0,0 +1,200 @@
|
||||
/* This header file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
|
||||
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
|
||||
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
|
||||
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
|
||||
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
|
||||
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
|
||||
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
|
||||
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
|
||||
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifndef __LWIP_IP_H__
|
||||
#define __LWIP_IP_H__
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/opt.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/def.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/pbuf.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/ip_addr.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/err.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/netif.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** Currently, the function ip_output_if_opt() is only used with IGMP */
|
||||
#define IP_OPTIONS_SEND LWIP_IGMP
|
||||
|
||||
#define IP_HLEN 20
|
||||
|
||||
#define IP_PROTO_ICMP 1
|
||||
#define IP_PROTO_UDP 17
|
||||
#define IP_PROTO_UDPLITE 136
|
||||
#define IP_PROTO_TCP 6
|
||||
|
||||
/* This is passed as the destination address to ip_output_if (not
|
||||
to ip_output), meaning that an IP header already is constructed
|
||||
in the pbuf. This is used when TCP retransmits. */
|
||||
#ifdef IP_HDRINCL
|
||||
#undef IP_HDRINCL
|
||||
#endif /* IP_HDRINCL */
|
||||
#define IP_HDRINCL NULL
|
||||
|
||||
#if LWIP_NETIF_HWADDRHINT
|
||||
#define IP_PCB_ADDRHINT ;u8_t addr_hint
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define IP_PCB_ADDRHINT
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_HWADDRHINT */
|
||||
|
||||
/* This is the common part of all PCB types. It needs to be at the
|
||||
beginning of a PCB type definition. It is located here so that
|
||||
changes to this common part are made in one location instead of
|
||||
having to change all PCB structs. */
|
||||
#define IP_PCB \
|
||||
/* ip addresses in network byte order */ \
|
||||
struct ip_addr local_ip; \
|
||||
struct ip_addr remote_ip; \
|
||||
/* Socket options */ \
|
||||
u16_t so_options; \
|
||||
/* Type Of Service */ \
|
||||
u8_t tos; \
|
||||
/* Time To Live */ \
|
||||
u8_t ttl \
|
||||
/* link layer address resolution hint */ \
|
||||
IP_PCB_ADDRHINT
|
||||
|
||||
struct ip_pcb {
|
||||
/* Common members of all PCB types */
|
||||
IP_PCB;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Option flags per-socket. These are the same like SO_XXX.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define SOF_DEBUG (u16_t)0x0001U /* turn on debugging info recording */
|
||||
#define SOF_ACCEPTCONN (u16_t)0x0002U /* socket has had listen() */
|
||||
#define SOF_REUSEADDR (u16_t)0x0004U /* allow local address reuse */
|
||||
#define SOF_KEEPALIVE (u16_t)0x0008U /* keep connections alive */
|
||||
#define SOF_DONTROUTE (u16_t)0x0010U /* just use interface addresses */
|
||||
#define SOF_BROADCAST (u16_t)0x0020U /* permit to send and to receive broadcast messages (see IP_SOF_BROADCAST option) */
|
||||
#define SOF_USELOOPBACK (u16_t)0x0040U /* bypass hardware when possible */
|
||||
#define SOF_LINGER (u16_t)0x0080U /* linger on close if data present */
|
||||
#define SOF_OOBINLINE (u16_t)0x0100U /* leave received OOB data in line */
|
||||
#define SOF_REUSEPORT (u16_t)0x0200U /* allow local address & port reuse */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
|
||||
# include "arch/bpstruct.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
PACK_STRUCT_BEGIN
|
||||
struct ip_hdr {
|
||||
/* version / header length / type of service */
|
||||
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t _v_hl_tos);
|
||||
/* total length */
|
||||
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t _len);
|
||||
/* identification */
|
||||
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t _id);
|
||||
/* fragment offset field */
|
||||
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t _offset);
|
||||
#define IP_RF 0x8000 /* reserved fragment flag */
|
||||
#define IP_DF 0x4000 /* dont fragment flag */
|
||||
#define IP_MF 0x2000 /* more fragments flag */
|
||||
#define IP_OFFMASK 0x1fff /* mask for fragmenting bits */
|
||||
/* time to live / protocol*/
|
||||
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t _ttl_proto);
|
||||
/* checksum */
|
||||
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t _chksum);
|
||||
/* source and destination IP addresses */
|
||||
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(struct ip_addr src);
|
||||
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(struct ip_addr dest);
|
||||
} PACK_STRUCT_STRUCT;
|
||||
PACK_STRUCT_END
|
||||
#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
|
||||
# include "arch/epstruct.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#define IPH_V(hdr) (ntohs((hdr)->_v_hl_tos) >> 12)
|
||||
#define IPH_HL(hdr) ((ntohs((hdr)->_v_hl_tos) >> 8) & 0x0f)
|
||||
#define IPH_TOS(hdr) (ntohs((hdr)->_v_hl_tos) & 0xff)
|
||||
#define IPH_LEN(hdr) ((hdr)->_len)
|
||||
#define IPH_ID(hdr) ((hdr)->_id)
|
||||
#define IPH_OFFSET(hdr) ((hdr)->_offset)
|
||||
#define IPH_TTL(hdr) (ntohs((hdr)->_ttl_proto) >> 8)
|
||||
#define IPH_PROTO(hdr) (ntohs((hdr)->_ttl_proto) & 0xff)
|
||||
#define IPH_CHKSUM(hdr) ((hdr)->_chksum)
|
||||
|
||||
#define IPH_VHLTOS_SET(hdr, v, hl, tos) (hdr)->_v_hl_tos = (htons(((v) << 12) | ((hl) << 8) | (tos)))
|
||||
#define IPH_LEN_SET(hdr, len) (hdr)->_len = (len)
|
||||
#define IPH_ID_SET(hdr, id) (hdr)->_id = (id)
|
||||
#define IPH_OFFSET_SET(hdr, off) (hdr)->_offset = (off)
|
||||
#define IPH_TTL_SET(hdr, ttl) (hdr)->_ttl_proto = (htons(IPH_PROTO(hdr) | ((u16_t)(ttl) << 8)))
|
||||
#define IPH_PROTO_SET(hdr, proto) (hdr)->_ttl_proto = (htons((proto) | (IPH_TTL(hdr) << 8)))
|
||||
#define IPH_CHKSUM_SET(hdr, chksum) (hdr)->_chksum = (chksum)
|
||||
|
||||
/** The interface that provided the packet for the current callback invocation. */
|
||||
extern struct netif *current_netif;
|
||||
/** Header of the input packet currently being processed. */
|
||||
extern const struct ip_hdr *current_header;
|
||||
|
||||
#define ip_init() /* Compatibility define, not init needed. */
|
||||
struct netif *ip_route(struct ip_addr *dest);
|
||||
err_t ip_input(struct pbuf *p, struct netif *inp);
|
||||
err_t ip_output(struct pbuf *p, struct ip_addr *src, struct ip_addr *dest,
|
||||
u8_t ttl, u8_t tos, u8_t proto);
|
||||
err_t ip_output_if(struct pbuf *p, struct ip_addr *src, struct ip_addr *dest,
|
||||
u8_t ttl, u8_t tos, u8_t proto,
|
||||
struct netif *netif);
|
||||
#if LWIP_NETIF_HWADDRHINT
|
||||
err_t ip_output_hinted(struct pbuf *p, struct ip_addr *src, struct ip_addr *dest,
|
||||
u8_t ttl, u8_t tos, u8_t proto, u8_t *addr_hint);
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_HWADDRHINT */
|
||||
#if IP_OPTIONS_SEND
|
||||
err_t ip_output_if_opt(struct pbuf *p, struct ip_addr *src, struct ip_addr *dest,
|
||||
u8_t ttl, u8_t tos, u8_t proto, struct netif *netif, void *ip_options,
|
||||
u16_t optlen);
|
||||
#endif /* IP_OPTIONS_SEND */
|
||||
/** Get the interface that received the current packet.
|
||||
* This function must only be called from a receive callback (udp_recv,
|
||||
* raw_recv, tcp_accept). It will return NULL otherwise. */
|
||||
#define ip_current_netif() (current_netif)
|
||||
/** Get the IP header of the current packet.
|
||||
* This function must only be called from a receive callback (udp_recv,
|
||||
* raw_recv, tcp_accept). It will return NULL otherwise. */
|
||||
#define ip_current_header() (current_header)
|
||||
#if IP_DEBUG
|
||||
void ip_debug_print(struct pbuf *p);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define ip_debug_print(p)
|
||||
#endif /* IP_DEBUG */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* __LWIP_IP_H__ */
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -0,0 +1,175 @@
|
||||
/* This header file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
|
||||
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
|
||||
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
|
||||
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
|
||||
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
|
||||
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
|
||||
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
|
||||
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
|
||||
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifndef __LWIP_IP_ADDR_H__
|
||||
#define __LWIP_IP_ADDR_H__
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/opt.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/inet.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
|
||||
# include "arch/bpstruct.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
PACK_STRUCT_BEGIN
|
||||
struct ip_addr {
|
||||
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u32_t addr);
|
||||
} PACK_STRUCT_STRUCT;
|
||||
PACK_STRUCT_END
|
||||
#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
|
||||
# include "arch/epstruct.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* struct ipaddr2 is used in the definition of the ARP packet format in
|
||||
* order to support compilers that don't have structure packing.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
|
||||
# include "arch/bpstruct.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
PACK_STRUCT_BEGIN
|
||||
struct ip_addr2 {
|
||||
PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t addrw[2]);
|
||||
} PACK_STRUCT_STRUCT;
|
||||
PACK_STRUCT_END
|
||||
#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
|
||||
# include "arch/epstruct.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
struct netif;
|
||||
|
||||
extern const struct ip_addr ip_addr_any;
|
||||
extern const struct ip_addr ip_addr_broadcast;
|
||||
|
||||
/** IP_ADDR_ can be used as a fixed IP address
|
||||
* for the wildcard and the broadcast address
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define IP_ADDR_ANY ((struct ip_addr *)&ip_addr_any)
|
||||
#define IP_ADDR_BROADCAST ((struct ip_addr *)&ip_addr_broadcast)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Definitions of the bits in an Internet address integer.
|
||||
|
||||
On subnets, host and network parts are found according to
|
||||
the subnet mask, not these masks. */
|
||||
|
||||
#define IN_CLASSA(a) ((((u32_t)(a)) & 0x80000000UL) == 0)
|
||||
#define IN_CLASSA_NET 0xff000000
|
||||
#define IN_CLASSA_NSHIFT 24
|
||||
#define IN_CLASSA_HOST (0xffffffff & ~IN_CLASSA_NET)
|
||||
#define IN_CLASSA_MAX 128
|
||||
|
||||
#define IN_CLASSB(a) ((((u32_t)(a)) & 0xc0000000UL) == 0x80000000UL)
|
||||
#define IN_CLASSB_NET 0xffff0000
|
||||
#define IN_CLASSB_NSHIFT 16
|
||||
#define IN_CLASSB_HOST (0xffffffff & ~IN_CLASSB_NET)
|
||||
#define IN_CLASSB_MAX 65536
|
||||
|
||||
#define IN_CLASSC(a) ((((u32_t)(a)) & 0xe0000000UL) == 0xc0000000UL)
|
||||
#define IN_CLASSC_NET 0xffffff00
|
||||
#define IN_CLASSC_NSHIFT 8
|
||||
#define IN_CLASSC_HOST (0xffffffff & ~IN_CLASSC_NET)
|
||||
|
||||
#define IN_CLASSD(a) (((u32_t)(a) & 0xf0000000UL) == 0xe0000000UL)
|
||||
#define IN_CLASSD_NET 0xf0000000 /* These ones aren't really */
|
||||
#define IN_CLASSD_NSHIFT 28 /* net and host fields, but */
|
||||
#define IN_CLASSD_HOST 0x0fffffff /* routing needn't know. */
|
||||
#define IN_MULTICAST(a) IN_CLASSD(a)
|
||||
|
||||
#define IN_EXPERIMENTAL(a) (((u32_t)(a) & 0xf0000000UL) == 0xf0000000UL)
|
||||
#define IN_BADCLASS(a) (((u32_t)(a) & 0xf0000000UL) == 0xf0000000UL)
|
||||
|
||||
#define IN_LOOPBACKNET 127 /* official! */
|
||||
|
||||
#define IP4_ADDR(ipaddr, a,b,c,d) \
|
||||
(ipaddr)->addr = htonl(((u32_t)((a) & 0xff) << 24) | \
|
||||
((u32_t)((b) & 0xff) << 16) | \
|
||||
((u32_t)((c) & 0xff) << 8) | \
|
||||
(u32_t)((d) & 0xff))
|
||||
|
||||
#define ip_addr_set(dest, src) (dest)->addr = \
|
||||
((src) == NULL? 0:\
|
||||
(src)->addr)
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Determine if two address are on the same network.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @arg addr1 IP address 1
|
||||
* @arg addr2 IP address 2
|
||||
* @arg mask network identifier mask
|
||||
* @return !0 if the network identifiers of both address match
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define ip_addr_netcmp(addr1, addr2, mask) (((addr1)->addr & \
|
||||
(mask)->addr) == \
|
||||
((addr2)->addr & \
|
||||
(mask)->addr))
|
||||
#define ip_addr_cmp(addr1, addr2) ((addr1)->addr == (addr2)->addr)
|
||||
|
||||
#define ip_addr_isany(addr1) ((addr1) == NULL || (addr1)->addr == 0)
|
||||
|
||||
u8_t ip_addr_isbroadcast(struct ip_addr *, struct netif *);
|
||||
|
||||
#define ip_addr_ismulticast(addr1) (((addr1)->addr & ntohl(0xf0000000UL)) == ntohl(0xe0000000UL))
|
||||
|
||||
#define ip_addr_islinklocal(addr1) (((addr1)->addr & ntohl(0xffff0000UL)) == ntohl(0xa9fe0000UL))
|
||||
|
||||
#define ip_addr_debug_print(debug, ipaddr) \
|
||||
LWIP_DEBUGF(debug, ("%"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F, \
|
||||
ipaddr != NULL ? \
|
||||
(u16_t)(ntohl((ipaddr)->addr) >> 24) & 0xff : 0, \
|
||||
ipaddr != NULL ? \
|
||||
(u16_t)(ntohl((ipaddr)->addr) >> 16) & 0xff : 0, \
|
||||
ipaddr != NULL ? \
|
||||
(u16_t)(ntohl((ipaddr)->addr) >> 8) & 0xff : 0, \
|
||||
ipaddr != NULL ? \
|
||||
(u16_t)ntohl((ipaddr)->addr) & 0xff : 0))
|
||||
|
||||
/* These are cast to u16_t, with the intent that they are often arguments
|
||||
* to printf using the U16_F format from cc.h. */
|
||||
#define ip4_addr1(ipaddr) ((u16_t)(ntohl((ipaddr)->addr) >> 24) & 0xff)
|
||||
#define ip4_addr2(ipaddr) ((u16_t)(ntohl((ipaddr)->addr) >> 16) & 0xff)
|
||||
#define ip4_addr3(ipaddr) ((u16_t)(ntohl((ipaddr)->addr) >> 8) & 0xff)
|
||||
#define ip4_addr4(ipaddr) ((u16_t)(ntohl((ipaddr)->addr)) & 0xff)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Same as inet_ntoa() but takes a struct ip_addr*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define ip_ntoa(addr) ((addr != NULL) ? inet_ntoa(*((struct in_addr*)(addr))) : "NULL")
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* __LWIP_IP_ADDR_H__ */
|
@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
|
||||
/* This header file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
|
||||
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
|
||||
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
|
||||
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
|
||||
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
|
||||
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
|
||||
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
|
||||
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
|
||||
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Author: Jani Monoses <jani@iv.ro>
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __LWIP_IP_FRAG_H__
|
||||
#define __LWIP_IP_FRAG_H__
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/opt.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/err.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/pbuf.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/netif.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/ip_addr.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/ip.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if IP_REASSEMBLY
|
||||
/* The IP reassembly timer interval in milliseconds. */
|
||||
#define IP_TMR_INTERVAL 1000
|
||||
|
||||
/* IP reassembly helper struct.
|
||||
* This is exported because memp needs to know the size.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct ip_reassdata {
|
||||
struct ip_reassdata *next;
|
||||
struct pbuf *p;
|
||||
struct ip_hdr iphdr;
|
||||
u16_t datagram_len;
|
||||
u8_t flags;
|
||||
u8_t timer;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void ip_reass_init(void);
|
||||
void ip_reass_tmr(void);
|
||||
struct pbuf * ip_reass(struct pbuf *p);
|
||||
#endif /* IP_REASSEMBLY */
|
||||
|
||||
#if IP_FRAG
|
||||
err_t ip_frag(struct pbuf *p, struct netif *netif, struct ip_addr *dest);
|
||||
#endif /* IP_FRAG */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* __LWIP_IP_FRAG_H__ */
|
@ -0,0 +1,224 @@
|
||||
/* This header file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
|
||||
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
|
||||
* WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
|
||||
* SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
|
||||
* EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
|
||||
* OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
|
||||
* INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
|
||||
* CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
|
||||
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
|
||||
* OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifndef __LWIP_API_H__
|
||||
#define __LWIP_API_H__
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/opt.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#if LWIP_NETCONN /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stddef.h> /* for size_t */
|
||||
|
||||
#include "lwip/netbuf.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/sys.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/ip_addr.h"
|
||||
#include "lwip/err.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Throughout this file, IP addresses and port numbers are expected to be in
|
||||
* the same byte order as in the corresponding pcb.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Flags for netconn_write */
|
||||
#define NETCONN_NOFLAG 0x00
|
||||
#define NETCONN_NOCOPY 0x00 /* Only for source code compatibility */
|
||||
#define NETCONN_COPY 0x01
|
||||
#define NETCONN_MORE 0x02
|
||||
|
||||
/* Helpers to process several netconn_types by the same code */
|
||||
#define NETCONNTYPE_GROUP(t) (t&0xF0)
|
||||
#define NETCONNTYPE_DATAGRAM(t) (t&0xE0)
|
||||
|
||||
enum netconn_type {
|
||||
NETCONN_INVALID = 0,
|
||||
/* NETCONN_TCP Group */
|
||||
NETCONN_TCP = 0x10,
|
||||
/* NETCONN_UDP Group */
|
||||
NETCONN_UDP = 0x20,
|
||||
NETCONN_UDPLITE = 0x21,
|
||||
NETCONN_UDPNOCHKSUM= 0x22,
|
||||
/* NETCONN_RAW Group */
|
||||
NETCONN_RAW = 0x40
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
enum netconn_state {
|
||||
NETCONN_NONE,
|
||||
NETCONN_WRITE,
|
||||
NETCONN_LISTEN,
|
||||
NETCONN_CONNECT,
|
||||
NETCONN_CLOSE
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
enum netconn_evt {
|
||||
NETCONN_EVT_RCVPLUS,
|
||||
NETCONN_EVT_RCVMINUS,
|
||||
NETCONN_EVT_SENDPLUS,
|
||||
NETCONN_EVT_SENDMINUS
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#if LWIP_IGMP
|
||||
enum netconn_igmp {
|
||||
NETCONN_JOIN,
|
||||
NETCONN_LEAVE
|
||||
};
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_IGMP */
|
||||
|
||||
/* forward-declare some structs to avoid to include their headers */
|
||||
struct ip_pcb;
|
||||
struct tcp_pcb;
|
||||
struct udp_pcb;
|
||||
struct raw_pcb;
|
||||
struct netconn;
|
||||
|
||||
/** A callback prototype to inform about events for a netconn */
|
||||
typedef void (* netconn_callback)(struct netconn *, enum netconn_evt, u16_t len);
|
||||
|
||||
/** A netconn descriptor */
|
||||
struct netconn {
|
||||
/** type of the netconn (TCP, UDP or RAW) */
|
||||
enum netconn_type type;
|
||||
/** current state of the netconn */
|
||||
enum netconn_state state;
|
||||
/** the lwIP internal protocol control block */
|
||||
union {
|
||||
struct ip_pcb *ip;
|
||||
struct tcp_pcb *tcp;
|
||||
struct udp_pcb *udp;
|
||||
struct raw_pcb *raw;
|
||||
} pcb;
|
||||
/** the last error this netconn had */
|
||||
err_t err;
|
||||
/** sem that is used to synchroneously execute functions in the core context */
|
||||
sys_sem_t op_completed;
|
||||
/** mbox where received packets are stored until they are fetched
|
||||
by the netconn application thread (can grow quite big) */
|
||||
sys_mbox_t recvmbox;
|
||||
/** mbox where new connections are stored until processed
|
||||
by the application thread */
|
||||
sys_mbox_t acceptmbox;
|
||||
/** only used for socket layer */
|
||||
int socket;
|
||||
#if LWIP_SO_RCVTIMEO
|
||||
/** timeout to wait for new data to be received
|
||||
(or connections to arrive for listening netconns) */
|
||||
int recv_timeout;
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_SO_RCVTIMEO */
|
||||
#if LWIP_SO_RCVBUF
|
||||
/** maximum amount of bytes queued in recvmbox */
|
||||
int recv_bufsize;
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_SO_RCVBUF */
|
||||
s16_t recv_avail;
|
||||
#if LWIP_TCP
|
||||
/** TCP: when data passed to netconn_write doesn't fit into the send buffer,
|
||||
this temporarily stores the message. */
|
||||
struct api_msg_msg *write_msg;
|
||||
/** TCP: when data passed to netconn_write doesn't fit into the send buffer,
|
||||
this temporarily stores how much is already sent. */
|
||||
size_t write_offset;
|
||||
#if LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING
|
||||
/** TCP: when data passed to netconn_write doesn't fit into the send buffer,
|
||||
this temporarily stores whether to wake up the original application task
|
||||
if data couldn't be sent in the first try. */
|
||||
u8_t write_delayed;
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING */
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_TCP */
|
||||
/** A callback function that is informed about events for this netconn */
|
||||
netconn_callback callback;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* Register an Network connection event */
|
||||
#define API_EVENT(c,e,l) if (c->callback) { \
|
||||
(*c->callback)(c, e, l); \
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Network connection functions: */
|
||||
#define netconn_new(t) netconn_new_with_proto_and_callback(t, 0, NULL)
|
||||
#define netconn_new_with_callback(t, c) netconn_new_with_proto_and_callback(t, 0, c)
|
||||
struct
|
||||
netconn *netconn_new_with_proto_and_callback(enum netconn_type t, u8_t proto,
|
||||
netconn_callback callback);
|
||||
err_t netconn_delete (struct netconn *conn);
|
||||
/** Get the type of a netconn (as enum netconn_type). */
|
||||
#define netconn_type(conn) (conn->type)
|
||||
|
||||
err_t netconn_getaddr (struct netconn *conn,
|
||||
struct ip_addr *addr,
|
||||
u16_t *port,
|
||||
u8_t local);
|
||||
#define netconn_peer(c,i,p) netconn_getaddr(c,i,p,0)
|
||||
#define netconn_addr(c,i,p) netconn_getaddr(c,i,p,1)
|
||||
|
||||
err_t netconn_bind (struct netconn *conn,
|
||||
struct ip_addr *addr,
|
||||
u16_t port);
|
||||
err_t netconn_connect (struct netconn *conn,
|
||||
struct ip_addr *addr,
|
||||
u16_t port);
|
||||
err_t netconn_disconnect (struct netconn *conn);
|
||||
err_t netconn_listen_with_backlog(struct netconn *conn, u8_t backlog);
|
||||
#define netconn_listen(conn) netconn_listen_with_backlog(conn, TCP_DEFAULT_LISTEN_BACKLOG)
|
||||
struct netconn * netconn_accept (struct netconn *conn);
|
||||
struct netbuf * netconn_recv (struct netconn *conn);
|
||||
err_t netconn_sendto (struct netconn *conn,
|
||||
struct netbuf *buf, struct ip_addr *addr, u16_t port);
|
||||
err_t netconn_send (struct netconn *conn,
|
||||
struct netbuf *buf);
|
||||
err_t netconn_write (struct netconn *conn,
|
||||
const void *dataptr, size_t size,
|
||||
u8_t apiflags);
|
||||
err_t netconn_close (struct netconn *conn);
|
||||
|
||||
#if LWIP_IGMP
|
||||
err_t netconn_join_leave_group (struct netconn *conn,
|
||||
struct ip_addr *multiaddr,
|
||||
struct ip_addr *interface,
|
||||
enum netconn_igmp join_or_leave);
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_IGMP */
|
||||
#if LWIP_DNS
|
||||
err_t netconn_gethostbyname(const char *name, struct ip_addr *addr);
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_DNS */
|
||||
|
||||
#define netconn_err(conn) ((conn)->err)
|
||||
#define netconn_recv_bufsize(conn) ((conn)->recv_bufsize)
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* LWIP_NETCONN */
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* __LWIP_API_H__ */
|
Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More
Reference in New Issue
Block a user